open tender document (two packet) - IRCTC.com

Signature Of Bidder

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED(A Government of India EnterpriseCIN No. U74899DL1999GOI101707

OPEN

(Tender No. 201“Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of

toilet Pre-Bid Meeting on [21.05.2018

Address for Place of Pre-bid Meeting & tender submission venue

Group General ManagerIndian Railway Catering & Tourism Corporation Ltd. Rail Yatri Niwas BuildingNew Delhi Railway Station ComplexAjmeri Gate SideDelhi

Last Date and Time of Submission(Packet A and Packet B)

[04.06.2018

Date and Time of Opening of Technical Bid

[04.06.2018

Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

Rs 1,00,000Through Demand Draft drawn in favour of “and Tourism Corporation Ltdbank.

Approx. value of tender

Rs.

Cost of tender document

Rs. 1000/(Tender Document can be downloaded from the website and submitted, however a separate additional DD/PO for Rs.price of tender document is to be submitted) NOTE: -

Tenderers are requested to see for any Corrigendumup to the date of opening, and to use updated tender form only failing which tender is likely to be rejected. Bidder should confirm that they have received all the above papers. All the documents issued are to be returned duly signed by the Bidder while submitting their offer. This Open Tender document contains 255 pages.

CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED(A Government of India Enterprise – Mini Ratna) CIN No. U74899DL1999GOI101707

Website : www.irctc.com Email: [email protected] OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT (TWO PACKET)

(Technical Bid – Packet A) 2018/IRCTC/North Zone/Base Kitchen/NDLS/02)

Name of the work : Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi”

21.05.2018] at 11:00 hrs Group General Manager- North Zone Indian Railway Catering & Tourism Corporation Ltd. Rail Yatri Niwas Building

New Delhi Railway Station Complex Ajmeri Gate Side Delhi – 110002 04.06.2018] by 15:00 hrs

04.06.2018] at 15: 30 hrs

1,00,000 /-towards EMD. Through Demand Draft drawn in favour of “Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation Ltd” payable at New Delhi on any scheduled bank. Rs. 69,11,600/- Rs. 1000/- (All inclusive of taxes) (Tender Document can be downloaded from the website and submitted, however a separate additional DD/PO for Rs.price of tender document is to be submitted)

are requested to see for any Corrigendum/addendums issued to this Tenderup to the date of opening, and to use updated tender form only failing which tender is likely to be

Bidder should confirm that they have received all the above papers. All the documents issued are to be returned duly signed by the Bidder while submitting their offer. This Open Tender document

CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of

Indian Railway Catering on any scheduled

(Tender Document can be downloaded from the website and submitted, however a separate additional DD/PO for Rs.1000/- for the

Tender document up to the date of opening, and to use updated tender form only failing which tender is likely to be

Bidder should confirm that they have received all the above papers. All the documents issued are to be returned duly signed by the Bidder while submitting their offer. This Open Tender document

Open Tender No. 2018/IRCTC/North Zone/Base Kitchen/(PACKET A)

Signature of Bidder

Contents DISCLAIMER ................................1. OPEN TENDER NOTICE ................................2. NOTICE INVITING OPEN TENDER1. SCOPE OF WORK: ................................2. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA3. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS4. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF OPEN TENDER5. CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED6. OPEN TENDER APPLICATION7. ENCLOSURES [Appendix]

COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix8. AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM: Appendix A9. CONSTITUTION OF FIRM PARTNERSHIP/LTD.CO. [Appendix A10. LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [11. AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF PROPOSED FOR THE PROJECT: [Appendix A- 4] ................................12.STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER [ Appendix13. AGREEMENT TOWARDS (AMENDMENT) ACT [Appendix14. FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (Guarantee)15. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS ................................EXECUTION OF WORKS ................................CLAIMS ................................................................MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS

16. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS:17. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS18. FINACIAL BID……………………………………

2018/IRCTC/North Zone/Base Kitchen/NDLS/02

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

NOTICE INVITING OPEN TENDER ................................................................................................................................................................

QUALIFYING CRITERIA ................................................................INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS ................................................................SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF OPEN TENDER ................................................................CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED ................................OPEN TENDER APPLICATION .........................................................................................ENCLOSURES [Appendix] ................................................................................................

COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix- A] ................................................................AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM: Appendix A- 1 .......................CONSTITUTION OF FIRM – SOLE ................................................................

PARTNERSHIP/LTD.CO. [Appendix A-2]................................................................LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [Appendix A-3]

11. AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF PROPOSED FOR THE ................................................................................................

12.STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER [ Appendix- A/5] ................................13. AGREEMENT TOWARDS WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION (AMENDMENT) ACT [Appendix- A-6] ................................................................

FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (Guarantee).......................................................STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS ................................

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS: .........................................................17. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS ................................................................18. FINACIAL BID…………………………………………………………………………….223

................................ 3 ...................................... 4

................................................... 5 ................................................ 8 ............................................... 9

.................................................... 11 ................................... 14

.................................................... 16 ......................... 17

.................................. 18 ................................................... 18

....................... 20 ................................................... 21

................................................. 21 3] ................... 22

11. AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF PROPOSED FOR THE ......................................... 23

................................................... 24 WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION

..................................................... 25 ....................... 26

................................................ 31 .................................... 32

...................................... 40 ................................... 51

.................................................... 51 ......................... 80

............................................. 2190 ……………………………………….223


Signature of Bidder

DISCLAIMER 1. The information contained in this Tender is being provided by IRCTC for the open

tender purposes of enabling the Bidders to participate and submit a bid in response to this tender. In no circumstances shall IRCTC, or its respective advisors, consultants, contractors, servants and/or agents incur any liability arising out of or in respect of the issue of this Tender, or the Bidding Process.

2. The objective of the Bid document is to provide the prospective Bidder(s) with all relevant information to assist the

3. This Tender may not be appropriate for all persons, and it is not possible for the IRCTC, its employees or advisors to consider the investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of each party who reads oassumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender may not be complete, accurate, adequate or correct. Each Bidder should therefore, conduct its own due diligence, investigations and analysis and should chadequacy, correctness, reliability and completeness of the assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender and obtain independent advice from appropriate sources.

4. Nothing in this Tender shall be construed asnot be liable for any costs, expenses, however so incurred by the Bidders in connection with the preparation or submission of their Bid. IRCTC reserves the right to amend this Tender or its terms and any informatthe Bidding Process or altogether abandon the Project at any time by notice, in writing, to the Bidders. Further, it may in no event be assumed that there shall be no deviation or change in any of the herein

5. IRCTC may, in its absolute discretion but without being under any obligation to do so, update, amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions contained in this Tender.

6. Laws of the Republic of India are applicable to this Tender. 7. Each Bidder’s acceptance of delivery of this Tender constitutes its agreement to, and

acceptance of the terms set forth in this Disclaimer. By acceptance of this Tender, the recipient agrees that this Tender and any information herewith supersedes document(s) or earlier information, if any, in relation to the subject matter hereof.


The information contained in this Tender is being provided by IRCTC for the open tender purposes of enabling the Bidders to participate and submit a bid in response to this tender. In no circumstances shall IRCTC, or its respective advisors, consultants, ontractors, servants and/or agents incur any liability arising out of or in respect of

the issue of this Tender, or the Bidding Process. The objective of the Bid document is to provide the prospective Bidder(s) with all relevant information to assist the formulation of proposals or bids. This Tender may not be appropriate for all persons, and it is not possible for the IRCTC, its employees or advisors to consider the investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of each party who reads or uses this Tender. The assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender may not be complete, accurate, adequate or correct. Each Bidder should therefore, conduct

diligence, investigations and analysis and should check the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and completeness of the assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender and obtain independent advice from appropriate sources. Nothing in this Tender shall be construed as legal, financial or tax advice. IRCTC will not be liable for any costs, expenses, however so incurred by the Bidders in connection with the preparation or submission of their Bid. IRCTC reserves the right to amend this Tender or its terms and any information contained herein or to cancel the Bidding Process or altogether abandon the Project at any time by notice, in writing, to the Bidders. Further, it may in no event be assumed that there shall be no deviation or change in any of the herein-mentioned information. IRCTC may, in its absolute discretion but without being under any obligation to do so, update, amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions contained in this Tender. Laws of the Republic of India are applicable to this Tender.

s acceptance of delivery of this Tender constitutes its agreement to, and acceptance of the terms set forth in this Disclaimer. By acceptance of this Tender, the recipient agrees that this Tender and any information herewith supersedes

t(s) or earlier information, if any, in relation to the subject matter hereof.

The information contained in this Tender is being provided by IRCTC for the open tender purposes of enabling the Bidders to participate and submit a bid in response to this tender. In no circumstances shall IRCTC, or its respective advisors, consultants, ontractors, servants and/or agents incur any liability arising out of or in respect of

The objective of the Bid document is to provide the prospective Bidder(s) with all This Tender may not be appropriate for all persons, and it is not possible for the IRCTC, its employees or advisors to consider the investment objectives, financial

r uses this Tender. The assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender may not be complete, accurate, adequate or correct. Each Bidder should therefore, conduct

eck the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and completeness of the assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Tender and obtain independent advice

legal, financial or tax advice. IRCTC will not be liable for any costs, expenses, however so incurred by the Bidders in connection with the preparation or submission of their Bid. IRCTC reserves the right

ion contained herein or to cancel the Bidding Process or altogether abandon the Project at any time by notice, in writing, to the Bidders. Further, it may in no event be assumed that there shall be no IRCTC may, in its absolute discretion but without being under any obligation to do so, update, amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions

s acceptance of delivery of this Tender constitutes its agreement to, and acceptance of the terms set forth in this Disclaimer. By acceptance of this Tender, the recipient agrees that this Tender and any information herewith supersedes

t(s) or earlier information, if any, in relation to the subject matter hereof.


Signature of Bidder

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED(A Government of India Enterprise)

1. OPEN TENDER NOTICE

Sealed Open Tenders in prescribed format Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas, Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhi Packet System (PACKET A & PACKET B)criteria stipulated in Open Tenderkitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi”.

The estimated cost of the work is Completion Period: 120 d The Open Tender document can

downloaded from IRCTC website www.irctc.com Last date of submission of tender bids is on


INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED(A Government of India Enterprise)

OPEN TENDER

NOTICE

in prescribed format are invited by GGM/North Zone, IRCTC Limited, Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas, Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhi Railway Station, New Delhi

(PACKET A & PACKET B) from eligible contractors fulfillTender bid document for the work of “Renovation of existing

kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New

The estimated cost of the work is Rs. 69,11,600/- (Approximately), days.

document can be obtained from the office of GGM downloaded from IRCTC website www.irctc.com Last date of submission of tender bids is on [04.06.2018] by 1500 Hrs.

For GGM IRCTC LimitedGinger Rail Yatri Niwas

Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhi

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

are invited by GGM/North Zone, IRCTC Limited, Station, New Delhi in Two

fulfilling qualifying Renovation of existing

kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New

the office of GGM /North Zone or

GGM /North Zone IRCTC Limited Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas

Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhi


Signature of Bidder

2. NOTICE INVITING

1. IRCTC Ltd invites sealed from eligible contractors fulfilling qualifying document for the work of “construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi

Name of work

Estimated cost of the work EMD Cost of tender document Completion period Last date and time of submission of tender

2. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIAEligibility of the applicants shall be assessed based other credentials as given inQualifying Criteria.

3. Open Tender Document (nonobtained from the office of Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhifrom IRCTC website www.irctc.com.

4. PRE-BID MEETING 4.1 The pre bid meeting will be “IRCTC North Zone Office

4.2 The tenderers are required to submitGroup General Manager/before the meeting.

4.3 The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questhat may be raised at that stage.

4.4 Any modifications of the Openof the Pre-bid Meeting shall be made exclusively through the issue of an Addendum / Corrigendum and not through

4.5 Non-attendance at the Pretenderer.


NOTICE INVITING OPEN TENDER ealed Open Tenders in Two Packet System on prescribed

eligible contractors fulfilling qualifying criteria stipulated in Open Tender bid document for the work of “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi”.

Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New DelhiRs. 69, 11,600/- (Approximately) Rs. 1, 00,000/- in form of DD/Pay Order/Bankerfavoring “IRCTC Ltd”, payable at Delhi. (Packet A)Rs. 1000/- in form of DD/Pay Order/Banker’s cheque favoring “IRCTC Ltd”, payable at Delhi. (Packet A) 120 Days Upto 15.00 Hrs. on [04.06.2018]

ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA: Eligibility of the applicants shall be assessed based on the Essential Qualifying Criteria and as given in the Open Tender documents under the chapter

Document (non-transferable) embodying terms and conditions can be the office of GGM (North Zone) IRCTC Ltd., Ginger Rail

Ajmeri Gate Side, New Delhi on any working day from [12.05.2018] from IRCTC website www.irctc.com.

The pre bid meeting will be held at [1100] hrs on [21.05.2018] in IRCTC’sNorth Zone Office, Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas, Ajmeri Gate Side, Newerers are required to submit question if any in writing to reach the office of the

Group General Manager/North Zone, New Delhi-110001 not later than three days The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.

Open Tender Document which may become necessary as a result bid Meeting shall be made exclusively through the issue of an Addendum /

Corrigendum and not through the Minutes of the Pre-Bid Meeting. attendance at the Pre-bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a

on prescribed forms criteria stipulated in Open Tender bid

Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road &

Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & nstruction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi

/Banker’s cheque (Packet A)

in form of DD/Pay Order/Banker’s cheque (Packet A)

Qualifying Criteria and under the chapter Essential

transferable) embodying terms and conditions can be Ltd., Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas,

or downloaded

in IRCTC’s office in New Delhi.

in writing to reach the office of the later than three days

tions on any matter Document which may become necessary as a result

bid Meeting shall be made exclusively through the issue of an Addendum / bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a


Signature of Bidder

5. AMENDMENT OF OPENBefore the deadline for submission of tenders, the modified by IRCTC Ltd. by issue of addenda/corrigendum. Addendum/addendum(s)/ corrigendum(s) (if any) shall also be submitted, duly stamped and signed, alongwith the submission of the addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) (if any) shall be summarily rejected.

6. EARNEST MONEY 6.1 Tender should be accompanied by Earnest Money of

any of the forms given belowDelhi, drawn in favour of IRCTC Ltd.

6.2 Any Tender not accompanied by Earnest Money documents shall not be considered and shall be summarily rejected.

7. SUBMISSION OF TENDER 7.1 Bidding System i. These tender should be submitted in two packets marked as “PACKET

“PACKET – B” ii. Packet – A is the Technical bid and Packet iii. Packet – A which is the technical offer, will be opened firstiv. Packet – B which is the Financial offer, will be opened only after

participants on the basis of Packet will be opened.

v. Technical bid (Packet A)approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New DelhiFinancial bid (Packet B)approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhishould be submitted in twapplicant’s name, on both the envelops. Both these be kept in a third envelop indicatingopening of the tender. Tender shall contain the fo

PACKET A i. Earnest Money Deposit in proper form.

ii. Cost of tender documentiii. All the pages of Tender Document

and stamped by the Authorised signatory of the bidder.iv. The certificates & documents in support of

be attested by the bidderv. Statements as per appendices


OPEN TENDER DOCUMENT Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Open Tender Document may be modified by IRCTC Ltd. by issue of addenda/corrigendum. Addendum/ corrigendumaddendum(s)/ corrigendum(s) (if any) shall also be submitted, duly stamped and signed, alongwith the submission of the Open Tenders. Any tender submitted waddendum(s)/corrigendum(s) (if any) shall be summarily rejected.

should be accompanied by Earnest Money of Rs. 1, 00,000/- [Rs. any of the forms given below: - Banker’s Cheque /Pay Order/ Demand Draft payable at

avour of IRCTC Ltd. not accompanied by Earnest Money in the form as specified in tender

documents shall not be considered and shall be summarily rejected. SUBMISSION OF TENDER:

Method of submission of bid These tender should be submitted in two packets marked as “PACKET

A is the Technical bid and Packet – B is the financial bid.A which is the technical offer, will be opened first at given date.B which is the Financial offer, will be opened only after

participants on the basis of Packet – A. “Packet B” of only eligible participants Technical bid (Packet A) for “Renovation of existing kitchen, rapproach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New DelhiFinancial bid (Packet B) for “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhishould be submitted in two separate SEALED ENVELOPS, clearly indicating applicant’s name, on both the envelops. Both these envelops shouldbe kept in a third envelop indicating applicant’s name, Tender No. & date of opening of the tender.

following:

Earnest Money Deposit in proper form. Cost of tender document

Tender Document and corrigendum/addendum if anyby the Authorised signatory of the bidder.

The certificates & documents in support of essential qualifying conditionsbe attested by the bidder.

appendices

Document may be corrigendum. Such

addendum(s)/ corrigendum(s) (if any) shall also be submitted, duly stamped and signed, s. Any tender submitted without

One lac only] in der/ Demand Draft payable at

in the form as specified in tender

These tender should be submitted in two packets marked as “PACKET – A” and bid.

at given date. B which is the Financial offer, will be opened only after Scrutiny of

of only eligible participants Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of

approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi” and Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of

approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi” o separate SEALED ENVELOPS, clearly indicating

envelops should be sealed and applicant’s name, Tender No. & date of

and corrigendum/addendum if any duly signed essential qualifying conditions should


Signature of Bidder

All documents enclosed, in support of Technical Criteria mentioned in Packet “A”, should be self attested.

PACKET B i. Price (Financial) Bid

submitted duly quoting the rates

Tender shall be sealed inside an envelope

(A) “OPEN TENDER FORconstruction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi15.30 HOURS OF [04.06.2018

(B) The tender should be addressed to:Group General Manager/Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas, New Delhi- 110001

7.2. Open Tender complete in all respects and with all documents as mentioned in should be deposited up to 15:00 the office of Group General Manager/Tender Bids shall be opened or their authorised representatives intending to attend the opening.

7.3. Tender shall be submitted as per “Instructions to Tenderers” forming a partTender document.

8.0 LATE TENDER / DELAYED Any Tender received by the

will be returned unopened to the postal/courier delay.

9.0 TENDER VALIDITY 9.1 The Open Tender shall be valid for

Open Tender or any extended date as indicated in sub Para below.9.2 In exceptional circumstances, during the process of evaluation of

expiry of the original time limit for extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The reresponse shall be made in writing. A Tenderer may refuse the requestEarnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his Financial Bid to a higher amount but will be requiredMoney for the period of the


All documents enclosed, in support of Technical Criteria mentioned in Packet “A”, should be self attested.

) Bid: Financial bid shall contain the BOQ and it should be quoting the rates, signed and sealed.

envelope and envelop shall contain the title as under:FOR: Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road &

construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi DO NOT OPEN 04.06.2018].

he tender should be addressed to: Group General Manager/North Zone, Ginger Rail Yatri Niwas, Ajmeri Gate Side,

complete in all respects and with all documents as mentioned in should be deposited up to 15:00 hrs of [04.06.2018] in the tender box kept for the purpose

Group General Manager/North Zone, IRCTC Limited, New shall be opened at 15:30 hours on [04.06.2018] in the presence of the tenderers or their authorised representatives intending to attend the opening.

shall be submitted as per “Instructions to Tenderers” forming a part

LATE TENDER / DELAYED OPEN TENDER: received by the IRCTC after the specified date and time of receipt of will be returned unopened to the Bidder. IRCTC shall not be responsible for any

shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission ofor any extended date as indicated in sub Para below.

In exceptional circumstances, during the process of evaluation of Tenders and prior to theexpiry of the original time limit for Tender Validity, the IRCTC may request theextend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the tenderer’s response shall be made in writing. A Tenderer may refuse the request without forfeiting his Earnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his Financial Bid to a higher amount but will be required to extend the validity of the Earnest Money for the period of the extension.

For & on behalf ofIRCTC LIMITED

Group General Manager

All documents enclosed, in support of Technical Criteria mentioned in Packet –

and it should be

shall contain the title as under: approach road &

DO NOT OPEN BEFORE

complete in all respects and with all documents as mentioned in bid documents in the tender box kept for the purpose in

IRCTC Limited, New Delhi-110001. in the presence of the tenderers shall be submitted as per “Instructions to Tenderers” forming a part of the Open

after the specified date and time of receipt of Tender IRCTC shall not be responsible for any

from the due date for submission of s and prior to the

may request the tenderers to and the tenderer’s

without forfeiting his Earnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be permitted to modify his

validity of the Earnest For & on behalf of IRCTC LIMITED

Manager/North Zone


Signature of Bidder

1. SCOPE OF WORK: The proposed work is to be taken up at New Delhi Railway Station complex, Ajmeri Gate side at Base kitchen, New Delhi. The proposed renovation will be done in existing building of BK/NDLS and finishing with new proposed building. All the allied services such as drainage, water supply, electrical wiring etc; are required to be provided in the Proposed construction will broadly

i. Dismantling work to merge the new construction area with the existing building of Base Kitchen.

ii. Earth work, foundation work, brick work, plastering and Riii. Repair of existing road of approximately 1000 Sq. meteriv. Painting, Kota stone flooring and wall tiling.v. Provision of Drainage system.vi. Provision of windows, doors, ventilators and partition works etc;vii. Water proofing of roofs, plumbing and water supply works.viii. Removal of construction waste material and other miscellaneous works as directed by

Engineer In-charge/Officer.


F WORK: The proposed work is to be taken up at New Delhi Railway Station complex, Ajmeri Gate side at

renovation will be done in existing building of BK/NDLS and finishing with new All the allied services such as drainage, water supply, electrical wiring etc;

are required to be provided in the existing building as per requirement of commercial kitchen. broadly include (details in the price bid):

work to merge the new construction area with the existing building of Base Earth work, foundation work, brick work, plastering and RCC work in column, roofs etc;Repair of existing road of approximately 1000 Sq. meter.

ng and wall tiling. Provision of Drainage system. Provision of windows, doors, ventilators and partition works etc; Water proofing of roofs, plumbing and water supply works. Removal of construction waste material and other miscellaneous works as directed by

charge/Officer.

The proposed work is to be taken up at New Delhi Railway Station complex, Ajmeri Gate side at

renovation will be done in existing building of BK/NDLS and finishing with new All the allied services such as drainage, water supply, electrical wiring etc;

as per requirement of commercial kitchen. work to merge the new construction area with the existing building of Base

CC work in column, roofs etc;

Removal of construction waste material and other miscellaneous works as directed by


Signature of Bidder

2. ESSENTIAL QUALIFYING CRITERIA

1. Work Experience/Technical Competence The bidder should have successful

value of 35% (Rs. 24,19,060/years 2015-16, 2016-17, 2017of above must be attached as per

Notes: The similar works shall mean “and allied work)” - The contractor should submit performance certificates in reference to executed works

above from clients for having successfully completed similar work2015-16, 2016-17, 2017-18as per the format at Appendix

- Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations/Public Sector Undertakings/ Autonomous bodies of Central/State Governments shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a Tendererthe past experience in similar nature of work completed shall be considered only if supported by attested copies of TDS certificates.

2. Financial strength/Capability The tenderer has received total contractual payments against all completed/ongoingworks of all types (not confined to only similar works) 2015-16, 2016-17 & 2017advertised cost of workDisbursing Authority (other than Private Individual), audited balance sheet showing contractual receipts from Govt/Semi Govt. organization duly certified by the Chartered accountant etc. for each Financial Year civil contracts/works.

3. Other criteria – a) The tenderer should submit self attested copy of Audited Balance Sheet for the financial year 2015year 2017-18.

b) Certificate of GSTIN Numberof GSTIN Number.

c) PAN Number d) The bidder should not have been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.


QUALIFYING CRITERIA /Technical Competence

successfully completed of at least one single work for a minimum /-) of advertised tender value of similar nature in three financial

17, 2017-18 from the date of opening of the tender. Certificate in support of above must be attached as per Appendix – A3. The similar works shall mean “Construction of non-residential building (civil, electrical

submit performance certificates in reference to executed works above from clients for having successfully completed similar work/s in

18. & should submit the details of such similar completed works Appendix-A/3.

Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations/Public Sector Undertakings/ Autonomous bodies of Central/State Governments shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a Tenderer/bidder. In case of private organizations the past experience in similar nature of work completed shall be considered only if supported by attested copies of TDS certificates. Financial strength/Capability

received total contractual payments against all completed/ongoingworks of all types (not confined to only similar works) during each of

17 & 2017-18 of a value not less than Rs. 1,03,67,400st of work). Authentic certificates like Form 16A issued by Payment

Disbursing Authority (other than Private Individual), audited balance sheet showing contractual receipts from Govt/Semi Govt. organization duly certified by the Chartered

or each Financial Year that receipts of above stated value are from

The tenderer should submit self attested copy of Audited Balance Sheet for the financial year 2015-16, 2016-17 and audited/provisional balance sheet for financial Certificate of GSTIN Number: - Attested copy of the Certificate or Registratioof GSTIN Number. The bidder should not have been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.

work for a minimum of advertised tender value of similar nature in three financial

from the date of opening of the tender. Certificate in support

residential building (civil, electrical

submit performance certificates in reference to executed works s in financial years

. & should submit the details of such similar completed works Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations/Public Sector Undertakings/ Autonomous bodies of Central/State Governments shall only be

private organizations the past experience in similar nature of work completed shall be considered only if

received total contractual payments against all completed/ongoing civil each of financial years

1,03,67,400/- (150% of the Authentic certificates like Form 16A issued by Payment

Disbursing Authority (other than Private Individual), audited balance sheet showing contractual receipts from Govt/Semi Govt. organization duly certified by the Chartered

that receipts of above stated value are from

The tenderer should submit self attested copy of Audited Balance Sheet for the 17 and audited/provisional balance sheet for financial

Attested copy of the Certificate or Registration

The bidder should not have been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.


Signature of Bidder

4. MANPOWER, PLANT & MACHINERY

Tender inviting authority atmay accordingly call for additional information in regard to organizational resources and/or availability of requisite tools plants and machinery for the subject work. In this case, the tenderer/s shall submit the following documents along with his/their tender a. List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted

(own & hired to be given seseparately on a plane paper)

b. A list of personnel, organization available on hand and proposed to be engaged for the subject work ( Appendix A

Note: (i) In case of Para 1 & 2 above, supportive documents / certificates from the

organizations with whom they worked/are working should be(ii) Certificates from the private individuals for whom such works have been

executed/being executed shall not be accepted.

4. Declaration of the Bidder Even though the bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have

a) Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements.

b) Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, financial failures etc.

c) Their business banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.

d) Not submitted all the supporting documeper the prescribed format.

e) A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper 200/- duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in Appendix- A-5

Note: During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Tenderer for a

clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be sought, offerepermitted.


MANPOWER, PLANT & MACHINERY (INFORMATORY) Tender inviting authority at its own discretion may specify the minimum requirement and may accordingly call for additional information in regard to organizational resources and/or availability of requisite tools plants and machinery for the subject work. In this

shall submit the following documents along with his/their tender List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted (own & hired to be given separately) for the subject work. (To be attached separately on a plane paper)

list of personnel, organization available on hand and proposed to be engaged for Appendix A-4)

In case of Para 1 & 2 above, supportive documents / certificates from the organizations with whom they worked/are working should be enclosed.Certificates from the private individuals for whom such works have been executed/being executed shall not be accepted.

Even though the bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be

Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements. Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc. Their business banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government. Not submitted all the supporting documents or not furnished the relevant details as per the prescribed format. A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper

duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in

During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Tenderer for a clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be sought, offere

own discretion may specify the minimum requirement and may accordingly call for additional information in regard to organizational resources and/or availability of requisite tools plants and machinery for the subject work. In this

shall submit the following documents along with his/their tender List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted

(To be attached list of personnel, organization available on hand and proposed to be engaged for

In case of Para 1 & 2 above, supportive documents / certificates from the enclosed.

Certificates from the private individuals for whom such works have been

Even though the bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly

inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or Their business banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public

nts or not furnished the relevant details as A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper of Rs.

duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in

During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Tenderer for a clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be sought, offered or


Signature of Bidder

3. INSTRUCTIONS TO

(TENDERER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWINGINSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING UP THE

1. Before quoting, the Bidder mustin regard to accessibility of the site, nature and extent of ground, working condition of site and locality including stacking of materials, installations of tools and plants (T&P) etc., conditions affecting accommodations and movement of satisfactory execution of the work contract. No claim whatsoever on such account shall be entertained by the IRCTC in any circumstances.

2. All pages of the Open Tendersignatory of the applicant. The all the partners of the firm or by a partner who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to enter into the proposed contract, otherwise the

3. The Open Tender document should be submitted in original will be rejected.

4. Over writing is not permitted. Failure to comply with either of these conditions will render the Open Tender void. No advice of any change in rate or cOpen Tender will be entertained.

5. Open Tenderer(s) should submit the requisiteOpen Tender document in support of qualifying eligibility criteria &

6. For judging the work experience and

executed for the Govt. or PSUs &tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer concerned duly signed under the official seal. The photo copies of certificates and testimonials may be submitted. The IRCTC reserves the right to verify the correctness of certificates & testimonials in such a manner they consider fit and appropriate.will not be accepted unless supported

7. Partnership deeds, Power of Attorney Etc.Open Tender is submitted on his own or on behalf of a partnership concern. If the Tender is submitted on behalf of a partnership concern, he should submit the certified copy of partnership deed along with the documents on behalf of partnership firm. If these documents are not enclosed along with Open Tender documents, the individual signing the Open Tenderof attorney granted by the tenderer or by changes in the composition of the firm made subsequent to the execution of the contract. It may, however recognize such power attorney and changes after obtaining proper legal advice, the cost of which will be chargeable to the contractor.


INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS ER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING

BEFORE FILLING UP THE OPEN TENDER.) must inspect the site to fully acquaint himself about the condition

in regard to accessibility of the site, nature and extent of ground, working condition of site and locality including stacking of materials, installations of tools and plants (T&P) etc.,

tions affecting accommodations and movement of labor etc. required for the satisfactory execution of the work contract. No claim whatsoever on such account shall be

in any circumstances. Tender document should be duly signed and stamped by the authorised

The Open Tender submitted on behalf of a firm shall be signed by all the partners of the firm or by a partner who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to enter into the proposed contract, otherwise the Open Tender is liable to be rejected.

cument should be submitted in original. Open Tendersubmitted in original will be rejected. Over writing is not permitted. Failure to comply with either of these conditions will render

void. No advice of any change in rate or conditions after the opening of the will be entertained. er(s) should submit the requisite certificates and testimonialsdocument in support of qualifying eligibility criteria & for their credential etc:

work experience and financial capability, only those works which executed for the Govt. or PSUs & govt autonomous organizations shall be considered and the tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer concerned duly signed under

photo copies of certificates and testimonials may be submitted. The erves the right to verify the correctness of certificates & testimonials in such a

manner they consider fit and appropriate. Certificates from private individualssupported by TDS certificate.

wer of Attorney Etc. – The Tenderer shall clearly specify whether the is submitted on his own or on behalf of a partnership concern. If the

is submitted on behalf of a partnership concern, he should submit the certified copy tnership deed along with the Open Tender and authorization to sign the

documents on behalf of partnership firm. If these documents are not enclosed along with documents, the Open Tender will be treated as having been submitted by

Tender documents. The IRCTC will not be bound by any power of attorney granted by the tenderer or by changes in the composition of the firm made subsequent to the execution of the contract. It may, however recognize such power attorney and changes after obtaining proper legal advice, the cost of which will be chargeable

ER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING

inspect the site to fully acquaint himself about the condition in regard to accessibility of the site, nature and extent of ground, working condition of site and locality including stacking of materials, installations of tools and plants (T&P) etc.,

etc. required for the satisfactory execution of the work contract. No claim whatsoever on such account shall be

document should be duly signed and stamped by the authorised submitted on behalf of a firm shall be signed by

all the partners of the firm or by a partner who has the necessary authority on behalf of the is liable to be rejected.

Tender document not Over writing is not permitted. Failure to comply with either of these conditions will render

onditions after the opening of the certificates and testimonials along with the

their credential etc: financial capability, only those works which have been

govt autonomous organizations shall be considered and the tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer concerned duly signed under

photo copies of certificates and testimonials may be submitted. The erves the right to verify the correctness of certificates & testimonials in such a

Certificates from private individuals/organisation

shall clearly specify whether the is submitted on his own or on behalf of a partnership concern. If the Open

is submitted on behalf of a partnership concern, he should submit the certified copy and authorization to sign the Open Tender

documents on behalf of partnership firm. If these documents are not enclosed along with will be treated as having been submitted by

will not be bound by any power of attorney granted by the tenderer or by changes in the composition of the firm made subsequent to the execution of the contract. It may, however recognize such power of attorney and changes after obtaining proper legal advice, the cost of which will be chargeable


Signature of Bidder

8. In case of Company, the signing individual(s) should be Director(s) or the company duly authorized by a resolution paspursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A copy of such resolution duly self attested and certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of Association and certificate of incorporatioffer.

9. The applicant should submit complete set of documents in support of information furnished

in the Bid document. The tender(s) may please note that their offer will be evaluated as per the credential/documents attached by the tender(s) along with

10. The name of the applicant and name of workrespective DD/ Banker’s Cheque

11. “JVs/ Consortiums/ MOU's shall not be considered12. Rate quoted by the contractor in item rate tender

filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwisworked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise provided be taken as correct and not the amount.

13. Rates quoted by the contractor shall remain covered by this contract and shall not be subject to exchange variations, labour conditions, fluctuations in freights or any other conditions whatsoever. Rates quoted shall be the net rate inclusive of all materials, labour, all taxes and dutiesregulations etc.

14. Open Tender duly sealed in the prescribed manner can also be sent through registered post so

as to reach this office not later than Any tender received after the specified time is liable to be rejected.responsible for any postal delay.

15. Tenderer(s) may carefully note that their contract agreement for this work is liable to be

terminated at any time later, in case any of the information furnished by them is found to be untrue or any adverse points came to light subsequently. The decision of purchaser in this regard shall be final and binding.

16. The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited

a) If after bid opening during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance, whichever is earlier, any tenderer

i) Withdraws his Open Tender


In case of Company, the signing individual(s) should be Director(s) or Company the company duly authorized by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors or in pursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A copy of such resolution duly self attested and certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of Association and certificate of incorporation of the company should be enclosed with the

The applicant should submit complete set of documents in support of information furnished The tender(s) may please note that their offer will be evaluated as per

the credential/documents attached by the tender(s) along with Open Tender. name of the applicant and name of work should be mentioned on the

Cheque, attached as EMD. “JVs/ Consortiums/ MOU's shall not be considered.” Rate quoted by the contractor in item rate tendered in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where

rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise provided be taken as

Rates quoted by the contractor shall remain firm till the completion of the entire work covered by this contract and shall not be subject to exchange variations, labour conditions, fluctuations in freights or any other conditions whatsoever. Rates quoted shall be the net rate

ials, labour, all taxes and duties etc. as per latest Government

duly sealed in the prescribed manner can also be sent through registered post so as to reach this office not later than due date and time specified in Open TenderAny tender received after the specified time is liable to be rejected. IRCTCresponsible for any postal delay. Tenderer(s) may carefully note that their contract agreement for this work is liable to be

e later, in case any of the information furnished by them is found to be untrue or any adverse points came to light subsequently. The decision of purchaser in this regard shall be final and binding. The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited

bid opening during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance, whichever is earlier, any tenderer

Tender or

Company Secretary of sed by the Board of Directors or in

pursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A copy of such resolution duly self attested and certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of

on of the company should be enclosed with the

The applicant should submit complete set of documents in support of information furnished The tender(s) may please note that their offer will be evaluated as per

should be mentioned on the reverse of the

in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the

e proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where

rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise provided be taken as

firm till the completion of the entire work covered by this contract and shall not be subject to exchange variations, labour conditions, fluctuations in freights or any other conditions whatsoever. Rates quoted shall be the net rate

as per latest Government

duly sealed in the prescribed manner can also be sent through registered post so Tender documents.

IRCTC shall not be

Tenderer(s) may carefully note that their contract agreement for this work is liable to be e later, in case any of the information furnished by them is found to be

untrue or any adverse points came to light subsequently. The decision of purchaser in this

bid opening during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance,


Signature of Bidder

ii) Makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the acceptable to the IRCTC

b) In case any statement/information/document furnished by the tenderer is found to be incorrect or false.

c) Submission of fake documents / suppression of blacklisting.d) In the case of a successful tenderer, if the tendereri) Fails to furnish Performance Guarantee within the stipulated period specified in of

Special Conditions of Contract.ii) Fails to commence the work within 15 days after the date of issue of Letter of

Acceptance or from the datereason.

In case of forfeiture of EMD as prescribed here in above, the tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the re-tendering process of the work

17. Omissions and Discrepanciesthe drawings or any of Openshould at once notify the authority inviting to all Tenderers. It shall be understood that every endeavor has been made to avoid any error which can materially affect the basis of the take upon himself and provide for the risk of any error which may subsequently be discovered and shall make no subsequent claim on account thereof.

18. IRCTC reserves its right to either cancel the Tenders without assigning any reason thereof.


akes any modification in the terms and conditions of the Open TenderIRCTC.

n case any statement/information/document furnished by the tenderer is found to be Submission of fake documents / suppression of blacklisting. n the case of a successful tenderer, if the tenderer

h Performance Guarantee within the stipulated period specified in of Special Conditions of Contract. Fails to commence the work within 15 days after the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance or from the date of handing over of the site, whichever is later

In case of forfeiture of EMD as prescribed here in above, the tenderer shall not be allowed to tendering process of the work

Omissions and Discrepancies – Should a tenderer find discrepancies in, or omissions fromOpen Tender Forms or should be in doubt as to their meaning, he

should at once notify the authority inviting Open Tenders who may send a written instruction rs. It shall be understood that every endeavor has been made to avoid any error

which can materially affect the basis of the Open Tender and the successful tenderer shall take upon himself and provide for the risk of any error which may subsequently be

scovered and shall make no subsequent claim on account thereof. IRCTC reserves its right to either cancel the Open Tender or reject any or all the

s without assigning any reason thereof.

Tender which are not n case any statement/information/document furnished by the tenderer is found to be

h Performance Guarantee within the stipulated period specified in of Fails to commence the work within 15 days after the date of issue of Letter of

whichever is later without valid

In case of forfeiture of EMD as prescribed here in above, the tenderer shall not be allowed to

Should a tenderer find discrepancies in, or omissions from Forms or should be in doubt as to their meaning, he

s who may send a written instruction rs. It shall be understood that every endeavor has been made to avoid any error

and the successful tenderer shall take upon himself and provide for the risk of any error which may subsequently be

or reject any or all the Open


Signature of Bidder

4. SPECIAL CONDITIONS1. The Bid so submitted shall comprise fol

PACKET A

Open Tender Document dul Requisite Earnest Money Deposit in the form of DD/Pay order/Banker’s cheque favouring IRCTC ltd. Requisite cost of tender document. Affidavit for sole proprietorship,notarised/registered. The certificates & documents conditions. Statements as per appendices

PACKET B Price (financial bid) 2. The bid document with all the conditions / notices and the drawings

contract document. Submission of aware of the scope and specification of works, conditions at the site, natureaccess and information as to the risk / contingencies which may influence their and no extra charges consequent on any misconception / misunderstanding shall be allowed.

. 3. IRCTC’s assessment of suitability shall be final and bindi

accept the lowest or any Openor all the Open Tenders, either in whole or in part without assigning any reasons for doing so.Open tender containing any conrejected.

4. NEGOTIATIONS : 4.1 The accepting authority reserve the right to enter into negotiations with the Lacceptance of the Open Tenderor, for changes in scope of the work etc, at its sole discretion. For this purpose Las the lowest, valid and eligible tenderer who would have been otherwise considered for award of contract directly, if the rates were not unreasonably high.

4.2 Should such negotiation with the tenderer(s) be entered into, the tenderer(s) shall not be

permitted to increase their quoted rates under any circumstances, even if it includes withdrawal / modification of such special conditions as are given by the tenderer(s) along with their original Open Tender

4.3Tender Evaluation: The entire process of evaluation of the offers shall be in two stages:


PECIAL CONDITIONS OF OPEN TENDER submitted shall comprise following

Document duly signed and stamped on every page. Requisite Earnest Money Deposit in the form of DD/Pay order/Banker’s cheque favouring IRCTC ltd. Requisite cost of tender document.

sole proprietorship, Partnership Deed and Power of Attorney duly /registered.

& documents in support of essential qualifying/eligibility criteria/Statements as per appendices

financial bid) The bid document with all the conditions / notices and the drawings shall contract document. Submission of Open Tender implies that the tenderer has made himself aware of the scope and specification of works, conditions at the site, natureaccess and information as to the risk / contingencies which may influence their and no extra charges consequent on any misconception / misunderstanding shall be allowed.IRCTC’s assessment of suitability shall be final and binding. IRCTC does not bind himself to

Open Tender and reserves to himself the right to accept or reject any s, either in whole or in part without assigning any reasons for doing so.

containing any condition leading to unknown / indefinite liabilities is liable to be

The accepting authority reserve the right to enter into negotiations with the LTender in order to clarify special conditions, or, reduction of rates,

or, for changes in scope of the work etc, at its sole discretion. For this purpose Leligible tenderer who would have been otherwise considered for

of contract directly, if the rates were not unreasonably high. Should such negotiation with the tenderer(s) be entered into, the tenderer(s) shall not be permitted to increase their quoted rates under any circumstances, even if it includes

al / modification of such special conditions as are given by the tenderer(s) along Tender.

The entire process of evaluation of the offers shall be in two

Requisite Earnest Money Deposit in the form of DD/Pay order/Banker’s cheque

Partnership Deed and Power of Attorney duly /eligibility criteria/

shall form part of the implies that the tenderer has made himself

aware of the scope and specification of works, conditions at the site, nature of site with access and information as to the risk / contingencies which may influence their Open Tender and no extra charges consequent on any misconception / misunderstanding shall be allowed.

does not bind himself to and reserves to himself the right to accept or reject any

s, either in whole or in part without assigning any reasons for doing so. dition leading to unknown / indefinite liabilities is liable to be

The accepting authority reserve the right to enter into negotiations with the L-1 before in order to clarify special conditions, or, reduction of rates,

or, for changes in scope of the work etc, at its sole discretion. For this purpose L-1 is defined eligible tenderer who would have been otherwise considered for

Should such negotiation with the tenderer(s) be entered into, the tenderer(s) shall not be permitted to increase their quoted rates under any circumstances, even if it includes

al / modification of such special conditions as are given by the tenderer(s) along

The entire process of evaluation of the offers shall be in two


Signature of Bidder

i. Stage I: The Technical bid of all the offers mentioned herein shall be opened first in presence of those Bidders or their authorized representatives who choose to be present at the time of opening of the tender. The technical suitability of the Bidders shall be evalucondition laid down. The financial bid of only those Bidders shall be opened who are shortlisted in stage I. ii. Stage II: The date and time of opening of the Financial Bid intimated to the shortlisted Bidders and shall date and time in the presence of those Bidders or their representatives who choose to be present. In addition, the following shall also apply.iii. During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a clarification of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be permitted in response. 5. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

Successful bidder shall furnish

amount of 5% of the contractmonths as per PG form prescribed by IRCTC Ltd. The first payment will be released subject to the production of this documepayable to IRCTC Ltd as compensation resulting from the Vendor's failures to complete its obligation under the contract. The Earnest Money can be adjusted against the Performance guarantee guarantee would be released after the successful completion of contract and no interest would be paid. Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of performance bank guarantee shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award in which event IRCTC Ltd may make the award to the next evaluated bidder or call for new bids.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT/ RETENTION MONEY:

value shall be applicable and shall be recovered from on account / billrate of recovery of security deposit shall be @10% of the bill amount till the full security deposit is recovered.

7. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

required to execute an agreement with the general condition of contract, special conditions/specifications annexed to the and specifications for work.


: The Technical bid of all the offers that are received within due date mentioned herein shall be opened first in presence of those Bidders or their authorized representatives who choose to be present at the time of opening of the tender. The technical suitability of the Bidders shall be evalucondition laid down. The financial bid of only those Bidders shall be opened who are shortlisted in stage I. The date and time of opening of the Financial Bid – PACKET intimated to the shortlisted Bidders and shall be opened at such an appointed date and time in the presence of those Bidders or their representatives who choose to be present. In addition, the following shall also apply. During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a fication of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be permitted

GUARANTEE: shall furnish irrevocable performance bank guarantee to IRCTC Ltd for an

contract price valid up to the date of completion of work plus two orm prescribed by IRCTC Ltd. The first payment will be released subject

to the production of this document. The proceeds of the performance guarantee shall be payable to IRCTC Ltd as compensation resulting from the Vendor's failures to complete its obligation under the contract. The Earnest Money can be adjusted against the Performance

uld be released after the successful completion of contract and no Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of

performance bank guarantee shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the hich event IRCTC Ltd may make the award to the next evaluated bidder or call

SECURITY DEPOSIT/ RETENTION MONEY: Security deposit will bevalue shall be applicable and shall be recovered from on account / bills of contractrate of recovery of security deposit shall be @10% of the bill amount till the full security

EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – The successful tenderer(s) shall be required to execute an agreement with the IRCTC for carrying out the work according to general condition of contract, special conditions/specifications annexed to the

that are received within due date mentioned herein shall be opened first in presence of those Bidders or their authorized representatives who choose to be present at the time of opening of the tender. The technical suitability of the Bidders shall be evaluated in terms of condition laid down. The financial bid of only those Bidders shall be opened who

PACKET - B shall be be opened at such an appointed date and time in the presence of those Bidders or their representatives who During tender evaluation, IRCTC may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a fication of its tender. The request for clarification and response shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the tender shall be permitted

guarantee to IRCTC Ltd for an price valid up to the date of completion of work plus two

orm prescribed by IRCTC Ltd. The first payment will be released subject The proceeds of the performance guarantee shall be

payable to IRCTC Ltd as compensation resulting from the Vendor's failures to complete its obligation under the contract. The Earnest Money can be adjusted against the Performance

uld be released after the successful completion of contract and no Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of

performance bank guarantee shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the hich event IRCTC Ltd may make the award to the next evaluated bidder or call

will be 5% of contract of contractor. The

rate of recovery of security deposit shall be @10% of the bill amount till the full security

The successful tenderer(s) shall be for carrying out the work according to

general condition of contract, special conditions/specifications annexed to the Open Tender


Signature of Bidder

5. CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED PACKET A

i) Earnest Money Deposit ii) Cost of tender documentiii) Appendix –A – Company Detailsiv) Affidavit as per Appendix Av) Appendix A-2 – Constitution of the biddervi) Work Experience vii) Declaration by Bidder:viii) Availability of Technical Personnel i.e. Manpowerix) List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted

(own & hired to be given separately) for the subject work.x) Copy of Certificate xi) Copy of PAN xii) Self attested copy of Auditor’s Report along with Balance Sheet and Profit and

Loss statement along with Schedules for the relevant financial year in which the minimum criterion is met.

xiii) Declaration/Statement of facts by the biddexiv) Complete tender document signed and stamped on each page.xv) Any other document to establish the fulfilment of essential eligibility/qualifying

criterion. PACKET B

i) Price/financial bid *Tenderers/bidders are requested to go though the entire tender document and ensure

submission of all relevant documents as described anywhere in the document. The above list is indicative only and not exhaustive.


CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED (Indicative Only*)

Earnest Money Deposit Cost of tender document

Company Details Affidavit as per Appendix A-1. (If applicable)

Constitution of the bidder – As per format detailed in Appendix A-3

Bidder: As per appendix A/5. Availability of Technical Personnel i.e. Manpower– As per appendix List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted (own & hired to be given separately) for the subject work.

opy of Certificate of GSTIN Number. Self attested copy of Auditor’s Report along with Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statement along with Schedules for the relevant financial year in which the minimum criterion is met. Declaration/Statement of facts by the bidder – As per appendix AComplete tender document signed and stamped on each page. Any other document to establish the fulfilment of essential eligibility/qualifying

Price/financial bid *Tenderers/bidders are requested to go though the entire tender document and ensure submission of all relevant documents as described anywhere in the document. The above list is indicative only and not exhaustive.

CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED

As per appendix - A/4. List of plant and machinery available on hand (own) and proposed to be inducted

Self attested copy of Auditor’s Report along with Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statement along with Schedules for the relevant financial year in which the

-5 Any other document to establish the fulfilment of essential eligibility/qualifying

*Tenderers/bidders are requested to go though the entire tender document and ensure submission of all relevant documents as described anywhere in the document. The above list


Signature of Bidder

6. OPEN TENDER APPLICATION GGM (North Zone), IRCTC Ltd, New Delhi – 110 001 I/We (authorized representative of the firm)----------------------------------------------------attached here to and hereby agree to abide by the said conditions. I/We also agree to keep this Open Tender open for acceptance for a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date fixed for opening the same and in default thereof I/We will be liable for forfeiture of my/omoney. I/We offer to do this work of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi” at the rates quoted by us in the myself/ourselves to complete the work in all respects letter of acceptance of Open Tender I/We also hereby agree to abide by the General Condition of Contract and to carry out the work according to the Special Conditions of Contradown by the IRCTC Ltd.

1. The earnest money amount of Rs.“IRCTC Ltd.”, payable at New Delhi vide No._____________ dated__________ is attached. The full value of the earnest money shall stand forfeited without prejudice to any other rights or remedies if conditions thereof in a manner not acceptable to the IRCTC Ltd. during a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date of opening of

2. Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, the issuance of acceptance of the our tendered rates shall constitute a binding contract between us as per the terms & conditions of the Open Tenderagreed to between us as indicated in the letter of acceptance of my/our offer for this work.

3. We also understand that the quantities of various items of works will be finalized by IRCTC in consultation with the consultabe executed by us as per final decision of IRCTC and claim will be as per actual quantity executed and as per rates quoted in the therefore agreeable in case some any claim/damages.


APPLICATION

representative of the firm)---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- have read the various conditions to

re to and hereby agree to abide by the said conditions. I/We also agree to keep this open for acceptance for a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date fixed for

opening the same and in default thereof I/We will be liable for forfeiture of my/omoney. I/We offer to do this work of “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New

at the rates quoted by us in the Financial Bid schedule and hereby bind complete the work in all respects within [120 days] from the date of issue of

Tender. I/We also hereby agree to abide by the General Condition of Contract and to carry out the work according to the Special Conditions of Contract and specifications for material and works as laid

earnest money amount of Rs. 1,00,000/- in the form of DD/Pay Order “IRCTC Ltd.”, payable at New Delhi vide No._____________ dated__________ is

value of the earnest money shall stand forfeited without prejudice to ts or remedies if I/We resile from my/our offer or modify the terms and

a manner not acceptable to the IRCTC Ltd. during a period of 90 from the date of opening of Open Tender.

Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, the issuance of acceptance of the our tendered rates shall constitute a binding contract between us as per the terms &

Tender document subject to modification, as may be mutually agreed to between us as indicated in the letter of acceptance of my/our offer for this We also understand that the quantities of various items of works will be finalized by IRCTC in consultation with the consultant and as per site requirement and the work will be executed by us as per final decision of IRCTC and claim will be as per actual quantity executed and as per rates quoted in the Open Tender without any extra claim. We are therefore agreeable in case some of the items are deleted from the scope without making

Signature of the Tenderer/s Address (complete postal address to be given)

----------------------------------------------------------------have read the various conditions to Open Tender

re to and hereby agree to abide by the said conditions. I/We also agree to keep this open for acceptance for a period of 90 (Ninety) days from the date fixed for

opening the same and in default thereof I/We will be liable for forfeiture of my/our earnest Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New

and hereby bind from the date of issue of

I/We also hereby agree to abide by the General Condition of Contract and to carry out the work ct and specifications for material and works as laid

in the form of DD/Pay Order favoring “IRCTC Ltd.”, payable at New Delhi vide No._____________ dated__________ is

value of the earnest money shall stand forfeited without prejudice to from my/our offer or modify the terms and

a manner not acceptable to the IRCTC Ltd. during a period of 90 Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, the issuance of acceptance of the our tendered rates shall constitute a binding contract between us as per the terms &

t to modification, as may be mutually agreed to between us as indicated in the letter of acceptance of my/our offer for this We also understand that the quantities of various items of works will be finalized by

and the work will be executed by us as per final decision of IRCTC and claim will be as per actual quantity

without any extra claim. We are of the items are deleted from the scope without making

Signature of the Open Tenderer/s

Tenderer/s Address (complete postal address to be given)


Signature of Bidder

7. ENCLOSURES [AppendixCOMPANY DETAILS

I / We …………………………………………………………………………… am / are desirous of being considered for price bid for the work of repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi” and hereby apply for the same. I/wyour consideration:

Sl. No.

Item

1. Name of the firm / contractor2. Full Address

3. Telephone Number: office ResidenceFax No. E-Mail address

4. (i) What is the constitution of firm viz. Sole Proprietor, Partnership, Pvt. Ltd., Public Ltd., etc.

(ii) Enclose copy of Affidavit as per appendix A-1 in case of sole proprietorship

(iii) Enclose copy of partnership deed, of association for partnership firm and statement as per appendix A

(iv) In case of Company, the signing individual(s) should be Director(s), Manager or Secretary of the company duly authorized by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors or in pursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A copy of such resolution duly self attested and certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of Association and certificate of incorporation of the company, Certificate for commencement of business should be enclosed with the offer.

5. Has the applicant or any of his partners or Directors been black listed or banned in


[Appendix] COMPANY DETAILS: [Appendix- A]

I / We …………………………………………………………………………… am / are desirous of being considered for price bid for the work of “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base

and hereby apply for the same. I/we give the following details for

Information to be filled in or statement given separately duly signed

applicant Name of the firm / contractor

Telephone Number: office Residence

What is the constitution of firm viz. Sole Proprietor, Partnership, Pvt. Ltd., Public

Enclose copy of Affidavit as per appendix 1 in case of sole proprietorship.

Enclose copy of partnership deed, article of association for partnership firm and

appendix A-2.

In case of Company, the signing ld be Director(s),

Manager or Secretary of the company duly authorized by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors or in pursuance of the authority conferred by the Memorandum and Articles of Association. A copy of such resolution duly self

nd certified copy of Memorandum and Articles of Association and certificate of incorporation of the company, Certificate for commencement of business should be enclosed with the

Has the applicant or any of his partners or isted or banned in YES / NO

I / We …………………………………………………………………………… am / are desirous Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base

e give the following details for

or statement given separately duly signed by


Signature of Bidder

the past by any Central or State Government Deptt.,/Organization ?

6. Statement as per Appendix ANote: List of only similar works out by the firm is to be given.

7. Whether registered with GSTFurnish GST no.

8. PAN No. of individual / firm.9. CIN NO. (In case of company)

10. Any other information the applicant might like to give including list of technical staff etc.


the past by any Central or State Government Deptt.,/Organization ? Statement as per Appendix A-3.

similar works carried out by the firm is to be given.

GST authorities. PAN No. of individual / firm. CIN NO. (In case of company) Any other information the applicant might like to give including list of technical staff

Signature & Seal of applicant

Signature & Seal of applicant


Signature of Bidder

8. AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF Appendix A- 1

(On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of appropriate value in case the individual who is the sole

I,………………………………………………….S/o…………………………………… Age………years, occupation business R/o ………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………... do hereby state on oath as under:

That I am residing in ………………………………………………………………………

locality of District ……………………………. Since last …………………..

That I am the sole proprietor of a proprietary concern name an“..................……….” having its office at ………………………………..…………………………………………………….. District………………………..…………….... dealing in the business of Government’s/Private’s civil contracts and ancillary works attached therefor.

The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.

Hence this affidavit.

Note: This Affidavit should be notarized


AFFIDAVIT FOR SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP OF FIRM:

Judicial Stamp Paper of appropriate value in case the individual who is the sole proprietor of the firm)

I,………………………………………………….S/o……………………………………years, occupation business R/o

………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………... do hereby state on oath as under:

That I am residing in ……………………………………………………………………… locality of District ……………………………. Since last ………………….. years

That I am the sole proprietor of a proprietary concern name and style as “..................……….” having its office at ………………………………..…………………………………………………….. District………………………..…………….... dealing in the business of Government’s/Private’s civil contracts and ancillary works attached therefor.

banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.

Deponent ………………

notarized.

FIRM:

Judicial Stamp Paper of appropriate value in case the individual who is the sole

I,………………………………………………….S/o…………………………………

………………………………………………... do hereby state on oath as under: That I am residing in ………………………………………………………………………

years.

………………………………..…………………………………………………….. District………………………..…………….... dealing in the business of Government’s/Private’s

banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public

Deponent ………………


Signature of Bidder

9. CONSTITUTION OF FIRM PARTNERSHIP/LTD.CO.DETAILS OF CONSTITUENTS

S.No. Name of Individual/

Partners / Directors of Firm / Co.

(1) (2)

In case of partnership please enclose incorporation certificate with ROC. The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.


CONSTITUTION OF FIRM – SOLE PARTNERSHIP/LTD.CO. [Appendix A-2]

DETAILS OF CONSTITUENTS

Individual/ Partners / Directors of

% Share

Technical / Professional

Experience As Employee or as

contractor (from year to year)

(3) (4)

In case of partnership please enclose partnership registration certificate and in case of company please enclose incorporation certificate with ROC. The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Undertakings or Enterprises of Central/State Government.

SIGNATURE & SEAL OF CONTRACTOR

Whether power of attorney Holder

(5)

enclose partnership registration certificate and in case of company please

The Firm has not been banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public



Signature of Bidder

10. LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED [Appendix A-3]

[DURING FINANCIAL YEARS 2015

Sr No

Name of work

& Nature of work

Client /organization

for whom work was

carried out (Name & Address)

Agreement No. &

Date

(1) (2) (3) (4)


LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED

FINANCIAL YEARS 2015-16, 2016-17, 2017-18

Contract Amount

(Rs. in Lacs) Is copy of agreement

/ acceptanc

e letter enclosed?

Value of work as per final

bill (Rs. In Lacs)

Date of start of work

Date of Completion of work

(5) (6) (7) (8) (9)


LIST OF ALL SIMILAR NATURE WORKS COMPLETED

18] Date of

Completi-on of work

Penalty levied for delay of

completion, if any

Copy of Completi

on Certificat

e from Client /

Org enclosed

(9) (10) (11)



Signature of Bidder

11. AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / PROPOSED FOR THE

Sl. No.

Position to be held

Name of prime candidate &

alternate candidate1 2

Project Manager – 1

No.

Site Engineer -2

Electrical

/Other Engineer


AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / FOR THE PROJECT: [Appendix A-

Name of prime candidate &

alternate candidate Age

Technical Qualificati

ons experience

3 4 5


AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL / STAFF - 4]

Relevant xperience in

years

Emoluments/ likely emolume

nts 6 7



Signature of Bidder

12. STATEMENT OF FACTS BY BIDDER (Affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of

This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of thisconfirm that:-

i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms,and attachments in proof of

ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, notproperly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc.

iii) No Central / State Government DepEnterprise of Central / State Government has banned/suspended businesswith us as on date.

iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant

details as per prescribed format.

v) List of Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma 1does not include any work which has been carried out by us through aSubcontractor on a back to back basis.

vi) The information and documents submitted with the

submitted subsequently by way of clarifications / making good deficientdocuments are correct and we are fully responsible for the correctness of theinformation and documents submitted by us.

vii) We understand that in case any statement/information/dto be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect orour EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned.


OF FACTS BY BIDDER [Appendix Judicial Stamp Paper of 100/- duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)

This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this

We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms,and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements; We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, notproperly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation

or financial failures etc. No Central / State Government Department/ Public Sector Undertaking orEnterprise of Central / State Government has banned/suspended businesswith us as on date. We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevantdetails as per prescribed format.

Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma 1does not include any work which has been carried out by us through aSubcontractor on a back to back basis. The information and documents submitted with the Open Tendersubmitted subsequently by way of clarifications / making good deficientdocuments are correct and we are fully responsible for the correctness of theinformation and documents submitted by us.

vii) We understand that in case any statement/information/document furnished by usto be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect orour EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned.

SEAL AND SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER

[Appendix- A/5] duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)

This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this offer

We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements

We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation

artment/ Public Sector Undertaking or Enterprise of Central / State Government has banned/suspended business dealings

We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant

Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma 1does not include any work which has been carried out by us through a

Tender and those to be submitted subsequently by way of clarifications / making good deficient documents are correct and we are fully responsible for the correctness of the

ocument furnished by us or to be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect or false, our EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned.

SEAL AND SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER


Signature of Bidder

13. AGREEMENT TOWARDS ARBITRATION AND[Appendix- A-6] Agreement towards waiver under Section 12 (5) and Section 31Conciliation (Amendment) Act I/we______________________________(Name of agency/contractor) witagreement dated ______________________________ raise disputes as to the construction and operation of this contract, and demand arbitration in respect of following claims:

I/we __________________________ do agree to waive of applicability of Section 12(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act.

Signature of Claimant __________________Signature of Respondent________________I/we _____________(Name of Claimant) with reference to agreement dated __________hereby waive of applicability of subsection 31A (2) to 31A (4) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act. We further agree that cost of arbitration will be shared by the parties in terms of Arbitration clause of the agreement. Signature of Claimant_________Signature of Respondent___________


AGREEMENT TOWARDS WAIVER UNDER ARBITRATION AND CONCILLIATION (AMENDMENT) ACT

Agreement towards waiver under Section 12 (5) and Section 31-A(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act I/we______________________________(Name of agency/contractor) witagreement dated ______________________________ raise disputes as to the construction and operation of this contract, and demand arbitration in respect of following claims:

Brief of claim:

Claim 1- Detailed at Annexure- Claim 2- Detailed at Annexure- Claim 3- Detailed at Annexure-

I/we __________________________ do agree to waive of applicability of Section 12(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act.

Signature of Claimant __________________Signature of Respondent________________

I/we _____________(Name of Claimant) with reference to agreement dated __________hereby waive of applicability of subsection 31A (2) to 31A (4) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act. We further agree that cost of arbitration will be shared

the parties in terms of Arbitration clause of the agreement.

Signature of Claimant_________Signature of Respondent___________

CONCILLIATION (AMENDMENT) ACT

A(5) of Arbitration and

I/we______________________________(Name of agency/contractor) with reference to agreement dated ______________________________ raise disputes as to the construction and operation of this contract, and demand arbitration in respect of following claims:

I/we __________________________ do agree to waive of applicability of Section 12(5) of

Signature of Claimant __________________Signature of Respondent________________ I/we _____________(Name of Claimant) with reference to agreement dated __________hereby waive of applicability of subsection 31A (2) to 31A (4) of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act. We further agree that cost of arbitration will be shared


Signature of Bidder

14. FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY In consideration of the President of India (hereinafter offered to accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement between…………………………….and ………………………(hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)”) for the work…………………………………………………… (hereinaftercalled “the said agreement”) hfor Rs. …………. (Rupees ………………………………… only) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement. 1. We, ………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby undertake to pay to the IRCTC(Rupees………………. Only) on demand by the 2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from the IRCTC stating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………….. (Rupees ……………….only) 3. We, the said bank further undertake to pay the notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contracpending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal. Thedischarge of our liability for payment against us for making such payment. 4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer inIRCTC certified that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.


FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (Guarantee)Bank Guarantee Bond

In consideration of the President of India (hereinafter called “The Government”) having offered to accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement between…………………………….and ……………………… (hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)”) for the work…………………………………………………… (hereinafter called “the said agreement”) having agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee (Rupees ………………………………… only) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said

, ………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby IRCTC an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………………..

(Rupees………………. Only) on demand by the IRCTC. 2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to

y the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a stating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries

due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee.

ur liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………….. (Rupees ……………….only) 3. We, the said bank further undertake to pay the IRCTC any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being

unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment. 4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the

contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would e taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be

enforceable till all the dues of the IRCTC under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer in-Charge on

certified that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.

(Guarantee)

called “The Government”) having offered to accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement (hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)”) for the

aving agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee (Rupees ………………………………… only) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said

, ………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) hereby an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………………..

2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to y the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a

stating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee.

ur liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.

any money so demanded tor(s) in any suit or proceeding

pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid

and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim

4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would

e taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be under or by virtue of the said agreement have been

Charge on behalf of the certified that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and

properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.


Signature of Bidder

5. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the IRCTC that the IRCTC shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the IRCTC against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the termsconditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us. 6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the Contractor(s). 7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee except with the previous consent of the 8. This guarantee shall be valid up to ……………………the IRCTC. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs.…………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry guarantee all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged. Dated the ………………..day of ……………………f


5. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without

affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of aid agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to

time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms

conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the IRCTC or any indulgence by the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us. 6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or

7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee except with the previous consent of the IRCTC in writing.8. This guarantee shall be valid up to …………………………unless extended on demand by Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs.…………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.

Dated the ………………..day of ……………………for………………….(indicate the name of the Bank)

5. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without

affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of aid agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to

time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and

conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any

ulgence by the IRCTC to the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to

the constitution of the Bank or

7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to in writing.

……unless extended on demand by Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs.…………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged

or the extended date of expiry of this

or………………….(indicate the name of


Signature of Bidder

Articles of agreementArticles of agreement made this _______day of _______201RAILWAYS CATERING incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at Statesman House, Barakhamba Road, New Delhiwhich expression shall unless repugnant to the context include its successors and assigns and persons for the time being of the management of the IRCTC Ltd. OF THE And M/s___________________________________ hereinafter called the expression shall include his / their respective Heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the other part. Whereas the IRCTC invited getting the work ___name of the work_____________________ schedule of quantities and specifications describing the work to be done and of award / work order no. …………………..dt…………. acceptcontractor in response to aforesaid Tender. And whereas the Contractor has agreed to execute, upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein and to the conditions set forth in the invitation to Conditions of the Open Tendercontained in bid document of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as the said conditions), the works shown upon the said drawingquantities at the respective rates herein set forth amounting to the sum as therein arrived at or such other sum as shall become payable there under (hereinafter referred to as ‘the said contract amount’). In consideration of the said Contract amount to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in the said conditions, execute and complete the work shown upon the drawings and described in the said specifications and the schedule of quantities, DECLARED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERE TO FOLLOWS:

1. The IRCTC shall pay the Contractor the said Contract amount or such other sum shall become payable at the times and in the manner hereinafter specified in the said conditions.

2. The conditions and Appendix thereto shall be read and construed as forming part of this agreement, and the parties hereto shall respectively abide by, submit themselves to the said conditions and perform the agreements on their part respectively in the said conditions contained.

3. The term “the Architects” in the said conditions shall mean by IRCTC/ appointed/nominated Engineer


Articles of agreement ( on appropriate non-judicial stamp paper

Articles of agreement made this _______day of _______2017 between the AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED

incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at Barakhamba Road, New Delhi-110001, hereinafter referred to as

which expression shall unless repugnant to the context include its successors and assigns and persons for the time being of the management of the IRCTC Ltd. OF THE ONE PART.

_______________________________ hereinafter called the CONTRACTORexpression shall include his / their respective Heirs, successors, executors, administrators and

invited Open Tender No. 2017/IRCTC/North Zone/Base ___name of the work_____________________ done and has caused drawings,

schedule of quantities and specifications describing the work to be done and / work order no. …………………..dt…………. accepted a Open Tenderin response to aforesaid Tender.

And whereas the Contractor has agreed to execute, upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein and to the conditions set forth in the invitation to Open Tender, General Instructions and

Tender, and schedule of quantities and Conditions of Contract ( all contained in bid document of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as the said conditions), the works shown upon the said drawings and / or described in the said schedule of quantities at the respective rates herein set forth amounting to the sum as therein arrived at or such other sum as shall become payable there under (hereinafter referred to as ‘the said contract

onsideration of the said Contract amount to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in the said conditions, execute and complete the work shown upon the drawings and described in the said specifications and the schedule of quantities, NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERE TO FOLLOWS:

shall pay the Contractor the said Contract amount or such other sum shall become payable at the times and in the manner hereinafter specified in the said

ions and Appendix thereto shall be read and construed as forming part of this agreement, and the parties hereto shall respectively abide by, submit themselves to the said conditions and perform the agreements on their part respectively in the said

The term “the Architects” in the said conditions shall mean [ name of architect appointed

/ appointed/nominated Engineer if any] , or in the event of their ceasing to be

judicial stamp paper) between the INDIAN

AND TOURISM CORPORATION LIMITED, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at B 148, 11th Floor,

, hereinafter referred to as IRCTC, which expression shall unless repugnant to the context include its successors and assigns and

ONE PART.

CONTRACTOR which expression shall include his / their respective Heirs, successors, executors, administrators and

Zone/Base Kitchen for and has caused drawings,

schedule of quantities and specifications describing the work to be done and IRCTC vide letter Tender submitted by

And whereas the Contractor has agreed to execute, upon and subject to the conditions set forth , General Instructions and

, and schedule of quantities and Conditions of Contract ( all contained in bid document of which are collectively hereinafter referred to as the said

s and / or described in the said schedule of quantities at the respective rates herein set forth amounting to the sum as therein arrived at or such other sum as shall become payable there under (hereinafter referred to as ‘the said contract

onsideration of the said Contract amount to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in the said conditions, execute and complete the work shown upon the drawings and described in

EBY AGREED AND

shall pay the Contractor the said Contract amount or such other sum shall become payable at the times and in the manner hereinafter specified in the said

ions and Appendix thereto shall be read and construed as forming part of this agreement, and the parties hereto shall respectively abide by, submit themselves to the said conditions and perform the agreements on their part respectively in the said

[ name of architect appointed , or in the event of their ceasing to be


Signature of Bidder

the Architect for the purpose of this Contract such other personominated for the purpose by the

4. The plans, agreement and documents mentioned herein shall form the basis of this and the decision of the said architects for the time being as mentioned in the said conditions, in reference to all matters of dispute as to materials and workmanship be final and binding on both parties.

5. This contract is a contract to carry out the work in respect of the entire buildings to be paid for according to actual measured quantities at the rates containerates and probable quantities or as provided in the said conditions.

6. The contractor shall be responsible for the co/ sub contractors etc., The respective contractors shall work harmoniouslreasonable facility to each other as circumstances required.

7. In all matters of co-ordination the binding on all parties. The nature of the work, adding to or omitting any item of work from the contract or having portion of the same carried out through other agencies without prejudice to this contract.

8. Time shall be considered as the essence of this agreement and the contractor herebyagrees to commence the work soon after the site is handed over to him or from the fourteenth day of the date of issue of formal work order as provided for in the said conditions and to complete the entire work within provisions for extension of time.

9. All payments by the Further all disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to have arisen in New Delhi and only courts in New to entertain and determine the same.

10. Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise, neither party will acquire any right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the other party, or to the other pacopyrights, moral rights, patent rights, trademarks, rights in or relating to Confidential Information and any other intellectual property or similar rights (registered or unregistered) throughout th11. All disputes relating to or in connection with this agreement or respective right and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question shall first be 12. The courts of New Delhi shall alone have jurisdiction to decide any dispute arising out of or in respect of this agreement.


the Architect for the purpose of this Contract such other person or persons as shall be nominated for the purpose by the IRCTC. The plans, agreement and documents mentioned herein shall form the basis of this and the decision of the said architects for the time being as mentioned in the said conditions,

o all matters of dispute as to materials and workmanship be final and binding on both parties. This contract is a contract to carry out the work in respect of the entire buildings to be paid for according to actual measured quantities at the rates containerates and probable quantities or as provided in the said conditions. The contractor shall be responsible for the co-ordination of the work of other contractors

/ sub contractors etc., The respective contractors shall work harmoniouslreasonable facility to each other as circumstances required.

ordination the Officer in charge/IRCTC decision shall be final and binding on all parties. The IRCTC reserves to himself the right of altering drawings and

e of the work, adding to or omitting any item of work from the contract or having portion of the same carried out through other agencies without prejudice to this contract.Time shall be considered as the essence of this agreement and the contractor herebyagrees to commence the work soon after the site is handed over to him or from the fourteenth day of the date of issue of formal work order as provided for in the said conditions and to complete the entire work within [120 DAYS]

ons for extension of time. All payments by the IRCTC under this contract shall be made only at Further all disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to have arisen in New Delhi and only courts in New Delhi shall have jurisdiction to entertain and determine the same. Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise, neither party will acquire any right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the other party, or to the other party’s licensors.“Intellectual Property Rightscopyrights, moral rights, patent rights, trademarks, rights in or relating to Confidential Information and any other intellectual property or similar rights (registered or unregistered) throughout the world. All disputes relating to or in connection with the construction or operation of or respective right and liabilities of the parties on any matter in first be referred to Arbitration as prescribed in Clause 64 of GCC.The courts of New Delhi shall alone have jurisdiction to decide any dispute arising out of or in respect of this agreement.

n or persons as shall be The plans, agreement and documents mentioned herein shall form the basis of this and the decision of the said architects for the time being as mentioned in the said conditions,

o all matters of dispute as to materials and workmanship be final and This contract is a contract to carry out the work in respect of the entire buildings to be paid for according to actual measured quantities at the rates contained in the schedule of

ordination of the work of other contractors / sub contractors etc., The respective contractors shall work harmoniously and afford

decision shall be final and reserves to himself the right of altering drawings and

e of the work, adding to or omitting any item of work from the contract or having portion of the same carried out through other agencies without prejudice to this contract. Time shall be considered as the essence of this agreement and the contractor hereby agrees to commence the work soon after the site is handed over to him or from the fourteenth day of the date of issue of formal work order as provided for in the said

DAYS] nevertheless to the under this contract shall be made only at New Delhi.

Further all disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be Delhi shall have jurisdiction

Except to the extent expressly stated otherwise, neither party will acquire any right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the other Intellectual Property Rights” means all copyrights, moral rights, patent rights, trademarks, rights in or relating to Confidential Information and any other intellectual property or similar rights the construction or operation of or respective right and liabilities of the parties on any matter in prescribed in Clause 64 of GCC. The courts of New Delhi shall alone have jurisdiction to decide any dispute


Signature of Bidder

In witness where of the parties hereto have set their respective hands the day and the year in above written _________________________ __________________

Signed by the said contractor. Signed by the In the presence of In the presence of: Address: Address:Occupation: Occupation:


In witness where of the parties hereto have set their respective hands the day and the year _________________________ __________________

Signed by the said contractor. Signed by the IRCTCIn the presence of In the presence of:

s: Address: Occupation: Occupation:

In witness where of the parties hereto have set their respective hands the day and the year

IRCTC In the presence of In the presence of:


Signature of Bidder

15. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTFOR USE IN CONNECTION

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONDefinitions and Abbreviations 1.0 ‘The Contract’ means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal

agreement executed between IRCTC and the Contractor, together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, designs, drawinissued from by the IRCTCshall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another.contract the following expressions shall, unless the contemeaning hereby respectively assigned to them.

1.1 ‘IRCTC’ means Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation Ltd.(IRCTC) constituted

under Section 3 of the Act and having its Registered & Corporate Office at 11Statesman House, B-148, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi and includes its representatives, successors and assigns. 1.2 ‘Corporate Office’ means the Corporate Office of the Board and includes any other offices as prescribed by the Board from time to time for tha

1.3 ‘Sanctioning Authority’ means authority nominated to exercise power of approval, sanction and acceptance concerning administrative, financial and technical aspects of transactions done on behalf of the Board.

1.4 “Employer’ means IRCTC and 1.5 ‘Site Engineer’ means an Engineer appointed by the

representative to give instructions and supervise the work of the contractor at site. 1.6 "Contractor" shall mean the Person/Firm/Co

into the contract with IRCTC and shall include their executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

1.7 "Contract" shall mean and include the Agreement of Work Order, the accepteSchedule of Rates or the Schedule or Rates of Railway modified by the tender percentage for items of works quantified, or not quantified, the Standard General Conditions of Contract, the Special Conditions of Contracts, if any; the Drawing, the Specifications, the Special Specifications, if any and Tender Forms, if any.

1.8 "Works" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the contract.1.9 "Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications for Materials &Works of

IRCTC as specified by amplified, added to or superseded by Special Specifications, if any.

1.10 "Schedule of Rates of IRCTC" shall mean the Schedule of Rates issued under the authority of the GGM/IRCTC


STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTUSE IN CONNECTION WITH WORKS CONTRACTS

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION Definitions and Abbreviations

‘The Contract’ means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal agreement executed between IRCTC and the Contractor, together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions

IRCTC / Consultant time to time and all these documents taken together, shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another.contract the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning hereby respectively assigned to them.

’ means Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation Ltd.(IRCTC) constituted under Section 3 of the Act and having its Registered & Corporate Office at 11

148, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi and includes its representatives, ‘Corporate Office’ means the Corporate Office of the Board and includes any other offices as prescribed by the Board from time to time for that purpose. ‘Sanctioning Authority’ means authority nominated to exercise power of approval, sanction and acceptance concerning administrative, financial and technical aspects of transactions done on behalf of the Board. Employer’ means IRCTC and includes its representatives, successors and assigns.

‘Site Engineer’ means an Engineer appointed by the IRCTC through the representative to give instructions and supervise the work of the contractor at site.

ean the Person/Firm/Co-operative Society or Company who enters into the contract with IRCTC and shall include their executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. "Contract" shall mean and include the Agreement of Work Order, the accepteSchedule of Rates or the Schedule or Rates of Railway modified by the tender percentage for items of works quantified, or not quantified, the Standard General Conditions of Contract, the Special Conditions of Contracts, if any; the Drawing, the

tions, the Special Specifications, if any and Tender Forms, if any."Works" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the contract."Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications for Materials &Works of IRCTC as specified by IRCTC under the authority of the Chief Engineer or as amplified, added to or superseded by Special Specifications, if any. "Schedule of Rates of IRCTC" shall mean the Schedule of Rates issued under the

/IRCTC from time to time.

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT WITH WORKS CONTRACTS

‘The Contract’ means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal agreement executed between IRCTC and the Contractor, together with the documents referred

gs and instructions / Consultant time to time and all these documents taken together,

shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another. In the xt otherwise requires, have the

’ means Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation Ltd.(IRCTC) constituted under Section 3 of the Act and having its Registered & Corporate Office at 11th Floor

148, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi and includes its representatives, ‘Corporate Office’ means the Corporate Office of the Board and includes any other ‘Sanctioning Authority’ means authority nominated to exercise power of approval, sanction and acceptance concerning administrative, financial and technical aspects of

includes its representatives, successors and assigns. through the IRCTC as their

representative to give instructions and supervise the work of the contractor at site.

operative Society or Company who enters into the contract with IRCTC and shall include their executors, administrators, "Contract" shall mean and include the Agreement of Work Order, the accepted Schedule of Rates or the Schedule or Rates of Railway modified by the tender percentage for items of works quantified, or not quantified, the Standard General Conditions of Contract, the Special Conditions of Contracts, if any; the Drawing, the

tions, the Special Specifications, if any and Tender Forms, if any. "Works" shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the contract. "Specifications" shall mean the Standard Specifications for Materials &Works of

IRCTC under the authority of the Chief Engineer or as "Schedule of Rates of IRCTC" shall mean the Schedule of Rates issued under the


Signature of Bidder

1.11 "Drawing" shall mean the maps, drawings, plans and tracings or prints there of annexed to the contract and shall include any modifications of such drawings and further drawings as may be issued by the Engineer from time to time.

1.12 "Constructional Plant" shall mean all appliances or things of whatsoever nature required for the execution, completion or maintenance of the works or temporary works (as hereinafter defined) but does not include materials or other things intended to form or 1.13 "Temporary Works" shall mean all temporary works of every kind required for the

execution completion and/or maintenance of the works. 1.14 "Site" shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through whi

works are to be carried out and any other lands or places provided by IRCTC for the purpose of the contract.

1.15 "Period of Maintenance" shall mean the specified period of maintenance from the date of completion of the works, as certified by the En

1.16 ‘Month’ means calendar month.1.17 ‘Week’ means seven consecutive days.1.18 ‘Day’ means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00 Hrs and 24 hrs respectively.

1. (2) Singular and Plural: plural and vice versa where the context requires.

1.(3) Headings And Marginal Headings :

Standard General Conditions are solely for the purpose of facilitating reference and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or the con

2. (1) Execution Co-Relation And Intent Of Contract Documents :documents are complementary and what is called for by anyone shall be as binding as if called for by all, the intention of the documents is to include equipments and transportation necessary for proper execution of work. Materials or works not covered by or properly inferable from any heading or class of the specifications shall not be supplied by the IRCTC to the contractors undocuments. Materials or works described in words which so applied have a welltechnical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognised standards.2.(2) If a work is transferred from the jurisdictiIRCTC office or to a Project authority or vice versa while contract is in subsistence, the contract shall be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office / Project in the same manner & take effect in all respe



lant" shall mean all appliances or things of whatsoever nature required for the execution, completion or maintenance of the works or temporary

hereinafter defined) but does not include materials or other things forming part of the permanent work.

"Temporary Works" shall mean all temporary works of every kind required for the execution completion and/or maintenance of the works. "Site" shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through whiworks are to be carried out and any other lands or places provided by IRCTC for the purpose of the contract. "Period of Maintenance" shall mean the specified period of maintenance from the date of completion of the works, as certified by the Engineer. ‘Month’ means calendar month. ‘Week’ means seven consecutive days. ‘Day’ means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00 Hrs and 24 hrs respectively.

Plural: Words importing the singular number shall also include the plural and vice versa where the context requires. Headings And Marginal Headings : The headings and marginal headings in these Standard General Conditions are solely for the purpose of facilitating reference and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or the contract.

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

Relation And Intent Of Contract Documents :documents are complementary and what is called for by anyone shall be as binding as if called for by all, the intention of the documents is to include all labour and materials, equipments and transportation necessary for proper execution of work. Materials or works not covered by or properly inferable from any heading or class of the specifications shall not be supplied by the IRCTC to the contractors unless distinctly specified in the contract documents. Materials or works described in words which so applied have a welltechnical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognised standards.

If a work is transferred from the jurisdiction of one IRCTC office to another IRCTC office or to a Project authority or vice versa while contract is in subsistence, the contract shall be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office / Project in the same manner & take effect in all respects as if the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC


lant" shall mean all appliances or things of whatsoever nature required for the execution, completion or maintenance of the works or temporary

hereinafter defined) but does not include materials or other things "Temporary Works" shall mean all temporary works of every kind required for the "Site" shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through which the works are to be carried out and any other lands or places provided by IRCTC for the "Period of Maintenance" shall mean the specified period of maintenance from the

‘Day’ means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00 Hrs and 24 hrs respectively. Words importing the singular number shall also include the

The headings and marginal headings in these Standard General Conditions are solely for the purpose of facilitating reference and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or be taken into consideration in the

Relation And Intent Of Contract Documents : The contract documents are complementary and what is called for by anyone shall be as binding as if

all labour and materials, equipments and transportation necessary for proper execution of work. Materials or works not covered by or properly inferable from any heading or class of the specifications shall not

less distinctly specified in the contract documents. Materials or works described in words which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognised standards.

on of one IRCTC office to another IRCTC office or to a Project authority or vice versa while contract is in subsistence, the contract shall be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office / Project in the

cts as if the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC


Signature of Bidder

Office/Project were parties thereto from the inception and the corresponding officer or the Competent Authority in the Successor IRCTC Office/Project will exercise the same powers and enjoy the same authority as conferred to the Predecessor IRCTC office/Project under the original contract/agreement entered into.2. (3) If for administrative or other reasons the contract is transferred to the Successor IRCTC office, the contract shall, notwithstanding any thinto, be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office in the same manner and take effect in all respects as if the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office had been parties thereto from the date of this contrac3. (1) Law Governing thetime being in force in the Republic of India. 3. (2) Compliance To Regulations And Byeprovision of any statute relatingauthority and of any water and lighting companies or undertakings, with whose system the work is proposed to be connected and shall before making any variation from the drawings or the specifications that may be necessitated by so confirming give to the Engineer notice specifying the variation proposed to be made and the reason for making the variation and shall not carry out such variation until he has received instructions from the Engineer in respect thereof. The Contractor shall be bound to give all notices required by statute, regulations or bye-laws as aforesaid and to pay all fees and taxes payable to any authority in respect thereof. 4. Communications To Be In complaints made by IRCTC or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or the Contractor inter-se concerning the works shall be in writing and no notice, communication, reference or complaint not in writing shall be recognized. 5. Service Of Notices On Contractors :charge/Officer, the name, designation and address of his authorized agent and all complaints, notices, communications and references shall be deemed to have been duly given to Contractor, if delivered to the Contractor or his authorised agent or left at or posted to the address so given and shall be deemed to have been so given in the case of posting on day on which they would have reached such address in the ordinary coursewhich they were so delivered or left. In the case of contract by partners, any change in the constitution of the firm shall be forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer in charge. 6. Occupation And Use Of shall be occupied by the Contractor without the permission of the IRCTC. The Contractor shall not use, or allow to be used, the site for any purposes other than that of executing the works. Whenever non IRCTpremises with competent authority’s approval, to time may be levied.


Office/Project were parties thereto from the inception and the corresponding officer or the Competent Authority in the Successor IRCTC Office/Project will exercise the same powers

y as conferred to the Predecessor IRCTC office/Project under the original contract/agreement entered into.

If for administrative or other reasons the contract is transferred to the Successor IRCTC office, the contract shall, notwithstanding any things contained herein contrary there to, be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office in the same manner and take effect in all respects as if the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office had been parties thereto from the date of this contract.

the Contract: The contract shall be governed by the law for the time being in force in the Republic of India.

Compliance To Regulations And Bye-Laws : The Contractor shall conform to the provision of any statute relating to the works and regulations and bye-laws of any local authority and of any water and lighting companies or undertakings, with whose system the work is proposed to be connected and shall before making any variation from the drawings or

that may be necessitated by so confirming give to the Engineer notice specifying the variation proposed to be made and the reason for making the variation and shall not carry out such variation until he has received instructions from the Engineer in

t thereof. The Contractor shall be bound to give all notices required by statute, laws as aforesaid and to pay all fees and taxes payable to any authority in

Communications To Be In Writing: All notices, communications, reference and complaints made by IRCTC or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or the

se concerning the works shall be in writing and no notice, communication, reference or complaint not in writing shall be recognized.

ice Of Notices On Contractors : The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in the name, designation and address of his authorized agent and all complaints,

notices, communications and references shall be deemed to have been duly given to Contractor, if delivered to the Contractor or his authorised agent or left at or posted to the address so given and shall be deemed to have been so given in the case of posting on day on which they would have reached such address in the ordinary course of post or on the day on which they were so delivered or left. In the case of contract by partners, any change in the constitution of the firm shall be forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer in

Occupation And Use Of Land: No land belonging to or in the possession of the IRCTC shall be occupied by the Contractor without the permission of the IRCTC. The Contractor shall not use, or allow to be used, the site for any purposes other than that of executing the works. Whenever non IRCTC / non Railway bodies/persons are permitted to use IRCTC premises with competent authority’s approval, conservancy charges as applicable from time

Office/Project were parties thereto from the inception and the corresponding officer or the Competent Authority in the Successor IRCTC Office/Project will exercise the same powers

y as conferred to the Predecessor IRCTC office/Project under the If for administrative or other reasons the contract is transferred to the Successor

gs contained herein contrary there to, be binding on the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office in the same manner and take effect in all respects as if the Contractor and the Successor IRCTC office had been

The contract shall be governed by the law for the The Contractor shall conform to the

laws of any local authority and of any water and lighting companies or undertakings, with whose system the work is proposed to be connected and shall before making any variation from the drawings or

that may be necessitated by so confirming give to the Engineer notice specifying the variation proposed to be made and the reason for making the variation and shall not carry out such variation until he has received instructions from the Engineer in

t thereof. The Contractor shall be bound to give all notices required by statute, laws as aforesaid and to pay all fees and taxes payable to any authority in

s, reference and complaints made by IRCTC or the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative or the

se concerning the works shall be in writing and no notice, communication,

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in the name, designation and address of his authorized agent and all complaints,

notices, communications and references shall be deemed to have been duly given to the Contractor, if delivered to the Contractor or his authorised agent or left at or posted to the address so given and shall be deemed to have been so given in the case of posting on day on

of post or on the day on which they were so delivered or left. In the case of contract by partners, any change in the constitution of the firm shall be forthwith notified by the Contractor to the Engineer in

d belonging to or in the possession of the IRCTC shall be occupied by the Contractor without the permission of the IRCTC. The Contractor shall not use, or allow to be used, the site for any purposes other than that of executing the

C / non Railway bodies/persons are permitted to use IRCTC as applicable from time


Signature of Bidder

7. Assignment or Subletting Of contract or any part thereof or allow any person to become interested therein any manner whatsoever without the special permission in writing of the IRCTC. Any breach of this condition shall entitle the IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of and also render the contractor liable for payment to IRCTC in respect of any loss or damage arising or ensuing from such cancellation; provided always that execution of the details of the work by petty contractor under the direct and persoagent shall not be deemed to be subwork by the Contractor shall not establish any contractual relationship between the subcontractor and IRCTC and shall not rContract. 8. Assistance by IRCTC For The Stores To Be Obtained By The difficulty in obtaining certain materials (including Tools & Plant) in the market, IRCTC may have agreed without any liability therefore to endeavour to obtain or assist the Contractor in obtaining the required quantities of such materials as may be specified in the Tender. In the event of delay or failure in obtaining the required quantities of the aforesaidContractor shall not be deemed absolved of his own responsibility and shall keep in touch with the day to day position regarding their availability and accordingly adjust progress of works including employment of labour and IRCTC shall not isupply of materials or for the nonor damage arising in consequence of such delay or non9. Travel Tickets / Railway by IRCTC to the Contractor or any of his employee/worker.10. Carriage of Materials:conveyance of Contractor's materials, tools and plant by Rail which may be required for use in the works and the contractor shall pay full freight charges at public tariff rates 11. Use Of Ballast Trains:calculated at public tariff rates on the marked carrying capacity of each specified minimum charge per day or part of day and provided further that the Contractor shall indemnify the IRCTC against any claims or damages arising out of the use or misuse thereof and against any liabilities under the Workmen's Comstatutory amendments thereto.12. Representation On Works:the site of the works place, keep a responsible agent at the works during working hours who shall on receiving reasonable notice, present himself to the Engineer in charge and orders given by the Engineer in charge or the Engineer's representative to the agent shall be deemed to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor. Before absenting himsethe Contractor shall furnish the name and address of his agent for the purpose of this clause and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this provision at any time will entitle IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Condit


Subletting Of Contract: The Contractor shall not assign or sublet contract or any part thereof or allow any person to become interested therein any manner whatsoever without the special permission in writing of the IRCTC. Any breach of this condition shall entitle the IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of and also render the contractor liable for payment to IRCTC in respect of any loss or damage arising or ensuing from such cancellation; provided always that execution of the details of the work by petty contractor under the direct and personal supervision of the Contractor or his agent shall not be deemed to be sub-letting under this clause. The permitted subletting of work by the Contractor shall not establish any contractual relationship between the subcontractor and IRCTC and shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under the

IRCTC For The Stores To Be Obtained By The Contractor:difficulty in obtaining certain materials (including Tools & Plant) in the market, IRCTC may

without any liability therefore to endeavour to obtain or assist the Contractor in obtaining the required quantities of such materials as may be specified in the Tender. In the event of delay or failure in obtaining the required quantities of the aforesaidContractor shall not be deemed absolved of his own responsibility and shall keep in touch with the day to day position regarding their availability and accordingly adjust progress of works including employment of labour and IRCTC shall not in any way be liable for the supply of materials or for the non-supply thereof for any reasons whatsoever nor for any loss or damage arising in consequence of such delay or non-supply.

Travel Tickets / Railway Passes: No free travel tickets / Railway passes shall be issued by IRCTC to the Contractor or any of his employee/worker.

Materials: No forwarding orders shall be issued by IRCTC for the conveyance of Contractor's materials, tools and plant by Rail which may be required for use

he works and the contractor shall pay full freight charges at public tariff rates Trains: Contractor shall arrange and pay for the use thereof charges

calculated at public tariff rates on the marked carrying capacity of each vehicle subject to specified minimum charge per day or part of day and provided further that the Contractor shall indemnify the IRCTC against any claims or damages arising out of the use or misuse thereof and against any liabilities under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 or any statutory amendments thereto.

Works: The Contractor shall, when he is not personally present on the site of the works place, keep a responsible agent at the works during working hours who

reasonable notice, present himself to the Engineer in charge and orders given by the Engineer in charge or the Engineer's representative to the agent shall be deemed to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor. Before absenting himsethe Contractor shall furnish the name and address of his agent for the purpose of this clause and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this provision at any time will entitle IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions.

The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the contract or any part thereof or allow any person to become interested therein any manner whatsoever without the special permission in writing of the IRCTC. Any breach of this condition shall entitle the IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions and also render the contractor liable for payment to IRCTC in respect of any loss or damage arising or ensuing from such cancellation; provided always that execution of the details of the

nal supervision of the Contractor or his letting under this clause. The permitted subletting of

work by the Contractor shall not establish any contractual relationship between the sub-elieve the Contractor of any responsibility under the

Contractor: Owing to difficulty in obtaining certain materials (including Tools & Plant) in the market, IRCTC may

without any liability therefore to endeavour to obtain or assist the Contractor in obtaining the required quantities of such materials as may be specified in the Tender. In the event of delay or failure in obtaining the required quantities of the aforesaid material, the Contractor shall not be deemed absolved of his own responsibility and shall keep in touch with the day to day position regarding their availability and accordingly adjust progress of

n any way be liable for the supply thereof for any reasons whatsoever nor for any loss

sses shall be issued

No forwarding orders shall be issued by IRCTC for the conveyance of Contractor's materials, tools and plant by Rail which may be required for use

he works and the contractor shall pay full freight charges at public tariff rates therefore. Contractor shall arrange and pay for the use thereof charges

vehicle subject to specified minimum charge per day or part of day and provided further that the Contractor shall indemnify the IRCTC against any claims or damages arising out of the use or misuse

pensation Act, 1923 or any

The Contractor shall, when he is not personally present on the site of the works place, keep a responsible agent at the works during working hours who

reasonable notice, present himself to the Engineer in charge and orders given by the Engineer in charge or the Engineer's representative to the agent shall be deemed to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor. Before absenting himself, the Contractor shall furnish the name and address of his agent for the purpose of this clause and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with this provision at any time will entitle


Signature of Bidder

13. Relics And Treasures: All gold, silver, oil and other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasures relics antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site shall be the property of IRCTC and thpreserve the same to the satisfaction of IRCTC and shall from time to time deliver the same to such person or persons as IRCTC may appoint to receive the same.14. Excavated Material : The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise except for the purpose of this contract, the sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials which may be obtained from any excavation made for the purpose of the works or any building or produced upon the site thereof but all the substances, materials, buildings and produce shall be the property of the IRCTC provided that the Contractor may, with the permission of the Engineer, use the same for the purpose of the works emay be determined by the Engineer.15. Indemnity By Contractors:from and against all actions, suit proceedings losses, costs, damages, cdemands of every nature and description brought or recovered against the IRCTC by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his agents or employees, in the execution of the works or in his guarding of the same. All sums payable bythese conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained. 16.(1) Security Deposit : will be retained by the IRCTC as part of security for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the contractor. The balance to make up the Security Deposit, the rates for which are given below, may be depercentage deduction from the Contractor's "on account" bills. Provided also that in case of defaulting contractor, IRCTC may retain any amount due for payment to the Contractor on the pending "on account bills" so that the amounts so retained may not exceed 10% of the total value of the contract. 16.(2) Recovery Of Security Deposit : Conditions, if any, the Security Deposit/rate of recovery/mode of recovery s

(a) Security Deposit for each work should be 5% of the contract value,(b) The rate of recovery should be at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full

Security Deposit is recovered,(c) Security Deposits will be recovered only from the runnin

no other mode of collecting SD such as SD in the form of instruments like BG (except Note (ii) below); FD etc. shall be accepted towards Security Deposit.

(d) Security Deposit shall be returned to the contractor after the expiry ofmaintenance period in all the cases other than Note (i) mentioned below and after passing the final bill based on No Claim Certificate with the approval of the


All gold, silver, oil and other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasures relics antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site shall be the property of IRCTC and the Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of IRCTC and shall from time to time deliver the same to such person or persons as IRCTC may appoint to receive the same.

The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the purpose of this contract, the sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials which may be obtained from any excavation made for the purpose of the works or any building or produced upon the site at the time of delivery of the possession thereof but all the substances, materials, buildings and produce shall be the property of the IRCTC provided that the Contractor may, with the permission of the Engineer, use the same for the purpose of the works either free of cost or pay the cost of the same at such rates as may be determined by the Engineer.

Contractors: The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless IRCTC from and against all actions, suit proceedings losses, costs, damages, charges, claims and demands of every nature and description brought or recovered against the IRCTC by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his agents or employees, in the execution of the works or in his guarding of the same. All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

Security Deposit : The Earnest Money deposited by the Contractor with his tender will be retained by the IRCTC as part of security for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the contractor. The balance to make up the Security Deposit, the rates for which are given below, may be deposited by the Contractor in cash or may be recovered by percentage deduction from the Contractor's "on account" bills. Provided also that in case of defaulting contractor, IRCTC may retain any amount due for payment to the Contractor on

count bills" so that the amounts so retained may not exceed 10% of the

Recovery Of Security Deposit : Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, if any, the Security Deposit/rate of recovery/mode of recovery shall be as under :

Security Deposit for each work should be 5% of the contract value,The rate of recovery should be at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full Security Deposit is recovered, Security Deposits will be recovered only from the running bills of the contract and no other mode of collecting SD such as SD in the form of instruments like BG (except Note (ii) below); FD etc. shall be accepted towards Security Deposit.Security Deposit shall be returned to the contractor after the expiry of

maintenance period in all the cases other than Note (i) mentioned below and after passing the final bill based on No Claim Certificate with the approval of the

All gold, silver, oil and other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasures relics antiquities and other similar things which shall be

e Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of IRCTC and shall from time to time deliver the same

dispose of or remove except for the purpose of this contract, the sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials which may be obtained from any excavation made for the purpose of

at the time of delivery of the possession thereof but all the substances, materials, buildings and produce shall be the property of the IRCTC provided that the Contractor may, with the permission of the Engineer, use the same

ither free of cost or pay the cost of the same at such rates as

The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless IRCTC harges, claims and

demands of every nature and description brought or recovered against the IRCTC by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his agents or employees, in the execution of the

way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

eposited by the Contractor with his tender will be retained by the IRCTC as part of security for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the contractor. The balance to make up the Security Deposit, the rates for which

posited by the Contractor in cash or may be recovered by percentage deduction from the Contractor's "on account" bills. Provided also that in case of defaulting contractor, IRCTC may retain any amount due for payment to the Contractor on

count bills" so that the amounts so retained may not exceed 10% of the

Unless otherwise specified in the Special hall be as under :

Security Deposit for each work should be 5% of the contract value, The rate of recovery should be at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full

g bills of the contract and no other mode of collecting SD such as SD in the form of instruments like BG (except Note (ii) below); FD etc. shall be accepted towards Security Deposit. Security Deposit shall be returned to the contractor after the expiry of the

maintenance period in all the cases other than Note (i) mentioned below and after passing the final bill based on No Claim Certificate with the approval of the


Signature of Bidder

Competent Authority. The Competent Authority shall normally be the authority who is competent to sign the contract. The certificate, inter alia, should mention that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual obligations have been fulfilled by the contractor and that there is no due from the contractor to IRCTC against the contract concerned. Before releasing the SD, an unconditional and unequivocal ‘No Claim Certificate’ from the contractor concerned should be obtained.

Note - (i) After the work is physically completed, Security Deposit recovered from the

running bills of a contractor can be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of FDR/irrevocable Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount to be submitted by him.

(ii) In case of contracts of value Rs. 50 crore and above, irrevocable Bank Guarantee can also be accepted as a mode of obtaining security deposit.

16.(3) No interest will be payable upon the Earnest Money and Security Deposit or amounts payable to the Contractor under the Contract16.(4) Performance Guarantee

The procedure for obtaining Performance Guarant(a) The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) within 30

(thirty) days from the date of issue of Letter Of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and upto 60 days of issue of LOA may be given by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, a penal interest of 18% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days, i.e. from 31st day after the date of issue of LOA. In case the contractor fails to submit the requisite PG even after 60 days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminated duly forfeiting EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in re

(b) The successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the following forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value:

(i) Irrevocable Bank GuaranteeNationalized Banks

(c) The Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the Letter Of Acceptance (LOA) has been issued, but before signing of the contract agreement. This P.G. shall be initially valid upto the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case, the time for completion of work gets extended, the contractor shall get the validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time for completion of work plus 60 days.

(d) The value of PG to be submitted by the, contractor will not change for variation upto 25% (either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value


Competent Authority. The Competent Authority shall normally be the authority nt to sign the contract. The certificate, inter alia, should mention that

the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual obligations have been fulfilled by the contractor and that there is no due from the contractor to

st the contract concerned. Before releasing the SD, an unconditional and unequivocal ‘No Claim Certificate’ from the contractor concerned should be

After the work is physically completed, Security Deposit recovered from the bills of a contractor can be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of

FDR/irrevocable Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount to be submitted by him.In case of contracts of value Rs. 50 crore and above, irrevocable Bank Guarantee

ed as a mode of obtaining security deposit. No interest will be payable upon the Earnest Money and Security Deposit or

amounts payable to the Contractor under the Contract. Performance Guarantee The procedure for obtaining Performance Guarantee is outlined below:The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) within 30 (thirty) days from the date of issue of Letter Of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and upto 60 days of issue of LOA may be given by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, a penal interest of 18% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days, i.e. from 31st day after the date of issue of

A. In case the contractor fails to submit the requisite PG even after 60 days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminated duly forfeiting EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed contractor shall be

from participating in re-tender for that work. The successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the following forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value: Irrevocable Bank Guarantee of the State Bank of India or of any of the Nationalized Banks or Demand Draft Only. The Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the Letter Of Acceptance (LOA) has been issued, but before signing of the contract

nt. This P.G. shall be initially valid upto the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case, the time for completion of work gets extended, the contractor shall get the validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time

n of work plus 60 days. The value of PG to be submitted by the, contractor will not change for variation upto 25% (either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value

Competent Authority. The Competent Authority shall normally be the authority nt to sign the contract. The certificate, inter alia, should mention that

the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual obligations have been fulfilled by the contractor and that there is no due from the contractor to

st the contract concerned. Before releasing the SD, an unconditional and unequivocal ‘No Claim Certificate’ from the contractor concerned should be

After the work is physically completed, Security Deposit recovered from the bills of a contractor can be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of

FDR/irrevocable Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount to be submitted by him. In case of contracts of value Rs. 50 crore and above, irrevocable Bank Guarantee

No interest will be payable upon the Earnest Money and Security Deposit or

below: The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) within 30 (thirty) days from the date of issue of Letter Of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and upto 60 days from the date of issue of LOA may be given by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, a penal interest of 18% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days, i.e. from 31st day after the date of issue of

A. In case the contractor fails to submit the requisite PG even after 60 days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminated duly forfeiting EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed contractor shall be The successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the

of the State Bank of India or of any of the The Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the Letter Of Acceptance (LOA) has been issued, but before signing of the contract

nt. This P.G. shall be initially valid upto the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case, the time for completion of work gets extended, the contractor shall get the validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time The value of PG to be submitted by the, contractor will not change for variation upto 25% (either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value


Signature of Bidder

of the contract increases by more than 25% of the original cadditional Performance Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the original contract value shall be deposited by the contractor.

(e) The Performance Guarantee (PG) shall be released after physical completion ofwork based on 'Completion Certificate' issued by the competent authority stating that the contractor has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of the maintenance period and after passing the final bill based on 'No Claim Certificate' from the contractor.

(f) Whenever the contract is rescinded, the Security Deposit shall be forfeited and the Performance Guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done independently without risk & cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed contractor is a Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm shall be debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other partnership firm.

(g) The engineer shall not make a claim under the Performance Guarantee except for amounts to which IRCTC is entiwithout prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of :

(i) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein above, in which ethe Performance Guarantee.

(ii) Failure by the contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/Conditions of the Agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer.

(iii) The Contract being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC, the Performance Guarantee shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of IRCTC.

17. Force Majeure Clause :performance in whole or in part by either party of any obligation under this contract shall be prevented or delayed by reason of any war, hostility, acts of public enemy, civil commotion, sabotage, serious loss or damage by fire, explosions, epidemics, strikes, lockouts or acts of God (hereinafter, referred to events) provided, notice of the happening of any such event is given by either party to the other within 30 days from the date of occurrence thereof, neither party shall by reason of such event, be entitled to terminate this contract nor shall either party have any claim for damages against the other in respect of such nonworks under the contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable after such event has come to an end or ceased to exist, and the decision of the Engineer as to whether the works have been so resumed or not shall be final and conclusive, PROVIDED FURTHER that if the pe


of the contract increases by more than 25% of the original contract value, an additional Performance Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the original contract value shall be deposited by the contractor.The Performance Guarantee (PG) shall be released after physical completion ofwork based on 'Completion Certificate' issued by the competent authority stating that the contractor has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of the maintenance

d after passing the final bill based on 'No Claim Certificate' from the Whenever the contract is rescinded, the Security Deposit shall be forfeited and the Performance Guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done

ently without risk & cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed contractor is a Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm

ebarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other partnership firm. The engineer shall not make a claim under the Performance Guarantee except for amounts to which IRCTC is entitled under the contract (not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of :Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the Performance Guarantee. Failure by the contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/Conditions of the

n 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer.The Contract being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC, the Performance Guarantee shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of IRCTC.

Majeure Clause : If at any time, during the continuance of this contract, the performance in whole or in part by either party of any obligation under this contract shall be prevented or delayed by reason of any war, hostility, acts of public enemy,

ommotion, sabotage, serious loss or damage by fire, explosions, epidemics, strikes, lockouts or acts of God (hereinafter, referred to events) provided, notice of the happening of any such event is given by either party to the other within 30 days

date of occurrence thereof, neither party shall by reason of such event, be entitled to terminate this contract nor shall either party have any claim for damages against the other in respect of such non-performance of delay in performance, and

the contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable after such event has come to an end or ceased to exist, and the decision of the Engineer as to whether the works have been so resumed or not shall be final and conclusive, PROVIDED FURTHER that if the performance in whole or in part of any

ontract value, an additional Performance Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the original contract value shall be deposited by the contractor. The Performance Guarantee (PG) shall be released after physical completion of the work based on 'Completion Certificate' issued by the competent authority stating that the contractor has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of the maintenance

d after passing the final bill based on 'No Claim Certificate' from the Whenever the contract is rescinded, the Security Deposit shall be forfeited and the Performance Guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done

ently without risk & cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed contractor is a Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm

ebarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her The engineer shall not make a claim under the Performance Guarantee except for

tled under the contract (not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of : Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as

vent the Engineer may claim the full amount of Failure by the contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/Conditions of the

n 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer. The Contract being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC, the Performance Guarantee shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the

If at any time, during the continuance of this contract, the performance in whole or in part by either party of any obligation under this contract shall be prevented or delayed by reason of any war, hostility, acts of public enemy,

ommotion, sabotage, serious loss or damage by fire, explosions, epidemics, strikes, lockouts or acts of God (hereinafter, referred to events) provided, notice of the happening of any such event is given by either party to the other within 30 days

date of occurrence thereof, neither party shall by reason of such event, be entitled to terminate this contract nor shall either party have any claim for damages

performance of delay in performance, and the contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable after such event

has come to an end or ceased to exist, and the decision of the Engineer as to whether the works have been so resumed or not shall be final and conclusive,

rformance in whole or in part of any


Signature of Bidder

obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by reason of any such event for a period exceeding 120 days, either party may at its option terminate the contract by giving notice to the other party.

17-A Extension Of Time In completion of any portions or portions of the works before completion of the whole, the contractor shall fully and finally complete the whole of the works comprised in the contract (with such modifications as may be directed under conditions of this contract) by the date entered in the contract or extended date in terms of the following clauses:

(i) Extension Due To Modification :the opinion of the Engineer have materially increased the magnitude of the work, then such extension of the contracted date of completion may be granted as shall appear to the Engineer to be reasonable in the circumstances, provided moreover that the Contractor shall be responsible for requesting such extension of the date as may be considered necessary as soon as the cause thereof shall arise and in any case not less than one month before the expiry of the date fixed for completion of the works.

(ii) Extension For Delay Not Due To IRCTC Or Contractor : Engineer, the progress of work has any time been delayed by any act or neglect of IRCTC's employees or by other contractor employed by the IRCTC in executing the work not forming part necessarily depends or by reason of proceeding taken or threatened by or dispute with adjoining or to neighbouring owners or public authority arising otherwise through the Contractor's own default etc. pending arbitration or in consequences of the contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions from the IRCTC for which he shall have specially applied in writing to the Engineer or his authorizedhappening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer within 15 days of such happening, but shall nevertheless make constantly his best endeavours to bring down delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required of him to the satisfaction of the Engineer to proceed with the works. The contractor may also indicate the period for which the work is likely to be delayed and shall be bound to ask fextension of time. The Engineer on receipt of such request from the contractor shall consider the same and shall grant such extension of time as in his opinion is reasonable having regard to the nature and period of delay and the type and quantum of work affected thereby. No other compensation shall be payable for works so carried forward to the extended period of time, the same rates, terms and conditions of contract being applicable as if such extended period of time was originally provided i

(iii) Extension For Delay Due To IRCTC : IRCTC to hand over the Contractor possession of the lands necessary for the execution of the works or to give the necessary notice to commence


obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by reason of any such event for a period exceeding 120 days, either party may at its option terminate the contract by giving notice to the other party.

on Of Time In Contracts: Subject to any requirement in the contract as to completion of any portions or portions of the works before completion of the whole, the contractor shall fully and finally complete the whole of the works comprised in the contract (with such modifications as may be directed under conditions of this contract) by the date entered in the contract or extended date in terms of the following clauses:

Extension Due To Modification : If any modifications have been ordered which in opinion of the Engineer have materially increased the magnitude of the work,

then such extension of the contracted date of completion may be granted as shall appear to the Engineer to be reasonable in the circumstances, provided moreover

or shall be responsible for requesting such extension of the date as may be considered necessary as soon as the cause thereof shall arise and in any case not less than one month before the expiry of the date fixed for completion of the

ion For Delay Not Due To IRCTC Or Contractor : If in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of work has any time been delayed by any act or neglect of IRCTC's employees or by other contractor employed by the IRCTC in executing the work not forming part of the contract but on which contractor's performance necessarily depends or by reason of proceeding taken or threatened by or dispute with adjoining or to neighbouring owners or public authority arising otherwise through the Contractor's own default etc. or by the delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration or in consequences of the contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions from the IRCTC for which he shall have specially applied in writing to the Engineer or his authorized representative then upon happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer within 15 days of such happening, but shall nevertheless make constantly his best endeavours to bring down or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required of him to the satisfaction of the Engineer to proceed with the works. The contractor may also indicate the period for which the work is likely to be delayed and shall be bound to ask fextension of time. The Engineer on receipt of such request from the contractor shall consider the same and shall grant such extension of time as in his opinion is reasonable having regard to the nature and period of delay and the type and

tum of work affected thereby. No other compensation shall be payable for works so carried forward to the extended period of time, the same rates, terms and conditions of contract being applicable as if such extended period of time was originally provided in the original contract itself. Extension For Delay Due To IRCTC : In the event of any failure or delay by IRCTC to hand over the Contractor possession of the lands necessary for the execution of the works or to give the necessary notice to commence

obligation under this contract is prevented or delayed by reason of any such event for a period exceeding 120 days, either party may at its option terminate the

Subject to any requirement in the contract as to completion of any portions or portions of the works before completion of the whole, the contractor shall fully and finally complete the whole of the works comprised in the contract (with such modifications as may be directed under conditions of this contract) by the date

If any modifications have been ordered which in opinion of the Engineer have materially increased the magnitude of the work,

then such extension of the contracted date of completion may be granted as shall appear to the Engineer to be reasonable in the circumstances, provided moreover

or shall be responsible for requesting such extension of the date as may be considered necessary as soon as the cause thereof shall arise and in any case not less than one month before the expiry of the date fixed for completion of the

If in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of work has any time been delayed by any act or neglect of IRCTC's employees or by other contractor employed by the IRCTC in executing the

of the contract but on which contractor's performance necessarily depends or by reason of proceeding taken or threatened by or dispute with adjoining or to neighbouring owners or public authority arising otherwise

or by the delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration or in consequences of the contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions from the IRCTC for which he shall have specially

representative then upon happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer within 15 days of such happening, but shall

or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required of him to the satisfaction of the Engineer to proceed with the works. The contractor may also indicate the period for which the work is likely to be delayed and shall be bound to ask for necessary extension of time. The Engineer on receipt of such request from the contractor shall consider the same and shall grant such extension of time as in his opinion is reasonable having regard to the nature and period of delay and the type and

tum of work affected thereby. No other compensation shall be payable for works so carried forward to the extended period of time, the same rates, terms and conditions of contract being applicable as if such extended period of time was

In the event of any failure or delay by IRCTC to hand over the Contractor possession of the lands necessary for the execution of the works or to give the necessary notice to commence the works or to


Signature of Bidder

provide the necessary drawings or instructions or any other delay caused by IRCTC due to any other cause whatsoever, then such failure or delay shall in no way affect or vitiate the contract or alter the character thereof or entitle the codamages or compensation therefor, but in any such case, IRCTC may grant such extension or extensions of the completion date as may be considered reasonable.

17-B Extension Of Time For Delay Due To the work or part of the works specified in the contract documents shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract and the works must be completed not later than the date(s) as specified in the contract. If the contractor fails to complete the works within thespecified in the contract for the reasons other than the reasons specified in Clause 48 (force mujere), IRCTC may, if satisfied that the works can be completed by the contractor within reasonable short time thereafter, allow the contractor for furEngineer may decide. On such extension IRCTC will be entitled without prejudice to any other right and remedy available on that behalf, to recover from the contractor as agreed damages and not by way of penalty a sum equivalenworks for each week or part of the week.

For the purpose of this Clause, the contract value of the works shall be taken as value of work as per contract agreement including any supplementary work order/contract agreement issued. Provided also, that the total amount of liquidated damages under this condition, shall not exceed the under noted percentage value or of the total value of the item or groups of items of work for which a separate distinct completion period contract.

(i) For contract value upto Rs. 2 lakh(ii) For contracts valued above Rs. 2

lakh Further, competent authority while granting extension to the

under Clause 17 (B) of GCC may also consider levy of token penalty, as deemed fit based on the merit of the case.

Provided further, that if IRCTC is not satisfied that the works can be completed by the Contractor and in the event of fawithin further extension of time allowed as aforesaid, IRCTC shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in that behalf, to appropriate the contractor's Security Deposit and rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions, whether or not actual damage is caused by such default.18.(1) Illegal Gratification : offered by or on behalf to the Contractor or his partner, agent or servant or, anyone on his behalf, to any officer or employee of IRCTC, or to any person on his behalf in relation to obtaining or execution of this or any other contract with IRCTC shall, in addition to any criminal liability which he may incur, subject contractor to the rescission of the contract and all other contracts with IRCTC and to the payment of any loss or damage resulting


provide the necessary drawings or instructions or any other delay caused by IRCTC due to any other cause whatsoever, then such failure or delay shall in no way affect or vitiate the contract or alter the character thereof or entitle the codamages or compensation therefor, but in any such case, IRCTC may grant such extension or extensions of the completion date as may be considered reasonable.

Extension Of Time For Delay Due To Contractor: The time for the execution of ork or part of the works specified in the contract documents shall be deemed to be the

essence of the contract and the works must be completed not later than the date(s) as specified in the contract. If the contractor fails to complete the works within thespecified in the contract for the reasons other than the reasons specified in Clause 48 (force mujere), IRCTC may, if satisfied that the works can be completed by the contractor within reasonable short time thereafter, allow the contractor for further extension of time as the Engineer may decide. On such extension IRCTC will be entitled without prejudice to any other right and remedy available on that behalf, to recover from the contractor as agreed damages and not by way of penalty a sum equivalent to ½ of 1% of the contract value of the works for each week or part of the week.

For the purpose of this Clause, the contract value of the works shall be taken as value of work as per contract agreement including any supplementary work order/contract

reement issued. Provided also, that the total amount of liquidated damages under this condition, shall not exceed the under noted percentage value or of the total value of the item or groups of items of work for which a separate distinct completion period is specified in the

For contract value upto Rs. 2 lakh - 10% of total value of the contractFor contracts valued above Rs. 2 - 10% of first Rs.2 lakh and 5% of

balance Further, competent authority while granting extension to the currency of contract

under Clause 17 (B) of GCC may also consider levy of token penalty, as deemed fit based on Provided further, that if IRCTC is not satisfied that the works can be completed by

the Contractor and in the event of failure on the part of the contractor to complete the work within further extension of time allowed as aforesaid, IRCTC shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in that behalf, to appropriate the contractor's

t and rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions, whether or not actual damage is caused by such default.

Illegal Gratification : Any bribe, commission, gift or advantage given, promised or offered by or on behalf to the Contractor or his partner, agent or servant or, anyone on his behalf, to any officer or employee of IRCTC, or to any person on his behalf in relation to

execution of this or any other contract with IRCTC shall, in addition to any criminal liability which he may incur, subject contractor to the rescission of the contract and all other contracts with IRCTC and to the payment of any loss or damage resulting

provide the necessary drawings or instructions or any other delay caused by IRCTC due to any other cause whatsoever, then such failure or delay shall in no way affect or vitiate the contract or alter the character thereof or entitle the contractor to damages or compensation therefor, but in any such case, IRCTC may grant such extension or extensions of the completion date as may be considered reasonable.

The time for the execution of ork or part of the works specified in the contract documents shall be deemed to be the

essence of the contract and the works must be completed not later than the date(s) as specified in the contract. If the contractor fails to complete the works within the time as specified in the contract for the reasons other than the reasons specified in Clause 48 (force mujere), IRCTC may, if satisfied that the works can be completed by the contractor within

ther extension of time as the Engineer may decide. On such extension IRCTC will be entitled without prejudice to any other right and remedy available on that behalf, to recover from the contractor as agreed

t to ½ of 1% of the contract value of the For the purpose of this Clause, the contract value of the works shall be taken as

value of work as per contract agreement including any supplementary work order/contract reement issued. Provided also, that the total amount of liquidated damages under this

condition, shall not exceed the under noted percentage value or of the total value of the item is specified in the

10% of total value of the contract 10% of first Rs.2 lakh and 5% of

currency of contract under Clause 17 (B) of GCC may also consider levy of token penalty, as deemed fit based on

Provided further, that if IRCTC is not satisfied that the works can be completed by ilure on the part of the contractor to complete the work

within further extension of time allowed as aforesaid, IRCTC shall be entitled without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in that behalf, to appropriate the contractor's

t and rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these Conditions, whether or

Any bribe, commission, gift or advantage given, promised or offered by or on behalf to the Contractor or his partner, agent or servant or, anyone on his behalf, to any officer or employee of IRCTC, or to any person on his behalf in relation to

execution of this or any other contract with IRCTC shall, in addition to any criminal liability which he may incur, subject contractor to the rescission of the contract and all other contracts with IRCTC and to the payment of any loss or damage resulting from such


Signature of Bidder

decision and IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct the amounts so payable from any moneys due to the Contractor(s) under this contract or any other contracts with the IRCTC.18.(2) The Contractor shall not lend or borrow from or have or enter into andealings or transactions either directly or indirectly with any employee of IRCTC and if he shall do so, IRCTC shall be entitled forthwith to rescind the contract and all other contracts with the IRCTC. Any question or dispute as to the commissicompensation payable to the IRCTC under this Clause shall be settled by the competent authority at IRCTC, in such a manner as he shall consider fit & sufficient and his decision shall be final & conclusive. In the event of rescissContractor will not be paid any compensation whatsoever except payments for the work done upto the date of rescission.

19.(1) Contractor's Understanding :by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preprogress of the works, the general and local conditions, the labour conditions prevailing therein and all other matters which can in any way affect the works under the contract. 19.(2) Commencement Of Works :days after the receipt by him of an order in writing to this effect from the Engineer in charge and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay19.(3) Accepted Programme Of Work :programme of work indicating the time schedule of various items of works in the form of Bar Chart/PERT/CPM. He shall also submit the details of organisation (in terms of labour and supervisors) plant and machinery that he intends to utiof the work within stipulated date of completion. The programme of work amended as necessary by discussions with the Engineer, shall be treated as the agreed programme of the work for the purpose of this contract and programme of work. The progress of work will be watched accordingly and the liquidated damages will be with reference to the overall completion date. Nothing stated herein shall preclude the contractor in achiindicated in the programme. 19.(4) Setting Out Of Works :out of all works in relation to original points, lines and levels of referencContractor shall execute the work true to alignment, grade, levels and dimensions as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer's representative and shall check these at frequent intervals. The Contractor shall provide all facishall co-operate with the Engineer's representative to check all alignment, grades, levels and dimensions. If, at any time, during the progress of the works any error shall appear or arise in any part of the work, the


decision and IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct the amounts so payable from any moneys due to the Contractor(s) under this contract or any other contracts with the IRCTC.

The Contractor shall not lend or borrow from or have or enter into andealings or transactions either directly or indirectly with any employee of IRCTC and if he shall do so, IRCTC shall be entitled forthwith to rescind the contract and all other contracts with the IRCTC. Any question or dispute as to the commission or any such offence or compensation payable to the IRCTC under this Clause shall be settled by the competent authority at IRCTC, in such a manner as he shall consider fit & sufficient and his decision shall be final & conclusive. In the event of rescission of the contract under this Clause, the Contractor will not be paid any compensation whatsoever except payments for the work done

EXECUTION OF WORKS Contractor's Understanding : It is understood and agreed that the C

by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the progress of the works, the general and local conditions, the labour conditions prevailing therein and all other matters which can in any way affect the works under the contract.

Commencement Of Works : The Contractor shall commence the works within 15 days after the receipt by him of an order in writing to this effect from the Engineer in charge and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay

Accepted Programme Of Work : Contractors have to submit the detailed programme of work indicating the time schedule of various items of works in the form of Bar Chart/PERT/CPM. He shall also submit the details of organisation (in terms of labour and supervisors) plant and machinery that he intends to utilize (from time to time) for execution of the work within stipulated date of completion. The programme of work amended as necessary by discussions with the Engineer, shall be treated as the agreed programme of the work for the purpose of this contract and the contractor shall endeavour to fulfill this programme of work. The progress of work will be watched accordingly and the liquidated damages will be with reference to the overall completion date. Nothing stated herein shall preclude the contractor in achieving earlier completion of item or whole of the works than

Setting Out Of Works : The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct setting

out of all works in relation to original points, lines and levels of reference at his cost. The Contractor shall execute the work true to alignment, grade, levels and dimensions as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer's representative and shall check these at frequent intervals. The Contractor shall provide all facilities like labour and instruments and

operate with the Engineer's representative to check all alignment, grades, levels and dimensions. If, at any time, during the progress of the works any error shall appear or arise in

Contractor, on being required so to do by the Engineer's

decision and IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct the amounts so payable from any moneys due to the Contractor(s) under this contract or any other contracts with the IRCTC.

The Contractor shall not lend or borrow from or have or enter into any monitory dealings or transactions either directly or indirectly with any employee of IRCTC and if he shall do so, IRCTC shall be entitled forthwith to rescind the contract and all other contracts

on or any such offence or compensation payable to the IRCTC under this Clause shall be settled by the competent authority at IRCTC, in such a manner as he shall consider fit & sufficient and his decision

ion of the contract under this Clause, the Contractor will not be paid any compensation whatsoever except payments for the work done

It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be

liminary to and during the progress of the works, the general and local conditions, the labour conditions prevailing therein and all other matters which can in any way affect the works under the contract.

ll commence the works within 15 days after the receipt by him of an order in writing to this effect from the Engineer in charge

submit the detailed programme of work indicating the time schedule of various items of works in the form of Bar Chart/PERT/CPM. He shall also submit the details of organisation (in terms of labour and

lize (from time to time) for execution of the work within stipulated date of completion. The programme of work amended as necessary by discussions with the Engineer, shall be treated as the agreed programme of the

the contractor shall endeavour to fulfill this programme of work. The progress of work will be watched accordingly and the liquidated damages will be with reference to the overall completion date. Nothing stated herein shall

eving earlier completion of item or whole of the works than

The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct setting e at his cost. The

Contractor shall execute the work true to alignment, grade, levels and dimensions as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer's representative and shall check these at

lities like labour and instruments and operate with the Engineer's representative to check all alignment, grades, levels and

dimensions. If, at any time, during the progress of the works any error shall appear or arise in Contractor, on being required so to do by the Engineer's


Signature of Bidder

representative shall, at his own cost rectify such errors, to the satisfaction of the Engineer's representative. Such checking shall not absolve the Contractor of his own responsibility of maintaining accuracy in the work. The Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, sight rails, pegs and other things used in setting out the work.20.(1) Compliance To Engineer’s Instructions :which the several parts of the works shall be executed and the Contractor shall execute without delay all orders given by the Engineer from time to time; but the Contractor shall not be relieved thereby from responsibility for the due performance of the works in all20.(2) Alterations To Be Authorized :abandonment of any part of the works shall be deemed authorised, except under instructions from the Engineer, and the Contractor shall be responsible to obtand every case in writing from the Engineer.20.(3) Extra Works : Should works over and above those included in the contract require to be executed at the site, the contractor shall have no right to be entrusted with the execof such works which may be carried out by another contractor or contractors or by other means at the option of IRCTC.20.(4) Separate Contracts In Connection With Works :let other contracts in connection with the workreasonable opportunity for the storage of their materials and the execution of their works and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractors work depends for proper execution or result upon the work of another contractor(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such works that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor's failure soinspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after the execution of his work.21. Instruction of Engineer'the Engineer's representative to Contractor in connection with the works shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given by the Engineer provided always as follows:

(a) Failure of the Engineer'not prejudice the power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such work or material and to order the removal or breaking up thereof.

(b) If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of anyrepresentative, he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer who shall there upon confirm or vary such decision.

22.(1) Adherence To Specifications And Drawings :executed in perfect conformity with the specifications and drawings of the contract. If Contractor performs any works in a manner contrary to the specifications or drawings or any


representative shall, at his own cost rectify such errors, to the satisfaction of the Engineer's representative. Such checking shall not absolve the Contractor of his own responsibility of

ng accuracy in the work. The Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, sight rails, pegs and other things used in setting out the work.

Compliance To Engineer’s Instructions : The Engineer shall direct the order in several parts of the works shall be executed and the Contractor shall execute

without delay all orders given by the Engineer from time to time; but the Contractor shall not be relieved thereby from responsibility for the due performance of the works in all

Alterations To Be Authorized : No alterations in or additions to or omissions or abandonment of any part of the works shall be deemed authorised, except under instructions from the Engineer, and the Contractor shall be responsible to obtain such instructions in each and every case in writing from the Engineer.

Should works over and above those included in the contract require to be executed at the site, the contractor shall have no right to be entrusted with the execof such works which may be carried out by another contractor or contractors or by other means at the option of IRCTC.

Separate Contracts In Connection With Works : IRCTC shall have the right to let other contracts in connection with the works. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the storage of their materials and the execution of their works and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractors

er execution or result upon the work of another contractor(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such works that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor's failure so

t and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after the execution of his work.

Engineer's Representative: Any instructions or approval given by the Engineer's representative to Contractor in connection with the works shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given by the Engineer provided always as follows:

Failure of the Engineer's representative to disapprove any work or materials shall not prejudice the power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such work or material and to order the removal or breaking up thereof. If the Contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Engineer's representative, he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer who shall there upon confirm or vary such decision. Adherence To Specifications And Drawings : The whole of the works shall be

conformity with the specifications and drawings of the contract. If Contractor performs any works in a manner contrary to the specifications or drawings or any

representative shall, at his own cost rectify such errors, to the satisfaction of the Engineer's representative. Such checking shall not absolve the Contractor of his own responsibility of

ng accuracy in the work. The Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all

The Engineer shall direct the order in several parts of the works shall be executed and the Contractor shall execute

without delay all orders given by the Engineer from time to time; but the Contractor shall not be relieved thereby from responsibility for the due performance of the works in all respects.

No alterations in or additions to or omissions or abandonment of any part of the works shall be deemed authorised, except under instructions

ain such instructions in each

Should works over and above those included in the contract require to be executed at the site, the contractor shall have no right to be entrusted with the execution of such works which may be carried out by another contractor or contractors or by other

IRCTC shall have the right to s. The Contractor shall afford other contractors

reasonable opportunity for the storage of their materials and the execution of their works and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractors

er execution or result upon the work of another contractor(s), the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such works that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The Contractor's failure so-to

t and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other

Any instructions or approval given by the Engineer's representative to Contractor in connection with the works shall bind the Contractor as though it had been given by the Engineer provided always as follows:

s representative to disapprove any work or materials shall not prejudice the power of the Engineer thereafter to disapprove such work or

decision of the Engineer's representative, he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer who shall

The whole of the works shall be conformity with the specifications and drawings of the contract. If

Contractor performs any works in a manner contrary to the specifications or drawings or any


Signature of Bidder

of them and without such reference to the Engineer, he shall bear all the costs arising or ensuing therefrom and shall be responsible for all loss to IRCTC.22.(2) Drawings And Specifications Of The Works :copy of Drawings and Specifications at the site, in good order, and such contract documents as may be necessary, available to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative.22.(3) Ownership Of Drawings And Specifications :and copies thereof furnished by the IRCTC to the Contractor are deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. They shall not be used on other works and with the exception of the signed contract set, shall be returned by the Contractor to IRCTC on completion of the work or termination of the Contract. 22.(4) Compliance With Contractor's Request For Details :with reasonable promptness, after receipt by him of the Contractor's request for the same, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the works or any part thereof. All such drawings and insthe Contract Documents and reasonably inferable therefrom.22.(5) Meaning And Intent Of Specification And Drawings :to the meaning and intent of any portion of the Specifications and Drawingsexecution or quality of any work or material, or as to the measurements of the works the decision of the Engineer thereon shall be final subject to the appeal (within 7 days of such decision being intimated to the Contractor) to Group General Manhave the power to correct any errors, omissions, or discrepancies in aforementioned items and whose decision in the matter in dispute or doubt shall be final and conclusive.23. Working during Night:set and sun-rise without the previous permission of the Engineer.24. Damage To IRCTC Property Or Private Life And Property :shall be responsible for all risk to the work and for trespass and shall make good at his expense all loss or damage whether to the works themselves or to any other property of IRCTC or the lives, persons or property of others from whatsoever cause in connection with the works until they are taken over by IRCTC and this although all reasonabprecautions may have been taken by the Contractor, and in case IRCTC shall be called upon to make good any costs, loss or damages, or to pay any compensation, including that payable under the provisions of the Workmen's Compensation Act or anthereof to any person or persons sustaining damages as aforesaid by reason of any act, or any negligence or omissions on the part of the Contractor; the amount of any costs or charges including costs and charges in connection with lereference thereto, shall be charged to the Contractor. IRCTC shall have the power and right to pay or to defend or compromise any claim of threatened legal proceedings or in anticipation of legal proceedings being Contractor, to take such steps as may be considered necessary or desirable to ward off or


of them and without such reference to the Engineer, he shall bear all the costs arising or ng therefrom and shall be responsible for all loss to IRCTC.

Drawings And Specifications Of The Works : The Contractor shall keep one copy of Drawings and Specifications at the site, in good order, and such contract documents

vailable to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative.Ownership Of Drawings And Specifications : All Drawings and Specifications

and copies thereof furnished by the IRCTC to the Contractor are deemed to be the property not be used on other works and with the exception of the signed

contract set, shall be returned by the Contractor to IRCTC on completion of the work or

Compliance With Contractor's Request For Details : The Engineer shwith reasonable promptness, after receipt by him of the Contractor's request for the same, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the works or any part thereof. All such drawings and instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable therefrom.

Meaning And Intent Of Specification And Drawings : If any ambiguity arises as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the Specifications and Drawingsexecution or quality of any work or material, or as to the measurements of the works the decision of the Engineer thereon shall be final subject to the appeal (within 7 days of such decision being intimated to the Contractor) to Group General Manager / IRCTChave the power to correct any errors, omissions, or discrepancies in aforementioned items and whose decision in the matter in dispute or doubt shall be final and conclusive.

Night: The Contractor shall not carry out any work between sunrise without the previous permission of the Engineer.

Damage To IRCTC Property Or Private Life And Property :shall be responsible for all risk to the work and for trespass and shall make good at his expense all loss or damage whether to the works themselves or to any other property of IRCTC or the lives, persons or property of others from whatsoever cause in connection with the works until they are taken over by IRCTC and this although all reasonabprecautions may have been taken by the Contractor, and in case IRCTC shall be called upon to make good any costs, loss or damages, or to pay any compensation, including that payable under the provisions of the Workmen's Compensation Act or any statutory amendments thereof to any person or persons sustaining damages as aforesaid by reason of any act, or any negligence or omissions on the part of the Contractor; the amount of any costs or charges including costs and charges in connection with legal proceedings, which IRCTC may incur in reference thereto, shall be charged to the Contractor. IRCTC shall have the power and right to pay or to defend or compromise any claim of threatened legal proceedings or in anticipation of legal proceedings being instituted consequent on the action or default of the Contractor, to take such steps as may be considered necessary or desirable to ward off or

of them and without such reference to the Engineer, he shall bear all the costs arising or

The Contractor shall keep one copy of Drawings and Specifications at the site, in good order, and such contract documents

vailable to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative. All Drawings and Specifications

and copies thereof furnished by the IRCTC to the Contractor are deemed to be the property not be used on other works and with the exception of the signed

contract set, shall be returned by the Contractor to IRCTC on completion of the work or

The Engineer shall furnish with reasonable promptness, after receipt by him of the Contractor's request for the same, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution

tructions shall be consistent with

If any ambiguity arises as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the Specifications and Drawings or as to execution or quality of any work or material, or as to the measurements of the works the decision of the Engineer thereon shall be final subject to the appeal (within 7 days of such

IRCTC who shall have the power to correct any errors, omissions, or discrepancies in aforementioned items and whose decision in the matter in dispute or doubt shall be final and conclusive.

ut any work between sun-

Damage To IRCTC Property Or Private Life And Property : The Contractor shall be responsible for all risk to the work and for trespass and shall make good at his on expense all loss or damage whether to the works themselves or to any other property of IRCTC or the lives, persons or property of others from whatsoever cause in connection with the works until they are taken over by IRCTC and this although all reasonable and proper precautions may have been taken by the Contractor, and in case IRCTC shall be called upon to make good any costs, loss or damages, or to pay any compensation, including that payable

y statutory amendments thereof to any person or persons sustaining damages as aforesaid by reason of any act, or any negligence or omissions on the part of the Contractor; the amount of any costs or charges

gal proceedings, which IRCTC may incur in reference thereto, shall be charged to the Contractor. IRCTC shall have the power and right to pay or to defend or compromise any claim of threatened legal proceedings or in

instituted consequent on the action or default of the Contractor, to take such steps as may be considered necessary or desirable to ward off or


Signature of Bidder

mitigate the effect of such proceedings, charging to Contractor, as aforesaid, any sum or sums of money which may be paid and any expenses whether for reinstatement or otherwise which may be incurred and the propriety of any such payment, defence or compromise, and the incurring of any such expenses shall not be called in question by the Contractor.25. Sheds, Stores Houses And Yards :provide himself with sheds, storehouses and yards in such situations and in such numbers as in the opinion of the Engineer is requisite for carrying on the works and the Contractor shall keep at each such sheds, storestock as not to delay the carrying out of the works with due expedition and the Engineer and the Engineer's representative shall have free access to the said shedsat any time for the purpose of inspecting the stock of materials or plant so kept in hand, and any materials or plant which the Engineer may object to shall not be brought upon or used in the works, but shall be forthwith removed fContractor. The Contractor shall at his own expenses provide and maintain suitable mortar mills, soaking vats or any other equipments necessary for the execution of the works. 26. Provision Of Efficient And Comp26.1 The Contractor shall place and keep on the works at all times efficient and competent staff to give the necessary directions to his workmen and to see that they execute their work in sound & proper manner alabourers in or about the execution of any of these works as are careful and skilled in the various trades. 26.2 The Contractor shall at once remove from the works any agents, permitted subcontractor, supervisor, workman or labourer who shall be objected to by the Engineer and if and whenever required by the Engineer, he shall submit a correct return showing the names of all staff and workmen employed by him. 26.3 In the event of the Engineer being of the employing on the works a sufficient number of staff and workmen as is necessary for proper completion of the works within the time prescribed, the Contractor shall forthwith on receiving intimation to this effect deploy tspecified by the Engineer within seven days of being so required and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with such instructions will entitle IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these cond26A. Deployment Of Qualified Engineers At Work Sites By The 26A.1 The contractor shall also employ Qualified Graduate Engineer or Qualified Diploma Holder Engineer, based on value of contract, as may be prescribed by the Ministry of Railways through separate instructions from time to time.26A.2 In case the contractor fails to employ the Engineer, as aforesaid in Para 26A.1, he shall be liable to pay penalty at the rates, as may be prescribed by the IRCTC through separate instructions from time to time for the default period for the provisions, as contained in Para 26A.1.


mitigate the effect of such proceedings, charging to Contractor, as aforesaid, any sum or y be paid and any expenses whether for reinstatement or otherwise

which may be incurred and the propriety of any such payment, defence or compromise, and the incurring of any such expenses shall not be called in question by the Contractor.

Stores Houses And Yards : The Contractor shall at his own expense provide himself with sheds, storehouses and yards in such situations and in such numbers as in the opinion of the Engineer is requisite for carrying on the works and the Contractor shall

p at each such sheds, store-houses and yards a sufficient quantity of materials and plant in stock as not to delay the carrying out of the works with due expedition and the Engineer and the Engineer's representative shall have free access to the said sheds, store houses and yards at any time for the purpose of inspecting the stock of materials or plant so kept in hand, and any materials or plant which the Engineer may object to shall not be brought upon or used in the works, but shall be forthwith removed from the sheds, store houses or yards by the Contractor. The Contractor shall at his own expenses provide and maintain suitable mortar mills, soaking vats or any other equipments necessary for the execution of the works.

Provision Of Efficient And Competent Staff At Work Sites By The The Contractor shall place and keep on the works at all times efficient and

competent staff to give the necessary directions to his workmen and to see that they execute their work in sound & proper manner and shall employ only such supervisors, workmen & labourers in or about the execution of any of these works as are careful and skilled in the

The Contractor shall at once remove from the works any agents, permitted subrvisor, workman or labourer who shall be objected to by the Engineer and if

and whenever required by the Engineer, he shall submit a correct return showing the names of all staff and workmen employed by him.

In the event of the Engineer being of the opinion that the Contractor is not employing on the works a sufficient number of staff and workmen as is necessary for proper completion of the works within the time prescribed, the Contractor shall forthwith on receiving intimation to this effect deploy the additional number of staff and labour as specified by the Engineer within seven days of being so required and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with such instructions will entitle IRCTC to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these conditions.

Deployment Of Qualified Engineers At Work Sites By The Contractor:The contractor shall also employ Qualified Graduate Engineer or Qualified

Diploma Holder Engineer, based on value of contract, as may be prescribed by the Ministry lways through separate instructions from time to time.

In case the contractor fails to employ the Engineer, as aforesaid in Para 26A.1, he shall be liable to pay penalty at the rates, as may be prescribed by the IRCTC through

om time to time for the default period for the provisions, as contained

mitigate the effect of such proceedings, charging to Contractor, as aforesaid, any sum or y be paid and any expenses whether for reinstatement or otherwise

which may be incurred and the propriety of any such payment, defence or compromise, and the incurring of any such expenses shall not be called in question by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall at his own expense provide himself with sheds, storehouses and yards in such situations and in such numbers as in the opinion of the Engineer is requisite for carrying on the works and the Contractor shall

houses and yards a sufficient quantity of materials and plant in stock as not to delay the carrying out of the works with due expedition and the Engineer and

, store houses and yards at any time for the purpose of inspecting the stock of materials or plant so kept in hand, and any materials or plant which the Engineer may object to shall not be brought upon or used in

rom the sheds, store houses or yards by the Contractor. The Contractor shall at his own expenses provide and maintain suitable mortar mills, soaking vats or any other equipments necessary for the execution of the works.

etent Staff At Work Sites By The Contractor: The Contractor shall place and keep on the works at all times efficient and

competent staff to give the necessary directions to his workmen and to see that they execute nd shall employ only such supervisors, workmen &

labourers in or about the execution of any of these works as are careful and skilled in the The Contractor shall at once remove from the works any agents, permitted sub-

rvisor, workman or labourer who shall be objected to by the Engineer and if and whenever required by the Engineer, he shall submit a correct return showing the names

opinion that the Contractor is not employing on the works a sufficient number of staff and workmen as is necessary for proper completion of the works within the time prescribed, the Contractor shall forthwith on

he additional number of staff and labour as specified by the Engineer within seven days of being so required and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with such instructions will entitle IRCTC to rescind the contract

Contractor: The contractor shall also employ Qualified Graduate Engineer or Qualified

Diploma Holder Engineer, based on value of contract, as may be prescribed by the Ministry In case the contractor fails to employ the Engineer, as aforesaid in Para 26A.1, he

shall be liable to pay penalty at the rates, as may be prescribed by the IRCTC through om time to time for the default period for the provisions, as contained


Signature of Bidder

26A.3 No. of qualified engineers required to be deployed by the Contractor for various activities contained in the works contract shall be specified in the tender docume‘special condition of contract’ by the tender inviting authority.”27.(1) Workmanship And Testing :specified and provided in the contract or that may be necessary to be done in order to form and complete any part thereof shall be executed in the best and most substantial workman like manner with materials of the best and most approved quality of their respective kinds, agreeable to the particulars contained in or implied by the specifications and as and represented by the drawings or in such other additional particulars, instructions and drawings may be found requisite to be given during the carrying on of the works and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in charge according to twhich the Contractors may from time to time receive from the Engineer in charge. The materials may be subjected to tests by means of such machines, instruments and appliances as the Engineer may direct and wholly at the expen27.(2) Removal Of Improper Work And Materials :

Representative shall be entitled to order from time to time:(a) the removal from the site within the time specified in the order of any materials

which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications or drawings.(b) the substitution of proper and suitable materials, and(c) the removal and proper re

on account payments therefor, of anworkmanship is not in his opinion in accordance with the specifications and in case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, IRCTC shall be entitled to rescind the contract under Clause 62

28. Facilities For Inspection :Engineer's Representative every facility for entering in and upon every portion of the work at all hours for the purpose of inspection or otherwise and planks, ladders, pumps, appliances and things of every kind required for the purpose and the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative shall at all times have free access to every part of the works and to all places at29. Examination Of Work Before Covering Up :notice to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative whenever any work or materials are intended to be covered up in the earth, in bodies or walls or otherwise to be placed beyond the reach of measurements in order thamay be taken before being so covered, placed beyond the reach of measurement in default whereof, the same shall at the option of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative be uncovered and measured at the Contractor's expense or no allowance shall be made for such work or materials.


No. of qualified engineers required to be deployed by the Contractor for various activities contained in the works contract shall be specified in the tender docume‘special condition of contract’ by the tender inviting authority.”

Workmanship And Testing : The whole of the works and/or supply of materials specified and provided in the contract or that may be necessary to be done in order to form

plete any part thereof shall be executed in the best and most substantial workman like manner with materials of the best and most approved quality of their respective kinds, agreeable to the particulars contained in or implied by the specifications and as and represented by the drawings or in such other additional particulars, instructions and drawings may be found requisite to be given during the carrying on of the works and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in charge according to the instructions and directions which the Contractors may from time to time receive from the Engineer in charge. The materials may be subjected to tests by means of such machines, instruments and appliances as the Engineer may direct and wholly at the expense of the Contractor.

Removal Of Improper Work And Materials : The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to order from time to time: the removal from the site within the time specified in the order of any materials

n his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications or drawings.the substitution of proper and suitable materials, and the removal and proper re-execution, notwithstanding any previous tests thereof or on account payments therefor, of any work which in respect of materials or workmanship is not in his opinion in accordance with the specifications and in case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, IRCTC shall be entitled to rescind the contract under Clause 62 of these conditions.Facilities For Inspection : The Contractor shall afford the Engineer and the

Engineer's Representative every facility for entering in and upon every portion of the work at all hours for the purpose of inspection or otherwise and shall provide all labour, materials, planks, ladders, pumps, appliances and things of every kind required for the purpose and the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative shall at all times have free access to every part of the works and to all places at which materials for the works are stored or being prepared.

Examination Of Work Before Covering Up : The Contractor shall give 7 days’ notice to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative whenever any work or materials are intended to be covered up in the earth, in bodies or walls or otherwise to be placed beyond the reach of measurements in order that the work may be inspected or that correct dimensions may be taken before being so covered, placed beyond the reach of measurement in default whereof, the same shall at the option of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative be

at the Contractor's expense or no allowance shall be made for such

No. of qualified engineers required to be deployed by the Contractor for various activities contained in the works contract shall be specified in the tender documents as

The whole of the works and/or supply of materials specified and provided in the contract or that may be necessary to be done in order to form

plete any part thereof shall be executed in the best and most substantial workman like manner with materials of the best and most approved quality of their respective kinds, agreeable to the particulars contained in or implied by the specifications and as referred to in and represented by the drawings or in such other additional particulars, instructions and drawings may be found requisite to be given during the carrying on of the works and to the

he instructions and directions which the Contractors may from time to time receive from the Engineer in charge. The materials may be subjected to tests by means of such machines, instruments and appliances

The Engineer or the Engineer's the removal from the site within the time specified in the order of any materials

n his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications or drawings.

execution, notwithstanding any previous tests thereof or y work which in respect of materials or

workmanship is not in his opinion in accordance with the specifications and in case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, IRCTC shall be

of these conditions. The Contractor shall afford the Engineer and the

Engineer's Representative every facility for entering in and upon every portion of the work at shall provide all labour, materials,

planks, ladders, pumps, appliances and things of every kind required for the purpose and the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative shall at all times have free access to every part of

which materials for the works are stored or being prepared. The Contractor shall give 7 days’

notice to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative whenever any work or materials are intended to be covered up in the earth, in bodies or walls or otherwise to be placed beyond

t the work may be inspected or that correct dimensions may be taken before being so covered, placed beyond the reach of measurement in default whereof, the same shall at the option of the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative be

at the Contractor's expense or no allowance shall be made for such


Signature of Bidder

30. Temporary Works:works shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor and subject to the consent of the Engineer shall be removed by him at his expenses when they are no longer required and in such manner as the Engineer shall direct. In the event of failure on the part of the Contractor to remove the temporary works, the Engineer will cause them to be removed and cost as increased by supervision and other incidental charges shall be recovered from the ContrIf temporary huts are provided by the Contractor on IRCTC land for labour engaged by him for the execution of works, the contractor shall arrange for handing over vacant possession of the said land after the work is completed; if the contractor's lato be rejected by IRCTC, necessary expenses incurred by IRCTC in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.31.(1) Contractor To Supply Water For Works :Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the arrangements to obtain supply of water necessary for the works. 31.(2) Water Supply From existing System : connection to the Contractor from existing water supply system at or near the site on specified terms and conditions and at such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor, provided that the Contractor shall arrange, at his own expense, to effect the connections and lay additional pipe lines and accessContractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption of failure of the water supply. 31.(3) Water Supply By Railway Transport : water to the Contractor at or near ththe freight and other charges incurred thereby, including demurrage charges that may be levied, shall be paid by the Contractor in addition to the charges referred to in Subof the Clause provided that the contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption or failure of the water supply.31.(4) (a) Contractor To Arrange Supply Of Electric Power For Works :otherwise provided in the contract, the Contractor shall bobtain supply of Electric Power for the works. (b) Electric Supply From The Railway System :supply connection to the Contractor part wherever available and possible, required for execution of works from the existing electric supply systems at or near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor provided the cost of arranging necessary connections to the concerned Electric Supply systems and laying of underground/overhead conductor, circuit protection, electric power meters, transmission structure, shall be borne by the Contractor and that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruthe Electric supply system.


Works: All temporary works necessary for the proper execution of the works shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor and subject to the consent of the Engineer shall be removed by him at his expenses when they are no longer required and in

s the Engineer shall direct. In the event of failure on the part of the Contractor to remove the temporary works, the Engineer will cause them to be removed and cost as increased by supervision and other incidental charges shall be recovered from the ContrIf temporary huts are provided by the Contractor on IRCTC land for labour engaged by him for the execution of works, the contractor shall arrange for handing over vacant possession of the said land after the work is completed; if the contractor's labour refuse to vacate, and have to be rejected by IRCTC, necessary expenses incurred by IRCTC in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.

Contractor To Supply Water For Works : Unless otherwise provided in the shall be responsible for the arrangements to obtain supply of water

Water Supply From existing System : IRCTC may assists in water supply connection to the Contractor from existing water supply system at or near the site on specified terms and conditions and at such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor, provided that the Contractor shall arrange, at his own expense, to effect the connections and lay additional pipe lines and accessories on the site and that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption of failure of the water

Water Supply By Railway Transport : In the event of IRCTC arranging supply of water to the Contractor at or near the site of works by travelling water tanks or other means, the freight and other charges incurred thereby, including demurrage charges that may be levied, shall be paid by the Contractor in addition to the charges referred to in Sub

provided that the contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption or failure of the water supply.

Contractor To Arrange Supply Of Electric Power For Works :otherwise provided in the contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for arrangements to obtain supply of Electric Power for the works.

Electric Supply From The Railway System : IRCTC may assists in electric supply connection to the Contractor part wherever available and possible, required for

n of works from the existing electric supply systems at or near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor provided the cost of arranging necessary connections to the oncerned Electric Supply systems and laying of underground/overhead conductor, circuit

protection, electric power meters, transmission structure, shall be borne by the Contractor and that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption or failure of

All temporary works necessary for the proper execution of the works shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor and subject to the consent of the Engineer shall be removed by him at his expenses when they are no longer required and in

s the Engineer shall direct. In the event of failure on the part of the Contractor to remove the temporary works, the Engineer will cause them to be removed and cost as increased by supervision and other incidental charges shall be recovered from the Contractor. If temporary huts are provided by the Contractor on IRCTC land for labour engaged by him for the execution of works, the contractor shall arrange for handing over vacant possession of

bour refuse to vacate, and have to be rejected by IRCTC, necessary expenses incurred by IRCTC in connection therewith

Unless otherwise provided in the shall be responsible for the arrangements to obtain supply of water

IRCTC may assists in water supply connection to the Contractor from existing water supply system at or near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and at such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor, provided that the Contractor shall arrange, at his own expense, to

ories on the site and that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for interruption of failure of the water

In the event of IRCTC arranging supply of e site of works by travelling water tanks or other means,

the freight and other charges incurred thereby, including demurrage charges that may be levied, shall be paid by the Contractor in addition to the charges referred to in Sub-Clause (2)

provided that the contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for

Contractor To Arrange Supply Of Electric Power For Works : Unless e responsible for arrangements to

IRCTC may assists in electric supply connection to the Contractor part wherever available and possible, required for

n of works from the existing electric supply systems at or near the site of works on specified terms and conditions and such charges as shall be determined by IRCTC and payable by the Contractor provided the cost of arranging necessary connections to the oncerned Electric Supply systems and laying of underground/overhead conductor, circuit

protection, electric power meters, transmission structure, shall be borne by the Contractor ption or failure of


Signature of Bidder

32. Property In Materials And Plant :Contractor upon the site or on the land occupied by the Contractor in connection with the works and intended to be used for the exupon the site of the said land, be deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. Such of them as during the progress of the works are rejected by the Engineer under Clause 25 of these conditions or are declared by him not to be needed for the execution of the works or such as on the grant of the certificate of completion remain unused shall immediately on such rejection, declaration or grant cease to be deemed the property of IRCTC and the Contractor may then (but not before) remove them from the site or the said land. This clause shall not in any way diminish the liability of the Contractor nor shall IRCTC be in any way answerable for any loss or damage which may happen to or in respect of any such materials or either by the same being lost, stolen, injured or destroyed by fire, tempest or otherwise.33.(1) Tools, Plant And Materials Supplied By IRCTC :reasonable care of all tools, plant and materials or other property whetherdescription or not belonging to IRCTC and committed to his charge for the purpose of the works and shall be responsible for all damage or loss caused by him, his agents, permitted subcontractor, or his workmen or others while they are in his chasign accountable receipts for tools, plants and materials made over to him by the Engineer and on completion of the works shall hand over the unused balance of the same to the Engineer in good order and repair, fair wear and tearany failure to account for the same or any damage done thereto.33.(2) Hire Of Railway's Plant :concrete mixers, compressors and portable engines for use during executisuch terms as may be specified in the special conditions or in a separate agreement for Hire of Plant. 34.(1) Precaution During Progress Of Works :otherwise specified, the Contractor shall at his oall shoring, timbering and strutting works as is necessary for the stability and safety of all structures, excavations and works and shall ensure that no damage, injury or loss is caused or likely to be caused to any person or property.34.(2) Roads And Water Courses :cut through, altered, diverted or obstructed in any way by the Contractor, except with the permission of the Engineer. All compensations claithrough, alteration, diversion or obstruction to such roads or water courses by the Contractor or his agent or his staff shall be recoverable from the Contractor by deduction from any sums which may become due to him in terms of contract, or otherwise according to law.34.(3) Provision Of Access To Premises :thoroughfare, the Contractor shall make adequate provision for the passage of traffic, for securing safe access to all premises approached from such street or thoroughfare and for any drainage, water supply or means of lighting which may be interrupted by reasons of the


Property In Materials And Plant : The materials and plant brought by the Contractor upon the site or on the land occupied by the Contractor in connection with the works and intended to be used for the execution thereof shall immediately, they are brought upon the site of the said land, be deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. Such of them as during the progress of the works are rejected by the Engineer under Clause 25 of these

by him not to be needed for the execution of the works or such as on the grant of the certificate of completion remain unused shall immediately on such rejection, declaration or grant cease to be deemed the property of IRCTC and the Contractor

ut not before) remove them from the site or the said land. This clause shall not in any way diminish the liability of the Contractor nor shall IRCTC be in any way answerable for any loss or damage which may happen to or in respect of any such materials or either by the same being lost, stolen, injured or destroyed by fire, tempest or otherwise.

Tools, Plant And Materials Supplied By IRCTC : The Contractor shall take all reasonable care of all tools, plant and materials or other property whetherdescription or not belonging to IRCTC and committed to his charge for the purpose of the works and shall be responsible for all damage or loss caused by him, his agents, permitted subcontractor, or his workmen or others while they are in his charge. The Contractors shall sign accountable receipts for tools, plants and materials made over to him by the Engineer and on completion of the works shall hand over the unused balance of the same to the Engineer in good order and repair, fair wear and tear excepted, and shall be responsible for any failure to account for the same or any damage done thereto.

Hire Of Railway's Plant : IRCTC may hire to the Contractor such plant as concrete mixers, compressors and portable engines for use during execution of the works on such terms as may be specified in the special conditions or in a separate agreement for Hire

Precaution During Progress Of Works : During the execution of works, unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall at his own cost provide the materials for and execute all shoring, timbering and strutting works as is necessary for the stability and safety of all structures, excavations and works and shall ensure that no damage, injury or loss is caused

to any person or property. Roads And Water Courses : Existing roads or water courses shall not be blocked

cut through, altered, diverted or obstructed in any way by the Contractor, except with the permission of the Engineer. All compensations claimed for any unauthorized closure, cutting through, alteration, diversion or obstruction to such roads or water courses by the Contractor or his agent or his staff shall be recoverable from the Contractor by deduction from any sums

im in terms of contract, or otherwise according to law.Provision Of Access To Premises : During progress of work in any street or

thoroughfare, the Contractor shall make adequate provision for the passage of traffic, for l premises approached from such street or thoroughfare and for any

drainage, water supply or means of lighting which may be interrupted by reasons of the

The materials and plant brought by the Contractor upon the site or on the land occupied by the Contractor in connection with the

ecution thereof shall immediately, they are brought upon the site of the said land, be deemed to be the property of the IRCTC. Such of them as during the progress of the works are rejected by the Engineer under Clause 25 of these

by him not to be needed for the execution of the works or such as on the grant of the certificate of completion remain unused shall immediately on such rejection, declaration or grant cease to be deemed the property of IRCTC and the Contractor

ut not before) remove them from the site or the said land. This clause shall not in any way diminish the liability of the Contractor nor shall IRCTC be in any way answerable for any loss or damage which may happen to or in respect of any such materials or plant either by the same being lost, stolen, injured or destroyed by fire, tempest or otherwise.

The Contractor shall take all reasonable care of all tools, plant and materials or other property whether of a like description or not belonging to IRCTC and committed to his charge for the purpose of the works and shall be responsible for all damage or loss caused by him, his agents, permitted

rge. The Contractors shall sign accountable receipts for tools, plants and materials made over to him by the Engineer and on completion of the works shall hand over the unused balance of the same to the

excepted, and shall be responsible for

IRCTC may hire to the Contractor such plant as on of the works on

such terms as may be specified in the special conditions or in a separate agreement for Hire

During the execution of works, unless wn cost provide the materials for and execute

all shoring, timbering and strutting works as is necessary for the stability and safety of all structures, excavations and works and shall ensure that no damage, injury or loss is caused

Existing roads or water courses shall not be blocked cut through, altered, diverted or obstructed in any way by the Contractor, except with the

med for any unauthorized closure, cutting through, alteration, diversion or obstruction to such roads or water courses by the Contractor or his agent or his staff shall be recoverable from the Contractor by deduction from any sums

im in terms of contract, or otherwise according to law. During progress of work in any street or

thoroughfare, the Contractor shall make adequate provision for the passage of traffic, for l premises approached from such street or thoroughfare and for any

drainage, water supply or means of lighting which may be interrupted by reasons of the


Signature of Bidder

execution of the works and shall react and maintain at his own cost barriers, lights and other safeguards as prescribed by the Engineer, for the regulation of the traffic, and provide watchmen necessary to prevent accidents. The works shall in such cases be executed night and day, if so ordered by the Engineer and with such vigour so that the traffic way bimpeded for as short a time as possible.34.(4) Safety Of Public :ensure the safety of the public whether on public or IRCTC property and shall post such look out men as may, in the opinionappertaining to the work. 35. Use of Explosives:Contractor without the permission of the Engineer and then only in the manner and to extent to which such permission is given. Where explosives are required for the works, they shall be stored in a special magazine to be provided by and at the cost of the Contractor in accordance with the Explosive Rules. The Contractor shall obtain ththe storage and the use of explosives and all operations in which or for which explosives are employed shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify IRCTC in respect thereof.36.(1) Suspension Of Works :the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly prosecure the work so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. If such suspension is:

(a) Provided for in the contract, or(b) Necessary for the proper execution of the works or by the reason of weather

conditions or by some default on th(c) Necessary for the safety of the works or any part thereof.

36.(2) The Contractor shall not be entitled to the extra costs, if any, incurred by him during the period of suspension of the works, but in the event of any suEngineer for reasons other than aforementioned and when each such period of suspension exceeds 14 days, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extension of time for completion of the works as the Engineer may consider proper havinsuspensions and to such compensations as the Engineer may consider reasonable in respect of salaries or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees during the periods of such suspension. 36.(3) Suspension Lastingpart thereof is suspended on the order of the Engineer for more than three months at a time, the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Engineer requiring permission within 15 days from the receipt thereof to proceed with the works or that part thereof in regard to which progress is suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time the Contractor by further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect to treat the su


execution of the works and shall react and maintain at his own cost barriers, lights and other rds as prescribed by the Engineer, for the regulation of the traffic, and provide

watchmen necessary to prevent accidents. The works shall in such cases be executed night and day, if so ordered by the Engineer and with such vigour so that the traffic way bimpeded for as short a time as possible.

Safety Of Public : The Contractor shall be responsible to take all precautions to ensure the safety of the public whether on public or IRCTC property and shall post such look out men as may, in the opinion of the Engineer, be required to comply with regulations

Explosives: Explosives shall not be used on the works or on the site by the Contractor without the permission of the Engineer and then only in the manner and to extent to which such permission is given. Where explosives are required for the works, they shall be stored in a special magazine to be provided by and at the cost of the Contractor in accordance with the Explosive Rules. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary license for the storage and the use of explosives and all operations in which or for which explosives are employed shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify IRCTC in respect thereof.

Suspension Of Works : The Contractor shall on the order of the Engineer, suspend the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly prosecure the work so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. If such suspension is:

Provided for in the contract, or Necessary for the proper execution of the works or by the reason of weather conditions or by some default on the part of the Contractor, and or Necessary for the safety of the works or any part thereof. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the extra costs, if any, incurred by him during

the period of suspension of the works, but in the event of any suspension ordered by the Engineer for reasons other than aforementioned and when each such period of suspension exceeds 14 days, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extension of time for completion of the works as the Engineer may consider proper having regard to the period or periods of such suspensions and to such compensations as the Engineer may consider reasonable in respect of salaries or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees during the periods of such

Suspension Lasting More Than 3 Months : If the progress of the works or any part thereof is suspended on the order of the Engineer for more than three months at a time, the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Engineer requiring permission within 15

eceipt thereof to proceed with the works or that part thereof in regard to which progress is suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time the Contractor by further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect to treat the su

execution of the works and shall react and maintain at his own cost barriers, lights and other rds as prescribed by the Engineer, for the regulation of the traffic, and provide

watchmen necessary to prevent accidents. The works shall in such cases be executed night and day, if so ordered by the Engineer and with such vigour so that the traffic way be

The Contractor shall be responsible to take all precautions to ensure the safety of the public whether on public or IRCTC property and shall post such look

of the Engineer, be required to comply with regulations

Explosives shall not be used on the works or on the site by the Contractor without the permission of the Engineer and then only in the manner and to the extent to which such permission is given. Where explosives are required for the works, they shall be stored in a special magazine to be provided by and at the cost of the Contractor in

e necessary license for the storage and the use of explosives and all operations in which or for which explosives are employed shall be at the sole risk and responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor

The Contractor shall on the order of the Engineer, suspend the progress of the works or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the Engineer may consider necessary and shall during such suspension properly protect and secure the work so far as is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. If such suspension is:

Necessary for the proper execution of the works or by the reason of weather

The Contractor shall not be entitled to the extra costs, if any, incurred by him during spension ordered by the

Engineer for reasons other than aforementioned and when each such period of suspension exceeds 14 days, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extension of time for completion of

g regard to the period or periods of such suspensions and to such compensations as the Engineer may consider reasonable in respect of salaries or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees during the periods of such

If the progress of the works or any part thereof is suspended on the order of the Engineer for more than three months at a time, the Contractor may serve a written notice on the Engineer requiring permission within 15

eceipt thereof to proceed with the works or that part thereof in regard to which progress is suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time the Contractor by further written notice so served may, but is not bound to, elect to treat the suspension


Signature of Bidder

where it affects part only of the works as an omission of such part or where it affects the whole of the works, as an abandonment of the contract by the Railway.37. Rates For Items Of Works :of the Contract are intended to provide for works duly and properly completed in accordance with the General and Special (if any) Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications and drawings together with such enlargements, extensions, diminutions, reductions, alterations or additions as may be ordered in terms of Clause 42 of these conditions and without prejudice to the generality thereof and shall be deemed to include and cover superintendence and labour, supply, including full freight of materials, stores, patterns, profiles, moulds, fittings, centerings, scaffolding, shoring props, timber, machinery, barracks, tackle, roads, pegs, posts, tools and all apparatus and plant required on the works, exceas may be specified in the contract to be supplied to the Contractor by the Railway, the erection, maintenance and removal of all temporary works and buildings, all watching, lighting, bailing, pumping and draining, all prbarriers and arrangements for the safety of the public or of employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for labour camps as may be prescribed by the Railway, the setting of all work and of the construction, repair and upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site clearance, all fees duties, royalties, rent and compensation to owners for surface damage or taxes and impositions payable to local authorities in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the work or other duties of expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any provision of law for the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contractsuch other incidental charges or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the Specifications. 38. Demurrage And Wharfage Dues :with the scale in force for the time being on IRCTC and incload or unload any goods of materials within the time allowed by IRCTC for loading as also wharfage charges, of materials not removed in time as also charges due on consignments booked by or to him shall be paid by the Codebited to the Contractor's account in the hands of IRCTC and shall be deducted from any sums which may become due to him in terms of the contracts.39. (1) Rates For Extra Items Of Works :Contractor on the instructions of the Engineer which is not included in the accepted Schedules of Rates shall be executed at the rates set forth in the "Schedule of Rates of Railway" modified by the tender percentage and such items are notthe rate agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor before the execution of such items of work and the Contractors shall be bound to notify the Engineer at least seven days before the necessity arises for the executionSchedule of Rates does not include rate or rates for the extra work involved. The rates payable for such items shall be decided at the meeting to be held between the Engineer and Contractor, in as short a period asnotice. In case the Contractor fails to attend the meeting after being notified to do so or in the


where it affects part only of the works as an omission of such part or where it affects the whole of the works, as an abandonment of the contract by the Railway.

Rates For Items Of Works : The rates, entered in the accepted Schedule of Rates of the Contract are intended to provide for works duly and properly completed in accordance with the General and Special (if any) Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications and

with such enlargements, extensions, diminutions, reductions, alterations or additions as may be ordered in terms of Clause 42 of these conditions and without prejudice to the generality thereof and shall be deemed to include and cover superintendence and abour, supply, including full freight of materials, stores, patterns, profiles, moulds, fittings,

centerings, scaffolding, shoring props, timber, machinery, barracks, tackle, roads, pegs, posts, tools and all apparatus and plant required on the works, except such tools, plant or materials as may be specified in the contract to be supplied to the Contractor by the Railway, the erection, maintenance and removal of all temporary works and buildings, all watching, lighting, bailing, pumping and draining, all prevention of or compensation for trespass, all barriers and arrangements for the safety of the public or of employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for labour camps as may be prescribed by the

ll work and of the construction, repair and upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site clearance, all fees duties, royalties, rent and compensation to owners for surface damage or taxes and impositions payable to local

in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the work or other duties of expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any provision of law for the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contractsuch other incidental charges or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the

Demurrage And Wharfage Dues : Demurrage charges calculated in accordance with the scale in force for the time being on IRCTC and incurred by the Contractor failing to load or unload any goods of materials within the time allowed by IRCTC for loading as also wharfage charges, of materials not removed in time as also charges due on consignments booked by or to him shall be paid by the Contractor, failing which such charges shall be debited to the Contractor's account in the hands of IRCTC and shall be deducted from any sums which may become due to him in terms of the contracts.

Rates For Extra Items Of Works : Any item of work carried out by the Contractor on the instructions of the Engineer which is not included in the accepted Schedules of Rates shall be executed at the rates set forth in the "Schedule of Rates of Railway" modified by the tender percentage and such items are not contained in the latter, at the rate agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor before the execution of such items of work and the Contractors shall be bound to notify the Engineer at least seven days before the necessity arises for the execution of such items of works that the accepted Schedule of Rates does not include rate or rates for the extra work involved. The rates payable for such items shall be decided at the meeting to be held between the Engineer and Contractor, in as short a period as possible after the need for the special item has come to the notice. In case the Contractor fails to attend the meeting after being notified to do so or in the

where it affects part only of the works as an omission of such part or where it affects the

The rates, entered in the accepted Schedule of Rates of the Contract are intended to provide for works duly and properly completed in accordance with the General and Special (if any) Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications and

with such enlargements, extensions, diminutions, reductions, alterations or additions as may be ordered in terms of Clause 42 of these conditions and without prejudice to the generality thereof and shall be deemed to include and cover superintendence and abour, supply, including full freight of materials, stores, patterns, profiles, moulds, fittings,

centerings, scaffolding, shoring props, timber, machinery, barracks, tackle, roads, pegs, posts, pt such tools, plant or materials

as may be specified in the contract to be supplied to the Contractor by the Railway, the erection, maintenance and removal of all temporary works and buildings, all watching,

evention of or compensation for trespass, all barriers and arrangements for the safety of the public or of employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for labour camps as may be prescribed by the

ll work and of the construction, repair and upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site clearance, all fees duties, royalties, rent and compensation to owners for surface damage or taxes and impositions payable to local

in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the work or other duties of expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any provision of law for the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contract and all such other incidental charges or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the

Demurrage charges calculated in accordance urred by the Contractor failing to

load or unload any goods of materials within the time allowed by IRCTC for loading as also wharfage charges, of materials not removed in time as also charges due on consignments

ntractor, failing which such charges shall be debited to the Contractor's account in the hands of IRCTC and shall be deducted from any

rried out by the Contractor on the instructions of the Engineer which is not included in the accepted Schedules of Rates shall be executed at the rates set forth in the "Schedule of Rates of

contained in the latter, at the rate agreed upon between the Engineer and the Contractor before the execution of such items of work and the Contractors shall be bound to notify the Engineer at least seven days

of such items of works that the accepted Schedule of Rates does not include rate or rates for the extra work involved. The rates payable for such items shall be decided at the meeting to be held between the Engineer and

possible after the need for the special item has come to the notice. In case the Contractor fails to attend the meeting after being notified to do so or in the


Signature of Bidder

event of no settlement being arrived at, IRCTC shall be entitled to execute the extra works by other means and the Contractor shall have no claim for loss or damage that may result from such procedure. 39.(2) Provided that if the Contractor commences work or incurs any expenditure in regard thereto before the rates as determined and agreed upon as mentioned, then and in such a case the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of the rates as aforesaid according to the rates asContractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Engineer in this respect, he may appeal to the Group General Manager/supported by analysis of the rates claimed. Competent authority`s decision after hearing both the parties in the matter would be final and binding on the Contractor and IRCTC.40.(1) Handing Over Of Works :executed under the contract to IRCTC complete in all respects to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the date on which the work is considered to have been completed, in support of which his certificate shall be regarded as sufficient evidence for all purposes. The Engineer shall determine from time to time, the date on which any particular section of the work shall have been completed, and the contractor shall be bound to observe any such determination of the Engineer.40.(2) Clearance Of Site On Cshall clear away and remove from the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and works clean and in a workman like condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No final payment in settlement of the accounts for the works shall be paid, held to be due or shall be made to the, Contractor till, in addition to any other condition necessary for final payment, site clearancebeen affected by him, and such clearance may be made by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor in the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 7 days after receiving notice to that effect. Should it become necessary for cleared at the expenses of the Contractor, IRCTC shall not be held liable for any loss or damage to such of the Contractor's property as may be on the site and due to such removal there from which removal may be affected by meproperty or in such a way as deemed fit and convenient to the Engineer.

VARIATIONS IN EXTENT OF CONTRACT41. Modification to Contract of the contract requiring be modifying after the contract documents have been signed, the modifications shall be made in writing and signingwork shall proceed under such modifications until this has been done. Any verbal or written arrangement abandoning, modifying, extending, reducing or supplementing the contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on IRCTC


event of no settlement being arrived at, IRCTC shall be entitled to execute the extra works by other means and the Contractor shall have no claim for loss or damage that may result from

Provided that if the Contractor commences work or incurs any expenditure in regard thereto before the rates as determined and agreed upon as lastly hereuntoforementioned, then and in such a case the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of the rates as aforesaid according to the rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer. However, if the Contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Engineer in this respect, he may appeal to the Group General Manager/IRCTC within 30 days of getting the decision of the Engineer,

f the rates claimed. Competent authority`s decision after hearing both the parties in the matter would be final and binding on the Contractor and IRCTC.

Handing Over Of Works : The Contractor shall be bound to hand over the works contract to IRCTC complete in all respects to the satisfaction of the

Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the date on which the work is considered to have been completed, in support of which his certificate shall be regarded as sufficient evidence

ll purposes. The Engineer shall determine from time to time, the date on which any particular section of the work shall have been completed, and the contractor shall be bound to observe any such determination of the Engineer.

Clearance Of Site On Completion : On completion of the works, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and works clean and in a

ndition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No final payment in settlement of the accounts for the works shall be paid, held to be due or shall be made to the, Contractor till, in addition to any other condition necessary for final payment, site clearancebeen affected by him, and such clearance may be made by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor in the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 7 days after receiving notice to that effect. Should it become necessary for the Engineer to have the site cleared at the expenses of the Contractor, IRCTC shall not be held liable for any loss or damage to such of the Contractor's property as may be on the site and due to such removal there from which removal may be affected by means of public sales of such materials and property or in such a way as deemed fit and convenient to the Engineer.

VARIATIONS IN EXTENT OF CONTRACT Contract to Be In Writing: In the event of any of the provisions be modifying after the contract documents have been signed, the

modifications shall be made in writing and signing by IRCTC and the Contractor and no work shall proceed under such modifications until this has been done. Any verbal or written

t abandoning, modifying, extending, reducing or supplementing the contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on IRCTC

event of no settlement being arrived at, IRCTC shall be entitled to execute the extra works by other means and the Contractor shall have no claim for loss or damage that may result from

Provided that if the Contractor commences work or incurs any expenditure in lastly hereuntofore-

mentioned, then and in such a case the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of

shall be fixed by the Engineer. However, if the Contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Engineer in this respect, he may appeal to

within 30 days of getting the decision of the Engineer, f the rates claimed. Competent authority`s decision after hearing both

the parties in the matter would be final and binding on the Contractor and IRCTC. The Contractor shall be bound to hand over the works

contract to IRCTC complete in all respects to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine the date on which the work is considered to have been completed, in support of which his certificate shall be regarded as sufficient evidence

ll purposes. The Engineer shall determine from time to time, the date on which any particular section of the work shall have been completed, and the contractor shall be bound to

On completion of the works, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the site all constructional plant, surplus materials, rubbish and temporary works of every kind and leave the whole of the site and works clean and in a

ndition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No final payment in settlement of the accounts for the works shall be paid, held to be due or shall be made to the, Contractor till, in addition to any other condition necessary for final payment, site clearance shall have been affected by him, and such clearance may be made by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor in the event of his failure to comply with this provision within 7 days after

the Engineer to have the site cleared at the expenses of the Contractor, IRCTC shall not be held liable for any loss or damage to such of the Contractor's property as may be on the site and due to such removal

ans of public sales of such materials and

In the event of any of the provisions be modifying after the contract documents have been signed, the

by IRCTC and the Contractor and no work shall proceed under such modifications until this has been done. Any verbal or written

t abandoning, modifying, extending, reducing or supplementing the contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed conditional and shall not be binding on IRCTC


Signature of Bidder

unless and until the same is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the IRCTC and the Contractor, and till then IRCTC shall have the right to repudiate such arrangements.42.(1) Powers of Modification To Contract :entitled by order in writing to enlarge or extend, diminish or reduce the works alterations in their design, character position, site, quantities, dimensions or in the method of their execution or in the combination and use of materials for the execution thereof or to order any additional work to be done or any works not tbe entitled, to any compensation for any increase/reduction in the quantities of work but will be paid only for the actual amount of work done and for approved materials supplied against a specific order. 42.(2) (i) Unless otherwise specified in the special conditions of the contract, the

accepted variation in quantity of each individual item of the contract would be upto 25% of the quantity originally contracted, except in case of foundation work. The contractor shall be bound to carry out the work at the agreed rates and shall not be entitled to any claim or any compensation whatsoever upto the limit of 25% variation in quantity of individual item of works.

(ii) In case of earthwork, the variation limit of 25% shal quantity of earth work and variation in the quantities of individual classifications of soil shall not be subject to this limit. (iii) In case of foundation work, no variation limit shall apply and the work shall be carried out by the contractor on agreed rates irrespective of any variation. 42.(3) Valuation Of Variations :alterations or additions referred to in Subthe validity of the contract; but shall be performed by the Contractor as provided therein and be subject to the same conditions, stipulations and obligations as if they had been originally and expressively included and provided for in the Specifications and Drawingsamounts to be paid therefor shall be calculated in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Rates. Any extra items/quantities of work falling outside the purview of the provisions of Sub-Clause (2) above shall be paid for at the rates determined uConditions. 42.(4) Variations In Quantities During Execution Of Works Contracts : detailed below shall be adopted for dealing with variations in quantities during execution of works contracts:

1. Individual NS items inpayment would be made as per the agreement rate. For this, no finance concurrence would be required.

2. In case an increase in quantity of an individual item by more than 25% of the agreequantity is considered unavoidable, the same shall be got executed by floating a fresh tender. If floating a fresh tender for operating that item is considered not practicable,


unless and until the same is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the IRCTC d the Contractor, and till then IRCTC shall have the right to repudiate such arrangements.

Powers of Modification To Contract : The Engineer on behalf of IRCTC shall be entitled by order in writing to enlarge or extend, diminish or reduce the works alterations in their design, character position, site, quantities, dimensions or in the method of their execution or in the combination and use of materials for the execution thereof or to order any additional work to be done or any works not to be done and the contractor will not be entitled, to any compensation for any increase/reduction in the quantities of work but will be paid only for the actual amount of work done and for approved materials supplied against

Unless otherwise specified in the special conditions of the contract, the accepted variation in quantity of each individual item of the contract would be upto 25% of the quantity originally contracted, except in case of foundation work. The

l be bound to carry out the work at the agreed rates and shall not be entitled to any claim or any compensation whatsoever upto the limit of 25% variation in quantity of individual item of works.

In case of earthwork, the variation limit of 25% shall apply to the gross quantity of earth work and variation in the quantities of individual classifications of soil shall not be subject to this limit.

In case of foundation work, no variation limit shall apply and the work shall the contractor on agreed rates irrespective of any variation.

Valuation Of Variations : The enlargements, extensions, diminution, reduction, alterations or additions referred to in Sub-Clause (2) of this Clause shall in no degree affect

y of the contract; but shall be performed by the Contractor as provided therein and be subject to the same conditions, stipulations and obligations as if they had been originally and expressively included and provided for in the Specifications and Drawingsamounts to be paid therefor shall be calculated in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Rates. Any extra items/quantities of work falling outside the purview of the provisions of

Clause (2) above shall be paid for at the rates determined under Clause

Variations In Quantities During Execution Of Works Contracts : detailed below shall be adopted for dealing with variations in quantities during execution of works

Individual NS items in contracts shall be operated with variation of plus or minus 25% and payment would be made as per the agreement rate. For this, no finance concurrence would

In case an increase in quantity of an individual item by more than 25% of the agreequantity is considered unavoidable, the same shall be got executed by floating a fresh tender. If floating a fresh tender for operating that item is considered not practicable,

unless and until the same is incorporated in a formal instrument and signed by the IRCTC d the Contractor, and till then IRCTC shall have the right to repudiate such arrangements.

The Engineer on behalf of IRCTC shall be entitled by order in writing to enlarge or extend, diminish or reduce the works or make any alterations in their design, character position, site, quantities, dimensions or in the method of their execution or in the combination and use of materials for the execution thereof or to

o be done and the contractor will not be entitled, to any compensation for any increase/reduction in the quantities of work but will be paid only for the actual amount of work done and for approved materials supplied against

Unless otherwise specified in the special conditions of the contract, the accepted variation in quantity of each individual item of the contract would be upto 25% of the quantity originally contracted, except in case of foundation work. The

l be bound to carry out the work at the agreed rates and shall not be entitled to any claim or any compensation whatsoever upto the limit of 25% variation

l apply to the gross quantity of earth work and variation in the quantities of individual classifications of

In case of foundation work, no variation limit shall apply and the work shall the contractor on agreed rates irrespective of any variation.

The enlargements, extensions, diminution, reduction, Clause (2) of this Clause shall in no degree affect

y of the contract; but shall be performed by the Contractor as provided therein and be subject to the same conditions, stipulations and obligations as if they had been originally and expressively included and provided for in the Specifications and Drawings and the amounts to be paid therefor shall be calculated in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Rates. Any extra items/quantities of work falling outside the purview of the provisions of

nder Clause-39 of these

Variations In Quantities During Execution Of Works Contracts : The procedure detailed below shall be adopted for dealing with variations in quantities during execution of works

contracts shall be operated with variation of plus or minus 25% and payment would be made as per the agreement rate. For this, no finance concurrence would

In case an increase in quantity of an individual item by more than 25% of the agreement quantity is considered unavoidable, the same shall be got executed by floating a fresh tender. If floating a fresh tender for operating that item is considered not practicable,


Signature of Bidder

quantity of that item may be operated in excess of 125% of the agreement qto the following conditions:

(a) Operation of an item by more than 125% of the agreement quantity needs the approval of Group General Manager

(i) Quantities operated in excess of 125% but uptconcerned item, shall be paid at 98% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender;

(ii) Quantities operated in excess of 140% but upto 150% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item shall be paitender;

(iii) Variation in quantities of individual items beyond 150% will be prohibited and would be permitted only in exceptional unavoidable circumstances with the concurrence of associate finance and shall be paid at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender.

(b) The variation in quantities as per the above formula will apply only to the Individual items of the contract and not on the overall contract value.

(c) Execution of quantities beyond 150% of the overall agreemental value should not be permitted and, if found necessary, should be only through fresh tenders or by negotiating with existing contractor, with prior personal concurrence and approval of competent authority.

43.(1) Monthly Statement Of Claims :Engineer once in every month an account giving full and detailed particulars of all claims for any additional expenses to which the Contractor may considerextra or additional works ordered by the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month and no claim for payment for and such work will be considered which has not been included in such particulars.43.(2) Signing Of "No Claim" Certificate :any claim whatsoever against IRCTC under or by virtue of or arising out of this contract, nor shall IRCTC entertain or consider any such claim, if made by the Contractor, after he shhave signed a "No Claim" Certificate in favour of the IRCTC in such form as shall be required by the IRCTC after the works are finally measured up. The Contactor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the items covered by "No Claim" Certifdemanding a clearance to arbitration in respect thereof.

MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS44. Quantities in Schedule Annexed To accepted Schedule of Rates with items of works quantified are the estiworks and they shall not be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the work to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the contract.


quantity of that item may be operated in excess of 125% of the agreement qto the following conditions: Operation of an item by more than 125% of the agreement quantity needs the approval of Group General Manager IRCTC/Competent Authority nominated by IRCTCQuantities operated in excess of 125% but upto 140% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item, shall be paid at 98% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular

Quantities operated in excess of 140% but upto 150% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item shall be paid at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular

Variation in quantities of individual items beyond 150% will be prohibited and would be permitted only in exceptional unavoidable circumstances with the concurrence of associate inance and shall be paid at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender.

The variation in quantities as per the above formula will apply only to the Individual items of the contract and not on the overall contract value.

tion of quantities beyond 150% of the overall agreemental value should not be permitted and, if found necessary, should be only through fresh tenders or by negotiating with existing contractor, with prior personal concurrence and approval of competent

CLAIMS Monthly Statement Of Claims : The Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the

Engineer once in every month an account giving full and detailed particulars of all claims for any additional expenses to which the Contractor may consider himself entitled to and of all extra or additional works ordered by the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month and no claim for payment for and such work will be considered which has not been included in such particulars.

Of "No Claim" Certificate : The Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim whatsoever against IRCTC under or by virtue of or arising out of this contract, nor shall IRCTC entertain or consider any such claim, if made by the Contractor, after he shhave signed a "No Claim" Certificate in favour of the IRCTC in such form as shall be required by the IRCTC after the works are finally measured up. The Contactor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the items covered by "No Claim" Certifdemanding a clearance to arbitration in respect thereof.

MEASUREMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS Schedule Annexed To Contract: The quantities set out in the

accepted Schedule of Rates with items of works quantified are the estimated quantities of the works and they shall not be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the work to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the contract.

quantity of that item may be operated in excess of 125% of the agreement quantity subject

Operation of an item by more than 125% of the agreement quantity needs the approval of IRCTC/Competent Authority nominated by IRCTC.

o 140% of the agreement quantity of the concerned item, shall be paid at 98% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular

Quantities operated in excess of 140% but upto 150% of the agreement quantity of the d at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular

Variation in quantities of individual items beyond 150% will be prohibited and would be permitted only in exceptional unavoidable circumstances with the concurrence of associate inance and shall be paid at 96% of the rate awarded for that item in that particular tender.

The variation in quantities as per the above formula will apply only to the Individual items

tion of quantities beyond 150% of the overall agreemental value should not be permitted and, if found necessary, should be only through fresh tenders or by negotiating with existing contractor, with prior personal concurrence and approval of competent

The Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the Engineer once in every month an account giving full and detailed particulars of all claims for

himself entitled to and of all extra or additional works ordered by the Engineer which he has executed during the preceding month and no claim for payment for and such work will be considered which has

The Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim whatsoever against IRCTC under or by virtue of or arising out of this contract, nor shall IRCTC entertain or consider any such claim, if made by the Contractor, after he shall have signed a "No Claim" Certificate in favour of the IRCTC in such form as shall be required by the IRCTC after the works are finally measured up. The Contactor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the items covered by "No Claim" Certificate or

The quantities set out in the mated quantities of the

works and they shall not be taken as the actual and correct quantities of the work to be executed by the Contractor in fulfillment of his obligations under the contract.


Signature of Bidder

45. Measurement of Works:the accepted Schedule of Rates and for extra works at rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions on the measurements taken by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in accordance with the rules prescribed for the puitems the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is 100 or 1000 shall be calculated to the nearest whole number, any fraction below half being dropped and half and above being taken as one; for items the unitquantities shall be calculated to two places of decimals. Such measurements will be taken of the work in progress from time to time and at such intervals as in the opinion of the Engineer shall be proper having regard to the progress of works. The date and time on which ‘on account’ or ‘final’ measurements are to be made shall be communicated to the Contractor who shall be present at the site and shall sign the results of the measurements (which shall also be signed by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative) recorded in the official measurements book as an acknowledgement of his acceptance of the accuracy of the measurements. Failing the Contractor's attendance, the work may be measured up in hisabsence and such measurements shall, notwithstanding such absence, be binding upon the Contractor whether or not he shall have signed the measurement books provided always that any objection made by him to measurement shall be duly investigated and considmanner set out below:

(a) It shall be open to the Contractor to take specific objection to any recorded measurements or Classification on any ground within seven days of the date of such measurements. Any rerepresentative in the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has been given to him in consequence of objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall thereaentertained regarding the accuracy and classification of the measurements.

(b) If an objection raised by the Contractor is found by the Engineer to be incorrect the Contractor shall be liable to pay the actual expenses incurred in measurements.

46.(1) "On-Account " Payments :to time by way of "On-Account" payment only for such works as in the opinion of the Engineer he has executed in terms of the contract. All payments due on the Engineer's orEngineer's Representative's certificates of measurements shall be subject to any deductions which may be made under these presents and shall further be subject to, unless otherwise required by Clause 16 of these Conditions, a retention of ten percent Deposits, until the amount of Security Deposit by way of retained earnest money and such retentions shall amount to 10% of the total value of the contract provided always that the Engineer may by any certificate make any correction or mocertificate which shall have been issued by him and that the Engineer may withhold any certificate, if the works or any part thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction. 46.(2) Rounding Off Amounts :rounded off to the nearest rupee, i.e. sum less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sums of 50 paise and more upto Rs.1 will be reckoned as Rs. 1.


Works: The Contractor shall be paid for the works at the rates in the accepted Schedule of Rates and for extra works at rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions on the measurements taken by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in accordance with the rules prescribed for the purpose by the IRCTC. The quantities for items the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is 100 or 1000 shall be calculated to the nearest whole number, any fraction below half being dropped and half and above being taken as one; for items the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is quantities shall be calculated to two places of decimals. Such measurements will be taken of the work in progress from time to time and at such intervals as in the opinion of the Engineer

per having regard to the progress of works. The date and time on which ‘on account’ or ‘final’ measurements are to be made shall be communicated to the Contractor who shall be present at the site and shall sign the results of the measurements (which shall also be signed by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative) recorded in the official measurements book as an acknowledgement of his acceptance of the accuracy of the measurements. Failing the Contractor's attendance, the work may be measured up in hisabsence and such measurements shall, notwithstanding such absence, be binding upon the Contractor whether or not he shall have signed the measurement books provided always that any objection made by him to measurement shall be duly investigated and consid

It shall be open to the Contractor to take specific objection to any recorded measurements or Classification on any ground within seven days of the date of such measurements. Any re-measurement taken by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has been given to him in consequence of objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall thereaentertained regarding the accuracy and classification of the measurements.If an objection raised by the Contractor is found by the Engineer to be incorrect the Contractor shall be liable to pay the actual expenses incurred in measurements.

Account " Payments : The Contractor shall be entitled to be paid from time Account" payment only for such works as in the opinion of the

Engineer he has executed in terms of the contract. All payments due on the Engineer's orEngineer's Representative's certificates of measurements shall be subject to any deductions which may be made under these presents and shall further be subject to, unless otherwise required by Clause 16 of these Conditions, a retention of ten percent by way of Security Deposits, until the amount of Security Deposit by way of retained earnest money and such retentions shall amount to 10% of the total value of the contract provided always that the Engineer may by any certificate make any correction or modification in any previous certificate which shall have been issued by him and that the Engineer may withhold any certificate, if the works or any part thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.

Rounding Off Amounts : The total amount due on each certificate shall be rounded off to the nearest rupee, i.e. sum less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sums of 50 paise and more upto Rs.1 will be reckoned as Rs. 1.

e works at the rates in the accepted Schedule of Rates and for extra works at rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions on the measurements taken by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative

rpose by the IRCTC. The quantities for items the unit of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is 100 or 1000 shall be calculated to the nearest whole number, any fraction below half being dropped and half and above being

of which in the accepted Schedule of Rates is Two, the quantities shall be calculated to two places of decimals. Such measurements will be taken of the work in progress from time to time and at such intervals as in the opinion of the Engineer

per having regard to the progress of works. The date and time on which ‘on account’ or ‘final’ measurements are to be made shall be communicated to the Contractor who shall be present at the site and shall sign the results of the measurements (which shall also be signed by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative) recorded in the official measurements book as an acknowledgement of his acceptance of the accuracy of the measurements. Failing the Contractor's attendance, the work may be measured up in his absence and such measurements shall, notwithstanding such absence, be binding upon the Contractor whether or not he shall have signed the measurement books provided always that any objection made by him to measurement shall be duly investigated and considered in the

It shall be open to the Contractor to take specific objection to any recorded measurements or Classification on any ground within seven days of the date of such

or the Engineer's representative in the presence of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has been given to him in consequence of objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor and no claim whatsoever shall thereafter be entertained regarding the accuracy and classification of the measurements. If an objection raised by the Contractor is found by the Engineer to be incorrect the Contractor shall be liable to pay the actual expenses incurred in measurements.

The Contractor shall be entitled to be paid from time Account" payment only for such works as in the opinion of the

Engineer he has executed in terms of the contract. All payments due on the Engineer's or the Engineer's Representative's certificates of measurements shall be subject to any deductions which may be made under these presents and shall further be subject to, unless otherwise

by way of Security Deposits, until the amount of Security Deposit by way of retained earnest money and such retentions shall amount to 10% of the total value of the contract provided always that the

dification in any previous certificate which shall have been issued by him and that the Engineer may withhold any certificate, if the works or any part thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.

ue on each certificate shall be rounded off to the nearest rupee, i.e. sum less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sums of 50


Signature of Bidder

46.(3) On Account Payments Not Prejudicial To Final Settlement :payments made to the Contractor shall be without prejudice to the final making up of the accounts (except where measurements are specifically noted in the Measurement Book as "Final Measurements" and as such have been signed by the Contractor) and shall inrespect be considered or used as evidence of any facts stated in or to be inferred from such accounts nor of any particular quantity of work having been executed nor of the manner of its execution being satisfactory. 46.(4) Manner Of Payment :be made by cheque; but no cheque will be issued for and amount less than Rs.100.46A. Price Variation Clause (PVC) :46A.1 Applicability: Price Variation Clause (PVC) shall be applicable only for tende

value as prescribed by the Ministry of Railways through instructions/circulars issued from time to time and irrespective of the contract completion period. Materials supplied free of cost by Railway to the contractors shall fall outside the purview of Price Variation Clause. If, in any case, accepted offer includes some specific payment to be made to consultants or some materials supplied by Railway free or at fixed rate, such payments shall be excluded from the gross value of the work for the purpose

46A.2 Base Month: The Base Month for ‘Price Variation Clause’ shall be taken as month of opening of tender including extensions, if any, unless otherwise stated elsewhere. The quarter for applicability of PVC shall commenmonth of opening of tender. The Price Variation shall be based on the average Price Index of the quarter under consideration.

46A.3 Validity: Rates accepted by Railway Administration shall hold good till completion of work and no additional individual claim shall be admissible on account of fluctuations in market rates, increase in taxes/any other levies/tolls etc. except that payment/recovery for overall market situation shall be made as per Price Variation Clause given hereunder.

46A.4 Adjustment for variation in prices of material, labour, fuel, explosives, detonators, steel, concreting, ferrous, nondetermined in the manner prescribed.

46A.5 Components of various items in a contract on which vadmissible, shall be Material, Labour, Fuel, Explosives, Detonators, Steel, Cement & Lime, Concreting, Ferrous, Nonfor fixed components, no price variation shall be admissible.

46A.6 The percentages of labour component, material component, fuel component etc. in various types of Engineering Works shall be as under :

Component (A) Earthwork Contracts :


On Account Payments Not Prejudicial To Final Settlement :payments made to the Contractor shall be without prejudice to the final making up of the accounts (except where measurements are specifically noted in the Measurement Book as "Final Measurements" and as such have been signed by the Contractor) and shall inrespect be considered or used as evidence of any facts stated in or to be inferred from such accounts nor of any particular quantity of work having been executed nor of the manner of its

Manner Of Payment : Unless otherwise specified payments to the Contractor will

be made by cheque; but no cheque will be issued for and amount less than Rs.100.Price Variation Clause (PVC) :

Price Variation Clause (PVC) shall be applicable only for tendevalue as prescribed by the Ministry of Railways through instructions/circulars issued from time to time and irrespective of the contract completion period. Materials supplied free of cost by Railway to the contractors shall fall outside the

f Price Variation Clause. If, in any case, accepted offer includes some specific payment to be made to consultants or some materials supplied by Railway free or at fixed rate, such payments shall be excluded from the gross value of the work for the purpose of payment/recovery of price variation.

The Base Month for ‘Price Variation Clause’ shall be taken as month of opening of tender including extensions, if any, unless otherwise stated elsewhere. The quarter for applicability of PVC shall commence from the month following the month of opening of tender. The Price Variation shall be based on the average Price Index of the quarter under consideration.

Rates accepted by Railway Administration shall hold good till completion additional individual claim shall be admissible on account of

fluctuations in market rates, increase in taxes/any other levies/tolls etc. except that payment/recovery for overall market situation shall be made as per Price Variation Clause given hereunder. Adjustment for variation in prices of material, labour, fuel, explosives, detonators, steel, concreting, ferrous, non-ferrous, insulators, zinc and cement shall be determined in the manner prescribed. Components of various items in a contract on which variation in prices be admissible, shall be Material, Labour, Fuel, Explosives, Detonators, Steel, Cement & Lime, Concreting, Ferrous, Non-ferrous, Insulator, Zinc, Erection etc. However, for fixed components, no price variation shall be admissible. The percentages of labour component, material component, fuel component etc. in various types of Engineering Works shall be as under :

Percentage Component Earthwork Contracts :

On Account Payments Not Prejudicial To Final Settlement : "On-Account" payments made to the Contractor shall be without prejudice to the final making up of the accounts (except where measurements are specifically noted in the Measurement Book as "Final Measurements" and as such have been signed by the Contractor) and shall in no respect be considered or used as evidence of any facts stated in or to be inferred from such accounts nor of any particular quantity of work having been executed nor of the manner of its

Unless otherwise specified payments to the Contractor will be made by cheque; but no cheque will be issued for and amount less than Rs.100.

Price Variation Clause (PVC) shall be applicable only for tenders of value as prescribed by the Ministry of Railways through instructions/circulars issued from time to time and irrespective of the contract completion period. Materials supplied free of cost by Railway to the contractors shall fall outside the

f Price Variation Clause. If, in any case, accepted offer includes some specific payment to be made to consultants or some materials supplied by Railway free or at fixed rate, such payments shall be excluded from the gross value of the

The Base Month for ‘Price Variation Clause’ shall be taken as month of opening of tender including extensions, if any, unless otherwise stated elsewhere.

ce from the month following the month of opening of tender. The Price Variation shall be based on the average Price

Rates accepted by Railway Administration shall hold good till completion additional individual claim shall be admissible on account of

fluctuations in market rates, increase in taxes/any other levies/tolls etc. except that payment/recovery for overall market situation shall be made as per Price Variation Adjustment for variation in prices of material, labour, fuel, explosives, detonators,

ferrous, insulators, zinc and cement shall be ariation in prices be

admissible, shall be Material, Labour, Fuel, Explosives, Detonators, Steel, Cement ferrous, Insulator, Zinc, Erection etc. However,

The percentages of labour component, material component, fuel component etc. in Percentage


Signature of Bidder

Labour Component Fuel Component

(B) Ballast and Quarry Products Contracts :Labour Component Fuel Component

(C) Tunneling Contracts :Labour Component Fuel Component Explosive Component

(D) Other Works Contracts :Labour Component Material Component

* It shall not be considered for any 46A.7 Formulae : The Amount of variation in prices in several components (labour

material etc.) shall be worked out by the following formulae :(i) L = W x (L LB (ii) M = W x (M MB (iii) F = W x (F FB (iv) E = W x (E EB (v) D = W x (D DB (vi) S = SW x (S(vii) C = CV x (C For Railway Electrification Works

[

(viii) T = [(CS - C(ix) R = [(RT - R(x) N = [(PT - P(xi) Z = [(ZT - Z(xii) I = [(IT – IO) / I


Labour Component 50% Other Material Components 20% Fixed Component *

Ballast and Quarry Products Contracts : Labour Component 55% Other Material Components

15% Fixed Component * Contracts :

Labour Component 45% Detonators Component 15% Other Material Components

Explosive Component 15% Fixed Component * Other Works Contracts : Labour Component 30% Fuel Component Material Component 40% Fixed Component *

It shall not be considered for any price variation. The Amount of variation in prices in several components (labour

material etc.) shall be worked out by the following formulae : W x (LQ – LB) x LC

100 W x (MQ – MB) x MC

100 W x (FQ – FB) x FC

100 W x (EQ – EB) x EC

100 W x (DQ – DB) x DC

100 x (SQ – SB) x (CQ – CB) / CB

For Railway Electrification Works :

CO) / CO x 0.4136] x TC RO) / RO + (ZT - ZO) / ZO x 0.06] x RC PO) / PO] x NC ZO) / ZO] x ZC

) / IT] x 85

Other Material Components 15% 15%

Other Material Components 15% 15%

5% Other Material Components 5%

15%

15% 15%

The Amount of variation in prices in several components (labour


Signature of Bidder

Where, L Amount of price variation in Labour M Amount of price variation in Materials F Amount of price variation in Fuel E Amount of price variation in Explosives D Amount of price variation in Detonators S Amount of price variation in SteelC Amount of price variation in CementT Amount of price variation in ConcretingR Amount of price variation in Ferrous ItemsN Amount of price variation in NonZ Amount of price variation in Zinc I Amount of price variation in Insulator LC % of Labour Component MC % of Material Component FC % of Fuel Component EC % of Explosive Component DC % of Detonators Component TC % of Concreting Component RC % of Ferrous ComponentNC % of Non-Ferrous Component ZC % of Zinc Component W Gross value of work done by contractor as per on

of materials supplied by Railway at fixed price, minus the price values of cement and steel. This will also exclude specific payment, if any, to be made to the consultants engaged bcontractor’s offer)

LB Consumer Price Index Number for Industrial Workers R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period

LQ Consumer Price Index Number for Industrial Workers R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

MB Index Number of Wholesale Prices commodities

MQ Index Number of Wholesale Prices commodities the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

FB Index Number of Wholesale Prices Power as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period

FQ Index Number of Wholesale Prices Power as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter un


Amount of price variation in Labour Amount of price variation in Materials Amount of price variation in Fuel Amount of price variation in Explosives Amount of price variation in Detonators Amount of price variation in Steel Amount of price variation in Cement Amount of price variation in Concreting Amount of price variation in Ferrous Items Amount of price variation in Non-Ferrous Items Amount of price variation in Zinc Amount of price variation in Insulator

of Labour Component % of Material Component % of Fuel Component % of Explosive Component % of Detonators Component % of Concreting Component % of Ferrous Component

Ferrous Component % of Zinc Component

value of work done by contractor as per on-account bill(s), excluding cost of materials supplied by Railway at fixed price, minus the price values of cement and steel. This will also exclude specific payment, if any, to be made to the consultants engaged by contractors (such payment shall be indicated in the contractor’s offer) Consumer Price Index Number for Industrial Workers - All India : Published in R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period Consumer Price Index Number for Industrial Workers - All India : Published in R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration Index Number of Wholesale Prices – By Groups and Sub-Groups : All commodities – as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period Index Number of Wholesale Prices – By Groups and Sub-Groups : All commodities – as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration Index Number of Wholesale Prices – By Groups and Sub-GroupPower as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period Index Number of Wholesale Prices – By Groups and Sub-Groups for Fuel and Power as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

account bill(s), excluding cost of materials supplied by Railway at fixed price, minus the price values of cement and steel. This will also exclude specific payment, if any, to be made to the

y contractors (such payment shall be indicated in the All India : Published in

ia : Published in R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under

Groups : All as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the base period

Groups : All as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of

Groups for Fuel and Groups for Fuel and

Power as published in the R.B.I. Bulletin for the average price index of the 3


Signature of Bidder

EB Cost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the base period

EQ Cost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract offrom whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

DB Cost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of

DQ Cost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators are made by the contractor for the average price index of the 3 months of the qua

SW Weight of steel in tonne, supplied by the contractor as per the ‘onthe month under consideration

SQ SAIL’s (Steel Authority of India Limited) exthereof (in rupees per tonne) for tcontractor, as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the steel was purchased by the contractor (or) as prevailing on the first day of the month in which steel was brought to the site by the contract

In case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the price of steel, as notified in the last available month shall be taken

SB SAIL’s ex-works price plus Excise Duty thereof (in Rs. per tonne) for the relcategory of steel supplied by the contractor as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the tender was opened

In case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the price of steel, as notified in the last availabl

CV Value of Cement supplied by Contractor as per on account bill in the quarter under consideration

CB Index No. of Wholesale Price of subRBI Bulletin for the base period

CQ Index No. of RBI Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration

CS RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is six months prior to date of ca

Co RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender

RT IEEMA price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material.

RO IEEMA price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender.

PT IEEMA price for Copper wire bar for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material.

PO IEEMA price for Copper wire bar for the montof opening of tender.

ZT IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material


Cost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the base periodCost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract offrom whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration Cost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators are made by the contractor for the base periodCost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators are made by the contractor for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration Weight of steel in tonne, supplied by the contractor as per the ‘onthe month under consideration SAIL’s (Steel Authority of India Limited) ex-works price plus Excise Duty thereof (in rupees per tonne) for the relevant category of steel supplied by the contractor, as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the steel was purchased by the contractor (or) as prevailing on the first day of the month in which steel was brought to the site by the contractor, whichever is lowerIn case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the price of steel, as notified in the last available month shall be taken

works price plus Excise Duty thereof (in Rs. per tonne) for the relcategory of steel supplied by the contractor as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the tender was opened In case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the price of steel, as notified in the last available month shall be takenValue of Cement supplied by Contractor as per on account bill in the quarter under consideration Index No. of Wholesale Price of sub-group (of Cement & Lime) as published in RBI Bulletin for the base period Index No. of Wholesale Price of sub-group (of Cement & Lime) as published in RBI Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is six months prior to date of casting of foundation RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender IEEMA price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material.

price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender. IEEMA price for Copper wire bar for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material. IEEMA price for Copper wire bar for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender. IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material

Cost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the base period Cost of explosives, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives are made by the contractor for the average Cost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm

detonators are made by the contractor for the base period Cost of detonators, as fixed by DGS&D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators are made by the contractor for the average Weight of steel in tonne, supplied by the contractor as per the ‘on-account’ bill for

works price plus Excise Duty he relevant category of steel supplied by the

contractor, as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the steel was purchased by the contractor (or) as prevailing on the first day of the month in

or, whichever is lower In case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the price of steel, as notified in the last available month shall be taken

works price plus Excise Duty thereof (in Rs. per tonne) for the relevant category of steel supplied by the contractor as prevailing on the first day of the In case, there is no notification by SAIL for the month under consideration, the

e month shall be taken Value of Cement supplied by Contractor as per on account bill in the quarter under

group (of Cement & Lime) as published in group (of Cement & Lime) as published in

RBI Bulletin for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is six months RBI wholesale price index for cement & lime for the month which is one month IEEMA price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is two months prior to

price index for Iron & Steel for the month which is one month prior to IEEMA price for Copper wire bar for the month which is two months prior to date

h which is one month prior to date IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is two months prior to date of


Signature of Bidder

ZO IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender

IT RBI wholesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is two months prior to date of inspection of material

IO RBI wholesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender

46A.8 The demands for escalation of cost shall be allowed on the basis of provisional indices made available by Reserve Bank of India. Any adjustment needed to be done based on the finally published indices shall be made as and when they become available.

46A.9 Relevant categories of steel for the purpose of operating Price Variation formula, as mentioned in this Clause, based on SAIL’s exthereof, shall be as under :

SL

Category Of Steel Supplied In Railway Work

1 Reinforcement bars and other rounds

2. All types and sizes of angles3. All types and sizes o4. All types and sizes of channels

and joists 5. Any other section of steel not

covered in the above categories and excluding HTS

46A.10 Price Variation During Extended Period Of Contract The price adjustment as worked out above, i.e. either increase or decrease shall be

applicable upto the stipulated date of period of completion where such extension has been granted under Clause 17the Standard General Conditions of Contract. However, where extension of time has been granted due to contractor’s failure under ClausConditions of Contract, price adjustment shall be done as follows :

(a) In case the indices increase above the indices applicable to the last month of original completion period or the extended period under Clause 17adjustment for the period of extension granted under Clause 17the amount payable as per the Indices applicable to the last month of the original completion period or the extended period under Clause 17General Conditions of Contract; as the case may be.

(b) In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to the last month of original/ extended period of completion under Clause 17


IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is one month prior to date of opening holesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is

two months prior to date of inspection of material RBI wholesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is one month prior to date of opening of tender

mands for escalation of cost shall be allowed on the basis of provisional indices made available by Reserve Bank of India. Any adjustment needed to be done based on the finally published indices shall be made as and when they become available.

tegories of steel for the purpose of operating Price Variation formula, as mentioned in this Clause, based on SAIL’s ex-works price plus Excise Duty thereof, shall be as under :

Category Of Steel Supplied In Railway Work

Category Of Steel Produced By Works Price Plus Excise Duty Would Be Adopted

To Determine Price VariationReinforcement bars and other TMT 8mm IS 1786 Fe 415/Fe 500All types and sizes of angles Angle 65 x 65 x 6 mm IS 2062 E250A SKAll types and sizes of plates PM Plates above 10-20 mm IS 2062 E250A SKAll types and sizes of channels Channels 200 x 75 mm IS 2062 E250A SKAny other section of steel not covered in the above categories and excluding HTS

Average of price for the 3 categories covered under SL 1, 2 & 3 above

Price Variation During Extended Period Of Contract The price adjustment as worked out above, i.e. either increase or decrease shall be applicable upto the stipulated date of completion of work including the extended period of completion where such extension has been granted under Clause 17the Standard General Conditions of Contract. However, where extension of time has been granted due to contractor’s failure under Clause 17-B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract, price adjustment shall be done as follows : In case the indices increase above the indices applicable to the last month of original completion period or the extended period under Clause 17adjustment for the period of extension granted under Clause 17-B shall be limited to the amount payable as per the Indices applicable to the last month of the original completion period or the extended period under Clause 17-A of the Standard

l Conditions of Contract; as the case may be. In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to the last month of original/ extended period of completion under Clause 17-A, as the case may be; then the

IEEMA price for Zinc for the month which is one month prior to date of opening holesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is

RBI wholesale price index for Structural Clay Products for the month which is one

mands for escalation of cost shall be allowed on the basis of provisional indices made available by Reserve Bank of India. Any adjustment needed to be done based on the finally published indices shall be made as and when they become available.

tegories of steel for the purpose of operating Price Variation formula, as works price plus Excise Duty

Category Of Steel Produced By SAIL Whose Ex-Works Price Plus Excise Duty Would Be Adopted

To Determine Price Variation TMT 8mm IS 1786 Fe 415/Fe 500 Angle 65 x 65 x 6 mm IS 2062 E250A SK

20 mm IS 2062 E250A SK Channels 200 x 75 mm IS 2062 E250A SK Average of price for the 3 categories covered under

The price adjustment as worked out above, i.e. either increase or decrease shall be completion of work including the extended

period of completion where such extension has been granted under Clause 17-A of the Standard General Conditions of Contract. However, where extension of time has

B of the Standard General

In case the indices increase above the indices applicable to the last month of original completion period or the extended period under Clause 17-A, the price

B shall be limited to the amount payable as per the Indices applicable to the last month of the original

A of the Standard In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to the last month of original/

A, as the case may be; then the


Signature of Bidder

lower indices shall be adopted for the pricunder Clause 17-B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract.

47. Maintenance Of Works :continuance of the works and also for the period of maintenanceForm after the date of passing of the certificate of completion by the Engineer or any other earlier date subsequent to the completion of the works that may be fixed by the Engineer be responsible for and effectively maintain and ucondition all and every part of the works and shall make good from time to time and at all times as often as the Engineer shall require, any damage or defect that may during the above period arise in or be discovered or be in any way connected with the works, provided that such damage or defect is not directly caused by errors in the contract documents, act of providence or insurrection or civil riot, and the Contractor shall be liable for and shall pay and make good to IRCTC or other persons legally entitled thereto whenever required by the Engineer so to do, all losses, damages, costs and expenses they or any of them may incur or be put or be liable to by reasons or in consequence of the operations of the Contrahis failure in any respect. 48.(1) Certificate Of Completion Of Works : the work has been completed and has satisfactorily passed any final test or tests that may be prescribed, the Engineer shall issucompletion in respect of the work and the period of maintenance of the work shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in such certificate. The Engineer may also issue such a certificate indicating date of completion with respect to any part of the work (before the completion of the whole of work), which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and occupied or used by the Railway. When any such certificate is given in resof part of a work, such part shall be considered as completed and the period of maintenance of such part shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in the completion certificate issued for that part of the work.48.(2) Contractor Not AbsolveCompletion in respect of the works referred to in Subabsolve the Contractor from his liability to make good any defects imperfections, shrinkages or faults which may appear during the period of maintenance specified in the tender arising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or workmanship not in accordance with the drawings or specifications or instruction of the Engineer, which defects, imperfections, shrinkages or faults shall upon the direction in writing of the Engineer be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost; and in case of default on the part of Contractor, the Engineer may employ labour and materials or appoint another Contractor to amend good such defects, imperfections, shrinkages and faults and all expenses consequent thereon and incidental thereto shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be recoverable from any moneys due to him under the contract.


lower indices shall be adopted for the price adjustment for the period of extension B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract.

Maintenance Of Works : The Contractor shall at all times during the progress and continuance of the works and also for the period of maintenance specified in the Tender Form after the date of passing of the certificate of completion by the Engineer or any other earlier date subsequent to the completion of the works that may be fixed by the Engineer be responsible for and effectively maintain and uphold in good substantial, sound and perfect condition all and every part of the works and shall make good from time to time and at all times as often as the Engineer shall require, any damage or defect that may during the above

vered or be in any way connected with the works, provided that such damage or defect is not directly caused by errors in the contract documents, act of providence or insurrection or civil riot, and the Contractor shall be liable for and shall pay

good to IRCTC or other persons legally entitled thereto whenever required by the Engineer so to do, all losses, damages, costs and expenses they or any of them may incur or be put or be liable to by reasons or in consequence of the operations of the Contra

Certificate Of Completion Of Works : As soon as in the opinion of the Engineer, the work has been completed and has satisfactorily passed any final test or tests that may be prescribed, the Engineer shall issue a certificate of completion duly indicating the date of completion in respect of the work and the period of maintenance of the work shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in such certificate. The Engineer may also issue such

ndicating date of completion with respect to any part of the work (before the completion of the whole of work), which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and occupied or used by the Railway. When any such certificate is given in resof part of a work, such part shall be considered as completed and the period of maintenance of such part shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in the completion certificate issued for that part of the work.

Contractor Not Absolved By Completion Certificate : The Certificate of Completion in respect of the works referred to in Sub-Clause (1) of this Clause shall not absolve the Contractor from his liability to make good any defects imperfections, shrinkages

ar during the period of maintenance specified in the tender arising in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or workmanship not in accordance with the drawings or specifications or instruction of the Engineer, which defects, imperfections,

or faults shall upon the direction in writing of the Engineer be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost; and in case of default on the part of Contractor, the Engineer may employ labour and materials or appoint another Contractor to amend good such defects, imperfections, shrinkages and faults and all expenses consequent thereon and incidental thereto shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be recoverable from any moneys due to him under the contract.

e adjustment for the period of extension B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract.

The Contractor shall at all times during the progress and specified in the Tender

Form after the date of passing of the certificate of completion by the Engineer or any other earlier date subsequent to the completion of the works that may be fixed by the Engineer be

phold in good substantial, sound and perfect condition all and every part of the works and shall make good from time to time and at all times as often as the Engineer shall require, any damage or defect that may during the above

vered or be in any way connected with the works, provided that such damage or defect is not directly caused by errors in the contract documents, act of providence or insurrection or civil riot, and the Contractor shall be liable for and shall pay

good to IRCTC or other persons legally entitled thereto whenever required by the Engineer so to do, all losses, damages, costs and expenses they or any of them may incur or be put or be liable to by reasons or in consequence of the operations of the Contractor or of

As soon as in the opinion of the Engineer, the work has been completed and has satisfactorily passed any final test or tests that may be

e a certificate of completion duly indicating the date of completion in respect of the work and the period of maintenance of the work shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in such certificate. The Engineer may also issue such

ndicating date of completion with respect to any part of the work (before the completion of the whole of work), which has been both completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and occupied or used by the Railway. When any such certificate is given in respect of part of a work, such part shall be considered as completed and the period of maintenance of such part shall commence from the date of completion mentioned in the completion

The Certificate of Clause (1) of this Clause shall not

absolve the Contractor from his liability to make good any defects imperfections, shrinkages ar during the period of maintenance specified in the tender arising

in the opinion of the Engineer from materials or workmanship not in accordance with the drawings or specifications or instruction of the Engineer, which defects, imperfections,

or faults shall upon the direction in writing of the Engineer be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost; and in case of default on the part of Contractor, the Engineer may employ labour and materials or appoint another Contractor to amend and make good such defects, imperfections, shrinkages and faults and all expenses consequent thereon and incidental thereto shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be recoverable from any


Signature of Bidder

49. Approval Only By Mainmaintenance certificate referred to in Clause 50 of the Conditions shall be deemed to constitute approval of any work or other matter in respect of which it is issued or shall be taken as an admission of the accuracy of any claim or demand made by the Contractor or of additional varied work having been ordered by the Engineer nor shall any other certificate conclude or prejudice any of the powers of the Engineer. 50.(1) Maintenance Certificate :a Maintenance Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer stating that the works have been completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The maingiven by the Engineer upon the expiration of the period of maintenance or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period pursuant to Sub Clause (2) to Clause 48 of these Conditions shall have been completed to the sbe given to this Clause notwithstanding the taking possession of or using the works or any part thereof by the Railway. 50.(2) Cessation Of IRCTC`s Liability :any matter arising out of or in connection with the contract of the execution of the works unless the Contractor shall have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of the Maintenance Certificate under this clause.50.(3) Unfulfilled Obligations :the Contractor and (subject to Subthe fulfillment of any obligation incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the isof the Maintenance Certificate which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes of determining the nature and extent of any such obligations, the contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties there51.(1) Final Payment : On the Engineer's certificate of completion in respect of the works, adjustment shall be made and the balance of account based on the Engineer or the Engineer's representative's certified measurements of the total quantity of wothe Contractor upto the date of completion and on the accepted schedule or rates and for extra works on rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions shall be paid to the Contractor subject always to any deduction which may be made unfurther subject to the Contractor having delivered to the Engineer either a full account in detail of all claims he may have on the IRCTC in respect of the works or having delivered "No Claim Certificate” and the Engineer having aftecertificate in writing that such claims are correct, that the whole of the works to be done under the provisions of the Contracts have been completed, that they have been inspected by him since their completion and fouworks and things, removed, disturbed or injured in consequence of the works have been properly replaced and made good and all expenses and demands incurred by or made upon the IRCTC for or in the respect of damage or loss by from or in consequence of the works, have been satisfied agreeably and in conformity with the contract.


Approval Only By Maintenance Certificate : No certificate other than maintenance certificate referred to in Clause 50 of the Conditions shall be deemed to constitute approval of any work or other matter in respect of which it is issued or shall be taken as an admission of the due performance of the contract or any part thereof or of the accuracy of any claim or demand made by the Contractor or of additional varied work having been ordered by the Engineer nor shall any other certificate conclude or prejudice any of the

Maintenance Certificate : The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Maintenance Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer stating that the works have been completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The maintenance Certificate shall be given by the Engineer upon the expiration of the period of maintenance or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period pursuant to Sub Clause (2) to Clause 48 of these Conditions shall have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and full effect shall be given to this Clause notwithstanding the taking possession of or using the works or any

Cessation Of IRCTC`s Liability : IRCTC shall not be liable to the Contractor fo

any matter arising out of or in connection with the contract of the execution of the works unless the Contractor shall have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of the Maintenance Certificate under this clause.

bligations : Notwithstanding the issue of the Maintenance Certificate the Contractor and (subject to Sub-Clause (2) of this Clause) IRCTC shall remain liable for the fulfillment of any obligation incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the isof the Maintenance Certificate which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes of determining the nature and extent of any such obligations, the contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties thereto.

On the Engineer's certificate of completion in respect of the works, adjustment shall be made and the balance of account based on the Engineer or the Engineer's representative's certified measurements of the total quantity of wothe Contractor upto the date of completion and on the accepted schedule or rates and for extra works on rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions shall be paid to the Contractor subject always to any deduction which may be made under these presents and further subject to the Contractor having delivered to the Engineer either a full account in detail of all claims he may have on the IRCTC in respect of the works or having delivered "No Claim Certificate” and the Engineer having after the receipt of such account given a certificate in writing that such claims are correct, that the whole of the works to be done under the provisions of the Contracts have been completed, that they have been inspected by him since their completion and found to be in good and substantial order, that all properties, works and things, removed, disturbed or injured in consequence of the works have been properly replaced and made good and all expenses and demands incurred by or made upon

respect of damage or loss by from or in consequence of the works, have been satisfied agreeably and in conformity with the contract.

No certificate other than maintenance certificate referred to in Clause 50 of the Conditions shall be deemed to constitute approval of any work or other matter in respect of which it is issued or shall be

due performance of the contract or any part thereof or of the accuracy of any claim or demand made by the Contractor or of additional varied work having been ordered by the Engineer nor shall any other certificate conclude or prejudice any of the

The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Maintenance Certificate shall have been signed by the Engineer stating that the works have

tenance Certificate shall be given by the Engineer upon the expiration of the period of maintenance or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period pursuant to Sub Clause (2) to Clause 48 of these

atisfaction of the Engineer and full effect shall be given to this Clause notwithstanding the taking possession of or using the works or any

IRCTC shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter arising out of or in connection with the contract of the execution of the works unless the Contractor shall have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of

Notwithstanding the issue of the Maintenance Certificate Clause (2) of this Clause) IRCTC shall remain liable for

the fulfillment of any obligation incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the issue of the Maintenance Certificate which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for the purposes of determining the nature and extent of any such obligations, the

On the Engineer's certificate of completion in respect of the works, adjustment shall be made and the balance of account based on the Engineer or the Engineer's representative's certified measurements of the total quantity of work executed by the Contractor upto the date of completion and on the accepted schedule or rates and for extra works on rates determined under Clause 39 of these Conditions shall be paid to the

der these presents and further subject to the Contractor having delivered to the Engineer either a full account in detail of all claims he may have on the IRCTC in respect of the works or having delivered

r the receipt of such account given a certificate in writing that such claims are correct, that the whole of the works to be done under the provisions of the Contracts have been completed, that they have been inspected by

nd to be in good and substantial order, that all properties, works and things, removed, disturbed or injured in consequence of the works have been properly replaced and made good and all expenses and demands incurred by or made upon

respect of damage or loss by from or in consequence of the works,


Signature of Bidder

51.(2) Post Payment Audit :itself the right to carry out a pand the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. and to make a claim on the contractor for the refund any excess amount paid to him, if as a result of such examination any over-payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of any works done or alleged to have been done by him under the contract.51-A. Production of Vouchers Etc. By The

(i) For a contract of more than one crore of rupees, the contractor required, produce or cause to be produced for examination by the Engineer any quotation, invoice, cost or other account, book of accounts, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of writing or any copy of or extract from any such documeand also furnish information and returns verified in such manner as may be required in any way relating to the execution of this contract or relevant for verifying or ascertaining cost of execution of this contract (the decision of the Engineer on the question of relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and binding in the parties). The contractor shall similarly produce vouchers etc., if required to prove to the Engineer, that materials supplied by him, are in accordance with the specifications laid down in the contract.

(ii) If any portion of the work in a contract of value more than one crore of rupees be carried out by a subClause 7 of the Standard General Conditionspower to secure the books of such subcompany, through the contractor, and such books shall be open to his inspection.

(iii) The obligations imposed by Sub Clause (i) & (obligations of the contractor under any statute rules or orders binding on the contractor.

52. Withholding And Lien In Respect Of Sums Claimed : claims for payment of a sum of money arises out contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any, deposited by the contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, IRCTC shall be enSecurity if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient to cover the claimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to the extent of the such claimed amount or amounts referred to supra, from any sum or sums found payable or which at any timthereafter may become payable to the contractor under the same contract or any other contract with this or any other Railway or any Department of the Central Government pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim.

It is an agreed term of the cretained under the lien referred to above, by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such


Post Payment Audit : It is an agreed term of contract that the IRCTC reserves to itself the right to carry out a post-payment audit and or technical examination of the works and the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. and to make a claim on the contractor for the refund any excess amount paid to him, if as a result of such examination

payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of any works done or alleged to have been done by him under the contract.

Vouchers Etc. By The Contractor: For a contract of more than one crore of rupees, the contractor required, produce or cause to be produced for examination by the Engineer any quotation, invoice, cost or other account, book of accounts, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of writing or any copy of or extract from any such documeand also furnish information and returns verified in such manner as may be required in any way relating to the execution of this contract or relevant for verifying or ascertaining cost of execution of this contract (the decision of the Engineer on the

uestion of relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and binding in the parties). The contractor shall similarly produce vouchers etc., if required to prove to the Engineer, that materials supplied by him, are in accordance

cifications laid down in the contract. If any portion of the work in a contract of value more than one crore of rupees be carried out by a sub-contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or company (as per Clause 7 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract), the Engineer shall have power to secure the books of such sub-contract or any subsidiary or allied firm or company, through the contractor, and such books shall be open to his inspection.The obligations imposed by Sub Clause (i) & (ii) above is without prejudice to the obligations of the contractor under any statute rules or orders binding on the

Withholding And Lien In Respect Of Sums Claimed : Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract against the contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any, deposited by the contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold the said cash Security Deposit or the Security if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient

laimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to the extent of the such claimed amount or amounts referred to supra, from any sum or sums found payable or which at any timthereafter may become payable to the contractor under the same contract or any other contract with this or any other Railway or any Department of the Central Government pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim.

It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under the lien referred to above, by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such

It is an agreed term of contract that the IRCTC reserves to payment audit and or technical examination of the works

and the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. and to make a claim on the contractor for the refund any excess amount paid to him, if as a result of such examination

payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of any works done or

For a contract of more than one crore of rupees, the contractor shall, whenever required, produce or cause to be produced for examination by the Engineer any quotation, invoice, cost or other account, book of accounts, voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of writing or any copy of or extract from any such document and also furnish information and returns verified in such manner as may be required in any way relating to the execution of this contract or relevant for verifying or ascertaining cost of execution of this contract (the decision of the Engineer on the

uestion of relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and binding in the parties). The contractor shall similarly produce vouchers etc., if required to prove to the Engineer, that materials supplied by him, are in accordance If any portion of the work in a contract of value more than one crore of rupees be

contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or company (as per of Contract), the Engineer shall have

contract or any subsidiary or allied firm or company, through the contractor, and such books shall be open to his inspection.

ii) above is without prejudice to the obligations of the contractor under any statute rules or orders binding on the

Whenever any claim or of or under the contract against the

contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any, deposited by the contractor and for the

titled to withhold the said cash Security Deposit or the Security if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient

laimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the contractor, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to the extent of the such claimed amount or amounts referred to supra, from any sum or sums found payable or which at any time thereafter may become payable to the contractor under the same contract or any other contract with this or any other Railway or any Department of the Central Government

ontract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under the lien referred to above, by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such


Signature of Bidder

by the IRCTC till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator (if the contract governed by the Arbitration Clause) or by the competent court as the case may be and that the contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to suprnotified as such to the contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where the contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed amount or amounts in whofound payable to any partner / limited company, as the case may be whether in his individual capacity or otherwise. 52-A Lien In Respect Of Claims

(i) Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor (includingDeposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Railway, against any claim of this or any other Railway or any other Department of the Central Government in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor with this or any other Department of the Central Government.

(ii) However, recovery of claims of Railway in regard to terminated contracts may be made from the Final Bills, Security Deposits and contract or contracts, executed by the contractor. The Performance Guarantees submitted by the Contractor against other contracts, if required, may be withheld and encashed. In addition, 10% of each subsequent ‘onwithheld, if required, for recovery of Railway’s dues against the terminated contract.

(iii) It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this Clause by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as suchthe claim arising out of or under any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by arbitration, if the other contract is governed by Arbitration Clause or by the competent court as the case may be and contractor shall have no cinterest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this Clause and duly notified as such to the contractor.

53. Signature On Receipts For Amounts:become payable or for any security which may become transferable to the Contractors under these presents, shall, if signed in the partnership name by anyone of the partners of a Contractor's firm be a good and sufficient discharge to IRCTC in rsecurity purported to be acknowledged thereby and in the event of death of any of the Contractor, partners during the pendency of the contract, it is hereby expressly agreed that every receipt by anyone of the surviving Contractor pgood and sufficient discharge as aforesaid provided that nothing in this Clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect any claim which IRCTCmay hereafter have against the legal representative of any cont


by the IRCTC till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator ntract governed by the Arbitration Clause) or by the competent court as the case

may be and that the contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to suprnotified as such to the contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where the contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed amount or amounts in whole or in part from any sum found payable to any partner / limited company, as the case may be whether in his individual

Lien In Respect Of Claims in Other Contracts: Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor (includingDeposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Railway, against any claim of this or any other Railway or any other Department of the Central Government in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor with this or any other Department of the Central Government. However, recovery of claims of Railway in regard to terminated contracts may be made from the Final Bills, Security Deposits and Performance Guarantees of other contract or contracts, executed by the contractor. The Performance Guarantees submitted by the Contractor against other contracts, if required, may be withheld and encashed. In addition, 10% of each subsequent ‘on-account biwithheld, if required, for recovery of Railway’s dues against the terminated It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this Clause by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as suchthe claim arising out of or under any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by arbitration, if the other contract is governed by Arbitration Clause or by the competent court as the case may be and contractor shall have no cinterest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this Clause and duly notified as such

Signature On Receipts For Amounts: Every receipt for monebecome payable or for any security which may become transferable to the Contractors under these presents, shall, if signed in the partnership name by anyone of the partners of a Contractor's firm be a good and sufficient discharge to IRCTC in respect of the moneys or security purported to be acknowledged thereby and in the event of death of any of the Contractor, partners during the pendency of the contract, it is hereby expressly agreed that every receipt by anyone of the surviving Contractor partners shall if so signed as aforesaid be good and sufficient discharge as aforesaid provided that nothing in this Clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect any claim which IRCTCmay hereafter have against the legal representative of any contractor partner so dying for or in respect to any breach of any

by the IRCTC till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator ntract governed by the Arbitration Clause) or by the competent court as the case

may be and that the contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to supra and duly notified as such to the contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where the contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, IRCTC shall be entitled to withhold and also have a

le or in part from any sum found payable to any partner / limited company, as the case may be whether in his individual

Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor (including the Security Deposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Railway, against any claim of this or any other Railway or any other Department of the Central Government in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor with this or any However, recovery of claims of Railway in regard to terminated contracts may be

Performance Guarantees of other contract or contracts, executed by the contractor. The Performance Guarantees submitted by the Contractor against other contracts, if required, may be withheld

account bill’ may be withheld, if required, for recovery of Railway’s dues against the terminated It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this Clause by IRCTC will be kept withheld or retained as such by IRCTC till the claim arising out of or under any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by arbitration, if the other contract is governed by Arbitration Clause or by the competent court as the case may be and contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this Clause and duly notified as such

Every receipt for money which may become payable or for any security which may become transferable to the Contractors under these presents, shall, if signed in the partnership name by anyone of the partners of a

espect of the moneys or security purported to be acknowledged thereby and in the event of death of any of the Contractor, partners during the pendency of the contract, it is hereby expressly agreed that

artners shall if so signed as aforesaid be good and sufficient discharge as aforesaid provided that nothing in this Clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect any claim which IRCTCmay hereafter have against the

ractor partner so dying for or in respect to any breach of any


Signature of Bidder

of the conditions of the contract, provided also that nothing in this clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect the respective rights or obligations of the Contractor partners and of the legal representatives of any deceased Contractor partners interse.LABOUR 54. Wages To Labour:the provision of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (hereinafter referred to as the “said Act” anthe Rules made thereunder in respect of any employees directly or through petty contractors or sub-contractors employed by him on road construction or in building operations or in stone breaking or stone crushing for the purpose of carrying out this cont If, in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Contractor supplied any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the IRCTC whether in connection with any work being executed by the Contractor or otherwise for tIRCTC such labour shall, for the purpose of this Clause, still be deemed to be persons employed by the Contractor. If any moneys shall, as a result of any claim or application made under the said Act be directed to be paid by the Railway, suIRCTC by the Contractor and on failure by the Contractor to repay IRCTC any moneys paid by it as aforesaid within seven days after the same shall have been demanded, the IRCTC shall be entitled to recover ththis or any other Contract with the IRCTC.54-A. Apprentices Act : the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the Rules and Ortime to time in respect of apprentices directly or through petty contractors or subemployed by him for the purpose of carrying out the Contract. If the contractor directly or through petty contractors or subso, his failure will be a breach of the contract and IRCTC may, in its discretion, rescind the contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation of the provisions of the Act.Note: The contractors are required to engage apprentices when the works undertaken by

them last for a period of one year or more and/or the cost of works is rupees one lakh or more.

55. Provisions of Payments provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 and the rules made thereunder in respect of all employees employed by him either directly or through petty contractors or subthe works. If in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Cpetty contractors or sub-contractors shall supply any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the Engineer whether in connection with the works to be executed hereunder or otherwise for the puless be deemed to comprise persons employed by the contractor and any moneys which may


of the conditions of the contract, provided also that nothing in this clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect the respective rights or obligations of the Contractor partners

of the legal representatives of any deceased Contractor partners interse.

Labour: The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with the provision of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (hereinafter referred to as the “said Act” anthe Rules made thereunder in respect of any employees directly or through petty contractors

contractors employed by him on road construction or in building operations or in stone breaking or stone crushing for the purpose of carrying out this contract.

If, in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Contractor supplied any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the IRCTC whether in connection with any work being executed by the Contractor or otherwise for tIRCTC such labour shall, for the purpose of this Clause, still be deemed to be persons

If any moneys shall, as a result of any claim or application made under the said Act

be directed to be paid by the Railway, such money shall be deemed to be moneys payable to IRCTC by the Contractor and on failure by the Contractor to repay IRCTC any moneys paid by it as aforesaid within seven days after the same shall have been demanded, the IRCTC shall be entitled to recover the same from any moneys due or accruing to the contractor under this or any other Contract with the IRCTC.

Apprentices Act : The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the Rules and Orders issued thereunder from time to time in respect of apprentices directly or through petty contractors or subemployed by him for the purpose of carrying out the Contract.

If the contractor directly or through petty contractors or sub-contraso, his failure will be a breach of the contract and IRCTC may, in its discretion, rescind the contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation of the provisions of the Act.

The contractors are required to engage apprentices when the works undertaken by them last for a period of one year or more and/or the cost of works is rupees one

Payments of Wages Act: The Contractor shall comply withprovisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 and the rules made thereunder in respect of all employees employed by him either directly or through petty contractors or subthe works. If in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Contractor directly or through

contractors shall supply any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the Engineer whether in connection with the works to be executed hereunder or otherwise for the purpose of the Engineer, such labour shall never the less be deemed to comprise persons employed by the contractor and any moneys which may

of the conditions of the contract, provided also that nothing in this clause contained shall be deemed to prejudice or effect the respective rights or obligations of the Contractor partners

The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with the provision of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 (hereinafter referred to as the “said Act” and the Rules made thereunder in respect of any employees directly or through petty contractors

contractors employed by him on road construction or in building operations or in ract.

If, in compliance with the terms of the contract, the Contractor supplied any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the IRCTC whether in connection with any work being executed by the Contractor or otherwise for the purpose of IRCTC such labour shall, for the purpose of this Clause, still be deemed to be persons

If any moneys shall, as a result of any claim or application made under the said Act ch money shall be deemed to be moneys payable to

IRCTC by the Contractor and on failure by the Contractor to repay IRCTC any moneys paid by it as aforesaid within seven days after the same shall have been demanded, the IRCTC

e same from any moneys due or accruing to the contractor under

The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure compliance with ders issued thereunder from

time to time in respect of apprentices directly or through petty contractors or sub-contractors contractors fails to do

so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and IRCTC may, in its discretion, rescind the contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of

The contractors are required to engage apprentices when the works undertaken by them last for a period of one year or more and/or the cost of works is rupees one

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 and the rules made thereunder in respect of all employees employed by him either directly or through petty contractors or sub-contractors in

ontractor directly or through contractors shall supply any labour to be used wholly or partly under

the direct orders and control of the Engineer whether in connection with the works to be rpose of the Engineer, such labour shall never the

less be deemed to comprise persons employed by the contractor and any moneys which may


Signature of Bidder

be ordered to be paid by the Engineer shall be deemed to be moneys payable by the Engineer on behalf of the Contractor and the Engineer may on failure of the Contractor to repay such money to the IRCTC deduct the same from any moneys due to the Contractor in terms of the contract. IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct from any moneys due to the contractor (whether under this contract or any other contract) all moneys paid or payable by IRCTC by way of compensation of aforesaid or for costs of expenses in connection with any claim thereto and the decision of the Engineer upon any question arising out of the effect or force of tClause shall be final and binding upon the Contractor. 55-A. Provisions Of Contract Labour (Regulation And Abolition) Act, 1970 :55-A.(1) The Contractor shall comply with the provision of the contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and 1971 as modified from time to time, wherever applicable and shall also indemnify from and against any claims under the aforesaid Act and the Rules.55-A.(2) The Contractor shall obtain a valid lfrom time to time before the commencement of the work and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. Any failure to fulfill the requirement shall attract the penal provision of the Contract arising out of the resultant non55-A.(3) The Contractor shall pay to the labour employed by him directly or through subcontractors the wages as per provision of the aforesaid Act and the Rules wherever applicable. The Contractor scontrary, cause to be paid the wages to labour indirectly engaged on the works including any engaged by sub-contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labour had been immediately employed by him.55-A.(4) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for performance of the contractor's part of the contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the provisions of the aforesaid Act and Rules 55-A.(5) In every case in which, by virtue of the provisions of the aforesaid Act or the Rules, IRCTC is obliged to pay any amount of wages to a workman employed by the Contractor or his sub-contractor in execution of the work or to inaccount of the Contingent, liability of IRCTC due to the contractor's failure to fulfill his statutory obligations under the aforesaid Act or the rules, IRCTC will recover from the Contractor, the amount of wages so paid or the amounwithout prejudice to the rights of IRCTC under the Section 20, Sub2, Sub-Section (4) of the aforesaid Act, IRCTC shall be at liberty to recover such amount or part thereof by deducting it from the Sthe contractor whether under the contract or otherwise. IRCTC shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under Sub21 of the aforesaid Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to IRCTC full security for all costs for which IRCTC might become liable in contesting such claim. The decision of IRCTC regarding the amount actually recoverable from the contractor as stated above shall be final and binding on the Contractor.


be ordered to be paid by the Engineer shall be deemed to be moneys payable by the Engineer and the Engineer may on failure of the Contractor to repay such

money to the IRCTC deduct the same from any moneys due to the Contractor in terms of the contract. IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct from any moneys due to the contractor (whether

contract or any other contract) all moneys paid or payable by IRCTC by way of compensation of aforesaid or for costs of expenses in connection with any claim thereto and the decision of the Engineer upon any question arising out of the effect or force of tClause shall be final and binding upon the Contractor.

Provisions Of Contract Labour (Regulation And Abolition) Act, 1970 :The Contractor shall comply with the provision of the contract labour (Regulation

and Abolition) Act, 1970 and the Contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules 1971 as modified from time to time, wherever applicable and shall also indemnify from and against any claims under the aforesaid Act and the Rules.

The Contractor shall obtain a valid license under the aforesaid Act as modified from time to time before the commencement of the work and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. Any failure to fulfill the requirement shall attract the penal

arising out of the resultant non-execution of the work.The Contractor shall pay to the labour employed by him directly or through

subcontractors the wages as per provision of the aforesaid Act and the Rules wherever applicable. The Contractor shall notwithstanding the provisions of the contract to the contrary, cause to be paid the wages to labour indirectly engaged on the works including any

contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labour had been yed by him.

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for performance of the contractor's part of the contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the provisions of the aforesaid Act and Rules wherever applicable.

In every case in which, by virtue of the provisions of the aforesaid Act or the Rules, IRCTC is obliged to pay any amount of wages to a workman employed by the

contractor in execution of the work or to incur any expenditure on account of the Contingent, liability of IRCTC due to the contractor's failure to fulfill his statutory obligations under the aforesaid Act or the rules, IRCTC will recover from the Contractor, the amount of wages so paid or the amount of expenditure so incurred and without prejudice to the rights of IRCTC under the Section 20, Sub-Section (2) and Section

Section (4) of the aforesaid Act, IRCTC shall be at liberty to recover such amount or part thereof by deducting it from the Security Deposit and/or from any sum due by IRCTC to the contractor whether under the contract or otherwise. IRCTC shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under Sub-Section (1) of Section 20 and Sub-Section (4) of Section

Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to IRCTC full security for all costs for which IRCTC might become liable in contesting such claim. The decision of IRCTC regarding the amount actually recoverable from the contractor as stated above shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

be ordered to be paid by the Engineer shall be deemed to be moneys payable by the Engineer and the Engineer may on failure of the Contractor to repay such

money to the IRCTC deduct the same from any moneys due to the Contractor in terms of the contract. IRCTC shall be entitled to deduct from any moneys due to the contractor (whether

contract or any other contract) all moneys paid or payable by IRCTC by way of compensation of aforesaid or for costs of expenses in connection with any claim thereto and the decision of the Engineer upon any question arising out of the effect or force of this

Provisions Of Contract Labour (Regulation And Abolition) Act, 1970 : The Contractor shall comply with the provision of the contract labour (Regulation

the Contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules 1971 as modified from time to time, wherever applicable and shall also indemnify from and

icense under the aforesaid Act as modified from time to time before the commencement of the work and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. Any failure to fulfill the requirement shall attract the penal

execution of the work. The Contractor shall pay to the labour employed by him directly or through

subcontractors the wages as per provision of the aforesaid Act and the Rules wherever hall notwithstanding the provisions of the contract to the

contrary, cause to be paid the wages to labour indirectly engaged on the works including any contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labour had been

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for performance of the contractor's part of the contract, the Contractor shall comply with or

wherever applicable. In every case in which, by virtue of the provisions of the aforesaid Act or the

Rules, IRCTC is obliged to pay any amount of wages to a workman employed by the cur any expenditure on

account of the Contingent, liability of IRCTC due to the contractor's failure to fulfill his statutory obligations under the aforesaid Act or the rules, IRCTC will recover from the

t of expenditure so incurred and Section (2) and Section

Section (4) of the aforesaid Act, IRCTC shall be at liberty to recover such amount or ecurity Deposit and/or from any sum due by IRCTC to

the contractor whether under the contract or otherwise. IRCTC shall not be bound to contest Section (4) of Section

Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to IRCTC full security for all costs for which IRCTC might become liable in contesting such claim. The decision of IRCTC regarding the amount actually recoverable from the contractor


Signature of Bidder

55-B. Provisions of Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952:

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Para 30 & 36Provident Fund Scheme, 195& 8 of Employees Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, 1976; as modified from time to time through enactment of”Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952”, wherever applicable and shall also indemnify IRCTC from and against any claims under the aforesaid Act and the Rules. 55-C. Provisions of “The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of

Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996” and “The Building and Other Construction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act, 1996

The tenderers, for carrying out any construction work, must get themselves registered with the Registering Officer under Section1996 and rules made thereto by Registration, issued from the Registering Officer of the concerned State Govt. (Labour Dept.). As per this Act, the tenderer shall be levied a cess @1% of cost of construction work, which would be deducted from each bill. Cost of material, when supplied under a separate schedule item, shall be outside the purview of cess.55-D The contractor should have ESI, EPF registration. The contribution towards the ESI & EPF is to be made as per rules in force. The ocontract are to be paid by the contractor as per the rule.55-E. That the proposed award under this Tender wherein IRCTC will not be liable for any liability arising under the labour laws or any other law of the land,. It shall be the responsibility of the other beneficial legislation likeprovide the following information as directed by Railway Board on monthly basis:i. Name of employee ii. Aadhar no iii. Savings bank account noiv. EPFO no v. Group Insurance no, if anyvi. PAN card no vii. Mobile No 56. Reporting Of Accidents:employees directly or through petty contractors or subworks and shall report serious accidents to any of them howevthe works to the Engineer or the Engineers Representative and shall make every arrangements to render all possible assistance.


Provisions of Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Para 30 & 36-B of the Employees Provident Fund Scheme, 1952; Para 3 & 4 of Employees’ Pension Scheme, 1995; and Para 7 & 8 of Employees Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, 1976; as modified from time to time

Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952”, shall also indemnify IRCTC from and against any claims under the

Provisions of “The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996” and “The Building and

ruction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act, 1996”: The tenderers, for carrying out any construction work, must get themselves registered with the Registering Officer under Section-7 of the Building and Other Construction Workers Act, 1996 and rules made thereto by the concerned State Govt. and submit certificate of Registration, issued from the Registering Officer of the concerned State Govt. (Labour Dept.). As per this Act, the tenderer shall be levied a cess @1% of cost of construction work,

d from each bill. Cost of material, when supplied under a separate schedule item, shall be outside the purview of cess.

The contractor should have ESI, EPF registration. The contribution towards the ESI & EPF is to be made as per rules in force. The other allowances, levies as applicable to the contract are to be paid by the contractor as per the rule.

proposed award under this Tender is on principal to principal basis wherein IRCTC will not be liable for any liability arising under the labour laws or any other law of the land,. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to follow labour laws and other beneficial legislation like minimum wages act etc. However, the Contractor agreesprovide the following information as directed by Railway Board on monthly basis:

Savings bank account no

Group Insurance no, if any

Accidents: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all employees directly or through petty contractors or sub-contractor employed by him on the works and shall report serious accidents to any of them however and wherever occurring on the works to the Engineer or the Engineers Representative and shall make every arrangements to render all possible assistance.

Provisions of Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, B of the Employees

2; Para 3 & 4 of Employees’ Pension Scheme, 1995; and Para 7 & 8 of Employees Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, 1976; as modified from time to time

Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952”, shall also indemnify IRCTC from and against any claims under the

Provisions of “The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996” and “The Building and

The tenderers, for carrying out any construction work, must get themselves registered with 7 of the Building and Other Construction Workers Act,

the concerned State Govt. and submit certificate of Registration, issued from the Registering Officer of the concerned State Govt. (Labour Dept.). As per this Act, the tenderer shall be levied a cess @1% of cost of construction work,

d from each bill. Cost of material, when supplied under a separate The contractor should have ESI, EPF registration. The contribution towards the ESI

ther allowances, levies as applicable to the is on principal to principal basis

wherein IRCTC will not be liable for any liability arising under the labour laws or any other follow labour laws and

Contractor agrees to provide the following information as directed by Railway Board on monthly basis:

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all contractor employed by him on the

er and wherever occurring on the works to the Engineer or the Engineers Representative and shall make every


Signature of Bidder

57. Provision Of Workmen’s Compensation Act :the provisions of Section 12 SubIRCTC is obliged to pay compensation to a workman directly or through petty contractor or subcontractor employed by the Contractor in executing the work, the Contractor the amount of the compensation so paid, and, without prejudice to the rights of IRCTC under Section 12 Subrecover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the Security Deposit or fany sum due by IRCTC to the Contractor whether under these conditions or otherwise, IRCTC shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under Section 12 Sub(1) of the said Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon IRCTC full security for all costs for which contesting such claim. 57-A. Provision Of Mines Act :provisions of the Mines Act, 1952 or any statutory the time being in force and any rules and regulations made thereunder in respect of all the persons directly or through the petty contractors or subthis contract and shall indemnior the rules and regulations framed thereunder, by or on behalf of any persons employed by him or otherwise. 58. IRCTC/Railway Not To Provide Quarters For Contractors :normally be provided by IRCTC for the accommodation of the Contractor or any of his staff employed on the work. In exceptional cases where accommodation is provided to the Contractor at the IRCTC's discretion, recoveries shall be made at such rates as may be fixed by IRCTC for the full rent of the buildings and equipments therein as well as charges for electric current, water supply and conservancy.59.(1) Labour Camps : arrangements for the housing, supply of dfor his staff and workmen, directly or through the petty contractors or subtemporary creche (Bal-mandir) where 50 or more women are employed at a time. Suitable sites on IRCTC/Railway land, if available, may be allotted to the Contractor for the erection of labour camps, either free of charge or on such terms and conditions that may be prescribed by the Railway. All camp sites shall be maintained in clean and sanitary conditions by theContractor at his own cost. 59.(2) Compliance To Rules For Employment Of Labour : conform to all laws, bye-laws rules and regulations for the time being in force pertaining to the employment of local or imported labour and shall tand preserve the health and safety of all staff employed directly or through petty Contractors or Sub-Contractors on the works.59.(3) Preservation Of Peace : best endeavours to prevent any riotous or unlawful behaviour by or amongst his workmen


Provision Of Workmen’s Compensation Act : In every case in which by virtue of Section 12 Sub-Section (1) of the Workmen's Compensation Act 1923,

is obliged to pay compensation to a workman directly or through petty contractor or subcontractor employed by the Contractor in executing the work, IRCTC will recover from

ctor the amount of the compensation so paid, and, without prejudice to the rights under Section 12 Sub-section (2) of the said Act, IRCTC shall be at liberty to

recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the Security Deposit or fto the Contractor whether under these conditions or otherwise,

shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under Section 12 Sub(1) of the said Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon

full security for all costs for which IRCTC might become liable in consequence of

Provision Of Mines Act : The Contractor shall observe and perform all the provisions of the Mines Act, 1952 or any statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and any rules and regulations made thereunder in respect of all the persons directly or through the petty contractors or sub-contractors employed by him under this contract and shall indemnify IRCTC from and against any claims under the Mines Act, or the rules and regulations framed thereunder, by or on behalf of any persons employed by

Railway Not To Provide Quarters For Contractors : No quarters shall be provided by IRCTC for the accommodation of the Contractor or any of his staff

employed on the work. In exceptional cases where accommodation is provided to the 's discretion, recoveries shall be made at such rates as may be fixed

by IRCTC for the full rent of the buildings and equipments therein as well as charges for electric current, water supply and conservancy.

Labour Camps : The Contractor shall at his own expense make adequate arrangements for the housing, supply of drinking water and provision of latrines and urinals for his staff and workmen, directly or through the petty contractors or sub-contractors and for

mandir) where 50 or more women are employed at a time. Suitable land, if available, may be allotted to the Contractor for the erection

of labour camps, either free of charge or on such terms and conditions that may be prescribed by the Railway. All camp sites shall be maintained in clean and sanitary conditions by the

Compliance To Rules For Employment Of Labour : The Contractor(s) shall laws rules and regulations for the time being in force pertaining to

the employment of local or imported labour and shall take all necessary precautions to ensure and preserve the health and safety of all staff employed directly or through petty Contractors

Contractors on the works. Preservation Of Peace : The Contractor shall take requisite precautions and use h

best endeavours to prevent any riotous or unlawful behaviour by or amongst his workmen

In every case in which by virtue of Section (1) of the Workmen's Compensation Act 1923,

is obliged to pay compensation to a workman directly or through petty contractor or will recover from

ctor the amount of the compensation so paid, and, without prejudice to the rights shall be at liberty to

recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the Security Deposit or from to the Contractor whether under these conditions or otherwise,

shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under Section 12 Sub-Section (1) of the said Act except on the written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to

might become liable in consequence of

The Contractor shall observe and perform all the enactment thereof for

the time being in force and any rules and regulations made thereunder in respect of all the contractors employed by him under

fy IRCTC from and against any claims under the Mines Act, or the rules and regulations framed thereunder, by or on behalf of any persons employed by

No quarters shall be provided by IRCTC for the accommodation of the Contractor or any of his staff

employed on the work. In exceptional cases where accommodation is provided to the 's discretion, recoveries shall be made at such rates as may be fixed

by IRCTC for the full rent of the buildings and equipments therein as well as charges for

The Contractor shall at his own expense make adequate rinking water and provision of latrines and urinals

contractors and for mandir) where 50 or more women are employed at a time. Suitable

land, if available, may be allotted to the Contractor for the erection of labour camps, either free of charge or on such terms and conditions that may be prescribed by the Railway. All camp sites shall be maintained in clean and sanitary conditions by the

The Contractor(s) shall laws rules and regulations for the time being in force pertaining to

ake all necessary precautions to ensure and preserve the health and safety of all staff employed directly or through petty Contractors

The Contractor shall take requisite precautions and use his best endeavours to prevent any riotous or unlawful behaviour by or amongst his workmen


Signature of Bidder

and other employed directly or through the petty contractors or suband for the preservation of peace and protection of the inhabitants and sthe neighbourhood of the works. In the event of IRCTC requiring the maintenance of a special Police Force at or in the vicinity of the site during the tenure of works, the expenses thereof shall be borne by the Contractor and if paidContractor. 59.(4) Sanitary Arrangements : all sanitary measures that may from time to time be prescribed by IRCTC Medical Authority and permit inspection of all sanitary arrangements at all times by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative or the Medical Staff of the Railway. Should the Contractor fail to make the adequate sanitary arrangements, these will be provided by IRCTC and the cost therefore recovered from the Contractor.59.(5) Outbreak Of Infectious Disease : such labour and their families as refuse protective inoculation and vaccination when called upon to do so by the Engineer or the Engineer's RepresenMedical Authority. Should Cholera, plague, or other infectious disease break out, the Contractor shall burn the huts, beddings, clothes and other belongings of or used by the infected parties and promptly erect new huts ofailing which within the time specified in the Engineer's requisition, the work may be done by IRCTC and the cost therefore recovered from the Contractor. 59.(6) Medical Facilities At Site : site as may be prescribed by the Engineer on the advice of IRCTC Medical Authority in relation to the strength of the Contractor's resident staff and workmen. 59.(7) Use Of Intoxicants :the work or in any of the buildings, encampments or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of his employees shall be forbidden and the Contractor shall exercise his influence and authority to the utmost extent to secure strict compliance with this condition. 59.(8) Restrictions On The Employment Of Retired Engineers Of Railway Services Within Two Years Of Their Retirement : Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, himself engage in or employ or associate a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, who has not completed two years from the date of retirement, in connection with this contract in any manner whatsoever without obprior permission of the President and if the Contractor is found to have contravened this provision it will constitute a breach of contract and administration will be entitled to terminate the contract at the risk and cost of the contractor and for60.(1) Non-Employment Of Labourers Below The Age Of 15 :employ children below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty contractors or subcontractors for the execution of work.


and other employed directly or through the petty contractors or sub-contractors on the works and for the preservation of peace and protection of the inhabitants and security of property in the neighbourhood of the works. In the event of IRCTC requiring the maintenance of a special Police Force at or in the vicinity of the site during the tenure of works, the expenses thereof shall be borne by the Contractor and if paid by IRCTC shall be recoverable from the

Sanitary Arrangements : The Contractor shall obey all sanitary rules and carry out all sanitary measures that may from time to time be prescribed by IRCTC Medical Authority

all sanitary arrangements at all times by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative or the Medical Staff of the Railway. Should the Contractor fail to make the adequate sanitary arrangements, these will be provided by IRCTC and the cost therefore

red from the Contractor. Outbreak Of Infectious Disease : The Contractor shall remove from his camp

such labour and their families as refuse protective inoculation and vaccination when called upon to do so by the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative on the advice of the Medical Authority. Should Cholera, plague, or other infectious disease break out, the Contractor shall burn the huts, beddings, clothes and other belongings of or used by the infected parties and promptly erect new huts on healthy sites as required by the Engineer, failing which within the time specified in the Engineer's requisition, the work may be done by IRCTC and the cost therefore recovered from the Contractor.

Medical Facilities At Site : The Contractor shall provide medical facilities at the site as may be prescribed by the Engineer on the advice of IRCTC Medical Authority in relation to the strength of the Contractor's resident staff and workmen.

Use Of Intoxicants : The sale of ardent spirits or other intoxicating beverages upon the work or in any of the buildings, encampments or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of his employees shall be forbidden and the Contractor

fluence and authority to the utmost extent to secure strict compliance with

Restrictions On The Employment Of Retired Engineers Of Railway Services Within Two Years Of Their Retirement : The Contractor shall not, if he is a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, himself engage in or employ or associate a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, who has not completed two years from the date of retirement, in connection with this contract in any manner whatsoever without obprior permission of the President and if the Contractor is found to have contravened this provision it will constitute a breach of contract and administration will be entitled to terminate the contract at the risk and cost of the contractor and forfeit his Security Deposit.

Employment Of Labourers Below The Age Of 15 : The Contractor shall not employ children below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty contractors or subcontractors for the execution of work.

contractors on the works ecurity of property in

the neighbourhood of the works. In the event of IRCTC requiring the maintenance of a special Police Force at or in the vicinity of the site during the tenure of works, the expenses

by IRCTC shall be recoverable from the

The Contractor shall obey all sanitary rules and carry out all sanitary measures that may from time to time be prescribed by IRCTC Medical Authority

all sanitary arrangements at all times by the Engineer, the Engineer's Representative or the Medical Staff of the Railway. Should the Contractor fail to make the adequate sanitary arrangements, these will be provided by IRCTC and the cost therefore

The Contractor shall remove from his camp such labour and their families as refuse protective inoculation and vaccination when called

tative on the advice of the IRCTC, Medical Authority. Should Cholera, plague, or other infectious disease break out, the Contractor shall burn the huts, beddings, clothes and other belongings of or used by the

n healthy sites as required by the Engineer, failing which within the time specified in the Engineer's requisition, the work may be done

The Contractor shall provide medical facilities at the site as may be prescribed by the Engineer on the advice of IRCTC Medical Authority in

ardent spirits or other intoxicating beverages upon the work or in any of the buildings, encampments or tenements owned, occupied by or within the control of the Contractor or any of his employees shall be forbidden and the Contractor

fluence and authority to the utmost extent to secure strict compliance with

Restrictions On The Employment Of Retired Engineers Of Railway Services The Contractor shall not, if he is a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, himself engage in or employ or associate a retired Government Engineer of Gazetted rank, who has not completed two years from the date of retirement, in connection with this contract in any manner whatsoever without obtaining prior permission of the President and if the Contractor is found to have contravened this provision it will constitute a breach of contract and administration will be entitled to

feit his Security Deposit. The Contractor shall not

employ children below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty contractors or sub-


Signature of Bidder

60.(2) Medical Certificate Of Fitness For Labour :not employ a person above 15 and below 19 years of age for the purpose of execution of work under the contract unless a medical certificate of fitness in the prescribed form grto him by a certifying surgeon certifying that he is fit to work as an adult, is obtained and kept in the custody of the contractor or a person nominated by him in this behalf and the person carries with him, while at work; a token giving a referencefurther agreed that the responsibility for having the adolescent examined medically at the time of appointment or periodically till he attains the age of 19 years shall devolve entirely on the contractor and all the expenses to and no fee shall be charged from the adolescent or his parent for such medical examination.60.(3) Period Of Validity Of Medical Fitness Certificate :granted or renewed for the aboa time. The certifying surgeon shall revoke a certificate granted or renewed if in his opinion the holder of it is, no longer fit for work in the capacity stated therein. Where a certifying surgeon refuses to grant or renew a certificate or revoke a certificate, he shall, if so required by the person concerned, state his reasons in writing for doing so.60.(4) Medical Re-Examination Of Labourer : behalf by the Ministry of Labour is of the opinion that any person employed in connection with the execution of any work under this contract in the age group 15 to 19 years is without a certificate of fitness or is having a certificate of fitness but no longer fit tcapacity stated in the certificate, he may serve on the Contractor, or on the person nominated by him in this regard, a notice requiring that such persons shall be examined by a certifying surgeon and such person shall not if the concerned ofpermitted to do any work under this contract unless he has been medically examined and certified that he has been granted a certificate of fitness or a fresh certificate of fitness, as the case may be.

EXPLANATIONS : (1) Only Qualified Medical Practitioners can be appointed as "Certifying Surgeons" and

the term "Qualified Medical Practitioners" means a person holding a qualification granted by an authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act, 1916 (VII to 1916) or in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1933 (XXVII) of 1933.

(2) The Certifying surgeon may be a medical officer in the service of State or Municipal Corporation.

DETERMINATION OF CONTRACT61.(1) Right Of IRCTC To Determine Thdetermine and terminate the contract at any time should, in the cessation of work becomes necessary owing to paucity of funds or from any other cause whatever, in which case the value of approvedthe Contractor will be paid for in full at the rate specified in the contract. Notice in writing


cal Certificate Of Fitness For Labour : It is agreed that the contractor shall not employ a person above 15 and below 19 years of age for the purpose of execution of work under the contract unless a medical certificate of fitness in the prescribed form grto him by a certifying surgeon certifying that he is fit to work as an adult, is obtained and kept in the custody of the contractor or a person nominated by him in this behalf and the person carries with him, while at work; a token giving a reference to such certificate. It is further agreed that the responsibility for having the adolescent examined medically at the time of appointment or periodically till he attains the age of 19 years shall devolve entirely on the contractor and all the expenses to be incurred on this account shall be borne by him and no fee shall be charged from the adolescent or his parent for such medical examination.

Period Of Validity Of Medical Fitness Certificate : A certificate of fitness granted or renewed for the above said purposes shall be valid only for a period of one year at a time. The certifying surgeon shall revoke a certificate granted or renewed if in his opinion the holder of it is, no longer fit for work in the capacity stated therein. Where a certifying urgeon refuses to grant or renew a certificate or revoke a certificate, he shall, if so required

by the person concerned, state his reasons in writing for doing so. Examination Of Labourer : Where any official appointed in this

the Ministry of Labour is of the opinion that any person employed in connection with the execution of any work under this contract in the age group 15 to 19 years is without a certificate of fitness or is having a certificate of fitness but no longer fit tcapacity stated in the certificate, he may serve on the Contractor, or on the person nominated by him in this regard, a notice requiring that such persons shall be examined by a certifying surgeon and such person shall not if the concerned official so directs, be employed or permitted to do any work under this contract unless he has been medically examined and certified that he has been granted a certificate of fitness or a fresh certificate of fitness, as the

Only Qualified Medical Practitioners can be appointed as "Certifying Surgeons" and the term "Qualified Medical Practitioners" means a person holding a qualification granted by an authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act,

VII to 1916) or in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1933 The Certifying surgeon may be a medical officer in the service of State or Municipal

DETERMINATION OF CONTRACT Right Of IRCTC To Determine The Contract : IRCTC shall be entitled to

determine and terminate the contract at any time should, in the IRCTCcessation of work becomes necessary owing to paucity of funds or from any other cause whatever, in which case the value of approved materials at site and of work done to date by the Contractor will be paid for in full at the rate specified in the contract. Notice in writing

It is agreed that the contractor shall not employ a person above 15 and below 19 years of age for the purpose of execution of work under the contract unless a medical certificate of fitness in the prescribed form granted to him by a certifying surgeon certifying that he is fit to work as an adult, is obtained and kept in the custody of the contractor or a person nominated by him in this behalf and the

to such certificate. It is further agreed that the responsibility for having the adolescent examined medically at the time of appointment or periodically till he attains the age of 19 years shall devolve entirely

be incurred on this account shall be borne by him and no fee shall be charged from the adolescent or his parent for such medical examination.

A certificate of fitness ve said purposes shall be valid only for a period of one year at

a time. The certifying surgeon shall revoke a certificate granted or renewed if in his opinion the holder of it is, no longer fit for work in the capacity stated therein. Where a certifying urgeon refuses to grant or renew a certificate or revoke a certificate, he shall, if so required

Where any official appointed in this the Ministry of Labour is of the opinion that any person employed in connection

with the execution of any work under this contract in the age group 15 to 19 years is without a certificate of fitness or is having a certificate of fitness but no longer fit to work in the capacity stated in the certificate, he may serve on the Contractor, or on the person nominated by him in this regard, a notice requiring that such persons shall be examined by a certifying

ficial so directs, be employed or permitted to do any work under this contract unless he has been medically examined and certified that he has been granted a certificate of fitness or a fresh certificate of fitness, as the

Only Qualified Medical Practitioners can be appointed as "Certifying Surgeons" and the term "Qualified Medical Practitioners" means a person holding a qualification granted by an authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act,

VII to 1916) or in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1933 The Certifying surgeon may be a medical officer in the service of State or Municipal

IRCTC shall be entitled to IRCTC's opinion, the

cessation of work becomes necessary owing to paucity of funds or from any other cause materials at site and of work done to date by

the Contractor will be paid for in full at the rate specified in the contract. Notice in writing


Signature of Bidder

from IRCTC of such determination and the reasons therefor shall be conclusive evidence thereof. 61.(2) Payment On Determination Of Contract :under sub clause (1) of this clause and the Contractor claims payment for expenditure incurred by him in the expectation of completing the whole of the work, the IRCTC shall admit and consider such claims as are deemed reasonable and are supported by vouchers to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Railway's decision on the necessity and propriety of such expenditure shall be final and conclusive. 61.(3) The Contractor shall have no claim to

howsoever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but which he did not derive in consequence of determination of contract.

62.(1) Determination Of Cshould :

(i) Becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or(ii) Make an arrangement with of assignment in favour of his creditors, or agree

to carry out the contract under a Committee of Inspection of his cred(iii) Being a Company or Corporation, go into liquidation (other than a voluntary

liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), or(iv) Have an execution levied on his goods or property on the works, or(v) Assign the contract

these Conditions, or(vi) Abandon the contract, or(vii) Persistently disregard the instructions of the Engineer, or contravene any provision

of the contract, or (viii) Fail to adhere to the agreed programme of work by a margin of 10% of the

stipulated period, or (ix) Fail to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work after

receiving from the Engineer notice to the effect that the said materials ohave been condemned or rejected under Clause 25 and 27 of these Conditions, or

(x) Fail to take steps to employ competent or additional staff and labour as required under Clause 26 of the Conditions, or

(xi) Fail to afford the Engineer or Engineer'inspecting the works or any part thereof as required under Clause 28 of the Conditions, or


from IRCTC of such determination and the reasons therefor shall be conclusive evidence

n Determination Of Contract : Should the contract be determined under sub clause (1) of this clause and the Contractor claims payment for expenditure incurred by him in the expectation of completing the whole of the work, the IRCTC shall

such claims as are deemed reasonable and are supported by vouchers to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Railway's decision on the necessity and propriety of such expenditure shall be final and conclusive.

The Contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise, howsoever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but which he did not derive in consequence of determination of contract.

Determination Of Contract Owing To Default Of Contractor : Becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or Make an arrangement with of assignment in favour of his creditors, or agree to carry out the contract under a Committee of Inspection of his credBeing a Company or Corporation, go into liquidation (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), or Have an execution levied on his goods or property on the works, orAssign the contract or any part thereof otherwise than as provided in Clause 7 of these Conditions, or Abandon the contract, or Persistently disregard the instructions of the Engineer, or contravene any provision Fail to adhere to the agreed programme of work by a margin of 10% of the stipulated period, or Fail to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work after receiving from the Engineer notice to the effect that the said materials ohave been condemned or rejected under Clause 25 and 27 of these Conditions, orFail to take steps to employ competent or additional staff and labour as required under Clause 26 of the Conditions, or Fail to afford the Engineer or Engineer's representative proper facilities for inspecting the works or any part thereof as required under Clause 28 of the

from IRCTC of such determination and the reasons therefor shall be conclusive evidence

Should the contract be determined under sub clause (1) of this clause and the Contractor claims payment for expenditure incurred by him in the expectation of completing the whole of the work, the IRCTC shall

such claims as are deemed reasonable and are supported by vouchers to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Railway's decision on the necessity and propriety of

any payment of compensation or otherwise, howsoever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but which he did not derive in consequence of

ontract Owing To Default Of Contractor : If the Contractor

Make an arrangement with of assignment in favour of his creditors, or agree to carry out the contract under a Committee of Inspection of his creditors, or Being a Company or Corporation, go into liquidation (other than a voluntary

Have an execution levied on his goods or property on the works, or

or any part thereof otherwise than as provided in Clause 7 of

Persistently disregard the instructions of the Engineer, or contravene any provision Fail to adhere to the agreed programme of work by a margin of 10% of the Fail to remove materials from the site or to pull down and replace work after receiving from the Engineer notice to the effect that the said materials or works have been condemned or rejected under Clause 25 and 27 of these Conditions, or Fail to take steps to employ competent or additional staff and labour as required under

s representative proper facilities for inspecting the works or any part thereof as required under Clause 28 of the


Signature of Bidder

(xii) Promise, offer or give any bribe, commission, gift or advantage either himself or through his partner, agent or servantperson on his or on their behalf in relation to the execution of this or any other contract with this Railway.

(xiii) (A) At any time after the tender relating to the contract, has been signed and submitted by the Contractor, being a partnership firm admit as one of its partners or employee under it or being an incorporated company elect or nominate or allow to act as one of its directors or employee under it in any capacity whatsoever any retired engineer of retired gazetted officer working before his retirement, whether in the executive or administrative capacity, or whether holding any pensionable post or not, in the IRCTC for the time being owned and administered by IRCTC befoexpiry of two years from the date of retirement from the said service of such Engineer or Officer unless such Engineer or Officer has obtained permission from IRCTC or any officer duly authorized by him in this behalf to become a partner or a directbe, or

(B) Fail to give at the time of submitting the said tender :(a) The correct information as to the date of retirement of such retired

engineer or retired officer from the said service, osuch retired engineer or retired officer was under the employment of the Contractor at the time of submitting the said tender, or

(b) The correct information as to such engineers or officers obtaining permission to take employment und

(c) Being a partnership firm, the correct information as to, whether any of its partners was such a retired engineer or a retired officer, or

(d) Being in incorporated company, correct information as to whether any of its directors

(e) Being such a retired engineer or retired officer suppress and not disclose at the time of submitting the said tender the fact of his being such a retired engineer or a retired officer or make at thesaid tender a wrong statement in relation to his obtaining permission to take the contract or if the Contractor be a partnership firm or an incorporated company to be a partner or director of such firm or company as the case may be Contractor.

Then and in any of the said Clause, the Engineer on behalf of IRCTC may serve the Contractor with a notice in writing to that effect and if the Contractor does not within seven days after the delivery to him of such notice proceed to make good his default in so far as the same is capable of being made good and carry on the work or comply with such directions as aforesaid of the entire


Promise, offer or give any bribe, commission, gift or advantage either himself or through his partner, agent or servant to any officer or employee of IRCTC or to any person on his or on their behalf in relation to the execution of this or any other contract with this Railway.

At any time after the tender relating to the contract, has been signed and y the Contractor, being a partnership firm admit as one of its

partners or employee under it or being an incorporated company elect or nominate or allow to act as one of its directors or employee under it in any capacity whatsoever any retired engineer of the gazetted rank or any other retired gazetted officer working before his retirement, whether in the executive or administrative capacity, or whether holding any pensionable post or not, in the IRCTC for the time being owned and administered by IRCTC befoexpiry of two years from the date of retirement from the said service of such Engineer or Officer unless such Engineer or Officer has obtained permission from IRCTC or any officer duly authorized by him in this behalf to become a partner or a director or to take employment under the contract as the case may Fail to give at the time of submitting the said tender :

The correct information as to the date of retirement of such retired engineer or retired officer from the said service, or as to whether any such retired engineer or retired officer was under the employment of the Contractor at the time of submitting the said tender, or The correct information as to such engineers or officers obtaining permission to take employment under the Contractor, orBeing a partnership firm, the correct information as to, whether any of its partners was such a retired engineer or a retired officer, orBeing in incorporated company, correct information as to whether any of its directors was such a retired engineer or a retired officer, orBeing such a retired engineer or retired officer suppress and not disclose at the time of submitting the said tender the fact of his being such a retired engineer or a retired officer or make at the time of submitting the said tender a wrong statement in relation to his obtaining permission to take the contract or if the Contractor be a partnership firm or an incorporated company to be a partner or director of such firm or company as the case may be or to seek employment under the Contractor.

Then and in any of the said Clause, the Engineer on behalf of IRCTC may serve the Contractor with a notice in writing to that effect and if the Contractor does not within seven days after

such notice proceed to make good his default in so far as the same is capable of being made good and carry on the work or comply with such directions as aforesaid of the entire

Promise, offer or give any bribe, commission, gift or advantage either himself or to any officer or employee of IRCTC or to any

person on his or on their behalf in relation to the execution of this or any other At any time after the tender relating to the contract, has been signed and

y the Contractor, being a partnership firm admit as one of its partners or employee under it or being an incorporated company elect or nominate or allow to act as one of its directors or employee under it in any

the gazetted rank or any other retired gazetted officer working before his retirement, whether in the executive or administrative capacity, or whether holding any pensionable post or not, in the IRCTC for the time being owned and administered by IRCTC before the expiry of two years from the date of retirement from the said service of such Engineer or Officer unless such Engineer or Officer has obtained permission from IRCTC or any officer duly authorized by him in this behalf to become a

or or to take employment under the contract as the case may

The correct information as to the date of retirement of such retired r as to whether any

such retired engineer or retired officer was under the employment of the

The correct information as to such engineers or officers obtaining er the Contractor, or

Being a partnership firm, the correct information as to, whether any of its partners was such a retired engineer or a retired officer, or Being in incorporated company, correct information as to whether any of

was such a retired engineer or a retired officer, or Being such a retired engineer or retired officer suppress and not disclose at the time of submitting the said tender the fact of his being such a

time of submitting the said tender a wrong statement in relation to his obtaining permission to take the contract or if the Contractor be a partnership firm or an incorporated company to be a partner or director of such firm or

or to seek employment under the Then and in any of the said Clause, the Engineer on behalf of IRCTC may serve the

Contractor with a notice in writing to that effect and if the Contractor does not within seven days after such notice proceed to make good his default in so far as the same is capable of

being made good and carry on the work or comply with such directions as aforesaid of the entire


Signature of Bidder

satisfaction of the Engineer, IRCTC shall be entitled after giving 48 hours’ nhand of the Engineer to rescind the contract as a whole or in part or parts (as may be specified in such notice) and after expiry of 48 hours’ notice, a final termination notice should be issued.62.(2) Right Of IRCTC After RescContractor : In the event of any or several of the courses, referred to in Subthis Clause, being adopted :

(a) The Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any commitments or made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the works or the performance of the contract and Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any contract unless and until the Engineer shall have certified the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid the value so ce

(b) The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to take possession of any materials, tools, implements, machinery and buildings on the works or on the property on which these are being or ought to have been executed, and to retain employ the same in the further execution of the works or any part thereof until the completion of the works without the Contractor being entitled to any compensation for the use and employment thereof or for wear and tear or destruction thereof.

(c) The Engineer shall as soon as may be practicable after removal of the Contractor fix and determine ex-investigation or enquiries as he may consider fit to make or institute and shall certify what amountreasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of the work then actually done by him under the contract and what was the value of any unused, or partially used materworks upon the site. The legitimate amount due to the contractor after making necessary deductions and certified by the Engineer should be released expeditiously.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

63. Matters Finally Determined By IRCTC : whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the contract, whether during the progress of the work or after its completion and whether before or after the determination of the contract, shall be referred by the contractor to CMD/IRCTC, within 120 days after receipt of the contractor’s representation, make and notify decisions on all matters referred to by the contractor in writing provided that matters for which provision has been made in Clauses 8, 18, 22(5), 39, 43(2), 45(a), 55, 55Standard General Conditions of Contract or in any Clause of the Special Conditions of the Contract shall be deemed as ‘excepted matters’ (matters not arbitrable)and decisions of


satisfaction of the Engineer, IRCTC shall be entitled after giving 48 hours’ notice in writing under the hand of the Engineer to rescind the contract as a whole or in part or parts (as may be specified in such notice) and after expiry of 48 hours’ notice, a final termination notice should be issued.

Right Of IRCTC After Rescission Of Contract Owing To Default Of In the event of any or several of the courses, referred to in SubThe Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him

is having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any commitments or made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the works or the performance of the contract and Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereto for actually performed under the contract unless and until the Engineer shall have certified the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified. The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to take possession of any materials, tools, implements, machinery and buildings on the works or on the property on which these are being or ought to have been executed, and to retain employ the same in the further execution of the works or any part thereof until the completion of the works without the Contractor being entitled to any compensation for the use and employment thereof or for wear and tear or destruction thereof.

gineer shall as soon as may be practicable after removal of the Contractor fix -parte or by or after reference to the parties or after such

investigation or enquiries as he may consider fit to make or institute and shall certify what amount (if any) had at the time of rescission of the contract been reasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of the work then actually done by him under the contract and what was the value of any unused, or partially used materials, any constructional plant and any temporary works upon the site. The legitimate amount due to the contractor after making necessary deductions and certified by the Engineer should be released

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES – IRCTC/ INDIAN RAILWAY ARBITRATION RULESMatters Finally Determined By IRCTC : All disputes and differences of any kind

whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the contract, whether during the progress of the work or after its completion and whether before or after the determination of the contract,

ontractor to CMD/IRCTC, within 120 days after receipt of the contractor’s representation, make and notify decisions on all matters referred to by the contractor in writing provided that matters for which provision has been made in Clauses 8,

, 43(2), 45(a), 55, 55-A(5), 57, 57A,61(1), 61(2) and 62(1) to (xiii)(B) of Standard General Conditions of Contract or in any Clause of the Special Conditions of the Contract shall be deemed as ‘excepted matters’ (matters not arbitrable)and decisions of

otice in writing under the hand of the Engineer to rescind the contract as a whole or in part or parts (as may be specified in such notice) and after expiry of 48 hours’ notice, a final termination notice should be issued.

ission Of Contract Owing To Default Of In the event of any or several of the courses, referred to in Sub-Clause (1) of The Contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him

is having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any commitments or made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the works or the performance of the contract and Contractor shall not be entitled

sum for any work thereto for actually performed under the contract unless and until the Engineer shall have certified the performance of such work and the value payable in respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to take possession of any materials, tools, implements, machinery and buildings on the works or on the property on which these are being or ought to have been executed, and to retain and employ the same in the further execution of the works or any part thereof until the completion of the works without the Contractor being entitled to any compensation for the use and employment thereof or for wear and tear or destruction thereof.

gineer shall as soon as may be practicable after removal of the Contractor fix parte or by or after reference to the parties or after such

investigation or enquiries as he may consider fit to make or institute and shall (if any) had at the time of rescission of the contract been

reasonably earned by or would reasonably accrue to the Contractor in respect of the work then actually done by him under the contract and what was the value of any

ials, any constructional plant and any temporary works upon the site. The legitimate amount due to the contractor after making necessary deductions and certified by the Engineer should be released

ILWAY ARBITRATION RULES All disputes and differences of any kind

whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the contract, whether during the progress of the work or after its completion and whether before or after the determination of the contract,

ontractor to CMD/IRCTC, within 120 days after receipt of the contractor’s representation, make and notify decisions on all matters referred to by the contractor in writing provided that matters for which provision has been made in Clauses 8,

A(5), 57, 57A,61(1), 61(2) and 62(1) to (xiii)(B) of Standard General Conditions of Contract or in any Clause of the Special Conditions of the Contract shall be deemed as ‘excepted matters’ (matters not arbitrable)and decisions of


Signature of Bidder

IRCTC authority, thereon shall be final and binding on the contractor; provided further that ‘excepted matters’ shall stand specifically excluded from the purview of the Arbitration Clause. 64.(1) Demand For Arbitration :64.(1) (i) In the event of any dispconstruction or operation of this contract, or the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question, dispute or difference on any account or as to the withholding by IRCTC of any certificate to which the contractor may claim to be entitled to, or if IRCTC fails to make a decision within 120 days, then and in any such case, but except in any of the “excepted matters” referred to in Clause 63 of these Conditions, the contractor, days but within 180 days of his presenting his final claim on disputed matters shall demand in writing that the dispute or difference be referred to arbitration.64.(1) (ii) The demand for arbitration shall specify the matters which are in subject of the dispute or difference as also the amount of claim itemdispute(s)or difference(s) in respect of which the demand has been made, together with counter claims or set off, given by the Railwaymatters shall not be included in the reference.64.(1) (iii) (a) The Arbitration proceedings shall be assumed to have commenced from

the day, a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the Railway.

(b) The claimant alongwith all the relevant documents and the relief or remedy sought against each claim within a period of 30 days from the date of appointment of the Arbitral Tribunal.

(c) IRCTC shall submwithin a period of 60 days of receipt of copy of claims from Tribunal thereafter, unless otherwise extension has been granted by Tribunal.

(d) Place of Arbitration : The place of arbitration would b (e) The parties may waive of the applicability of section 12(5) of Arbitration

and Conciliation (amendment) at 2015, if the agreed for such waiver, in writing, after dispute having arisen between them, in the format given under Appendi

64.(1) (iv) No new claim shall be added during proceedings by either party. However, a party may amend or supplement the original claim or defence thereof during the course of arbitration proceedings subject to acceptance bmaking it.


CTC authority, thereon shall be final and binding on the contractor; provided further that ‘excepted matters’ shall stand specifically excluded from the purview of the Arbitration

Demand For Arbitration : In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties hereto as to the

construction or operation of this contract, or the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question, dispute or difference on any account or as to the withholding by

any certificate to which the contractor may claim to be entitled to, or if IRCTC fails to make a decision within 120 days, then and in any such case, but except in any of the

referred to in Clause 63 of these Conditions, the contractor, days but within 180 days of his presenting his final claim on disputed matters shall demand in writing that the dispute or difference be referred to arbitration.

The demand for arbitration shall specify the matters which are in subject of the dispute or difference as also the amount of claim item-wise. Only such dispute(s)or difference(s) in respect of which the demand has been made, together with counter claims or set off, given by the Railway, shall be referred to arbitration and other matters shall not be included in the reference.

The Arbitration proceedings shall be assumed to have commenced from the day, a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the

The claimant shall submit his claim stating the facts supporting the claims alongwith all the relevant documents and the relief or remedy sought against each claim within a period of 30 days from the date of appointment of the Arbitral Tribunal. IRCTC shall submit its defence statement and counter claim(s), if any, within a period of 60 days of receipt of copy of claims from Tribunal thereafter, unless otherwise extension has been granted by Tribunal. Place of Arbitration : The place of arbitration would be New Delhi only.

(e) The parties may waive of the applicability of section 12(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation (amendment) at 2015, if the agreed for such waiver, in writing, after dispute having arisen between them, in the format given

Appendix- A-6 of these condition.

No new claim shall be added during proceedings by either party. However, a party may amend or supplement the original claim or defence thereof during the course of arbitration proceedings subject to acceptance by Tribunal having due regard to the delay in

CTC authority, thereon shall be final and binding on the contractor; provided further that ‘excepted matters’ shall stand specifically excluded from the purview of the Arbitration

ute or difference between the parties hereto as to the construction or operation of this contract, or the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question, dispute or difference on any account or as to the withholding by

any certificate to which the contractor may claim to be entitled to, or if IRCTC fails to make a decision within 120 days, then and in any such case, but except in any of the

referred to in Clause 63 of these Conditions, the contractor, after 120 days but within 180 days of his presenting his final claim on disputed matters shall demand

The demand for arbitration shall specify the matters which are in question, or wise. Only such

dispute(s)or difference(s) in respect of which the demand has been made, together with arbitration and other

The Arbitration proceedings shall be assumed to have commenced from the day, a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the

shall submit his claim stating the facts supporting the claims alongwith all the relevant documents and the relief or remedy sought against each claim within a period of 30 days from the date of

it its defence statement and counter claim(s), if any, within a period of 60 days of receipt of copy of claims from Tribunal thereafter, unless otherwise extension has been granted by Tribunal.

e New Delhi only. (e) The parties may waive of the applicability of section 12(5) of Arbitration

and Conciliation (amendment) at 2015, if the agreed for such waiver, in writing, after dispute having arisen between them, in the format given

No new claim shall be added during proceedings by either party. However, a party may amend or supplement the original claim or defence thereof during the course of

y Tribunal having due regard to the delay in


Signature of Bidder

64.(1) (v) If the contractor(s) does/do not prefer his/their specific and final claims in writing, within a period of 90 days of receiving the intimation from the IRCTC that the final bill is ready for payment, he/they will be deemed to have waived his/their claim(s) and IRCTC shall be discharged and released of all liabilities under the contract in respect of these claims. 64.(2) Obligation During Pendency Of Arbitration :unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, continue during the arbitration proceedings, and no payment due or payable by IRCTC shall be withheld on account of such proceedings, provided, however, it shall be open for Arbitral Tribunal to consider andnot such work should continue during arbitration proceedings.64.(3) Appointment of Arbitrator : Section 12(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation Act has been waived off:64.(3) (a)(i) In cases where the total value of all claims in question added together does not exceed Rs. 1,00,00,000 (Rupees one crore only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Sole Arbitrator who shall be nominated by the CMD/IRCTC. The sole arbitrator shall be appointed within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by CMD. 64.(3) (a)(ii) In cases not covered by the Clause 64(3)(a)(i), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Panel of three Officers. For this purpose, IRCTC(4) names of Officers of one or more departments of IRCTC which may also include the name(s) of retired Railway Officer(s) empanelled to work as Arbitrator to the contractor within 60 days from the day when a written and the CMD. Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD at least 2 names out of the panel for appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request by IRCTC. CMD/IRCTC shall apand will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators either from the panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the ‘presiding arbitrator’ from amongst the 3 arbitrators so appointed. CMD/IRCTC shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the names of contractor’s nominees. (3) (b): Appointment of Arbitrator where applicability of section 12(5) of A&C Act hasnot been waived off: The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Panel of three (3) retired Officer retired not below the rank of SAG Officer, as the arbitrators. For this purpose, the IRCTC will send a panel of at least four (4) names of retired Officer(s) empanelledtheir retirement date to the contractor within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the CMD.Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD/IRCTC at least 2 names out of the appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request by IRCTC. The CMD shall appoint at least one out of them as the contractor’s nominee and


the contractor(s) does/do not prefer his/their specific and final claims in writing, within a period of 90 days of receiving the intimation from the IRCTC that the final

for payment, he/they will be deemed to have waived his/their claim(s) and IRCTC shall be discharged and released of all liabilities under the contract in respect of these

Obligation During Pendency Of Arbitration : Work under the contract sunless otherwise directed by the Engineer, continue during the arbitration proceedings, and no payment due or payable by IRCTC shall be withheld on account of such proceedings, provided, however, it shall be open for Arbitral Tribunal to consider and decide whether or not such work should continue during arbitration proceedings.

Appointment of Arbitrator : Appointment of Arbitrator where applicability of Section 12(5) of Arbitration and Conciliation Act has been waived off:

cases where the total value of all claims in question added together does not exceed Rs. 1,00,00,000 (Rupees one crore only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Sole Arbitrator who shall be nominated by the CMD/IRCTC. The sole arbitrator shall be

ointed within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is

In cases not covered by the Clause 64(3)(a)(i), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Panel of three Officers. For this purpose, IRCTC will send a panel of atleast four (4) names of Officers of one or more departments of IRCTC which may also include the name(s) of retired Railway Officer(s) empanelled to work as Arbitrator to the contractor within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by

Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD at least 2 names out of the panel for appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request by IRCTC. CMD/IRCTC shall appoint at least one out of them as the contractor’s nominee and will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators either from the panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the ‘presiding arbitrator’ from amongst the 3

appointed. CMD/IRCTC shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the names of contractor’s nominees.

Appointment of Arbitrator where applicability of section 12(5) of A&C Act hasThe Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Panel of three (3) retired Officer retired not below the rank of SAG Officer, as the arbitrators. For this purpose, the IRCTC will send a panel of at least four (4) names of retired Officer(s) empanelled to work as Arbitrator duly indicating their retirement date to the contractor within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the CMD. Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD/IRCTC at least 2 names out of the appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request by IRCTC. The CMD shall appoint at least one out of them as the contractor’s nominee and

the contractor(s) does/do not prefer his/their specific and final claims in writing, within a period of 90 days of receiving the intimation from the IRCTC that the final

for payment, he/they will be deemed to have waived his/their claim(s) and IRCTC shall be discharged and released of all liabilities under the contract in respect of these

Work under the contract shall, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, continue during the arbitration proceedings, and no payment due or payable by IRCTC shall be withheld on account of such proceedings,

decide whether or

Appointment of Arbitrator where applicability of cases where the total value of all claims in question added together does

not exceed Rs. 1,00,00,000 (Rupees one crore only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Sole Arbitrator who shall be nominated by the CMD/IRCTC. The sole arbitrator shall be

ointed within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is

In cases not covered by the Clause 64(3)(a)(i), the Arbitral Tribunal shall will send a panel of atleast four

(4) names of Officers of one or more departments of IRCTC which may also include the name(s) of retired Railway Officer(s) empanelled to work as Arbitrator to the contractor

valid demand for arbitration is received by Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD at least 2 names out of the panel for

appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request point at least one out of them as the contractor’s nominee

and will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators either from the panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the ‘presiding arbitrator’ from amongst the 3

appointed. CMD/IRCTC shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the names of contractor’s nominees.

Appointment of Arbitrator where applicability of section 12(5) of A&C Act has The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a Panel of three (3) retired Officer retired not below the rank of SAG Officer, as the arbitrators. For this purpose, the IRCTC will send a panel of at

to work as Arbitrator duly indicating their retirement date to the contractor within 60 days from the day when a written and valid Contractor will be asked to suggest to CMD/IRCTC at least 2 names out of the panel for appointment as contractor’s nominee within 30 days from the date of dispatch of the request by IRCTC. The CMD shall appoint at least one out of them as the contractor’s nominee and


Signature of Bidder

will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitratofrom outside the panel, duly indicating the presiding arbitrator from amongst the 3 arbitrators so appointed. CMD shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the names of c64.(3) (a)(iii) If one or more of the arbitrators appointed as above refuses to act as arbitrator, withdraws from his office as arbitrator, or vacates his/their office/offices or is/are unable or unwilling to perform his functions asor in the opinion of the CMD/IRCTC fails to act without undue delay, the CMD/IRCTC shall appoint new arbitrator/arbitrators to act in his/their place in the same manner in which the earlier arbitrator/arbitrators had been appointed. Such rediscretion, proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by the previous arbitrator (s). 64.(3) (a)(iv) (i) The Arbitral Tribunal shall have power to call for such evidence bof affidavits or otherwise as the Arbitral Tribunal shall think proper, and it shall be the duty of the parties hereto to do or cause to be done all such things as may be necessary to enable the Arbitral Tribunal to make the award without any delay. be conducted on the basis of documents and written statements.(ii) Before proceeding into the merits of any dispute, the Arbitral Tribunal shall first decide and pass its orders over any please submitted/objections raised byappointment of Arbitral Tribunal, validity of arbitration agreement jurisdiction and scope of the Tribunal to deal with the dispute (s) submitted to arbitration, applicability of time ‘limitation’ to any dispute, any violation arbitral proceedings or please for interim measures of protection and record its orders in day to day proceedings. A copy of the proceedings duly signed all the members of tribunal should be provided to both the parties. (iii): Qualification of Arbitrator (s) (a) Serving Gazetted IRCTC Officers of not below JA Grade level. (b) Empanelled Retired Railway Officers is not below SA Grade level, three years

after his date of retirement. (c) Age of arbitrator at th(iv) An Arbitrator may be appointed notwithstanding the total number of arbitration cases in which he has been appointed in the past. 64. (3) (a)(v) While appointing arbitrator(s) under Subcare shall be taken that he/they is/are not the one/those who had an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties as


will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators either from the panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the presiding arbitrator from amongst the 3 arbitrators so appointed. CMD shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the names of contractor’s nominee.

If one or more of the arbitrators appointed as above refuses to act as arbitrator, withdraws from his office as arbitrator, or vacates his/their office/offices or is/are unable or unwilling to perform his functions as arbitrator for any reason whatsoever or dies or in the opinion of the CMD/IRCTC fails to act without undue delay, the CMD/IRCTC shall appoint new arbitrator/arbitrators to act in his/their place in the same manner in which the

rs had been appointed. Such re-constituted Tribunal may, at its discretion, proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by the previous

The Arbitral Tribunal shall have power to call for such evidence bof affidavits or otherwise as the Arbitral Tribunal shall think proper, and it shall be the duty of the parties hereto to do or cause to be done all such things as may be necessary to enable the Arbitral Tribunal to make the award without any delay. The proceedings shall normally be conducted on the basis of documents and written statements.

Before proceeding into the merits of any dispute, the Arbitral Tribunal shall first decide and pass its orders over any please submitted/objections raised by any party, if any regarding appointment of Arbitral Tribunal, validity of arbitration agreement jurisdiction and scope of the Tribunal to deal with the dispute (s) submitted to arbitration, applicability of time ‘limitation’ to any dispute, any violation of agreed procedure regarding conduct of the arbitral proceedings or please for interim measures of protection and record its orders in day to day proceedings. A copy of the proceedings duly signed all the members of tribunal should

parties. Qualification of Arbitrator (s)

Serving Gazetted IRCTC Officers of not below JA Grade level.Empanelled Retired Railway Officers is not below SA Grade level, three years after his date of retirement. Age of arbitrator at the time of appointment shall be below 70 years.

An Arbitrator may be appointed notwithstanding the total number of arbitration cases in which he has been appointed in the past.

While appointing arbitrator(s) under Sub-Clause (i), (ii) & (iii) above, due care shall be taken that he/they is/are not the one/those who had an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties as

rs either from the panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the presiding arbitrator from amongst the 3 arbitrators so appointed. CMD shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30

If one or more of the arbitrators appointed as above refuses to act as arbitrator, withdraws from his office as arbitrator, or vacates his/their office/offices or is/are

arbitrator for any reason whatsoever or dies or in the opinion of the CMD/IRCTC fails to act without undue delay, the CMD/IRCTC shall appoint new arbitrator/arbitrators to act in his/their place in the same manner in which the

constituted Tribunal may, at its discretion, proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by the previous

The Arbitral Tribunal shall have power to call for such evidence by way of affidavits or otherwise as the Arbitral Tribunal shall think proper, and it shall be the duty of the parties hereto to do or cause to be done all such things as may be necessary to enable

The proceedings shall normally

Before proceeding into the merits of any dispute, the Arbitral Tribunal shall first decide any party, if any regarding

appointment of Arbitral Tribunal, validity of arbitration agreement jurisdiction and scope of the Tribunal to deal with the dispute (s) submitted to arbitration, applicability of time

of agreed procedure regarding conduct of the arbitral proceedings or please for interim measures of protection and record its orders in day to day proceedings. A copy of the proceedings duly signed all the members of tribunal should

Serving Gazetted IRCTC Officers of not below JA Grade level. Empanelled Retired Railway Officers is not below SA Grade level, three years

e time of appointment shall be below 70 years. An Arbitrator may be appointed notwithstanding the total number of arbitration cases in

Clause (i), (ii) & (iii) above, due care shall be taken that he/they is/are not the one/those who had an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties as Railway


Signature of Bidder

servant(s) expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute or differences. The proceedings of the Arbitral Tribunal or the award made by such Tribunal will, however, not be invalid merely for the reason that one or more arbitrator had, opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute.64.(3) (b)(i) The arbitral award shall state item wise,is based. The analysis and reasons shall be detailed enough so that the award could be inferred therefrom. 64.(3) (b)(ii) A party may apply for corrections of any computational errors, any typographical or clerical errora Tribunal and interpretation of a specific point of award to Tribunal within 60 days of receipt of the award. 64.(3) (b)(iii) A party may apply to Tribunal within 60 days of receipt of awaan additional award as to claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the arbitral award. 64.(4) In case of the Tribunal, comprising of three Members, any ruling on award shall be made by a majority of Members of Tribunal. Ithe Presiding Arbitrator shall prevail.64.(5) Where the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period till the date on which the award is made.64.(6) The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the respective parties. The cost shallalia include fee of the arbitrator(s), as per the rates fixed by IRCTC from time to time and the fee shall be borne equally by both the parties. Further, the fee payable to the arbitrator(s) would be governed by the instructions issued on the subjecirrespective of the fact whether the arbitrator(s) is/are appointed by IRCTC Administration or by the court of law unless specifically directed by Hon’ble court otherwise on the matter.64.(7) Subject to the provisions of the athe rules thereunder and relevant para of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and any statutory modifications thereof shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under this Clause.


servant(s) expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute or differences. The proceedings of the Arbitral Tribunal or the award made by such Tribunal will, however, not be invalid merely for the reason that one or more arbitrator had, in the course of his service, opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute.

The arbitral award shall state item wise, the sum and reasons upon which it is based. The analysis and reasons shall be detailed enough so that the award could be

A party may apply for corrections of any computational errors, any typographical or clerical errors or any other error of similar nature occurring in the award of a Tribunal and interpretation of a specific point of award to Tribunal within 60 days of

A party may apply to Tribunal within 60 days of receipt of awaan additional award as to claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the

In case of the Tribunal, comprising of three Members, any ruling on award shall be made by a majority of Members of Tribunal. In the absence of such a majority, the views of the Presiding Arbitrator shall prevail.

the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period till the date on which the award is made.

cost of arbitration shall be borne by the respective parties. The cost shallalia include fee of the arbitrator(s), as per the rates fixed by IRCTC from time to time and the fee shall be borne equally by both the parties. Further, the fee payable to the arbitrator(s) would be governed by the instructions issued on the subject by IRCTC from time to time irrespective of the fact whether the arbitrator(s) is/are appointed by IRCTC Administration or by the court of law unless specifically directed by Hon’ble court otherwise on the matter.

Subject to the provisions of the aforesaid Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the rules thereunder and relevant para of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and any statutory modifications thereof shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under this Clause.

Registered Acknowledgeme

servant(s) expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute or differences. The proceedings of the Arbitral Tribunal or the award made by such Tribunal will, however, not

in the course of his service, opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course of

the sum and reasons upon which it is based. The analysis and reasons shall be detailed enough so that the award could be

A party may apply for corrections of any computational errors, any s or any other error of similar nature occurring in the award of

a Tribunal and interpretation of a specific point of award to Tribunal within 60 days of

A party may apply to Tribunal within 60 days of receipt of award to make an additional award as to claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the

In case of the Tribunal, comprising of three Members, any ruling on award shall be n the absence of such a majority, the views of

the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period till the date on which the award is made.

cost of arbitration shall be borne by the respective parties. The cost shall inter-alia include fee of the arbitrator(s), as per the rates fixed by IRCTC from time to time and the fee shall be borne equally by both the parties. Further, the fee payable to the arbitrator(s)

t by IRCTC from time to time irrespective of the fact whether the arbitrator(s) is/are appointed by IRCTC Administration or by the court of law unless specifically directed by Hon’ble court otherwise on the matter.

foresaid Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the rules thereunder and relevant para of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and any statutory modifications thereof shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under this Clause.

Registered Acknowledgement Due


Signature of Bidder

PROFORMA FOR TIME EXTENSIONNo. _______________________ Dated : ________________________________________________________________________________Sub : (i) name of work)._______________

(ii) Acceptance letter no. _______(iii) Understanding/Agreement

Ref: _______________________________________ Contractor for extension to the date received)___________________________________________

Dear Sir, The stipulated date for completion of the work mentioned above is

_______________. From the progress made so far and the present rate of progress, it is unlikely that the work will be completed by the above date (or ‘However, the work was not completed on this date’).2. Expecting that you may be able to complete the work, if some more time is given, the competent authority, although not bound to do so, hereby extends the time for completion from _________________ to ___________________.3. Please note that an amount equal to the liquidated damages for delay in the completion· of the work after the expiry of _______________________ the stipulated date for completion with/without any penalty fixed earlier) recovered from you as ment of Contract for the extended period, notwithstanding the grant of this extension. You may proceed with the work accordingly.4. The above extension of the completion date will also be subject to th condition that no increase in rates on any account will be payable to you.5. Please intimate within a week of the receipt of this letter your acceptance of the extension of the conditions stated above.6. Please note that in the event of your said conditions or in the event of your failure after accepting or acting upto this extension to complete the work by ______________ ( date), further action will be taken in terms o Conditions of Contract.


PROFORMA FOR TIME EXTENSION

No. _______________________ Dated : ____________ __________________________________ __________________________________

_______________ Acceptance letter no. _______

g/Agreement no. _______________________________________ (Quote specific application of Contractor for extension to the date received)___________________________________________

The stipulated date for completion of the work mentioned above is _______________. From the progress made so far and the present rate of progress, it is unlikely that the work will be completed by the above date (or ‘However, the work

on this date’). Expecting that you may be able to complete the work, if some more time is given, the competent authority, although not bound to do so, hereby extends the time for completion from _________________ to ___________________.

that an amount equal to the liquidated damages for delay in the completion· of the work after the expiry of _______________________ the stipulated date for completion with/without any penalty fixed earlier)recovered from you as mentioned in Clause, 17-B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract for the extended period, notwithstanding the grant of this extension. You may proceed with the work accordingly. The above extension of the completion date will also be subject to thcondition that no increase in rates on any account will be payable to you.Please intimate within a week of the receipt of this letter your acceptance of the extension of the conditions stated above. Please note that in the event of your declining to accept the extension on the above said conditions or in the event of your failure after accepting or acting upto this extension to complete the work by ______________ (here mention the extended

), further action will be taken in terms of Clause 62 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract.

For and on behalf of IRCTC

(Quote specific application of Contractor for extension to the date received)

The stipulated date for completion of the work mentioned above is _______________. From the progress made so far and the present rate of progress, it is unlikely that the work will be completed by the above date (or ‘However, the work

Expecting that you may be able to complete the work, if some more time is given, the competent authority, although not bound to do so, hereby extends the time for

that an amount equal to the liquidated damages for delay in the completion· of the work after the expiry of _______________________ (give here the stipulated date for completion with/without any penalty fixed earlier) will be

B of the Standard General Conditions of Contract for the extended period, notwithstanding the grant of this extension. You The above extension of the completion date will also be subject to the further condition that no increase in rates on any account will be payable to you. Please intimate within a week of the receipt of this letter your acceptance of the

declining to accept the extension on the above said conditions or in the event of your failure after accepting or acting upto this

here mention the extended f Clause 62 of the Standard General

Yours faithfully For and on behalf of IRCTC


Signature of Bidder

1. (a) Serial Number ______________ (b) Date _______________2. Name of person examined ________________________ I certify that I have personally examined (3. Father’s Name : son/daughter of _____________________________________________ ,

residing at __________________________________________________________________4. Sex ___________ 5. Residence : ________________________________________________________________6. Date of birth, if available, and/or certified age

____________________________7. Physical fitness _______________________8. Identification marks ___________________

_____________________________________9. Reasons for :

(a) refusal to grant certificate, or (b) revoking the Certificate

________________________Signature or Left Hand

Thumb Impression of the

Note : In case of physical disability, the exact details of the cause of the physical disability should

be clearly stated


CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS

Serial Number ______________ Date _______________

Name of person examined ________________________ certify that I have personally examined (name)_______________________

Father’s Name : son/daughter of _____________________________________________ , residing at __________________________________________________________________

Residence : ________________________________________________________________Date of birth, if available, and/or certified age ____________________________

Who is desirous of being employed in a factory or on a work reqmanual labour and that his / her age as nearly as can be ascertained from my examination, is _______ years and that he/she is fit for employment in a factory or on a work requiring manual labour as an adult/child.

_______________________ Identification marks ___________________ _____________________________________

____________________________________________________________

refusal to grant certificate, or revoking the Certificate

________________________ Signature or Left Hand

Thumb Impression of the person Examined

Signature of Certifying Surgeon

In case of physical disability, the exact details of the cause of the physical disability should

Father’s Name : son/daughter of _____________________________________________ , residing at __________________________________________________________________

Residence : ________________________________________________________________ Who is desirous of being employed in a factory or on a work requiring manual labour and that his / her age as nearly as can be ascertained from my examination, is _______ years and that he/she is fit for employment in a factory or on a work requiring manual

______________________________ ______________________________

In case of physical disability, the exact details of the cause of the physical disability should


Signature of Bidder

PROFORMA OF 7 DAYS NOTICEINDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

To M/s _____________________________

_________________________________Dear Sir,

Contract Agreement No. In connection with _________________________________________________

In spite of repeated instructions to you by the subordinate offices as well as by this office in various letters of even no. ________________failed to start work/show adequate progress and/or submit detailed programme for completing the work. 2. Your attention is invited to this office/Chief Engineer’s office letter no. ___________ ________, dated __________ in refe3. As you have failed to abide by the instructions issued to commence the work/to show adequate progress of work you are hereby given 7 days’ notice in accordance with Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress, failing which further action as provided in Clause 62 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract viz. to terminate your Contract and complete the balance work without your participation wi Kindly acknowledge receipt.


Registered Acknowledgement DuePROFORMA OF 7 DAYS NOTICE

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION(Without Prejudice)

_____________________________ _________________________________

Contract Agreement No. _____________________________________________In connection with _________________________________________________

In spite of repeated instructions to you by the subordinate offices as well as by this office in various letters of even no. ________________, dated __________; you have failed to start work/show adequate progress and/or submit detailed programme for

Your attention is invited to this office/Chief Engineer’s office letter no. ___________ ________, dated __________ in reference to your representation, dated ____________.

As you have failed to abide by the instructions issued to commence the work/to show adequate progress of work you are hereby given 7 days’ notice in accordance with Clause 62 of

ions of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress, failing which further action as provided in Clause 62 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract viz. to terminate your Contract and complete the balance work without your participation wi

Kindly acknowledge receipt.




INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

_____________________________________________ In connection with _________________________________________________

In spite of repeated instructions to you by the subordinate offices as well as by this , dated __________; you have

failed to start work/show adequate progress and/or submit detailed programme for

Your attention is invited to this office/Chief Engineer’s office letter no. ___________ rence to your representation, dated ____________.

As you have failed to abide by the instructions issued to commence the work/to show adequate progress of work you are hereby given 7 days’ notice in accordance with Clause 62 of

ions of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress, failing which further action as provided in Clause 62 of the Standard General Conditions of Contract viz. to terminate your Contract and complete the balance work without your participation will be taken.

Yours faithfully




Signature of Bidder

PROFORMA OF 48 HRS. NOTICEINDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

To M/s _____________________________

_________________________________ Dear Sir,


Seven days’ notice under Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of Contract was given to you under this office letter of even no., dated ____________; but you have taken no action to commence the work/show adequate progress of the work. 2. You are hereby given 48 hours’ notice in terms of Clause 62 of Standard General of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress of works, failing which and on expiry of this period your above contract will stand rescinded and the work under this contract will be carried out independently without your participationPerformance Guarantee shall also be encashed and consequences which may please be noted. Kindly acknowledge receipt.


PROFORMA OF 48 HRS. NOTICE INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

(Without Prejudice)

_____________________________ _________________________________


Seven days’ notice under Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of ontract was given to you under this office letter of even no., dated ____________;

but you have taken no action to commence the work/show adequate progress of the

You are hereby given 48 hours’ notice in terms of Clause 62 of Standard General of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress of works, failing which and on expiry of this period your above contract will stand rescinded and the work under this contract will be carried out independently without your participation and your Security Deposit shall be forfeited and Performance Guarantee shall also be encashed and consequences which may please be noted.





Contract Agreement No. _____________________________________________ In connection with _________________________________________________

Seven days’ notice under Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of ontract was given to you under this office letter of even no., dated ____________;

but you have taken no action to commence the work/show adequate progress of the

You are hereby given 48 hours’ notice in terms of Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of Contract to commence works / to make good the progress of works, failing which and on expiry of this period your above contract will stand rescinded and the work under this contract will be carried

and your Security Deposit shall be forfeited and Performance Guarantee shall also be encashed and consequences which may please be noted.

Yours faithfully




Signature of Bidder

PROFORMA OF TERMINATION NOTICEINDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

No. ___________________________________________________________________To

M/s _____________________________ _____________________________

Dear Sir, Contract Agreement No. _____________________________________________In connection with ______________________________

Forty eight hours (48 hrs.) notice was given to you under this office letter of even no., dated _______________; but you have taken no action to commence the work/show adequate progress of the work. Since the period of 48 hours’ notice has already expired, the above contract stands rescinded in terms of Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of Concontract will be carried out independently without your participation. Your participation as well as participation of every member/partner in any manner as an individual or a partnership firmdebarred from participation in the tender for executing the balance work and your Security Deposit shall be forfeited and Performance Guarantee shall also be encashed. Kindly acknowledge receipt.

Signature of the tenderer/s____________Address________________________


PROFORMA OF TERMINATION NOTICE INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION

(Without Prejudice) No. ________________________________ Dated ___________________________________

_____________________________ _____________________________

Contract Agreement No. _____________________________________________In connection with ______________________________

Forty eight hours (48 hrs.) notice was given to you under this office letter of even no., ______________; but you have taken no action to commence the work/show

adequate progress of the work. Since the period of 48 hours’ notice has already expired, the above contract stands rescinded

in terms of Clause 62 of Standard General Conditions of Contract and the balance work under this contract will be carried out independently without your participation. Your participation as well as participation of every member/partner in any manner as an individual or a partnership firm

articipation in the tender for executing the balance work and your Security Deposit shall be forfeited and Performance Guarantee shall also be encashed.



derer/s____________ dress________________________


Contract Agreement No. _____________________________________________

Forty eight hours (48 hrs.) notice was given to you under this office letter of even no., ______________; but you have taken no action to commence the work/show

Since the period of 48 hours’ notice has already expired, the above contract stands rescinded tract and the balance work under this

contract will be carried out independently without your participation. Your participation as well as participation of every member/partner in any manner as an individual or a partnership firm is hereby

articipation in the tender for executing the balance work and your Security Deposit

Yours faithfully



Signature of Bidder

16. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL a. Name & scope of work: The work is for “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road &

construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New of the building is to be provided keeping future provision for the work includes construction water supply& other civil development works at sit

b. Location of work site

The site is located at New Delhi Adjacent to Platform No.16. The plying of heavy commercial vehicles is not permitted in daytime and all materials are to be transportedtenderer/s is/are requested to take all these aspects into account while quoting his/their rates. No extra payment/claims shall be entertained at a later date on these accounts.

c. Number of other works shall also be in tenderer/s shall have to maintain close liaison with other agencies so that all works progress simultaneously without any problem. No claims shall be entertained on this account.

d. Work shall be carried out as

Ltd from time to time. In addition, instructions to carry out certain works may also be given in writing through letters or site order book.

e Some of the Civil/Electrical works required to be exec

be interlinked with certain other works to be executed by IRCTC Ltd/other agencies. As per the direction of the site into be expedited or held back taking into consideraagencies also without any extra cost.

f The rates quoted by the Contractor/s shall be all inclusive through rates. The contractor

within the rates quoted prepare working drawing for plumbing and electrical works and get the same approved from the final scope of work at the site. No leads/lifts, loading/unloading, handling, rehandling, stacking at site, toll tax, octori, sales tax, service tax and royalty or any other charges levied or leviable by the State Government or Local Bodies shall be paid by the IRCTC Ltd.


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS

Name & scope of work:- “Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road &

construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi”. Howeverof the building is to be provided keeping future provision for G+ 5 floorsthe work includes construction of RCC framed structure building, Sanitary, drainage,

other civil development works at site.

The site is located at New Delhi Railway Station, Ajmeri Gate Side, Circulatory Area, Adjacent to Platform No.16. The plying of heavy commercial vehicles is not permitted in daytime and all materials are to be transported during night time only. The tenderer/s is/are requested to take all these aspects into account while quoting his/their rates. No extra payment/claims shall be entertained at a later date on these accounts.Number of other works shall also be in progress simultaneously in this area and the tenderer/s shall have to maintain close liaison with other agencies so that all works progress simultaneously without any problem. No claims shall be entertained on this

Work shall be carried out as per the plans/drawings supplied by the Consultants/IRCTC Ltd from time to time. In addition, instructions to carry out certain works may also be given in writing through letters or site order book. Some of the Civil/Electrical works required to be executed under this agreement, may be interlinked with certain other works to be executed by IRCTC Ltd/other agencies. As per the direction of the site in-charge, the progress of works of such items will have to be expedited or held back taking into consideration the smooth working of other agencies also without any extra cost. The rates quoted by the Contractor/s shall be all inclusive through rates. The contractor within the rates quoted prepare working drawing for plumbing and electrical works and

he same approved from IRCTC/consultant before execution. This will determine the final scope of work at the site. No leads/lifts, loading/unloading, handling, rehandling, stacking at site, toll tax, octori, sales tax, service tax and royalty or any

harges levied or leviable by the State Government or Local Bodies shall be paid

& STANDARDS:

“Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & However, the foundation

G+ 5 floors. The scope of Sanitary, drainage,

Station, Ajmeri Gate Side, Circulatory Area, Adjacent to Platform No.16. The plying of heavy commercial vehicles is not permitted

time only. The tenderer/s is/are requested to take all these aspects into account while quoting his/their rates. No extra payment/claims shall be entertained at a later date on these accounts.

progress simultaneously in this area and the tenderer/s shall have to maintain close liaison with other agencies so that all works progress simultaneously without any problem. No claims shall be entertained on this

per the plans/drawings supplied by the Consultants/IRCTC Ltd from time to time. In addition, instructions to carry out certain works may also be

uted under this agreement, may be interlinked with certain other works to be executed by IRCTC Ltd/other agencies.

charge, the progress of works of such items will have tion the smooth working of other

The rates quoted by the Contractor/s shall be all inclusive through rates. The contractor within the rates quoted prepare working drawing for plumbing and electrical works and

/consultant before execution. This will determine the final scope of work at the site. No leads/lifts, loading/unloading, handling, rehandling, stacking at site, toll tax, octori, sales tax, service tax and royalty or any

harges levied or leviable by the State Government or Local Bodies shall be paid


Signature of Bidder

g The contractor will remove all surplus and released material from the site of work to avoid any hindrance/inconvenience to other agencies working in theand to the traveling public or to the train operation. The contractor will also, at the direction of the site in charge, rehandle his material in use or likely to be used in future to relocate the same to avoid any inconvenience to other the adjoining area or to the traveling public or to the train operation without any extra cost. In case of default, IRCTC may get the work done at the cost of the contractor by giving him 24 hours notice in normal case or without any emergency which is causing complaints from traveling public or affecting the train operation.

h In case of any dispute regarding interpretation of any of the Special Condition of

Contract, decision of the GGM, IRCTC Ltd will be finalcontractor/s.

i MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS: While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall

be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

1.FOR BUILDERS WORKS

1.1 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK GENERAL: The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation (including basement if necessary) wet or dry. 1.2 EXAMINE THE SITE :ground to be excavated and the work to be done and shall accept all responsibility for the cost of the work involved. 1.3 CLEARING THE SITE :drawing and the area required for setting out and other operations like roads, drains, sheds, etc. should be cleared and all obstructions, loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kinds, stumps, brush wood and trees rmaterials obtained will be the property of the client and materials considered useful by the Architects / clients will be handed over to the client, rejected materials will be removed by the Contractor to his own dump at his own cost. 1.4 GROUND LEVELS AND SITE LEVEL :requisite block levels of the entire plot shall be taken by the Contractor in consultation with


The contractor will remove all surplus and released material from the site of work to avoid any hindrance/inconvenience to other agencies working in theand to the traveling public or to the train operation. The contractor will also, at the direction of the site in charge, rehandle his material in use or likely to be used in future to relocate the same to avoid any inconvenience to other agencies working in the adjoining area or to the traveling public or to the train operation without any extra In case of default, IRCTC may get the work done at the cost of the contractor by giving him 24 hours notice in normal case or without any notice in case of an emergency which is causing complaints from traveling public or affecting the train

In case of any dispute regarding interpretation of any of the Special Condition of Contract, decision of the GGM, IRCTC Ltd will be final and binding on the

i MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS: While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description,

Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

FOR BUILDERS WORKS

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation

(including basement if necessary) wet or dry. THE SITE : The contractor shall visit and ascertain the nature of the

ground to be excavated and the work to be done and shall accept all responsibility for the

1.3 CLEARING THE SITE : The site on which the structure is to be built is shown on the drawing and the area required for setting out and other operations like roads, drains, sheds, etc. should be cleared and all obstructions, loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kinds, stumps, brush wood and trees removed as directed, roots being entirely grubbed up. The materials obtained will be the property of the client and materials considered useful by the Architects / clients will be handed over to the client, rejected materials will be removed by

actor to his own dump at his own cost. 1.4 GROUND LEVELS AND SITE LEVEL : Before starting the excavations, the requisite block levels of the entire plot shall be taken by the Contractor in consultation with

The contractor will remove all surplus and released material from the site of work to avoid any hindrance/inconvenience to other agencies working in the adjoining area, and to the traveling public or to the train operation. The contractor will also, at the direction of the site in charge, rehandle his material in use or likely to be used in

agencies working in the adjoining area or to the traveling public or to the train operation without any extra In case of default, IRCTC may get the work done at the cost of the contractor by

notice in case of an emergency which is causing complaints from traveling public or affecting the train

In case of any dispute regarding interpretation of any of the Special Condition of and binding on the

While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description,

Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation

The contractor shall visit and ascertain the nature of the ground to be excavated and the work to be done and shall accept all responsibility for the

is to be built is shown on the drawing and the area required for setting out and other operations like roads, drains, sheds, etc. should be cleared and all obstructions, loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kinds,

emoved as directed, roots being entirely grubbed up. The materials obtained will be the property of the client and materials considered useful by the Architects / clients will be handed over to the client, rejected materials will be removed by

Before starting the excavations, the requisite block levels of the entire plot shall be taken by the Contractor in consultation with


Signature of Bidder

the Architects / clients and a proper record by the contractor and architects / clients. A block level plan showing all the ground levels of the plot shall be prepared and shall be jointly signed by the contractor and the architects / clients. 1.5 SETTING OUT : After clearing the site, and preparing the site level plan, the contractor will set out the centre lines of the building or other involved works and got the same approved from the architects / clients. It shall be the responsibility of install substantial reference marks, bench marks etc. and maintain them as long as required by the architects / clients. The contractor will assume full responsibility for proper setting out, alignment, elevation and dimension of each an 1.6 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR CONCRETING :Excavation shall include removal of all materials of whatever nature at all depths and whether wet or dry necessary for the construction of foundation and sub mass excavation for basements where applicable) exactly in accordance with lines, levels, grades and curves shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant. The bottoms of excavation shall be levelled both longitudinallydirected by the Client / consultant. Should the contractor excavate to a greater depth or width than shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant, he shall at his own expense fill the extra depth or width with cement concrete in proportion as directed by the client / consultant but concrete of mix leaner than 1:4:8 cement concrete. The contractors shall report to the architect / clients engineer when the excavations are ready to receive concrete. No concrete shall be placed in foundations until the contractor has obtained the client / consultants approval. In case the excavation is done through different strata of soil and if the same is payable as per provision in the schedule of quantities the contractor shall get the dimensions at the strata payable decided froIf no specific provision is made in the schedule of quantities it will be presumed that excavation shall be in all types of soil and the contractor’s rate shall cover for the same. After the excavation is passed by the architconcrete) the contractor shall get the depth and dimensions of the excavation and levels ( and nature of strata if applicable as per schedule of quantities like hard rock, soft rock, etc) and measurements recorded from the architect / clients engineer on site. 1.7 SHORING : The sides of the excavations should be timbered and shored in such a way as is necessary to secure them from falling in, and the shoring shall be maintained in position as long as necessary. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper design of the shoring to hold the sides of the excavation in position and ensure safety from slips and prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons. The shoring shall be removed as directed after the times for which it is required are completed.


the Architects / clients and a proper record of these levels kept, which shall be jointly signed by the contractor and architects / clients. A block level plan showing all the ground levels of the plot shall be prepared and shall be jointly signed by the contractor and the architects /

After clearing the site, and preparing the site level plan, the contractor will set out the centre lines of the building or other involved works and got the same approved from the architects / clients. It shall be the responsibility of install substantial reference marks, bench marks etc. and maintain them as long as required by the architects / clients. The contractor will assume full responsibility for proper setting out, alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the work. 1.6 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR CONCRETING :Excavation shall include removal of all materials of whatever nature at all depths and whether wet or dry necessary for the construction of foundation and sub - strumass excavation for basements where applicable) exactly in accordance with lines, levels, grades and curves shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant. The bottoms of excavation shall be levelled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped as directed by the Client / consultant.

contractor excavate to a greater depth or width than shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant, he shall at his own expense fill the extra depth or width with cement concrete in proportion as directed by the client / consultant but concrete of mix leaner than 1:4:8 cement concrete. The contractors shall report to the architect / clients engineer when the excavations are ready to receive concrete. No concrete shall be placed in foundations until the contractor has obtained the client / consultants approval. In case the excavation is done through different strata of soil and if the same is payable as per provision in the schedule of quantities the contractor shall get the dimensions at the strata payable decided from the client / consultant. If no specific provision is made in the schedule of quantities it will be presumed that excavation shall be in all types of soil and the contractor’s rate shall cover for the same. After the excavation is passed by the architect / clients engineer (and before laying the concrete) the contractor shall get the depth and dimensions of the excavation and levels ( and nature of strata if applicable as per schedule of quantities like hard rock, soft rock, etc) and

orded from the architect / clients engineer on site. The sides of the excavations should be timbered and shored in such a way

as is necessary to secure them from falling in, and the shoring shall be maintained in position ry. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper design of the shoring

to hold the sides of the excavation in position and ensure safety from slips and prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons. The shoring shall be removed as

ted after the times for which it is required are completed.

of these levels kept, which shall be jointly signed by the contractor and architects / clients. A block level plan showing all the ground levels of the plot shall be prepared and shall be jointly signed by the contractor and the architects /

After clearing the site, and preparing the site level plan, the contractor will set out the centre lines of the building or other involved works and got the same approved from the architects / clients. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to install substantial reference marks, bench marks etc. and maintain them as long as required by the architects / clients. The contractor will assume full responsibility for proper setting

1.6 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR CONCRETING : Excavation shall include removal of all materials of whatever nature at all depths and structure (including

mass excavation for basements where applicable) exactly in accordance with lines, levels, grades and curves shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant. The

and transversely or stepped as

contractor excavate to a greater depth or width than shown on the drawings or as directed by the client / consultant, he shall at his own expense fill the extra depth or width with cement concrete in proportion as directed by the client / consultant but in no case with

The contractors shall report to the architect / clients engineer when the excavations are ready to receive concrete. No concrete shall be placed in foundations until the contractor has obtained the client / consultants approval. In case the excavation is done through different strata of soil and if the same is payable as per provision in the schedule of quantities the

m the client / consultant. If no specific provision is made in the schedule of quantities it will be presumed that excavation shall be in all types of soil and the contractor’s rate shall cover for the same.

ect / clients engineer (and before laying the concrete) the contractor shall get the depth and dimensions of the excavation and levels ( and nature of strata if applicable as per schedule of quantities like hard rock, soft rock, etc) and

The sides of the excavations should be timbered and shored in such a way as is necessary to secure them from falling in, and the shoring shall be maintained in position

ry. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper design of the shoring to hold the sides of the excavation in position and ensure safety from slips and prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons. The shoring shall be removed as


Signature of Bidder

1.8 PROTECTION : All foundation pits, lift pits, well pits and similar excavations shall be strong fenced and marked with red lights at night, in charge of watchmen, to avoid accidents. Adequate protective measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or damage adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety of the excavation, the people working in and near the foundations trenches, property and the people in theshall be taken by the contractor at his own cost, he being entirely responsible for any injury and damage to property caused by his negligence or accident due to his constructional operations. 1.9 STACKING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS : the property of the client and rate for excavation includes carting out of useful materials and stacking them on site as directed. Materials suitable and useful for back filling, plinth filling or levelling of the plot or otheway as to obstruct free movement of men, animals and vehicles or encroach on the area required for constructional purposes. 1.10 BACK FILLING: All shoring and form work shall be removed afterceases and trash of any sort shall be cleaned out from the excavation. All space between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original surface with approved excavated materials in layers 15cmrammed. The filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used for refilling, istacked and used in refilling. No excavations or foundations shall be filled in or covered up until all measurements of excavations, masonry, concrete and other works below ground level are jointl Black cotton soil shall not be used for back filling or in plinth filling. 1.11 DE-WATERING : Rate for excavation shall include bailing or pumping out water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of work either from seepsprings, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow if any by bunds or other means. Pumping out water shall be done in such approved manner as to preclude the possibility of any damage to the foundation trenches, concrete or masonry or any adwater is met in foundation trenches or in basement excavations, pumping out water shall be from an auxiliary pit of adequate size dug slightly outside the building excavations. The depth of the auxiliary pit shall be more than the auxiliary pit shall be refilled with approved excavated materials after the de watering is over. The excavation shall be kept free from water (1) during inspection and measurement. (2) when concrete and / or masonry are in progress and till they come above the natural water level, and (3) till the architect / clients engineer considers that the concrete / mortar is sufficiently set.


All foundation pits, lift pits, well pits and similar excavations shall be strong fenced and marked with red lights at night, in charge of watchmen, to avoid accidents.

te protective measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or damage adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety of the excavation, the people working in and near the foundations trenches, property and the people in theshall be taken by the contractor at his own cost, he being entirely responsible for any injury and damage to property caused by his negligence or accident due to his constructional

1.9 STACKING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS : All materials excavated will remain the property of the client and rate for excavation includes carting out of useful materials and stacking them on site as directed. Materials suitable and useful for back filling, plinth filling or levelling of the plot or other use shall be stacked in convenient places but not in such a way as to obstruct free movement of men, animals and vehicles or encroach on the area required for constructional purposes.

All shoring and form work shall be removed afterceases and trash of any sort shall be cleaned out from the excavation. All space between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original surface with approved excavated materials in layers 15cm to 20cm in thickness, watered and rammed. The filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used for refilling, it shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily

No excavations or foundations shall be filled in or covered up until all measurements of excavations, masonry, concrete and other works below ground level are jointlBlack cotton soil shall not be used for back filling or in plinth filling.

Rate for excavation shall include bailing or pumping out water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of work either from seepsprings, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow if any by bunds or other means. Pumping out water shall be done in such approved manner as to preclude the possibility of any damage to the foundation trenches, concrete or masonry or any adjacent structure. When water is met in foundation trenches or in basement excavations, pumping out water shall be from an auxiliary pit of adequate size dug slightly outside the building excavations. The depth of the auxiliary pit shall be more than the working foundation trench levels. The auxiliary pit shall be refilled with approved excavated materials after the de watering is over. The excavation shall be kept free from water (1) during inspection and measurement. (2)

sonry are in progress and till they come above the natural water level, and (3) till the architect / clients engineer considers that the concrete / mortar is

All foundation pits, lift pits, well pits and similar excavations shall be strong fenced and marked with red lights at night, in charge of watchmen, to avoid accidents.

te protective measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or damage adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety of the excavation, the people working in and near the foundations trenches, property and the people in the vicinity shall be taken by the contractor at his own cost, he being entirely responsible for any injury and damage to property caused by his negligence or accident due to his constructional

rials excavated will remain the property of the client and rate for excavation includes carting out of useful materials and stacking them on site as directed. Materials suitable and useful for back filling, plinth filling

r use shall be stacked in convenient places but not in such a way as to obstruct free movement of men, animals and vehicles or encroach on the area

All shoring and form work shall be removed after their necessity ceases and trash of any sort shall be cleaned out from the excavation. All space between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original

to 20cm in thickness, watered and rammed. The filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated

t shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily

No excavations or foundations shall be filled in or covered up until all measurements of excavations, masonry, concrete and other works below ground level are jointly recorded.

Rate for excavation shall include bailing or pumping out water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow if any by bunds or other means. Pumping out water shall be done in such approved manner as to preclude the possibility of

jacent structure. When water is met in foundation trenches or in basement excavations, pumping out water shall be from an auxiliary pit of adequate size dug slightly outside the building excavations. The

working foundation trench levels. The auxiliary pit shall be refilled with approved excavated materials after the de watering is over. The excavation shall be kept free from water (1) during inspection and measurement. (2)

sonry are in progress and till they come above the natural water level, and (3) till the architect / clients engineer considers that the concrete / mortar is


Signature of Bidder

1.12 SURPLUS EXCAVATED MATERIAL :and not useful shall be removed by the contractor from the site in an approved manner to his own dump at his own cost. 1.13 RATES TO INCLUDE :contract, rates for the item of excavation shall also i (I) Clearing site (ii) Setting out works as required and setting up benchmarks and other reference marks. (iii) Providing shoring and strutting and subsequently removing the same. (iv) Bailing and pumping out water as require (v) Excavation at all depths (unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities) and removal of all materials of whatever nature wet or dry and necessary for the construction of foundation / basement etc. and preparing bed for (vi) Sorting out useful excavated materials and conveying beyond the structure and stacking them neatly on the site for back filling or reuse as directed. (vii) Back filling the trenches alongside masonry or concrete with approved excamaterial up to the natural ground level including watering and ramming. (viii) Necessary protection including labour materials and equipment to ensure safety and protection against risk or accident. (ix) Removal of surplus excavated material as d (x) Drilling of small holes as directed to explore the nature of substratum if necessary. 1.14 MEASUREMENTS FOR EXCAVATION :beams, walls and the like shall be measured and paid neconcrete (bed concrete where so specified) at the lowest levels in regard to length and breadth and depth shall be computed from the concerned excavations levels and ground levels taken before excavation. Any additional exwork, planking, de watering and strutting etc. shall not be measured and paid for separately but rates quoted for excavation shall include for all these factors. No increase in bulk after excavation shall be made. 1.15 EARTH FILLING IN PLINTH :the sides of excavations, the same will be used for plinth filling if required. Any additional approved earth if required for plinth filling the same shall be brough


1.12 SURPLUS EXCAVATED MATERIAL : All excavated material certified as surpluand not useful shall be removed by the contractor from the site in an approved manner to his

1.13 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, rates for the item of excavation shall also include for the following :

(ii) Setting out works as required and setting up benchmarks and other reference marks.(iii) Providing shoring and strutting and subsequently removing the same. (iv) Bailing and pumping out water as required and directed. (v) Excavation at all depths (unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities) and removal of all materials of whatever nature wet or dry and necessary for the construction of foundation / basement etc. and preparing bed for laying concrete. (vi) Sorting out useful excavated materials and conveying beyond the structure and stacking them neatly on the site for back filling or reuse as directed. (vii) Back filling the trenches alongside masonry or concrete with approved excamaterial up to the natural ground level including watering and ramming. (viii) Necessary protection including labour materials and equipment to ensure safety and protection against risk or accident. (ix) Removal of surplus excavated material as directed to contractors own dump.(x) Drilling of small holes as directed to explore the nature of substratum if necessary.1.14 MEASUREMENTS FOR EXCAVATION : Excavation for foundation of columns, beams, walls and the like shall be measured and paid net as per drawing dimensions of concrete (bed concrete where so specified) at the lowest levels in regard to length and breadth and depth shall be computed from the concerned excavations levels and ground levels taken before excavation. Any additional excavation required for working space, form work, planking, de watering and strutting etc. shall not be measured and paid for separately but rates quoted for excavation shall include for all these factors. No increase in bulk after

1.15 EARTH FILLING IN PLINTH : If there is approved surplus earth after back filling the sides of excavations, the same will be used for plinth filling if required. Any additional approved earth if required for plinth filling the same shall be brought on to the site by the

All excavated material certified as surplus and not useful shall be removed by the contractor from the site in an approved manner to his

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this nclude for the following :

(ii) Setting out works as required and setting up benchmarks and other reference marks.

(v) Excavation at all depths (unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities) and removal of all materials of whatever nature wet or dry and necessary for the construction of

(vi) Sorting out useful excavated materials and conveying beyond the structure and stacking

(vii) Back filling the trenches alongside masonry or concrete with approved excavated

(viii) Necessary protection including labour materials and equipment to ensure safety and

irected to contractors own dump. (x) Drilling of small holes as directed to explore the nature of substratum if necessary.

Excavation for foundation of columns, t as per drawing dimensions of

concrete (bed concrete where so specified) at the lowest levels in regard to length and breadth and depth shall be computed from the concerned excavations levels and ground

cavation required for working space, form work, planking, de watering and strutting etc. shall not be measured and paid for separately but rates quoted for excavation shall include for all these factors. No increase in bulk after

If there is approved surplus earth after back filling the sides of excavations, the same will be used for plinth filling if required. Any additional

t on to the site by the


Signature of Bidder

contractor from outside. No borrow pits shall be opened on the site. Filling in plinth shall be done in layers of 15cm to 20cm thick, each layer being consolidated by ramming and watering. Block cotton soil shall not be used for Filling in plinth shall be measured net as in position after consolidation height or depth of filling being measured from original ground level to top of earth filling after consolidation. 2.0 CONCRETE AND STEEL REINFORCEMENT 2.1 GENERAL : P.C.C shall mean plain cement concrete. R.C.C shall mean reinforced cement concrete. 2.2 Constant and strict supervision of all items of the construction is necessary during the progress of work, including proportioning, mixing and placing also extremely important in checking the reinforcement and its placing, before being covered. 2.3 Contractor shall finalise the details in consultation with the clerk which form is proposed to be operations including adequacy of acceptable materials, testing of mixer and vibrator for ascertaining that they are in working condition availability of test cube moulds, slump test apparatus etc. 2.4 SAMPLES AND TEST :clients engineer to obtain samples and carry out tests on the materials and construction. If these tests show that any of the materials or construction do not comply requirements of this specification, the contractor will be responsible for the costs of the tests and the replacements of the defective material and / or construction. 2.5 REJECTED MATERIALS :have deteriorated or do not comply in any way with the requirements of the specification shall be rejected and shall be removed immediate from the site at the contractor’s own expenses. 2.6 LOADING OF FLOOR SLABS :suspended floors and roofs without the architects / clients engineer prior approval. 2.7 CO-ORDINATION : sub-contractors or other contractors for incorporating any inserts or elecfixing blocks, chases, holes etc. in concrete members as required. The contractor shall ensure that these requirements have been approved by the architects / clients engineer before


contractor from outside. No borrow pits shall be opened on the site. Filling in plinth shall be done in layers of 15cm to 20cm thick, each layer being consolidated by ramming and watering. Block cotton soil shall not be used for plinth filling. Filling in plinth shall be measured net as in position after consolidation height or depth of filling being measured from original ground level to top of earth filling after consolidation.

2.0 CONCRETE AND STEEL REINFORCEMENT

P.C.C shall mean plain cement concrete. R.C.C shall mean reinforced cement concrete. 2.2 Constant and strict supervision of all items of the construction is necessary during the progress of work, including proportioning, mixing and placing of concrete. Supervision is also extremely important in checking the reinforcement and its placing, before being

2.3 Contractor shall finalise the details in consultation with the clerk - of which form is proposed to be carried out and also the details of planning of concreting operations including adequacy of acceptable materials, testing of mixer and vibrator for ascertaining that they are in working condition availability of test cube moulds, slump test

2.4 SAMPLES AND TEST : Every facility shall be provided to enable the architect / clients engineer to obtain samples and carry out tests on the materials and construction. If these tests show that any of the materials or construction do not comply requirements of this specification, the contractor will be responsible for the costs of the tests and the replacements of the defective material and / or construction. 2.5 REJECTED MATERIALS : All materials which have been damaged, contaminatedhave deteriorated or do not comply in any way with the requirements of the specification shall be rejected and shall be removed immediate from the site at the contractor’s own

2.6 LOADING OF FLOOR SLABS : Materials shall not be stored or suspended floors and roofs without the architects / clients engineer prior approval.

The contractor shall be responsible for the cocontractors or other contractors for incorporating any inserts or electrical conduit pipes,

fixing blocks, chases, holes etc. in concrete members as required. The contractor shall ensure that these requirements have been approved by the architects / clients engineer before

contractor from outside. No borrow pits shall be opened on the site. Filling in plinth shall be done in layers of 15cm to 20cm thick, each layer being consolidated by ramming and

Filling in plinth shall be measured net as in position after consolidation height or depth of filling being measured from original ground level to top of earth filling after consolidation.

2.2 Constant and strict supervision of all items of the construction is necessary during the of concrete. Supervision is

also extremely important in checking the reinforcement and its placing, before being

of - works as per carried out and also the details of planning of concreting

operations including adequacy of acceptable materials, testing of mixer and vibrator for ascertaining that they are in working condition availability of test cube moulds, slump test

Every facility shall be provided to enable the architect / clients engineer to obtain samples and carry out tests on the materials and construction. If these tests show that any of the materials or construction do not comply with the requirements of this specification, the contractor will be responsible for the costs of the tests

All materials which have been damaged, contaminated or have deteriorated or do not comply in any way with the requirements of the specification shall be rejected and shall be removed immediate from the site at the contractor’s own

Materials shall not be stored or stacked on suspended floors and roofs without the architects / clients engineer prior approval.

The contractor shall be responsible for the co-ordination with trical conduit pipes,

fixing blocks, chases, holes etc. in concrete members as required. The contractor shall ensure that these requirements have been approved by the architects / clients engineer before


Signature of Bidder

concreting operations are put in hand. All fixing left in the concrete shall be of sizes specified and be accurately set out and placed before pouring concrete. The contractor’s rates quoted for concrete items shall include for all these factors. Holes or chases shall not be cut in concrete without prior approval of the architects / clients engineer. 2.8 INSERTS IN CONCRETE :wooden lugs, sleeves, etc. for his own works to be made for which no extra paymmade. He will have to provide if so directed, any inserts, wooden lugs, sleeves for other contractor’s work such as electrical contractor, plumbing contractor, A.C contractor, contractor of lifts, etc. for which he will be entitled for paymentcontractors provide such inserts, then he will have to take proper measures (at his expense) and take care not to disturb their work while laying concrete. 2.9 Contractor shall provide work as test sieves, balances, slump cones, test cube moulds etc. 2.10 MATERIALS : ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED QUALITY 2.11 CEMENT : (a) Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to the IS specification IS : 269 / 1976. Portland Pozzolana Cement shall conform to Is : 1489 (b) The cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection, in a suitable weatherminimise warehouse deterioration. The shed shall be built at the cost of the contractor. Care shall be taken to see that (I) there is no leakage from side walls and (ii) windows are not provided. The plinth level of the shed shall be raised and the surrounding ground shall drathe surface water away from the shed. The floor of the shed shall consist of wooden planks resting on base prepared of dry bricks laid on edge. The bags should not be piled against the wall. A space of 30cm shall be left all around between exterior wshall be placed closed together in the pile to reduce circulation of air as much as possible. The bags should not be piled more than 10. The bags shall be arranged in header and stretcher fashion so as to lessen the danger of to When removing the bags for use, “first in, first out” rules shall be applied. For this purpose, consignment as it comes in for storage, shall be stacked separately and a placard bearing date of arrival shall be pinned to the pile. (c) Contractor shall be fully responsible for the quality of cement brought at the work site. The contractor shall satisfy himself that the cement brought to the work site conforms to the requirements of I.S : 269/1976 or relevant Indian Standard and shall procure mcertificate to this effect; in his own interests. In case the contractor has any doubt regarding


concreting operations are put in hand. All fixing blocks, chases, inserts, holders etc. to be left in the concrete shall be of sizes specified and be accurately set out and placed before pouring concrete. The contractor’s rates quoted for concrete items shall include for all these

es shall not be cut in concrete without prior approval of the architects /

2.8 INSERTS IN CONCRETE : Contractor should note that he shall provide necessary wooden lugs, sleeves, etc. for his own works to be made for which no extra paymmade. He will have to provide if so directed, any inserts, wooden lugs, sleeves for other contractor’s work such as electrical contractor, plumbing contractor, A.C contractor, contractor of lifts, etc. for which he will be entitled for payment but in case the other contractors provide such inserts, then he will have to take proper measures (at his expense) and take care not to disturb their work while laying concrete. 2.9 Contractor shall provide work - site - testing equipment for aggregate and concrete such as test sieves, balances, slump cones, test cube moulds etc.

ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED QUALITY

Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to the IS specification IS : 269 / 1976. Pozzolana Cement shall conform to Is : 1489 - 1976.

The cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection, in a suitable weather-tight building to protect the cement from dampness and to

ration. The shed shall be built at the cost of the contractor. Care shall be taken to see that (I) there is no leakage from side walls and (ii) windows are not provided. The plinth level of the shed shall be raised and the surrounding ground shall drathe surface water away from the shed. The floor of the shed shall consist of wooden planks resting on base prepared of dry bricks laid on edge. The bags should not be piled against the wall. A space of 30cm shall be left all around between exterior walls and piles. The bags shall be placed closed together in the pile to reduce circulation of air as much as possible. The bags should not be piled more than 10. The bags shall be arranged in header and stretcher fashion so as to lessen the danger of toppling. When removing the bags for use, “first in, first out” rules shall be applied. For this purpose, consignment as it comes in for storage, shall be stacked separately and a placard bearing date of arrival shall be pinned to the pile.

or shall be fully responsible for the quality of cement brought at the work site. The contractor shall satisfy himself that the cement brought to the work site conforms to the requirements of I.S : 269/1976 or relevant Indian Standard and shall procure mcertificate to this effect; in his own interests. In case the contractor has any doubt regarding

blocks, chases, inserts, holders etc. to be left in the concrete shall be of sizes specified and be accurately set out and placed before pouring concrete. The contractor’s rates quoted for concrete items shall include for all these

es shall not be cut in concrete without prior approval of the architects /

Contractor should note that he shall provide necessary wooden lugs, sleeves, etc. for his own works to be made for which no extra payment will be made. He will have to provide if so directed, any inserts, wooden lugs, sleeves for other contractor’s work such as electrical contractor, plumbing contractor, A.C contractor,

but in case the other contractors provide such inserts, then he will have to take proper measures (at his expense)

e and concrete such

ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED QUALITY

Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to the IS specification IS : 269 / 1976.

The cement shall be stored in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper tight building to protect the cement from dampness and to

ration. The shed shall be built at the cost of the contractor. Care shall be taken to see that (I) there is no leakage from side walls and (ii) windows are not provided. The plinth level of the shed shall be raised and the surrounding ground shall drain the surface water away from the shed. The floor of the shed shall consist of wooden planks resting on base prepared of dry bricks laid on edge. The bags should not be piled against the

alls and piles. The bags shall be placed closed together in the pile to reduce circulation of air as much as possible. The bags should not be piled more than 10. The bags shall be arranged in header and

When removing the bags for use, “first in, first out” rules shall be applied. For this purpose, consignment as it comes in for storage, shall be stacked separately and a placard bearing date

or shall be fully responsible for the quality of cement brought at the work site. The contractor shall satisfy himself that the cement brought to the work site conforms to the requirements of I.S : 269/1976 or relevant Indian Standard and shall procure manufacturer’s certificate to this effect; in his own interests. In case the contractor has any doubt regarding


Signature of Bidder

the quality of cement brought on work site it is upon him to have it tested at his own expense and make sure that cement is of right quality. (d) In case Architect / client gets any doubt about quality of cements he can order the contractor to have cement tested or he can take samples in the presence of contractor from cement bags stored at work site and forward them to a government approvedtesting. In respect of charges for testing in such a case, contractor will be paid the charges, provided the cement conforms to the specified IS standards. (e) Cement concerning which there is doubt, shall not be used pending testing andsatisfactory results. All cement not conforming to specifications and rejected by Architects / Clients and cement that is stored at site for a period longer than three months and deteriorated, damaged or set shall not be allowed to be used. All such ceimmediately removed from work site by the contractor. The cost of all such cement shall be borne by the contractor. 2.12 AGGREGATES : Aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 / 1970 and shall be from approved sources. 2.13 FINE AGGREGATES : (a) The fine aggregate - sand shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean with uncoated grains. The maximum size of the particles shall be 4.75mm (3/16 in.) and shall be graded down. The sand shall not contain any harmful material such as iron pyrclay, alkali, sea shells, loam etc. or in case of reinforced concrete work, any material which might attack the reinforcement or which might be detrimental to concrete. Aggregates which are chemically reactive with the alkalies of tquantity of deleterious materials shall not exceed the limits specified in the relevant IS specification. Silt and dust present in natural sand shall be limited to 3%, it shall be washed at site. Presence of mica in sand shall not be more than 1% by weight. (b) Grading : The natural sand used for work shall have a grading conforming to one of the three grading zones given in following table (Table IA):TABLE ‘IA’ GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATES(in accordance with IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I) Sieve Percentage passing for Zone - 10mm 100 4.75mm 90 - 100


the quality of cement brought on work site it is upon him to have it tested at his own expense and make sure that cement is of right quality. (d) In case Architect / client gets any doubt about quality of cements he can order the contractor to have cement tested or he can take samples in the presence of contractor from cement bags stored at work site and forward them to a government approvedtesting. In respect of charges for testing in such a case, contractor will be paid the charges, provided the cement conforms to the specified IS standards. (e) Cement concerning which there is doubt, shall not be used pending testing andsatisfactory results. All cement not conforming to specifications and rejected by Architects / Clients and cement that is stored at site for a period longer than three months and deteriorated, damaged or set shall not be allowed to be used. All such ceimmediately removed from work site by the contractor. The cost of all such cement shall be

Aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 / 1970 and shall be from

2.13 FINE AGGREGATES : sand shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean with uncoated

grains. The maximum size of the particles shall be 4.75mm (3/16 in.) and shall be graded down. The sand shall not contain any harmful material such as iron pyrites, coal mica, silt, clay, alkali, sea shells, loam etc. or in case of reinforced concrete work, any material which might attack the reinforcement or which might be detrimental to concrete. Aggregates which are chemically reactive with the alkalies of the cement shall not be used, the maximum quantity of deleterious materials shall not exceed the limits specified in the relevant IS specification. Silt and dust present in natural sand shall be limited to 3%, it shall be washed

in sand shall not be more than 1% by weight. (b) Grading : The natural sand used for work shall have a grading conforming to one of the three grading zones given in following table (Table IA):-

GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATES IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I) Percentage passing for

- I Zone - II Zone - III 100 100

100 90 - 100 90 – 100

the quality of cement brought on work site it is upon him to have it tested at his own expense

(d) In case Architect / client gets any doubt about quality of cements he can order the contractor to have cement tested or he can take samples in the presence of contractor from cement bags stored at work site and forward them to a government approved laboratory for testing. In respect of charges for testing in such a case, contractor will be paid the charges,

(e) Cement concerning which there is doubt, shall not be used pending testing and satisfactory results. All cement not conforming to specifications and rejected by Architects / Clients and cement that is stored at site for a period longer than three months and deteriorated, damaged or set shall not be allowed to be used. All such cement shall be immediately removed from work site by the contractor. The cost of all such cement shall be

Aggregates shall conform to IS : 383 / 1970 and shall be from

sand shall be hard, strong, dense, durable, clean with uncoated grains. The maximum size of the particles shall be 4.75mm (3/16 in.) and shall be graded

ites, coal mica, silt, clay, alkali, sea shells, loam etc. or in case of reinforced concrete work, any material which might attack the reinforcement or which might be detrimental to concrete. Aggregates which

he cement shall not be used, the maximum quantity of deleterious materials shall not exceed the limits specified in the relevant IS specification. Silt and dust present in natural sand shall be limited to 3%, it shall be washed

(b) Grading : The natural sand used for work shall have a grading conforming to one of the

III

100


Signature of Bidder

2.36mm 60 - 95 1.18mm 30 - 70 600 micron 15 - 34 300 micron 5 - 20 150 micron 0 - 10

When grading falls outside the limits of any particular zone of sieves, (other than 600 micron IS Sieve), by a total amount not exceeding 5% it shall bethe grading zone. 2.14 COARSE AGGREGATES : (a) Coarse aggregates shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated crushed rock. Gravel aggregate shall be allowed to be used only if specially specified in the schedule of quanOtherwise, it shall be taken that only crushed rock from an approved quarry shall be permitted as coarse aggregates. (b) The aggregates shall be free from soft, friable, thin or long laminated pieces. Aggregates shall be free from injurious amoFlaky or weathered stones shall not be used. The maximum percentage of deleterious materials shall not exceed those specified in the relevant IS specifications. (c) In selecting the aggregregular supply and a watch shall be maintained that the particle shape and grading remain reasonably uniform throughout the progress of work. (d) Contractor shall arrange to supply coarse aggregates in case of each nominal size, to the grading given in the following table (Table column ‘A’, the Two sizes shall be combined in suitable proportions to get dgrading of aggregates. The Architects / Clients engineer, at his discretion, may allow the use of “Graded Aggregates” of nominal size, to conform to the grading in the limits specified in the Table - IB under column “B”. (e) Size of Aggregates:- (i) Nominal maximum size of aggregate in beams and columns should be restricted to 5mm less than the minimum clear distance between the main bars or 5mm less than the minimum cover to the reinforcement whichever is less.


95 75 - 100 85 – 100

70 55 - 90 75 – 100

34 35 - 59 60 – 79

8 - 30 12 – 40

0 - 10 0 – 10

When grading falls outside the limits of any particular zone of sieves, (other than 600 micron IS Sieve), by a total amount not exceeding 5% it shall be regarded as falling within

AGGREGATES : (a) Coarse aggregates shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated crushed rock. Gravel aggregate shall be allowed to be used only if specially specified in the schedule of quanOtherwise, it shall be taken that only crushed rock from an approved quarry shall be permitted as coarse aggregates. (b) The aggregates shall be free from soft, friable, thin or long laminated pieces. Aggregates shall be free from injurious amounts of alkali, organic matter and other deleterious materials. Flaky or weathered stones shall not be used. The maximum percentage of deleterious materials shall not exceed those specified in the relevant IS specifications. (c) In selecting the aggregate, the contractor shall satisfy that the source is suitable for regular supply and a watch shall be maintained that the particle shape and grading remain reasonably uniform throughout the progress of work. (d) Contractor shall arrange to supply coarse aggregates in Two sizes, conforming in the case of each nominal size, to the grading given in the following table (Table

sizes shall be combined in suitable proportions to get dgrading of aggregates. The Architects / Clients engineer, at his discretion, may allow the use of “Graded Aggregates” of nominal size, to conform to the grading in the limits specified in

IB under column “B”.

) Nominal maximum size of aggregate in beams and columns should be restricted to 5mm less than the minimum clear distance between the main bars or 5mm less than the minimum cover to the reinforcement whichever is less.

100 100

When grading falls outside the limits of any particular zone of sieves, (other than 600 regarded as falling within

(a) Coarse aggregates shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated crushed rock. Gravel aggregate shall be allowed to be used only if specially specified in the schedule of quantities. Otherwise, it shall be taken that only crushed rock from an approved quarry shall be

(b) The aggregates shall be free from soft, friable, thin or long laminated pieces. Aggregates unts of alkali, organic matter and other deleterious materials.

Flaky or weathered stones shall not be used. The maximum percentage of deleterious

ate, the contractor shall satisfy that the source is suitable for regular supply and a watch shall be maintained that the particle shape and grading remain

sizes, conforming in the case of each nominal size, to the grading given in the following table (Table - IB) under

sizes shall be combined in suitable proportions to get desired overall grading of aggregates. The Architects / Clients engineer, at his discretion, may allow the use of “Graded Aggregates” of nominal size, to conform to the grading in the limits specified in

) Nominal maximum size of aggregate in beams and columns should be restricted to 5mm less than the minimum clear distance between the main bars or 5mm less than the minimum


Signature of Bidder

(ii) Where reinforcement is of 20mm may be used. (iii) In no case the maximum size of aggregate to be greater than one quarter of the minimum thickness of the member so as to facilitate concrete to be placed withoutto surround all reinforcement. (iv) Generally on reinforced concrete work, nominal maximum size of 20mm is considered suitable. (f) Grading : It can be assumed as a rough guide that from 45 percent to 75 percent of the total aggregate (fine plus course) should pass through a sieve of aperture size equal to one half of the maximum size of coarse aggregate. (g) Stock - piling of aggregate or storage of aggregates : Aggregates shall be stored at site on a hard and dry patch of ground prefrolled. Piles of sand and piles of different sizes coarse aggregate shall be stored in separate stock piles with height preferably not exceeding 1.25 to 1.5 metres. A bottom layer of aggregates of 10cms deep shall be left undisturbed If the aggregates are stored at site for a long time there is accumulation of dust. The contractor is required to sieve the aggregate before us, if advised by Architects / clients engineer. Water containing any sugarto satisfy the following requirements shall not be used: (a) To neutralise 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 10ml of 0.1 normal HCL. (b) To neutralise of 200ml sample of watenormal NaOH. (c) Water should not contain solids in excess of the following : Organic Inorganic Sulphate (as SO4) Chloride (as CI)


widely spaced as in slabs, nominal maximum size of aggregate

(iii) In no case the maximum size of aggregate to be greater than one quarter of the minimum thickness of the member so as to facilitate concrete to be placed withoutto surround all reinforcement. (iv) Generally on reinforced concrete work, nominal maximum size of 20mm is considered

(f) Grading : It can be assumed as a rough guide that from 45 percent to 75 percent of the ne plus course) should pass through a sieve of aperture size equal to one

half of the maximum size of coarse aggregate. piling of aggregate or storage of aggregates :-

Aggregates shall be stored at site on a hard and dry patch of ground preferably piles of different sizes coarse aggregate shall be stored in separate

stock piles with height preferably not exceeding 1.25 to 1.5 metres. A bottom layer of aggregates of 10cms deep shall be left undisturbed while removing the material for use.If the aggregates are stored at site for a long time there is accumulation of dust. The contractor is required to sieve the aggregate before us, if advised by Architects / clients engineer. Water containing any sugar shall not be allowed for use. Also water which fails to satisfy the following requirements shall not be used:- (a) To neutralise 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 10ml of 0.1 normal

(b) To neutralise of 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 2ml of 0.1

(c) Water should not contain solids in excess of the following : 200 mg / litre 3000 mg / litre 500 mg / litre 2000mg / litre for P.C.C 1000mg / litre for R.C.C

widely spaced as in slabs, nominal maximum size of aggregate

(iii) In no case the maximum size of aggregate to be greater than one quarter of the minimum thickness of the member so as to facilitate concrete to be placed without difficulty

(iv) Generally on reinforced concrete work, nominal maximum size of 20mm is considered

(f) Grading : It can be assumed as a rough guide that from 45 percent to 75 percent of the ne plus course) should pass through a sieve of aperture size equal to one

erably leveled and piles of different sizes coarse aggregate shall be stored in separate

stock piles with height preferably not exceeding 1.25 to 1.5 metres. A bottom layer of while removing the material for use.

If the aggregates are stored at site for a long time there is accumulation of dust. The contractor is required to sieve the aggregate before us, if advised by Architects / clients

shall not be allowed for use. Also water which fails

(a) To neutralise 200ml sample of water, it should not require more than 10ml of 0.1 normal

r, it should not require more than 2ml of 0.1


Signature of Bidder

Suspended matter The PH value of water shall be between 6to 8

TABLE I - B COARSE AGGREGATES COLUMN ‘A’ IS Sieve

Percentage Passing for aggregates of nominal size

Designation

63 mm

40 mm

20mm

80mm 100 -------

-------

63mm 85 -

100 100 -----

-- 40mm 0 -

30 85 - 100

100 20mm `0 -

5 0 – 20

85 100

16mm -----

-- -------

-------

12.5mm -----

-- -------

-------

10mm 0 - 5 0 –

5 0 20

4.75 ----- ----- 0 2.36mm ----- ----- -----

2.15 MIXES OF CONCRETE : 1:3:6, 1:2:4, 1:1-1/2L3, 1:1:2 etc.


2000mg / litre

The PH value of water shall be between 6

B COARSE AGGREGATES COLUMN ‘B’

Percentage Passing for Two sized aggregates of nominal size

Percentage passing for graded aggregates of nominal size

20 mm

16 mm

12.5mm

10 mm

40 mm

20 mm

16 mm

-------

-------

-------

-------

100 ----------

----------

-------

-------

-------

-------

----------

----------

----------

100 -----

-- -------

-------

95 - 100

100 ---------

85 - 100

100 ------

-------

30 - 70

95 - 100

100

-------

85 - 100

100 ------

----------

90 - 100

---------

-------

-------

85 - 100

100 ---------

----------

---------

0 - 20

0 - 30

0 - 45

85 - 100

10 - 35

25 - 55

30 70

0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 10

0 - 20

------ 0 - 10 0 - 10

----- ----- ----- 0 - 5 ------ ------- -------

OF CONCRETE : Concrete used shall be in volumetric mix such as 1:4:8,

Percentage passing for graded aggregates of nominal size

mm 12.5 mm -------

--------

-------

---------

------- ----------

100 100

------- ----------

------- 90 - 100

30 -

40 - 85 10 0 - 10

------- ------

Concrete used shall be in volumetric mix such as 1:4:8,


Signature of Bidder

2.16 BATCHING : The quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. Batching of cement and water shall be specified in paras 2.20 and 2.22 r 2.17 (a) In proportioning concrete the quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. One bag of cement containing 50 Kgs. of cement shall be assumed to contain 35 litres (1.20 Cft). The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates and watIf fine aggregate is moist allowance shall be made for Field method of determining the necessary adjustment for the bulking of fine aggregate. Moisture causes loosely filled sand to occupy a largeis therefore necessary to increase the volume of sand by the percentage bulking. The correction shall be made on the following lines: In a 250 Cu.m. measuring cylinder pour the sample of fine aggregate (sand) tsite, consolidate it by shaking, until it reaches 200 Cu.m. mark. Then fill the cylinder with water and stir the sand well. The water must be sufficient to completely submerge the sand. The sand surface will be seen below its original levCu.m. The percentage of bulking of sand due to moisture shall be calculated from the formula:- Percentage bulking ‘K’ = Therefore, True volume = (b) The water cement ratios shall not be more than those specified in Table case mechanical vibrators are used, water content shall be suitably reduced, without reducing cement content, to avoid segregation. Water content specified in table II may be increased under exceptional circumstances where workability ofplacement and compaction. Prior permission of Architects / clients engineer shall be obtained for this purpose. When the water content is increased in the manner indicated above the cement content also shall be inTable II is maintained. Cost of extra cement shall be borne by the contractor. TABLE II Mix of concrete

1:3:6 1:2:4


The quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. Batching of cement and water shall be specified in paras 2.20 and 2.22 respectively.

(a) In proportioning concrete the quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. One bag of cement containing 50 Kgs. of cement shall be assumed to contain 35 litres (1.20 Cft). The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates and water shall be determined by volume. If fine aggregate is moist allowance shall be made for bulk age given below:-Field method of determining the necessary adjustment for the bulking of fine aggregate.Moisture causes loosely filled sand to occupy a larger volume that it would occupy if dry. It is therefore necessary to increase the volume of sand by the percentage bulking. The correction shall be made on the following lines:- In a 250 Cu.m. measuring cylinder pour the sample of fine aggregate (sand) tsite, consolidate it by shaking, until it reaches 200 Cu.m. mark. Then fill the cylinder with water and stir the sand well. The water must be sufficient to completely submerge the sand. The sand surface will be seen below its original level. Suppose the surface is at the mark ‘X’ Cu.m. The percentage of bulking of sand due to moisture shall be calculated from the

Percentage bulking ‘K’ = 200 - X x 100 X

True volume = 100 x Measured volume ‘K’ + 100 (b) The water cement ratios shall not be more than those specified in Table case mechanical vibrators are used, water content shall be suitably reduced, without reducing cement content, to avoid segregation. Water content specified in table II may be increased under exceptional circumstances where workability of concrete produced poses difficulties of placement and compaction. Prior permission of Architects / clients engineer shall be obtained for this purpose. When the water content is increased in the manner indicated above the cement content also shall be increased proportionately so that water cement ratio given in Table II is maintained. Cost of extra cement shall be borne by the contractor.

Quantity of water per 50 Kgof cement Max. liters 34 32

The quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. Batching of

(a) In proportioning concrete the quantity of cement shall be determined by weight. One bag of cement containing 50 Kgs. of cement shall be assumed to contain 35 litres (1.20

er shall be determined by volume. -

Field method of determining the necessary adjustment for the bulking of fine aggregate. r volume that it would occupy if dry. It

is therefore necessary to increase the volume of sand by the percentage bulking. The

In a 250 Cu.m. measuring cylinder pour the sample of fine aggregate (sand) to be used at site, consolidate it by shaking, until it reaches 200 Cu.m. mark. Then fill the cylinder with water and stir the sand well. The water must be sufficient to completely submerge the sand.

el. Suppose the surface is at the mark ‘X’ Cu.m. The percentage of bulking of sand due to moisture shall be calculated from the

(b) The water cement ratios shall not be more than those specified in Table II below. In case mechanical vibrators are used, water content shall be suitably reduced, without reducing cement content, to avoid segregation. Water content specified in table II may be increased

concrete produced poses difficulties of placement and compaction. Prior permission of Architects / clients engineer shall be obtained for this purpose. When the water content is increased in the manner indicated above

creased proportionately so that water cement ratio given in Table II is maintained. Cost of extra cement shall be borne by the contractor.

Quantity of water per 50 Kg


Signature of Bidder

1:1-1/2:3

1:1:2

(c) Allowance shall be made for surface water present in the aggregate while computing the water content. Surface water shall be determined by one of the field methods described in IS : 2386 (Part III) / 1963. In the absence of Clients engineer the amount of surface water may be estimated from the values given in Table III below:- TABLE III - SURFACE WATER CARRIED BY AVERAGE AGGREGATE Aggregate Very wet sand Moderately wet sand Moist sand Moist gravel or crushed rock Coarser the aggregate lesser water it will carry

2.18 WORKABILITY : measurement of water content, making allowance for any surface water in the fine and coarse aggregates. The slump test or compacting factor test shall be carried out at intervals as directed by the Architects / clients engineer. The slump test is suitable for slump of 5cm to 15cm. MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE: MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS 2.19 CEMENT : Cement shall be batched by weight even though aggregates are batched by volume. Where the weight of the cement is determined by accepting the maker’s weight per bag; a number of bags as directed by Architects / clients engineer shall be weighed separately to check the net weight. 2.20 AGGREGATES :


30 27

Allowance shall be made for surface water present in the aggregate while computing the water content. Surface water shall be determined by one of the field methods described in IS : 2386 (Part III) / 1963. In the absence of exact data, with the approval of the Architects / Clients engineer the amount of surface water may be estimated from the values given in

SURFACE WATER CARRIED BY AVERAGE AGGREGATEApproximate quantity of surface in litre /Cu.M. 120 80 40

Moist gravel or crushed rock 20 to 40

Coarser the aggregate lesser water it will

Workability of concrete should be controlled by direct measurement of water content, making allowance for any surface water in the fine and coarse aggregates. The slump test or compacting factor test shall be carried out at intervals as

e Architects / clients engineer. The slump test is suitable for slump of 5cm to

MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE: MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALSCement shall be batched by weight even though aggregates are batched

by volume. Where the weight of the cement is determined by accepting the maker’s weight per bag; a number of bags as directed by Architects / clients engineer shall be weighed

ly to check the net weight.

Allowance shall be made for surface water present in the aggregate while computing the water content. Surface water shall be determined by one of the field methods described in IS

exact data, with the approval of the Architects / Clients engineer the amount of surface water may be estimated from the values given in

SURFACE WATER CARRIED BY AVERAGE AGGREGATE Approximate quantity of surface water

Workability of concrete should be controlled by direct measurement of water content, making allowance for any surface water in the fine and coarse aggregates. The slump test or compacting factor test shall be carried out at intervals as

e Architects / clients engineer. The slump test is suitable for slump of 5cm to

MIXING AND PLACING OF CONCRETE: MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS Cement shall be batched by weight even though aggregates are batched

by volume. Where the weight of the cement is determined by accepting the maker’s weight per bag; a number of bags as directed by Architects / clients engineer shall be weighed


Signature of Bidder

(a) The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by volume. The proportions of aggregates (i.e., ratio of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate) shall be adjusted from upper limit to lower limit progressively as the grading of the fine aggregates becomes, finer and maximum size of coarse aggregate becomes larger. (I) For an average grading of fine aggregate i.e. Zone II of IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I of the ratios of fine aggregate to coars Maximum size of coarse aggregate 10mm 1:1-1/2

For fine aggregates within other grading aggregate gets finer, that is, passes from Zone I to Zone III. (ii) For the maximum size of coarse aggregate 20mm the ratios of fine aggregated to coarse aggregate shall be (Zones as per IS : 2386 / 1963 Zone - I 1:1-1/2

(b) The measuring boxes prepared for measuring the aggregates shall be of correct size. The measuring boxes are required to be certified by Architects / Clients engineer before they used on site. Internal dimensions of the boxes shall be generally 35cm x 25cm x 40cm. Heaping of aggregates over the boxes is prohibited. Aggregates shall be filled in only up to the brim of the boxes and struck off horizontally with a timber or stbulkage sand shall be made as determined by Architects / Clients engineer. Refer clause No. 2.18(a). 2.21 WATER : Water shall be measured by volume in calibrated tanks / vessels having a conical shape narrow at top. Water shabuckets, which are wider at top and narrower at the base. The measurement of water to control and maintain a constant water cement ratio is of utmost importance. Contractor shall pay adequate attention to this requirement to the satisfaction of Architects / clients engineer. 2.22 MIXING OF CONCRETE : RMC details: RMC shall be permitted as per IS : 456 (a) Machine mixing : Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, having an optimum speed which yields good concrete that is neither inadequately mixed nor showing tendency of


The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by volume. The proportions of aggregates (i.e., ratio of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate) shall be adjusted

er limit progressively as the grading of the fine aggregates becomes, finer and maximum size of coarse aggregate becomes larger. (I) For an average grading of fine aggregate i.e. Zone II of IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I of the ratios of fine aggregate to coarse aggregates shall be Maximum size of coarse aggregate Maximum size of coarse aggregate

20mm 1:2

For fine aggregates within other grading zones the ratio shall be increased as the fine aggregate gets finer, that is, passes from Zone I to Zone III. (ii) For the maximum size of coarse aggregate 20mm the ratios of fine aggregated to coarse aggregate shall be (Zones as per IS : 2386 / 1963 - Part I)

Zone - II Zone - III 1:2 1:3

The measuring boxes prepared for measuring the aggregates shall be of correct size. The measuring boxes are required to be certified by Architects / Clients engineer before they used on site. Internal dimensions of the boxes shall be generally 35cm x 25cm x 40cm. Heaping of aggregates over the boxes is prohibited. Aggregates shall be filled in only up to the brim of the boxes and struck off horizontally with a timber or steel bar. Allowance for bulkage sand shall be made as determined by Architects / Clients engineer. Refer clause No.

Water shall be measured by volume in calibrated tanks / vessels having a conical shape narrow at top. Water shall not be measured using ordinary uncalibrated buckets, which are wider at top and narrower at the base. The measurement of water to control and maintain a constant water cement ratio is of utmost importance. Contractor shall

is requirement to the satisfaction of Architects / clients engineer.2.22 MIXING OF CONCRETE :

shall be permitted as per IS : 456 – 2000 Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, having an optimum

h yields good concrete that is neither inadequately mixed nor showing tendency of

The quantities of fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by volume. The proportions of aggregates (i.e., ratio of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate) shall be adjusted

er limit progressively as the grading of the fine aggregates becomes,

(I) For an average grading of fine aggregate i.e. Zone II of IS : 2386 / 1963 Part I of the

Maximum size of coarse aggregate

zones the ratio shall be increased as the fine

(ii) For the maximum size of coarse aggregate 20mm the ratios of fine aggregated to coarse

The measuring boxes prepared for measuring the aggregates shall be of correct size. The measuring boxes are required to be certified by Architects / Clients engineer before they are used on site. Internal dimensions of the boxes shall be generally 35cm x 25cm x 40cm. Heaping of aggregates over the boxes is prohibited. Aggregates shall be filled in only up to

eel bar. Allowance for bulkage sand shall be made as determined by Architects / Clients engineer. Refer clause No.

Water shall be measured by volume in calibrated tanks / vessels having a ll not be measured using ordinary uncalibrated

buckets, which are wider at top and narrower at the base. The measurement of water to control and maintain a constant water cement ratio is of utmost importance. Contractor shall

is requirement to the satisfaction of Architects / clients engineer.

Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, having an optimum h yields good concrete that is neither inadequately mixed nor showing tendency of


Signature of Bidder

segregation. This avoids frequent washing. A small amount of water shall be fed first followed by all solid materials. Remainder of water shall be added after the solids. shall be continued until their is uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The mixing time shall be counted after all the materials are in drum and shall be in accordance with IS : 1791 / 1968, but in nothan two minutes. (b) Hand mixing : Hand mixing shall not be permitted except for unimportant structural members and purely at the discretion of the Architects / Clients engineer. Hand mixing will not be permitted for concrete going into columns. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall be ensured that the mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The contractor shall use 10% extra cement for hand mixing for which no extra payment wibe made. Hand mixing when permitted shall be done on platform. 2.23 TRANSPORTING : of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of the ingredients. It shall be deposited, as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Wet concrete discharged from each batch of mixer shall be neatly collected and transported. Remnants from earlier batches shall be rejecte 2.24 PLACING : The concrete shall be placed in position and compacted before the initial setting time and shall not be disturbed subsequently. Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto construction joints, the position and arrangement of which shall be predetermined. When the work has to be resumed on the surface which has hardened, it shall be thoroughly hacked, swept clean, wetted and covered with a layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as the cement freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of the concrete. Concrete shall be placed in shuttering by shovels or other approved impliments and shall not be dropped from a height, say greater than 1 M or shall not be handled in a manner which will cause segregation. Concrete which has already set shall not be allowed to be incorporated in the work even after adding cement and re 2.25 DEBRIS ETC. REMOVED :shuttering before any concrete is placed. Care shall be taken to see that the shuttering is water - tight and has been properly treated with approved composition to prevent absorption of water. Shuttering for concrete shall bthe shape and dimensions described on the working drawing. Faces in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering grout, projecting nails, splits and other defects. Joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the leakage of cement grout and to avoid the formation of fins


segregation. This avoids frequent washing. A small amount of water shall be fed first followed by all solid materials. Remainder of water shall be added after the solids. shall be continued until their is uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The mixing time shall be counted after all the materials are in drum and shall be in accordance with IS : 1791 / 1968, but in no case mixing shall be done for less

Hand mixing shall not be permitted except for unimportant structural members and purely at the discretion of the Architects / Clients engineer. Hand mixing will

or concrete going into columns. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall be ensured that the mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The contractor shall use 10% extra cement for hand mixing for which no extra payment wibe made. Hand mixing when permitted shall be done on platform.

Concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of

ingredients. It shall be deposited, as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Wet concrete discharged from each batch of mixer shall be neatly collected and transported. Remnants from earlier batches shall be rejected and removed.

The concrete shall be placed in position and compacted before the initial setting time and shall not be disturbed subsequently. Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto construction joints, the position and

ngement of which shall be predetermined. When the work has to be resumed on the surface which has hardened, it shall be thoroughly hacked, swept clean, wetted and covered with a layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as the cement and sand in the concrete mixture. This mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of the concrete. Concrete shall be placed in shuttering by shovels or other approved impliments and shall not be dropped from a

than 1 M or shall not be handled in a manner which will cause segregation. Concrete which has already set shall not be allowed to be incorporated in the work even after adding cement and re-mixing. 2.25 DEBRIS ETC. REMOVED : All debris, saw dust, etc. shall be removed from the shuttering before any concrete is placed. Care shall be taken to see that the shuttering is

tight and has been properly treated with approved composition to prevent absorption

Shuttering for concrete shall be rigidly constructed of approved material and shall be true to the shape and dimensions described on the working drawing. Faces in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering grout, projecting nails, splits and other defects. Joints shall be

ficiently tight to prevent the leakage of cement grout and to avoid the formation of fins

segregation. This avoids frequent washing. A small amount of water shall be fed first followed by all solid materials. Remainder of water shall be added after the solids. Mixing shall be continued until their is uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The mixing time shall be counted after all the materials are in drum

case mixing shall be done for less

Hand mixing shall not be permitted except for unimportant structural members and purely at the discretion of the Architects / Clients engineer. Hand mixing will

or concrete going into columns. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall be ensured that the mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The contractor shall use 10% extra cement for hand mixing for which no extra payment will

Concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of

ingredients. It shall be deposited, as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Wet concrete discharged from each batch of mixer shall be neatly

d and removed. The concrete shall be placed in position and compacted before the initial

Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto construction joints, the position and

When the work has to be resumed on the surface which has hardened, it shall be thoroughly hacked, swept clean, wetted and covered with a layer of mortar composed of cement and

and sand in the concrete mixture. This mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before placing of the concrete. Concrete shall be placed in shuttering by shovels or other approved impliments and shall not be dropped from a

than 1 M or shall not be handled in a manner which will cause segregation. Concrete which has already set shall not be allowed to be incorporated in the

. shall be removed from the shuttering before any concrete is placed. Care shall be taken to see that the shuttering is

tight and has been properly treated with approved composition to prevent absorption

e rigidly constructed of approved material and shall be true to the shape and dimensions described on the working drawing. Faces in contact with concrete shall be free from adhering grout, projecting nails, splits and other defects. Joints shall be

ficiently tight to prevent the leakage of cement grout and to avoid the formation of fins


Signature of Bidder

and other blemishes. Shuttering shall be secured so as to be strong enough to retain the correct shape during consolidation of concrete. Shuttering shall be trueand strutted to prevent deformation under the weight and pressure of the wet concrete, constructional loads, wind and other forces. The shuttering of beams and slabs shall be erected in such a way that the shuttering on the sides of thremoved without disturbing the beam bottoms. ReImmediately prior to placing of the concrete, the shuttering shall be well wetted. 2.26 PROJECTION AND PLACING IN LAYERS : operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members and shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 1M deep in walls, columns and similar members. Concrete after placing shall be protected by use of engineer during first stages of hardening against high winds, hot sun and / or rain or surface water. No shock or vibrations shall be allowed to be imparted to forms supporting fresh concrete. 2.27 COMPACTION : placing and carefully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners of form-work. The use of mechanical vibrators is strongly recommended. Sufficient number of vibrators (including standby) of adequate capacities shall be used for compaction of concrete. Vibration shall be carried out by trained men and in the presence of a qualified supervisor trained in the use of vibrators and vibrated concrete. In certainvibration is not effective, careful poking and tamping shall be carried out and sufficient men employed to ensure that thorough consolidation takes place. Where manual compaction becomes necessary the workability of the mix should be contrcompaction subject, of course, to compliance of strength requirements specified. 2.28 CONTINUOUS CONCRETING :predetermined positions of construction joints. The position and construction joints shall be approved by the Architects / Clients engineer. Rest, pauses for meals etc. shall be subject to the Architects / Clients engineer’s approval. 2.29 PACKING ROUND REINFORCEMENT :the concrete shall be carefully consolidated round the reinforcement and care shall be taken to ensure that reinforcement is not displaced during the placing and compaction of concrete. If reinforcement moves out of its place, it must be brough 2.30 VIBRATION OF CONCRETE : (a) Number and size of vibrations : Vibrators shall be of sturdy construction, adequately powered and capable of transmitting to the concrete not less than 3500 impulses per minute when operating under load. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the concrete to flow or settle readily into place and visibly affect the concrete over a radius of atleast 450mm (18”) when used in concrete having slump of 25mm. A sufficient numbe


and other blemishes. Shuttering shall be secured so as to be strong enough to retain the correct shape during consolidation of concrete. Shuttering shall be true to line and braced and strutted to prevent deformation under the weight and pressure of the wet concrete, constructional loads, wind and other forces. The shuttering of beams and slabs shall be erected in such a way that the shuttering on the sides of the beams and soffits of slabs can be removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Re-propping of beams shall not be permitted. Immediately prior to placing of the concrete, the shuttering shall be well wetted.2.26 PROJECTION AND PLACING IN LAYERS : Concrete shall be placed in operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members and shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 1M deep in walls, columns and similar members. Concrete after placing shall be protected by use of covering to the approval of the Architects / Clients engineer during first stages of hardening against high winds, hot sun and / or rain or surface water. No shock or vibrations shall be allowed to be imparted to forms supporting fresh

Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during operation of placing and carefully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners

work. The use of mechanical vibrators is strongly recommended. Sufficient f vibrators (including standby) of adequate capacities shall be used for compaction

of concrete. Vibration shall be carried out by trained men and in the presence of a qualified supervisor trained in the use of vibrators and vibrated concrete. In certainvibration is not effective, careful poking and tamping shall be carried out and sufficient men employed to ensure that thorough consolidation takes place. Where manual compaction becomes necessary the workability of the mix should be controlled to suit such mode of compaction subject, of course, to compliance of strength requirements specified.2.28 CONTINUOUS CONCRETING : Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto predetermined positions of construction joints. The position and arrangement for construction joints shall be approved by the Architects / Clients engineer. Rest, pauses for meals etc. shall be subject to the Architects / Clients engineer’s approval. 2.29 PACKING ROUND REINFORCEMENT : In the case of reinforced concthe concrete shall be carefully consolidated round the reinforcement and care shall be taken to ensure that reinforcement is not displaced during the placing and compaction of concrete. If reinforcement moves out of its place, it must be brought back to position immediately.2.30 VIBRATION OF CONCRETE : (a) Number and size of vibrations : Vibrators shall be of sturdy construction, adequately powered and capable of transmitting to the concrete not less than 3500 impulses per minute

erating under load. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the concrete to flow or settle readily into place and visibly affect the concrete over a radius of atleast 450mm (18”) when used in concrete having slump of 25mm. A sufficient numbe

and other blemishes. Shuttering shall be secured so as to be strong enough to retain the to line and braced

and strutted to prevent deformation under the weight and pressure of the wet concrete, constructional loads, wind and other forces. The shuttering of beams and slabs shall be

e beams and soffits of slabs can be propping of beams shall not be permitted.

Immediately prior to placing of the concrete, the shuttering shall be well wetted. oncrete shall be placed in Two

operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members and shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 1M deep in walls, columns and similar members. Concrete

covering to the approval of the Architects / Clients engineer during first stages of hardening against high winds, hot sun and / or rain or surface water. No shock or vibrations shall be allowed to be imparted to forms supporting fresh

Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during operation of placing and carefully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners

work. The use of mechanical vibrators is strongly recommended. Sufficient f vibrators (including standby) of adequate capacities shall be used for compaction

of concrete. Vibration shall be carried out by trained men and in the presence of a qualified supervisor trained in the use of vibrators and vibrated concrete. In certain portions where vibration is not effective, careful poking and tamping shall be carried out and sufficient men employed to ensure that thorough consolidation takes place. Where manual compaction

olled to suit such mode of compaction subject, of course, to compliance of strength requirements specified.

Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto arrangement for

construction joints shall be approved by the Architects / Clients engineer. Rest, pauses for

In the case of reinforced concrete work, the concrete shall be carefully consolidated round the reinforcement and care shall be taken to ensure that reinforcement is not displaced during the placing and compaction of concrete.

t back to position immediately.

(a) Number and size of vibrations : Vibrators shall be of sturdy construction, adequately powered and capable of transmitting to the concrete not less than 3500 impulses per minute

erating under load. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the concrete to flow or settle readily into place and visibly affect the concrete over a radius of atleast 450mm (18”) when used in concrete having slump of 25mm. A sufficient number of


Signature of Bidder

vibrators (atleast one vibrator for a rate of concreting of 1.5Cu.M be employed so that vibration throughout the entire volume of each layer of concrete and complete compaction are secured. (b) Manipulation of vibrators concrete and shall be applied at points uniformly placed not farther apart then the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location long enough to draw out a pool of grout from surrounding concrete. The vibration shall be such that the concrete becomes uniformly plastic and there shall be atleast 200 seconds of vibration per square metre (20 seconds of vibration per Sft) of surface of each layeconcrete, computed on the basis of visibly effected radius and taking overlap into consideration. Vibrations shall be stopped when are bubbles have practically ceased coming to the surface. 2.31 CURING : All concrete work shall be kept constantly wet for a minimum period of seven days after concreting. Horizontal surfaces shall be kept covered with water pond by means of bunds and vertical surfaces like those of columns, fins, etc. by burlaps kept constantly wet by water sprays. Mere sprinkling of water on vertical surfaces without sacks or burlaps will not be allowed. In respect of concrete made out of Pozzalana cement curing shall be continued for another eight days, viz/. fifteen days in all. 2.32 TRAINED SUPERVISOR : charge of the construction and all concrete works, whether reinforced or not, shall be skilled in this class of work and shall superintend personally the whole construction attention to:- (a) The quality, testing, proportioning and mixing of the materials and particularly control of water cement ratio: (b) Laying of materials in place and thorough consolidation of the concrete to ensure solidity and freedom from voids; (c) Sizes and positions of reinforcements. 2.33 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE : cement is used, the compressive strength requirements for various mixes of concrete shall be as given in Table IV. It shall be for the various mixes of concrete. TABLE IV - STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE (All values in Kg/Sq.cm) All tests conducted in accordance with IS : 516


vibrators (atleast one vibrator for a rate of concreting of 1.5Cu.M - 50 Cu.ft. per hour) shall be employed so that vibration throughout the entire volume of each layer of concrete and complete compaction are secured. (b) Manipulation of vibrators : Internal vibrators shall be kept constantly moving in the concrete and shall be applied at points uniformly placed not farther apart then the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location long

h to draw out a pool of grout from surrounding concrete. The vibration shall be such that the concrete becomes uniformly plastic and there shall be atleast 200 seconds of vibration per square metre (20 seconds of vibration per Sft) of surface of each layeconcrete, computed on the basis of visibly effected radius and taking overlap into consideration. Vibrations shall be stopped when are bubbles have practically ceased coming

All concrete work shall be kept constantly wet for a minimum period of seven days after concreting. Horizontal surfaces shall be kept covered with water pond by means of bunds and vertical surfaces like those of columns, fins, etc. by burlaps kept

antly wet by water sprays. Mere sprinkling of water on vertical surfaces without sacks or burlaps will not be allowed. In respect of concrete made out of Pozzalana cement curing shall be continued for another eight days, viz/. fifteen days in all.

TRAINED SUPERVISOR : It is essential that the contractor’s supervisor who is in charge of the construction and all concrete works, whether reinforced or not, shall be skilled in this class of work and shall superintend personally the whole construction

(a) The quality, testing, proportioning and mixing of the materials and particularly control of

(b) Laying of materials in place and thorough consolidation of the concrete to ensure solidity

(c) Sizes and positions of reinforcements. 2.33 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE : Where ordinary Portland cement is used, the compressive strength requirements for various mixes of concrete shall be as given in Table IV. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to obtain specified strengths for the various mixes of concrete.

STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF CONCRETE

All tests conducted in accordance with IS : 516 - 1959

50 Cu.ft. per hour) shall be employed so that vibration throughout the entire volume of each layer of concrete and

: Internal vibrators shall be kept constantly moving in the concrete and shall be applied at points uniformly placed not farther apart then the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location long

h to draw out a pool of grout from surrounding concrete. The vibration shall be such that the concrete becomes uniformly plastic and there shall be atleast 200 seconds of vibration per square metre (20 seconds of vibration per Sft) of surface of each layer of concrete, computed on the basis of visibly effected radius and taking overlap into consideration. Vibrations shall be stopped when are bubbles have practically ceased coming

All concrete work shall be kept constantly wet for a minimum period of seven days after concreting. Horizontal surfaces shall be kept covered with water pond by means of bunds and vertical surfaces like those of columns, fins, etc. by burlaps kept

antly wet by water sprays. Mere sprinkling of water on vertical surfaces without sacks or burlaps will not be allowed. In respect of concrete made out of Pozzalana cement curing

It is essential that the contractor’s supervisor who is in charge of the construction and all concrete works, whether reinforced or not, shall be skilled in this class of work and shall superintend personally the whole construction and pay special

(a) The quality, testing, proportioning and mixing of the materials and particularly control of

(b) Laying of materials in place and thorough consolidation of the concrete to ensure solidity

Where ordinary Portland cement is used, the compressive strength requirements for various mixes of concrete shall be

the contractor’s responsibility to obtain specified strengths


Signature of Bidder

Concrete Mix

Minimum Comprstrength on 15cm cubes at 7 days (Works Test Only)

1:3:6 70 1:2:4 100 1:1-1/2:3 135 1:1:2 `170

NOTE : WORKS TEST :made on the works, out of the concrete being used on the works. 2.34 CRITERION REGARDING STRENGTH :specified to be conducted at the age of 7 and 28 days comIV shall alone be the criterion for acceptance or rejection of concrete. 2.35 CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE OF LOWER OR HIGHER STRENGTH

THAN SPECIFIED : If concrete made in accordance with the proportions given for a pthe specified average strength of three cubes at 28 days (refer Table V for acceptance criteria) such concrete shall be dealt as stated in the criteria for acceptance of concrete. 2.36 TEST CUBES : (a) Concrete used for preparing works test cubes shall represent quality of concrete incorporated in the work. The concrete for preparation of one set of six cubes shall be taken from one batch of mixed concrete discharged from mixer. The cubes shall be moulded in accordance with ISI of Practices. (b) The cubes shall be cured as per ISI code of Practices. The entire operation of casting, curing and arranging despatch of cubes to laboratory will be carried out by the Contractor under the joint supervision of the Architect’sshall be tested at an age of seven days and the other three at the age of 28 days in a laboratory approved by the Chief Engineer.


Minimum Compressive strength on 15cm cubes at 7 days (Works Test Only)

Minimum compressive strength of 15cm cubes at 28 days (Works Test Only)

70 100

100 150

135 200

`170 250

WORKS TEST : A test conducted in an approved laboratory on the specimens made on the works, out of the concrete being used on the works. 2.34 CRITERION REGARDING STRENGTH : Although the works test cubes are specified to be conducted at the age of 7 and 28 days compressive strength specified in Table IV shall alone be the criterion for acceptance or rejection of concrete.

CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE OF LOWER OR HIGHER STRENGTH THAN SPECIFIED :

If concrete made in accordance with the proportions given for a particular mix does not yield the specified average strength of three cubes at 28 days (refer Table V for acceptance criteria) such concrete shall be dealt as stated in the criteria for acceptance of concrete.

preparing works test cubes shall represent quality of concrete incorporated in the work. The concrete for preparation of one set of six cubes shall be taken from one batch of mixed concrete discharged from mixer. The cubes shall be moulded in

with ISI of Practices. (b) The cubes shall be cured as per ISI code of Practices. The entire operation of casting, curing and arranging despatch of cubes to laboratory will be carried out by the Contractor under the joint supervision of the Architect’s / clients engineer. Out of six cubes, three cubes shall be tested at an age of seven days and the other three at the age of 28 days in a laboratory approved by the Chief Engineer.

Minimum compressive strength of 15cm cubes at 28 (Works Test Only)

A test conducted in an approved laboratory on the specimens

Although the works test cubes are pressive strength specified in Table

CLASSIFICATION OF CONCRETE OF LOWER OR HIGHER STRENGTH

articular mix does not yield the specified average strength of three cubes at 28 days (refer Table V for acceptance

preparing works test cubes shall represent quality of concrete incorporated in the work. The concrete for preparation of one set of six cubes shall be taken from one batch of mixed concrete discharged from mixer. The cubes shall be moulded in

(b) The cubes shall be cured as per ISI code of Practices. The entire operation of casting, curing and arranging despatch of cubes to laboratory will be carried out by the Contractor

/ clients engineer. Out of six cubes, three cubes shall be tested at an age of seven days and the other three at the age of 28 days in a laboratory


Signature of Bidder

(c) The cubes shall be initialed jointly by Contractor’s representativesclients engineer with a piece of wire or nail, so that an indentation of the initials is left on the cubes. (d) The contractor shall arrange to transport the cubes to the laboratory and arrange to have the test results forwarded (iclients engineer. The contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with the preparation of test cubes like cost of moulds, cost of concrete, labour and transportation charges to the approved laboratory etc. The charges for testing shall be paid initially by the contractor to the laboratory. (e) A register shall be maintained at site by the Architects / clients engineer with the following details entered and initialled by the contractor a (I) Date and time of casting (ii) The mix of concrete (iii) Reference to specific structural member receiving the batch of concrete from which the cubes were cast. (iv) Mark on cubes (v) Water cement ratio by we(vi) Crushing strengths as obtained at the end of seven days for three cubes out of a set of six and at the end of 28 days for the other three cubes.(vii) Laboratory in which tested and reference to test certificate(viii) Any other information directed by the (f) A record of the quantity of concrete incorporated in the work that is represented by the quality of concrete of the set of cubes along with the description of the structural members where such concrete has been deposited shall be maintained. For floor beams and slabs, such record shall be supported by a drawing on which the areas of concreting carried out and representating the set of cubes taken out shall be properly demarcated with cube rentered in the drawing at the relevant portions. This record shall be contractor and maintained by the Architects / clients engineer. (g) Samples size and acceptance criteria : All tests shall be carried out in accordance with: 516 - 1959. The number of test specimens required, the frequency of sampling and the criteria for acceptance of a concrete of a specified mix shall be in accordance with the Table V ‘Ordinary Concrete’.


(c) The cubes shall be initialed jointly by Contractor’s representatives and the Architects / clients engineer with a piece of wire or nail, so that an indentation of the initials is left on the

(d) The contractor shall arrange to transport the cubes to the laboratory and arrange to have the test results forwarded (in duplicate) directly from the laboratory to the Architects / clients engineer. The contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with the preparation of test cubes like cost of moulds, cost of concrete, labour and transportation charges to the

ed laboratory etc. The charges for testing shall be paid initially by the contractor to

(e) A register shall be maintained at site by the Architects / clients engineer with the following details entered and initialled by the contractor and the Architects / clients engineer:

(iii) Reference to specific structural member receiving the batch of concrete from which the

(v) Water cement ratio by weight and consistency by slump (vi) Crushing strengths as obtained at the end of seven days for three cubes out of a set of six and at the end of 28 days for the other three cubes. (vii) Laboratory in which tested and reference to test certificate

Any other information directed by the Engineer in- charge. (f) A record of the quantity of concrete incorporated in the work that is represented by the quality of concrete of the set of cubes along with the description of the structural members

uch concrete has been deposited shall be maintained. For floor beams and slabs, such record shall be supported by a drawing on which the areas of concreting carried out and representating the set of cubes taken out shall be properly demarcated with cube rentered in the drawing at the relevant portions. This record shall be contractor and maintained by the Architects / clients engineer. (g) Samples size and acceptance criteria : All tests shall be carried out in accordance with

1959. The number of test specimens required, the frequency of sampling and the criteria for acceptance of a concrete of a specified mix shall be in accordance with the Table

and the Architects / clients engineer with a piece of wire or nail, so that an indentation of the initials is left on the

(d) The contractor shall arrange to transport the cubes to the laboratory and arrange to have n duplicate) directly from the laboratory to the Architects /

clients engineer. The contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with the preparation of test cubes like cost of moulds, cost of concrete, labour and transportation charges to the

ed laboratory etc. The charges for testing shall be paid initially by the contractor to

(e) A register shall be maintained at site by the Architects / clients engineer with the nd the Architects / clients engineer:

(iii) Reference to specific structural member receiving the batch of concrete from which the

(vi) Crushing strengths as obtained at the end of seven days for three cubes out of a set of six

(f) A record of the quantity of concrete incorporated in the work that is represented by the quality of concrete of the set of cubes along with the description of the structural members

uch concrete has been deposited shall be maintained. For floor beams and slabs, such record shall be supported by a drawing on which the areas of concreting carried out and representating the set of cubes taken out shall be properly demarcated with cube reference entered in the drawing at the relevant portions. This record shall be initialed by the

(g) Samples size and acceptance criteria : All tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS 1959. The number of test specimens required, the frequency of sampling and the

criteria for acceptance of a concrete of a specified mix shall be in accordance with the Table


Signature of Bidder

TABLE V : ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA, (Ref. para 2.37 and 2.38) AGGREGATE Separation Tests Fine Coarse Grading

One size

Two sized aggregate in two sizes (20mm, 10mm) for maximum 20mm sized aggregates or in three sizes (40mm, 20mm, 10mm) for max. 40mm sized aggregates or if approved by EE graded aggregates conforming to Table under Para 2.14(d)

After standard has been established when variation is suspected.


TABLE V : ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA, TESTS ETC. FOR CONCRETE

CONCRETEBatching Tests

Moisture determination

Cement Aggregates Workability

Minimum number of Specimens (15cm Cubes)7 day compressive strength test

28 day compressive strength test

After standard has establiswhen variation is suspect

When variation in moisture is suspected e.g. rain

By weight

By volume

3 3

TESTS ETC. FOR CONCRETE

CONCRETE Workability Strength (Works Test

Only) Minimum number of Specimens (15cm Cubes)

Minimum frequency

Criteria for Acceptance

28 day compressive strength test

In terms of quantity

In terms of period

3 For every 50 Cu.m of concrete or part thereof At more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer.

As decided by Engineer

Refer Para 2.38


Signature of Bidder

2.37 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE : I. Seven day’s test : The average compressive strength of the three specimens tested at seven days shall satisfy the specified strengths given in Table IV, for the appropriate mix. As a guidance the difference between the maximum and the minimum strength of the three specimens shall not exceed 15% of the average strength. In case seven days test result is not satisfactory all further work structurally interlinked with the concrete represented by the samples shall be stopped unless otherwise decided by Architects / clients engineer. II. Twenty eight day’s test : (a) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is more than the compreindicated in Table IV, the concrete shall be accepted at full rates. (b) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than the specified but not less than 85% of the specified strength, the concrete may be accepted at reduceddiscretion of the Architects / clients engineer. (c) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than 85% of the specified strength, architects / clients engineer shall reject and get dismantled the defective portion of the work represented by the sample along with the structurally connected work as considered necessary at the risk and cost of the contractor. In case of (b) and (c) Architects / clients engineer, if they so decides may order the additional tests like core test, ultrasonic test, rebound hammer test, load test of structure or part of structure etc. to be carried out. All the charges in connection with these additional tests shall be borne by the contractor. If on the basis of these additional tests the architclients engineer is satisfied about the structural adequacy of the concrete, he may accept the work at reduced rates. 2.38 CONCRETE ORDERED TO BE DISMANTLED :engineer does not accept the poor or defective concretthen the contractor shall dismantle such concrete at his expense and reconstruct the same to the architects / clients engineer’s approval at his expense. The concrete thus strengthened and accepted shall however, bunder para 2.34). 2.39 CONCRETE RETAINED WITH RECTIFICATION :clients engineer in order to save time and where he considers proper, orders that defective concrete the strengthened as directed by him the contractor shall carry out all rectification measures to architects / clients engineer’s app


2.37 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE : The average compressive strength of the three specimens tested at

seven days shall satisfy the specified strengths given in Table IV, for the appropriate mix. As rence between the maximum and the minimum strength of the three

specimens shall not exceed 15% of the average strength. In case seven days test result is not satisfactory all further work structurally interlinked with the concrete represented by the

es shall be stopped unless otherwise decided by Architects / clients engineer.II. Twenty eight day’s test : Acceptance criteria by twenty eight days shall be as follows:(a) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is more than the compreindicated in Table IV, the concrete shall be accepted at full rates. (b) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than the specified but not less than 85% of the specified strength, the concrete may be accepted at reduceddiscretion of the Architects / clients engineer. (c) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than 85% of the specified strength, architects / clients engineer shall reject and get dismantled the defective portion of

ork represented by the sample along with the structurally connected work as considered necessary at the risk and cost of the contractor. In case of (b) and (c) Architects / clients engineer, if they so decides may order the

t, ultrasonic test, rebound hammer test, load test of structure or part of structure etc. to be carried out. All the charges in connection with these additional tests shall be borne by the contractor. If on the basis of these additional tests the architclients engineer is satisfied about the structural adequacy of the concrete, he may accept the

2.38 CONCRETE ORDERED TO BE DISMANTLED : Where the Architects / clients engineer does not accept the poor or defective concrete and orders the same to be dismantled, then the contractor shall dismantle such concrete at his expense and reconstruct the same to the architects / clients engineer’s approval at his expense. The concrete thus strengthened and accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete refer Table IV

2.39 CONCRETE RETAINED WITH RECTIFICATION : Where the architects / clients engineer in order to save time and where he considers proper, orders that defective concrete the strengthened as directed by him the contractor shall carry out all rectification measures to architects / clients engineer’s approval at his expense. The concrete thus

The average compressive strength of the three specimens tested at seven days shall satisfy the specified strengths given in Table IV, for the appropriate mix. As

rence between the maximum and the minimum strength of the three specimens shall not exceed 15% of the average strength. In case seven days test result is not satisfactory all further work structurally interlinked with the concrete represented by the

es shall be stopped unless otherwise decided by Architects / clients engineer. Acceptance criteria by twenty eight days shall be as follows:-

(a) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is more than the compressive strength

(b) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than the specified but not less than 85% of the specified strength, the concrete may be accepted at reduced rates at the

(c) If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than 85% of the specified strength, architects / clients engineer shall reject and get dismantled the defective portion of

ork represented by the sample along with the structurally connected work as considered

In case of (b) and (c) Architects / clients engineer, if they so decides may order the t, ultrasonic test, rebound hammer test, load test of structure or

part of structure etc. to be carried out. All the charges in connection with these additional tests shall be borne by the contractor. If on the basis of these additional tests the architects / clients engineer is satisfied about the structural adequacy of the concrete, he may accept the

Where the Architects / clients e and orders the same to be dismantled,

then the contractor shall dismantle such concrete at his expense and reconstruct the same to the architects / clients engineer’s approval at his expense. The concrete thus strengthened

e paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete refer Table IV

Where the architects / clients engineer in order to save time and where he considers proper, orders that defective concrete the strengthened as directed by him the contractor shall carry out all rectification

roval at his expense. The concrete thus


Signature of Bidder

strengthened and accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete refer Table IV under para 2.34). 2.40 QUANTITY OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE REPRESENTED BY CUBES :all cases of defective concrete as revealed by works test cubes strength failing below the specified strength, the quantity of concrete thus affected and represented by the cubes shall be decided by the Architects / clients whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor. 2.41 HONEY COMBING : (a) Where honeycombed surfaces are noticed in the concrete, the contractor shall not patch up the same until examined by the architect’s / client’s engineer and decision given regarding the acceptance with rectification or rejdefects without the knowledge of the architects / clients engineer, the architects / clients engineer will be at liberty to order demolition of the concerned concrete members to the extent they considers necessary. In such case, the contractor at his expense, shall reconstruct demolished work. Demolished work shall not be measured and paid for. (b) If in the opinion of the architect’s / clients engineer the honey combing is harmful to the structure and where so directed by the architect / clients engineer, the full structural members affected by honeycombing as decided by architect / clients engineer shall be dismantled and reconstructed to architect / clients approval at contractor’s expense. The democoncrete will not be measured and paid for. (c) Such honeycombed areas which are not severe in the opinion of architect / clients engineer and can be retained with rectification shall be dealt with as under: Patches are first treated with the copart of sand and then filled with mortar similar to that used in the concrete. The mortar is placed in layers not more than 10mm thick and each layer is given a scratch finish to secure bond with the succeeding layer. 2.42 OTHER DEFECTS :by the architects / clients engineer at contractor’s expense. 2.43 DEVALUATION OF RATES FOR CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO SPECIFIED STRENGTH : In case of average compressive strength being less than the specified strength but upto 85% of the specified strength, the rate payable shall be in the same proportion as average compressive strength bears to the specified compressive strength.


strengthened and accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete refer Table IV under para 2.34). 2.40 QUANTITY OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE REPRESENTED BY CUBES :

crete as revealed by works test cubes strength failing below the specified strength, the quantity of concrete thus affected and represented by the cubes shall be decided by the Architects / clients whose decision shall be final and binding on the

2.41 HONEY COMBING : (a) Where honeycombed surfaces are noticed in the concrete, the contractor shall not patch up the same until examined by the architect’s / client’s engineer and decision given regarding the acceptance with rectification or rejection of the same. If contractor patches up such defects without the knowledge of the architects / clients engineer, the architects / clients engineer will be at liberty to order demolition of the concerned concrete members to the

ecessary. In such case, the contractor at his expense, shall reconstruct demolished work. Demolished work shall not be measured and paid for. (b) If in the opinion of the architect’s / clients engineer the honey combing is harmful to the

where so directed by the architect / clients engineer, the full structural members affected by honeycombing as decided by architect / clients engineer shall be dismantled and reconstructed to architect / clients approval at contractor’s expense. The democoncrete will not be measured and paid for. (c) Such honeycombed areas which are not severe in the opinion of architect / clients engineer and can be retained with rectification shall be dealt with as under:- Patches are first treated with the coat of thin grout composed of one part of cement and one part of sand and then filled with mortar similar to that used in the concrete. The mortar is placed in layers not more than 10mm thick and each layer is given a scratch finish to secure

succeeding layer. 2.42 OTHER DEFECTS : Any other defects in concrete shall be made good as directed by the architects / clients engineer at contractor’s expense. 2.43 DEVALUATION OF RATES FOR CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO SPECIFIED STRENGTH :

of average compressive strength being less than the specified strength but upto 85% of the specified strength, the rate payable shall be in the same proportion as average compressive strength bears to the specified compressive strength.

strengthened and accepted shall however, be paid at reduced rate. (for mixes of concrete

2.40 QUANTITY OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE REPRESENTED BY CUBES : In crete as revealed by works test cubes strength failing below the

specified strength, the quantity of concrete thus affected and represented by the cubes shall be decided by the Architects / clients whose decision shall be final and binding on the

(a) Where honeycombed surfaces are noticed in the concrete, the contractor shall not patch up the same until examined by the architect’s / client’s engineer and decision given regarding

ection of the same. If contractor patches up such defects without the knowledge of the architects / clients engineer, the architects / clients engineer will be at liberty to order demolition of the concerned concrete members to the

ecessary. In such case, the contractor at his expense, shall reconstruct

(b) If in the opinion of the architect’s / clients engineer the honey combing is harmful to the where so directed by the architect / clients engineer, the full structural members

affected by honeycombing as decided by architect / clients engineer shall be dismantled and reconstructed to architect / clients approval at contractor’s expense. The demolished

(c) Such honeycombed areas which are not severe in the opinion of architect / clients

at of thin grout composed of one part of cement and one part of sand and then filled with mortar similar to that used in the concrete. The mortar is placed in layers not more than 10mm thick and each layer is given a scratch finish to secure

Any other defects in concrete shall be made good as directed

2.43 DEVALUATION OF RATES FOR CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO

of average compressive strength being less than the specified strength but upto 85% of the specified strength, the rate payable shall be in the same proportion as average


Signature of Bidder

In case average compressive strength of concrete is less than 85% of the specified strength (but the same is accepted to be retained in the structure), the rate payable shall be 85% of the quoted rate minus 1-1/2 times the further percentage reduction below 85% strength. (Note : While working out the devaluation, only the concrete component of the rate excluding shuttering shall be taken into account for calculation). 2.44 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS : (a) Location: The contractor shall submit sketches showing the locatioto provide construction joints and get them approved from the architects / clients engineer prior to concreting. (b) Stop boards: All vertical construction board at the joint. Where directed, the joints shall be rebated or joggled and be of approved shape. (c) Water bars: Wherever water bars / stops are specified the same shall be provided as per drawings or as directed. It is necessary to ensure that water bars form continudiaphragms. When PVC water bars / stops are provided the joints shall be properly heated and fused as per manufacturer’s specifications. 2.45 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENT : (a) Location and formation: Contractor shall prepare a drawing showingconstruction joints and have it approved by the architects / clients engineer. After such approval, it is necessary to place stop boards, well in advance, at predetermined positions and carry out the concreting right upto the stop boards. (b) Particular care is required to form and treat construction joints in basement in order to ensure water - tightness for which contractor shall be responsible. (c) Joints in the base slab : Joints in base slabs and beams of a basement shall be so locthat the joint is parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and is at right angle to the principal reinforcement, the joint shall be in the middle of the span of the slab or beams. (d) Formation vertical joints : Vertical cshall be formed by using vertical stop shall be provided for vertical joints in walls. (e) Formation horizontal joints : Horizontal joints in waltaken to establish a proper and good bond between the hardened concrete and freshly laid


ompressive strength of concrete is less than 85% of the specified strength (but the same is accepted to be retained in the structure), the rate payable shall be 85% of the

1/2 times the further percentage reduction below 85% strength.(Note : While working out the devaluation, only the concrete component of the rate excluding shuttering shall be taken into account for calculation). 2.44 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS : (a) Location: The contractor shall submit sketches showing the locations where he proposes to provide construction joints and get them approved from the architects / clients engineer

(b) Stop boards: All vertical construction - joints shall be formed with proper wooden stop Where directed, the joints shall be rebated or joggled and be of approved

(c) Water bars: Wherever water bars / stops are specified the same shall be provided as per drawings or as directed. It is necessary to ensure that water bars form continudiaphragms. When PVC water bars / stops are provided the joints shall be properly heated and fused as per manufacturer’s specifications. 2.45 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENT : (a) Location and formation: Contractor shall prepare a drawing showingconstruction joints and have it approved by the architects / clients engineer. After such approval, it is necessary to place stop boards, well in advance, at predetermined positions and carry out the concreting right upto the stop boards. (b) Particular care is required to form and treat construction joints in basement in order to

tightness for which contractor shall be responsible. (c) Joints in the base slab : Joints in base slabs and beams of a basement shall be so locthat the joint is parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and is at right angle to the principal reinforcement, the joint shall be in the middle of the span of the slab or

(d) Formation vertical joints : Vertical construction joints in base slab and wall of basement shall be formed by using vertical stop - boards in predetermined positions. PVC water bars shall be provided for vertical joints in walls. (e) Formation horizontal joints : Horizontal joints in walls shall be rebated and care shall be taken to establish a proper and good bond between the hardened concrete and freshly laid

ompressive strength of concrete is less than 85% of the specified strength (but the same is accepted to be retained in the structure), the rate payable shall be 85% of the

1/2 times the further percentage reduction below 85% strength. (Note : While working out the devaluation, only the concrete component of the rate

ns where he proposes to provide construction joints and get them approved from the architects / clients engineer

joints shall be formed with proper wooden stop - Where directed, the joints shall be rebated or joggled and be of approved

(c) Water bars: Wherever water bars / stops are specified the same shall be provided as per drawings or as directed. It is necessary to ensure that water bars form continuous diaphragms. When PVC water bars / stops are provided the joints shall be properly heated

(a) Location and formation: Contractor shall prepare a drawing showing the proposed construction joints and have it approved by the architects / clients engineer. After such approval, it is necessary to place stop boards, well in advance, at predetermined positions and

(b) Particular care is required to form and treat construction joints in basement in order to

(c) Joints in the base slab : Joints in base slabs and beams of a basement shall be so located that the joint is parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and is at right angle to the principal reinforcement, the joint shall be in the middle of the span of the slab or

onstruction joints in base slab and wall of basement boards in predetermined positions. PVC water bars

ls shall be rebated and care shall be taken to establish a proper and good bond between the hardened concrete and freshly laid


Signature of Bidder

concrete to produce a watertight joint which shall be contractor’s responsibility. PVC water base shall be provided for horizont (f) Wall slab junctions : Each layer must be compacted before placing the next layer. Concrete in the splays at the junction of the wall and the slab shall be placed without joint at the time of concreting the slab. 2.46 TREATMENT OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENTS : (a) When work is resumed on the surface which has hardened such surface shall be roughened. It shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted and covered with a 12mm layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same mix. This 12mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before the placing of the concrete. (b) Where the surface has not fully hardened, the laitence shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of aggregate particles. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and all free water removed. The surface shall then be coated with thick neat cement grout. (c) Care shall be taken to obtain good bond between the hardened and freshly placed concrete. Careful ramming and moulding of concrete around the water bar is very important. 2.47 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SUPER STRUCTURE : (a) Columns : A joint shall be formed horizontally at below the lowest soffit of the beams meeting at the head of the column or 12mm below the tip of anchor bar projected from the floor beam into the column whichever is lower. Concrete in the head of a column where one or mojoint i.e., concrete in the joint shall be poured along with floor concrete. (b) Beams : Concrete in the beam shall be placed throughout without a joint but if the provision of a joint is unavoidable, the joint sh (c) Slabs : A joint in the slab shall be vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and at right angles to the principal, reinforcement, the joint shall be vertical and at the middle of the span. (d) Treatment of construction joints : Same as for construction joints in basement i.e., 2.47 above. 2.48 EXPANSION JOINTS : (a) Expansion joints shall be provided as shown in the drawings.


concrete to produce a watertight joint which shall be contractor’s responsibility. PVC water base shall be provided for horizontal joints in walls. (f) Wall slab junctions : Each layer must be compacted before placing the next layer. Concrete in the splays at the junction of the wall and the slab shall be placed without joint at the time of concreting the slab.

OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENTS :(a) When work is resumed on the surface which has hardened such surface shall be roughened. It shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted and covered with a 12mm layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as cement and sand in the concrete mix. This 12mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before the

(b) Where the surface has not fully hardened, the laitence shall be removed by scrubbing the urface with wire bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of aggregate

particles. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and all free water removed. The surface shall then be coated with thick neat cement grout.

o obtain good bond between the hardened and freshly placed concrete. Careful ramming and moulding of concrete around the water bar is very important.2.47 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SUPER STRUCTURE : (a) Columns : A joint shall be formed horizontally at the top of a foundation and 75mm below the lowest soffit of the beams meeting at the head of the column or 12mm below the tip of anchor bar projected from the floor beam into the column whichever is lower. Concrete in the head of a column where one or more beams meet shall be placed without a joint i.e., concrete in the joint shall be poured along with floor concrete. (b) Beams : Concrete in the beam shall be placed throughout without a joint but if the provision of a joint is unavoidable, the joint shall be vertical and at the middle of the span.(c) Slabs : A joint in the slab shall be vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and at right angles to the principal, reinforcement, the joint shall be

t the middle of the span. (d) Treatment of construction joints : Same as for construction joints in basement i.e., 2.47

2.48 EXPANSION JOINTS : (a) Expansion joints shall be provided as shown in the drawings.

concrete to produce a watertight joint which shall be contractor’s responsibility. PVC water

(f) Wall slab junctions : Each layer must be compacted before placing the next layer. Concrete in the splays at the junction of the wall and the slab shall be placed without joint at

OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN BASEMENTS : (a) When work is resumed on the surface which has hardened such surface shall be roughened. It shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted and covered with a 12mm layer of

ratio as cement and sand in the concrete mix. This 12mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed immediately before the

(b) Where the surface has not fully hardened, the laitence shall be removed by scrubbing the urface with wire bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of aggregate

particles. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and all free water removed. The surface

o obtain good bond between the hardened and freshly placed concrete. Careful ramming and moulding of concrete around the water bar is very important.

the top of a foundation and 75mm below the lowest soffit of the beams meeting at the head of the column or 12mm below the tip of anchor bar projected from the floor beam into the column whichever is lower.

re beams meet shall be placed without a

(b) Beams : Concrete in the beam shall be placed throughout without a joint but if the all be vertical and at the middle of the span.

(c) Slabs : A joint in the slab shall be vertical and parallel to the principal reinforcement. Where it is unavoidable and at right angles to the principal, reinforcement, the joint shall be

(d) Treatment of construction joints : Same as for construction joints in basement i.e., 2.47


Signature of Bidder

(b) Expansion joints are meant ttaken to ensure this discontinuity by having clear joints throughout the length and height of the expansion joints. There shall be no connection between two sides of an expansion joint except with the materials used to form the expansion joints like fillers, GI strips etc.(c) Filler material for expansion joints shall be Shalitex joint filler as manufactured by M/s. Shalimar or other equal and approved make and of appropriate thickness. The filshall extend to the entire depth of a joint except for a distance of 25mm from the exposed faces. (d) Contractor shall ensure that expansion joints are made watertight and that no leakages occur through these joints for which he shall be res 2.49 WATERTIGHT CONCRETE :base slab and beams, walls, etc. Water tanks and the like where concrete is 1:1richer mix is specified, will be considered as watertight concrete whethermentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities. In respect of such concrete it shall be the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the resulting construction is watertight. If it is not, the contractor shall carry out at his own costarchitects / clients engineer directs. 2.50 FORM WORK : MATERIALS AND DESIGN : (a) The formwork shall be timber of plywood or steel. If any particular material or materials be specified in the Schedule ofmaterial or materials shall be used in work. The form work shall be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during placing of the concrete and shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of liquid from the concrete. The forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection of the prescribed lines and more so when the concrete is vibrated. The surface oall forms in contact with concrete shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms together in accurate alignment. (b) The form work shall conform to the shmembers as shown on drawings and to be so constructed. Form work shall be adequately designed to support the full weight of workers, fresh placed concrete without yielding settlement or deflection and to ensure gwith the construction drawings. A camber in all directions of 6mm for every 5M span in all slab and beam centering shall be given to allow for a unavoidable sagging due to compression or other causes.


(b) Expansion joints are meant to provide discontinuity in the structure. Care shall be taken to ensure this discontinuity by having clear joints throughout the length and height of the expansion joints. There shall be no connection between two sides of an expansion joint

h the materials used to form the expansion joints like fillers, GI strips etc.(c) Filler material for expansion joints shall be Shalitex joint filler as manufactured by M/s. Shalimar or other equal and approved make and of appropriate thickness. The filshall extend to the entire depth of a joint except for a distance of 25mm from the exposed

(d) Contractor shall ensure that expansion joints are made watertight and that no leakages occur through these joints for which he shall be responsible.

CONCRETE : Concrete in all basement works such as basement base slab and beams, walls, etc. Water tanks and the like where concrete is 1:1richer mix is specified, will be considered as watertight concrete whethermentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities. In respect of such concrete it shall be the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the resulting construction is watertight. If it is not, the contractor shall carry out at his own cost, all necessary remedial measures which the architects / clients engineer directs.

MATERIALS AND DESIGN : (a) The formwork shall be timber of plywood or steel. If any particular material or materials be specified in the Schedule of Quantities for formwork such particularly specified material or materials shall be used in work. The form work shall be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during placing of the concrete and shall be sufficiently tight to

id from the concrete. The forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection of the prescribed lines and more so when the concrete is vibrated. The surface oall forms in contact with concrete shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms together in accurate alignment. (b) The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions to suit the RCC members as shown on drawings and to be so constructed. Form work shall be adequately designed to support the full weight of workers, fresh placed concrete without yielding settlement or deflection and to ensure good and truly aligned concrete finished in accordance with the construction drawings. A camber in all directions of 6mm for every 5M span in all slab and beam centering shall be given to allow for a unavoidable sagging due to

o provide discontinuity in the structure. Care shall be taken to ensure this discontinuity by having clear joints throughout the length and height of the expansion joints. There shall be no connection between two sides of an expansion joint

h the materials used to form the expansion joints like fillers, GI strips etc. (c) Filler material for expansion joints shall be Shalitex joint filler as manufactured by M/s. Shalimar or other equal and approved make and of appropriate thickness. The filler material shall extend to the entire depth of a joint except for a distance of 25mm from the exposed

(d) Contractor shall ensure that expansion joints are made watertight and that no leakages

Concrete in all basement works such as basement base slab and beams, walls, etc. Water tanks and the like where concrete is 1:1-1/2:3 mix or richer mix is specified, will be considered as watertight concrete whether so specifically mentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities. In respect of such concrete it shall be the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the resulting construction is watertight. If it is not,

, all necessary remedial measures which the

(a) The formwork shall be timber of plywood or steel. If any particular material or Quantities for formwork such particularly specified

material or materials shall be used in work. The form work shall be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during placing of the concrete and shall be sufficiently tight to

id from the concrete. The forms shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection of the prescribed lines and more so when the concrete is vibrated. The surface of all forms in contact with concrete shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms

ape, lines and dimensions to suit the RCC members as shown on drawings and to be so constructed. Form work shall be adequately designed to support the full weight of workers, fresh placed concrete without yielding

ood and truly aligned concrete finished in accordance with the construction drawings. A camber in all directions of 6mm for every 5M span in all slab and beam centering shall be given to allow for a unavoidable sagging due to


Signature of Bidder

(c) The form work shall be so designed that the sides of the beams shall be first struck leaving the soffit of beams and the supporting props in position. Props shall be designed to allow accurate adjustment and to permit of their being struck without (d) Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is deposited. (e) Vertical shuttering : The vertical shuas is sufficiently strong to adequate support and shall remain in position until the newly constructed work is able to support itself. Props shall be securely braced against lateral deflection. Where timber props are used like bullies, they shall be of a minimum diameter of 10cm. and shall be straight and adequately strong. The spacing of such struts shall be designed to carry loads imposed on it without undue deflection of the members supported by the props. The spacing of props shall be approved by the architects/clients engineer and any alterations suggested by him shall be carried out at contractor’s expense. Bracing shall be provided as directed without extra cost. Contractor shall allow in hiprops and struts for any height shown in the working drawings issued to contractor from time to time. 2.51 WATERTIGHTNESS :are checked for watertightness just before concreting operation starts and to make good any deficiencies. 2.52 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS :shavings and sawdust, shall be removed from the interior of the forms before the concrete is placed and the formwork in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated with an approved composition. Care shall be taken to see that suchcomposition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement. 2.53 STRIPPING : Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorised by the architects / clients engineer and shall then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete. In no circumstances shall form be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of atleast twice the stress to which concrete may be subjected at the time of striking. The strength referred to shall be that of concrete using the same cement and aggregsame proportions, and cured under conditions of temperature and moisture similar to those existing on the work. Where possible, the formwork shall be left longer, as it would assist the curing. 2.54 STRIPPING TIME :above 20 degree celsius) and where ordinary cement is used, forms shall be struck after expiry of the following periods given in table VI TABLE - VI


(c) The form work shall be so designed that the sides of the beams shall be first struck leaving the soffit of beams and the supporting props in position. Props shall be designed to allow accurate adjustment and to permit of their being struck without jarring the concrete.(d) Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is

(e) Vertical shuttering : The vertical shuttering shall be carried down to such solid surface as is sufficiently strong to adequate support and shall remain in position until the newly constructed work is able to support itself. Props shall be securely braced against lateral

mber props are used like bullies, they shall be of a minimum diameter of 10cm. and shall be straight and adequately strong. The spacing of such struts shall be designed to carry loads imposed on it without undue deflection of the members supported by he props. The spacing of props shall be approved by the architects/clients engineer and any

alterations suggested by him shall be carried out at contractor’s expense. Bracing shall be provided as directed without extra cost. Contractor shall allow in his rates for providing props and struts for any height shown in the working drawings issued to contractor from time

2.51 WATERTIGHTNESS : It is the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the forms are checked for watertightness just before concreting operation starts and to make good any

2.52 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS : All rubbish, particularly chippings, s and sawdust, shall be removed from the interior of the forms before the concrete is

placed and the formwork in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated with an approved composition. Care shall be taken to see that suchcomposition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement.

Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorised by the architects / clients engineer and shall then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to

te. In no circumstances shall form be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of atleast twice the stress to which concrete may be subjected at the time of striking. The strength referred to shall be that of concrete using the same cement and aggregsame proportions, and cured under conditions of temperature and moisture similar to those existing on the work. Where possible, the formwork shall be left longer, as it would assist

2.54 STRIPPING TIME : In normal circumstances (generally where temperature are above 20 degree celsius) and where ordinary cement is used, forms shall be struck after expiry of the following periods given in table VI

(c) The form work shall be so designed that the sides of the beams shall be first struck leaving the soffit of beams and the supporting props in position. Props shall be designed to

jarring the concrete. (d) Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is

ttering shall be carried down to such solid surface as is sufficiently strong to adequate support and shall remain in position until the newly constructed work is able to support itself. Props shall be securely braced against lateral

mber props are used like bullies, they shall be of a minimum diameter of 10cm. and shall be straight and adequately strong. The spacing of such struts shall be designed to carry loads imposed on it without undue deflection of the members supported by he props. The spacing of props shall be approved by the architects/clients engineer and any

alterations suggested by him shall be carried out at contractor’s expense. Bracing shall be s rates for providing

props and struts for any height shown in the working drawings issued to contractor from time

It is the contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the forms are checked for watertightness just before concreting operation starts and to make good any

All rubbish, particularly chippings, s and sawdust, shall be removed from the interior of the forms before the concrete is

placed and the formwork in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated with an approved composition. Care shall be taken to see that such approved

Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorised by the architects / clients engineer and shall then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to

te. In no circumstances shall form be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of atleast twice the stress to which concrete may be subjected at the time of striking. The strength referred to shall be that of concrete using the same cement and aggregates with the same proportions, and cured under conditions of temperature and moisture similar to those existing on the work. Where possible, the formwork shall be left longer, as it would assist

es (generally where temperature are above 20 degree celsius) and where ordinary cement is used, forms shall be struck after


Signature of Bidder

LOCATION (a) Vertical sides of walls, slabs, beams and columns (b) Bottoms of slabs above 4.5M span (c) Bottoms of slabs upto 4.5M span bottoms of beams upto 6M span and arch rib bottoms upto 6M span (d) Bottom of beams over 6M span and arch rib bottoms above 6 M span

Note 1 : In case the shuttering for the part of the structure is supported or suspended from the shuttering of the concrete member already cast then the shuttering of the member (already cast) supporting the new shuttering shall not be removed until the concrete of the supported / suspended member is matured. Note 2 : Special care shall be taken while striking of the shuttering for (I) canopies (ii) Chajjas (iii) Cantilever slabs and beams and (iv) retaining walls, so as to ensure stability of these structural elements. Relevant notes given in the structural drawings in this connection shall be strictly followed. 2.55 FORM WORK IN LIFTS FOR CONTINUOUS continuous surface are placed in successive units (as for example in columns or walls), the forms shall fit tightly over the completed surfaces so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the concrete and to maintain accurate alig 2.56 PROCEDURE FOR REMOVING THE FORM WORK :removed without such shock or vibration as would damage the reinforced concrete. Before the soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed whorder to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened. Proper precautions shall be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all cements in the cold weather. For cantilevers props shall be removednotes given in relevant structural drawings shall be strictly adhered to in order to avoid mishaps. 2.57 TOLERANCES : The following shall be the maximum permissible tolerances:


Striking time in days for ordinary Portland cement

Pozzolana Cement

(a) Vertical sides of walls, slabs, beams 2 4

(b) Bottoms of slabs above 4.5M span 7 14

(c) Bottoms of slabs upto 4.5M span bottoms of beams upto 6M span and arch

14

21

of beams over 6M span and

arch rib bottoms above 6 M span 21

30

Note 1 : In case the shuttering for the part of the structure is supported or suspended from the shuttering of the concrete member already cast then the shuttering of the member (already cast) supporting the new shuttering shall not be removed until the concrete of the supported / suspended member is matured. Note 2 : Special care shall be taken while striking of the shuttering for (I) canopies (ii)

(iii) Cantilever slabs and beams and (iv) retaining walls, so as to ensure stability of these structural elements. Relevant notes given in the structural drawings in this connection

2.55 FORM WORK IN LIFTS FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES : continuous surface are placed in successive units (as for example in columns or walls), the forms shall fit tightly over the completed surfaces so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the concrete and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface. 2.56 PROCEDURE FOR REMOVING THE FORM WORK : All formwork shall be removed without such shock or vibration as would damage the reinforced concrete. Before the soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed whorder to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened. Proper precautions shall be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all cements in the cold weather. For cantilevers props shall be removed from the tip towards support. Special notes given in relevant structural drawings shall be strictly adhered to in order to avoid

The following shall be the maximum permissible tolerances:

lana Cement

Note 1 : In case the shuttering for the part of the structure is supported or suspended from the shuttering of the concrete member already cast then the shuttering of the concrete member (already cast) supporting the new shuttering shall not be removed until the concrete

Note 2 : Special care shall be taken while striking of the shuttering for (I) canopies (ii) (iii) Cantilever slabs and beams and (iv) retaining walls, so as to ensure stability of

these structural elements. Relevant notes given in the structural drawings in this connection

SURFACES : Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units (as for example in columns or walls), the forms shall fit tightly over the completed surfaces so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the

All formwork shall be removed without such shock or vibration as would damage the reinforced concrete. Before the soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed where necessary in order to ascertain that the concrete has sufficiently hardened. Proper precautions shall be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all cements in the

from the tip towards support. Special notes given in relevant structural drawings shall be strictly adhered to in order to avoid

The following shall be the maximum permissible tolerances:-


Signature of Bidder

(a) On general setting out dimeallowed. (b) On lengths of more than 4M tolerance of not more than 5mm will be allowed. (c) On the cross sectional dimensions of columns, beams, slabs, fascias, chajjas, mullions, grills, fins, louvers and such other members tolerance of more than 2mm will not be allowed. (d) The top surface of concrete floor slab shall be within 6mm of the level and line shown on the drawings. (e) Column and walls and other vertical members shall not be morein their storey height and not more than 6mm out of plumb in their full height. (f) If the work is not carried out within the tolerances set out above in (a) to (e), the cost of all rectification measures or dismantling and reconstbe borne by the contractor. In case if work is dismantled, the same shall not be measured and paid for. 2.58 CONTRACTOR’S RATES FOR CONCRETE TO INCLUDE :contractor for providing and laying cement Schedule of Quantities shall, apart from any other factors specified elsewhere in the Tender documents, include for the following: (a) For all factors and method of work described in these specifica (b) For all materials, labour, tools and plants, scaffolding, etc. mixing, conveying and placing concrete in position, ramming, vibrating, trowelling, curing, providing necessary scaffolding and removing the same after the work is complete. (c) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities the cost of concrete items, shall include for providing and fixing formwork as described inclusive of erecting, propping to required heights, bracing, providing stays, struts, bolts, nuts and everyththe forms rigid, smoothening the surface to receive concrete as per detailed drawings, striking and stripping formwork after the concrete is cured, hacking the concrete surface required to receive plaster etc. (d) The reinforcement in case of reinforced concrete work will be paid for separately unless otherwise stated in the particular items, but rate shall include for pouring concrete and packing around reinforcement. (e) The measurement of concrete will be as per detailed drawingnet structural sizes as per drawings i.e., exclusive of plaster.


(a) On general setting out dimensions up to 4M in length, a tolerance up to 3mm will be

(b) On lengths of more than 4M tolerance of not more than 5mm will be allowed.(c) On the cross sectional dimensions of columns, beams, slabs, fascias, chajjas, mullions,

louvers and such other members tolerance of more than 2mm will not be allowed.(d) The top surface of concrete floor slab shall be within 6mm of the level and line shown on

(e) Column and walls and other vertical members shall not be more than 3mm out of plumb in their storey height and not more than 6mm out of plumb in their full height.(f) If the work is not carried out within the tolerances set out above in (a) to (e), the cost of all rectification measures or dismantling and reconstructing as decided by the engineer shall be borne by the contractor. In case if work is dismantled, the same shall not be measured and

2.58 CONTRACTOR’S RATES FOR CONCRETE TO INCLUDE :contractor for providing and laying cement concrete in various grades or proportions in the Schedule of Quantities shall, apart from any other factors specified elsewhere in the

documents, include for the following:- (a) For all factors and method of work described in these specifications. (b) For all materials, labour, tools and plants, scaffolding, etc. mixing, conveying and placing concrete in position, ramming, vibrating, trowelling, curing, providing necessary scaffolding and removing the same after the work is complete.

Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities the cost of concrete items, shall include for providing and fixing formwork as described inclusive of erecting, propping to required heights, bracing, providing stays, struts, bolts, nuts and everything necessary to keep the forms rigid, smoothening the surface to receive concrete as per detailed drawings, striking and stripping formwork after the concrete is cured, hacking the concrete surface required to receive plaster etc.

in case of reinforced concrete work will be paid for separately unless otherwise stated in the particular items, but rate shall include for pouring concrete and packing around reinforcement. (e) The measurement of concrete will be as per detailed drawings, shapes and size based on net structural sizes as per drawings i.e., exclusive of plaster.

nsions up to 4M in length, a tolerance up to 3mm will be

(b) On lengths of more than 4M tolerance of not more than 5mm will be allowed. (c) On the cross sectional dimensions of columns, beams, slabs, fascias, chajjas, mullions,

louvers and such other members tolerance of more than 2mm will not be allowed. (d) The top surface of concrete floor slab shall be within 6mm of the level and line shown on

than 3mm out of plumb in their storey height and not more than 6mm out of plumb in their full height. (f) If the work is not carried out within the tolerances set out above in (a) to (e), the cost of

ructing as decided by the engineer shall be borne by the contractor. In case if work is dismantled, the same shall not be measured and

2.58 CONTRACTOR’S RATES FOR CONCRETE TO INCLUDE : The rates of concrete in various grades or proportions in the

Schedule of Quantities shall, apart from any other factors specified elsewhere in the Open

(b) For all materials, labour, tools and plants, scaffolding, etc. mixing, conveying and placing concrete in position, ramming, vibrating, trowelling, curing, providing necessary

Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule of Quantities the cost of concrete items, shall include for providing and fixing formwork as described inclusive of erecting, propping to

ing necessary to keep the forms rigid, smoothening the surface to receive concrete as per detailed drawings, striking and stripping formwork after the concrete is cured, hacking the concrete surface

in case of reinforced concrete work will be paid for separately unless otherwise stated in the particular items, but rate shall include for pouring concrete and

s, shapes and size based on


Signature of Bidder

(f) Rates for concrete items shall cover for any shape of structural members like columns, beams, fascias, fins, louvers, etc. and of cantilevered beams, slabs drawings, including providing slopes to slabs, beams, chajjas, canopies etc. wherever required. (g) Formation and treatment of construction and expansion joints (where water bars like PVC water bars, strips or joints fillers lispecified such materials shall be paid for separately). (h) Fixing all inserts like pipes, plugs, forming holes, etc. as described. (I) For volumetric batching. (j) For taking out dowel bars, fan (k) In cases where at the junctions of beams, columns, slabs the composition of concrete mix or specified strength be different for columns, beams and slabs, then in such cases only the richer concrete among those specifiedand rate quoted for columns, beams and slabs or any members entering such junctions shall allow for the same. Rate shall also cover for spill over of richer concrete in beams to natural angle of repose of wet concrete required from practical considerations, while concreting the junctions. (l) For forming chamfers, bands and drip moulds in columns, beams, slabs, chajjas, fascia, sills, coping etc. and where shown in the drawings or as directed. (m) For work at all levels. 2.59 STEEL REINFORCEMENT: 2.60 MILD STEEL BARS : “Standard Quality” or IS 432 acceptable. 2.61 HIGH STRENGTH DEFORMED BARS : reinforcement bars are specified, the contractor shall use one of the following, accompanied by a certificate from the Manufacturer. (a) “Tistrong - II “ as manufactured by M/s. Tata Iron & Steel Co- 1966. (b) “ Torsteel “ as manufactured by M/s. Hindustan Steel or other manufacturers under licence from M/s. Isteg Steel Corporation of Luxemberg, conforming to IS : 1786


(f) Rates for concrete items shall cover for any shape of structural members like columns, beams, fascias, fins, louvers, etc. and of cantilevered beams, slabs etc. as per detailed final drawings, including providing slopes to slabs, beams, chajjas, canopies etc. wherever

(g) Formation and treatment of construction and expansion joints (where water bars like PVC water bars, strips or joints fillers like “Shalitex” or other equal and approved make are specified such materials shall be paid for separately). (h) Fixing all inserts like pipes, plugs, forming holes, etc. as described.

(j) For taking out dowel bars, fan hooks etc. through shuttering. (k) In cases where at the junctions of beams, columns, slabs the composition of concrete mix or specified strength be different for columns, beams and slabs, then in such cases only the richer concrete among those specified for in all these members shall be used at the junctions and rate quoted for columns, beams and slabs or any members entering such junctions shall allow for the same. Rate shall also cover for spill over of richer concrete in beams to natural

ose of wet concrete required from practical considerations, while concreting the

(l) For forming chamfers, bands and drip moulds in columns, beams, slabs, chajjas, fascia, sills, coping etc. and where shown in the drawings or as directed.

2.59 STEEL REINFORCEMENT: 2.60 MILD STEEL BARS : Mild steel reinforcement bars shall conform to IS 226 “Standard Quality” or IS 432 - 1960 “Grade 1”. Other qualities of steel shall not be

NGTH DEFORMED BARS : Wherever deformed high strength reinforcement bars are specified, the contractor shall use one of the following, accompanied by a certificate from the Manufacturer.

II “ as manufactured by M/s. Tata Iron & Steel Co., conforming to IS : 1139

(b) “ Torsteel “ as manufactured by M/s. Hindustan Steel or other manufacturers under licence from M/s. Isteg Steel Corporation of Luxemberg, conforming to IS : 1786

(f) Rates for concrete items shall cover for any shape of structural members like columns, etc. as per detailed final

drawings, including providing slopes to slabs, beams, chajjas, canopies etc. wherever

(g) Formation and treatment of construction and expansion joints (where water bars like ke “Shalitex” or other equal and approved make are

(k) In cases where at the junctions of beams, columns, slabs the composition of concrete mix or specified strength be different for columns, beams and slabs, then in such cases only the

for in all these members shall be used at the junctions and rate quoted for columns, beams and slabs or any members entering such junctions shall allow for the same. Rate shall also cover for spill over of richer concrete in beams to natural

ose of wet concrete required from practical considerations, while concreting the

(l) For forming chamfers, bands and drip moulds in columns, beams, slabs, chajjas, fascia,

Mild steel reinforcement bars shall conform to IS 226 - 1962 1960 “Grade 1”. Other qualities of steel shall not be

Wherever deformed high strength reinforcement bars are specified, the contractor shall use one of the following, accompanied

., conforming to IS : 1139

(b) “ Torsteel “ as manufactured by M/s. Hindustan Steel or other manufacturers under licence from M/s. Isteg Steel Corporation of Luxemberg, conforming to IS : 1786 - 1966.


Signature of Bidder

(c) Where “ Tistrong - II “ is specified, tmanufacturers. 2.62 CLEANING OF REINFORCEMENT : position, the surface of the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust, dust, grease and other objectionable substances. 2.63 CUTTING OF REINFORCEMENTS : contractor shall study the lengths of bars required as per drawings and shall carry out cutting only to suit the sizes required as per drawings. 2.64 PLACING AND SECURING secured in position and firmly supported or wedged by prethickness, at sufficiently close intervals, so that they will not sag between the supports or got displaced during the placing of concrete or any other operation of the work. It is most important to maintain reinforcement in its correct position without displacement and to maintain the correct specified cover. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for rectification required in case the bars are displaced out of their correct position. 2.65 BINDING WIRE : The reinforcement shall be securely bound wherever bars cross or wherever required with annealed steel binding wire of size not less than 0.90mm and confirming to IS : 280 - 1962. 2.66 WELDING : Welding of bars shall not be carried out unless specially authorised in writing by Architects / clients. 2.67 BENDS etc : Bends, cranks, etc. on steel reinforcement shall be carefully formed, care being taken to keep bends out of winding. Otherwise, all rods shall be truly straight. If any bend shows signs of brittleness or cracking, the rod shall be removed immediatelthe site. Minimum radius of 9 times diameter of the bar shall be used unless otherwise specified in the drawings. However, in respect of standard hooks the radius of bend shall be 2 times of diameter of bar. Heating of reinforcement of bars to fapermitted. The bars shall always be bent cold. In case of mild steel reinforcement bars of larger sizes, where cold bending is not possible, they may be sent by heating with written permission of the architects / clients engibeyond cherry red colour and after bending, shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. The bars damaged or weakened in any way in bending shall not be used on the work. High strength of deformed bars cranking. 2.68 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT :the architects / clients engineer has inspected the reinforcement in position and until his approval has been obtained.


II “ is specified, they shall be used as per the recommendations of the

2.62 CLEANING OF REINFORCEMENT : Before the reinforcement is placed in position, the surface of the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust, dust, grease and other

2.63 CUTTING OF REINFORCEMENTS : Before the reinforcement bars are cut, the contractor shall study the lengths of bars required as per drawings and shall carry out cutting only to suit the sizes required as per drawings. 2.64 PLACING AND SECURING : Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and secured in position and firmly supported or wedged by pre-cast concrete blocks of suitable thickness, at sufficiently close intervals, so that they will not sag between the supports or got

ng the placing of concrete or any other operation of the work. It is most important to maintain reinforcement in its correct position without displacement and to maintain the correct specified cover. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for ectification required in case the bars are displaced out of their correct position.

The reinforcement shall be securely bound wherever bars cross or wherever required with annealed steel binding wire of size not less than 0.90mm and

1962. Welding of bars shall not be carried out unless specially authorised in

writing by Architects / clients. Bends, cranks, etc. on steel reinforcement shall be carefully formed,

care being taken to keep bends out of winding. Otherwise, all rods shall be truly straight. If any bend shows signs of brittleness or cracking, the rod shall be removed immediatelthe site. Minimum radius of 9 times diameter of the bar shall be used unless otherwise specified in the drawings. However, in respect of standard hooks the radius of bend shall be 2 times of diameter of bar. Heating of reinforcement of bars to facilitate bending will not be permitted. The bars shall always be bent cold. In case of mild steel reinforcement bars of larger sizes, where cold bending is not possible, they may be sent by heating with written permission of the architects / clients engineer. Bars when bent hot shall not be heated beyond cherry red colour and after bending, shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. The bars damaged or weakened in any way in bending shall not be used on the work. High strength of deformed bars shall in no case be heated to facilitate bending or

2.68 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT : No concerning shall be commenced until the architects / clients engineer has inspected the reinforcement in position and until his

hey shall be used as per the recommendations of the

Before the reinforcement is placed in position, the surface of the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust, dust, grease and other

Before the reinforcement bars are cut, the contractor shall study the lengths of bars required as per drawings and shall carry out cutting

Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and cast concrete blocks of suitable

thickness, at sufficiently close intervals, so that they will not sag between the supports or got ng the placing of concrete or any other operation of the work. It is most

important to maintain reinforcement in its correct position without displacement and to maintain the correct specified cover. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for ectification required in case the bars are displaced out of their correct position.

The reinforcement shall be securely bound wherever bars cross or wherever required with annealed steel binding wire of size not less than 0.90mm and

Welding of bars shall not be carried out unless specially authorised in

Bends, cranks, etc. on steel reinforcement shall be carefully formed, care being taken to keep bends out of winding. Otherwise, all rods shall be truly straight. If any bend shows signs of brittleness or cracking, the rod shall be removed immediately from the site. Minimum radius of 9 times diameter of the bar shall be used unless otherwise specified in the drawings. However, in respect of standard hooks the radius of bend shall be

cilitate bending will not be permitted. The bars shall always be bent cold. In case of mild steel reinforcement bars of larger sizes, where cold bending is not possible, they may be sent by heating with written

neer. Bars when bent hot shall not be heated beyond cherry red colour and after bending, shall be allowed to cool slowly without quenching. The bars damaged or weakened in any way in bending shall not be used on the

shall in no case be heated to facilitate bending or

No concerning shall be commenced until the architects / clients engineer has inspected the reinforcement in position and until his


Signature of Bidder

A notice of at least 24 hours shall be given to the architects / clients engineer by the contractor for inspection of reinforcement. If in the opinion of the architects / clients engineer any material is not in accordance with the specification or thincorrectly spaced, bent or otherwise defective, the contractor shall immediately remove such materials from the site and replace with new rectify any other defects in accordance with the instruction of the architects / clients engineer 2.69 NETT MEASUREMENTS : structural drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings. Onchairs and pins in reinforcement as approved by the architects / clients engineer or shown on drawings shall be paid for. The contractor shall allow in his quoted rate for all wastage which will not be paid for. 2.70 COVER FOR REINsurface of main reinforcement. Cover shall be as follows: (a) At each end of a reinforcing bar, 25mm or twice the diameter of such rod or bar, whichever is greater. (b) For a longitudinal reinforcinwhichever is greater. (c) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, 13mm or the diameters of such reinforcement, whichever is greater. (d) For reinforcement in any otherthe diameters of such reinforcement, whichever is greater. (e) For main reinforcement in isolated footings (side and bottom) clear cover shall be 40mm. (f) For column bars clear cover shall be (g) For bars in slabs of strip footings and mat foundations, the clear cover shall be 30mm. Beam bars shall be placed over bars in respect of beam and slab type foundations. 2.71 STOCK - PILING OF STEEL :need in the work. Contractors shall stockpile 1/3 requirement within 15 days of commencement, 2/3 requirement at 1/4 contract time and full requirement at 1/2 contract time. 2.72 RATES QUOTED FOR FACTORS MENTIONED ELSEWHERE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FOR :


A notice of at least 24 hours shall be given to the architects / clients engineer by the contractor for inspection of reinforcement. If in the opinion of the architects / clients engineer any material is not in accordance with the specification or the reinforcement is incorrectly spaced, bent or otherwise defective, the contractor shall immediately remove such materials from the site and replace with new rectify any other defects in accordance with the instruction of the architects / clients engineer and to his entire satisfaction. 2.69 NETT MEASUREMENTS : Reinforcement shall be placed as shown on the structural drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings. Only such laps, dowels, chairs and pins in reinforcement as approved by the architects / clients engineer or shown on drawings shall be paid for. The contractor shall allow in his quoted rate for all wastage

2.70 COVER FOR REINFORCEMENT : Cover shall be measured from the outer surface of main reinforcement. Cover shall be as follows: (a) At each end of a reinforcing bar, 25mm or twice the diameter of such rod or bar,

(b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam, 25mm or the diameter of such rod or bar,

(c) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, 13mm or the diameters of such reinforcement, whichever is greater. (d) For reinforcement in any other member such as a lintel, chejja, canopy or pardi, 13mm or the diameters of such reinforcement, whichever is greater. (e) For main reinforcement in isolated footings (side and bottom) clear cover shall be 40mm.(f) For column bars clear cover shall be 40mm, unless otherwise specified in drawing.(g) For bars in slabs of strip footings and mat foundations, the clear cover shall be 30mm. Beam bars shall be placed over bars in respect of beam and slab type foundations.

PILING OF STEEL : Steel required shall be stock piled well in advance of need in the work. Contractors shall stockpile 1/3 requirement within 15 days of commencement, 2/3 requirement at 1/4 contract time and full requirement at 1/2 contract

2.72 RATES QUOTED FOR REINFORCEMENT SHALL IN ADDITION TO ANY FACTORS MENTIONED ELSEWHERE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FOR :

A notice of at least 24 hours shall be given to the architects / clients engineer by the contractor for inspection of reinforcement. If in the opinion of the architects / clients

e reinforcement is incorrectly spaced, bent or otherwise defective, the contractor shall immediately remove such materials from the site and replace with new rectify any other defects in accordance with the

Reinforcement shall be placed as shown on the structural drawings and payment will be made on the net measurements from drawings and

ly such laps, dowels, chairs and pins in reinforcement as approved by the architects / clients engineer or shown on drawings shall be paid for. The contractor shall allow in his quoted rate for all wastage

Cover shall be measured from the outer

(a) At each end of a reinforcing bar, 25mm or twice the diameter of such rod or bar,

g bar in a beam, 25mm or the diameter of such rod or bar,

(c) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, 13mm or the diameters

member such as a lintel, chejja, canopy or pardi, 13mm or

(e) For main reinforcement in isolated footings (side and bottom) clear cover shall be 40mm. 40mm, unless otherwise specified in drawing.

(g) For bars in slabs of strip footings and mat foundations, the clear cover shall be 30mm. Beam bars shall be placed over bars in respect of beam and slab type foundations.

Steel required shall be stock piled well in advance of need in the work. Contractors shall stockpile 1/3 requirement within 15 days of commencement, 2/3 requirement at 1/4 contract time and full requirement at 1/2 contract

REINFORCEMENT SHALL IN ADDITION TO ANY FACTORS MENTIONED ELSEWHERE SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FOR :


Signature of Bidder

(a) All cutting to lengths, labour in bending and cranking, forming hooked ends, handling, hoisting and everything necessary to fix reinforcement in work as per (b) Cost of binding wire required as described. (c) Cost of precast concrete cover blocks to maintain cover and holding reinforcement in position. (d) For fabricating and fixing reinforcement in any structural member irrespective of its location, dimensions and level. (e) Removal of rust and every other undesirable substances, using wire brush etc. as described. (f) Stock piling of reinforcement as described. (g) Work at all levels. 2.0 MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS: 2.1 While executing the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall

be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

3.0 BRICK WORK 3.1 BRICKS : (a) The bricks shall be table moulded first quality of regular and uniform size, shape and colour, uniformly well burnt throughout but not over burnt. They shall have plane rectangular faces with parallel sides and sharp straight and free from cracks or other flaws. They shall have a frog of 10mm depth on one of their flat faces. (b) They shall give a clear metallic ringing sound when struck. (c) They shall show a fine grained, uniform, homogeneobe free from lumps of lime, lamination, cracks, air holes, soluble salts causing efflorescence or other defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance or usefulness for the purpose intended. not break when thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a height of 60 cm.


(a) All cutting to lengths, labour in bending and cranking, forming hooked ends, handling, hoisting and everything necessary to fix reinforcement in work as per drawings.(b) Cost of binding wire required as described. (c) Cost of precast concrete cover blocks to maintain cover and holding reinforcement in

(d) For fabricating and fixing reinforcement in any structural member irrespective of its ation, dimensions and level.

(e) Removal of rust and every other undesirable substances, using wire brush etc. as

(f) Stock piling of reinforcement as described.

2.0 MATERIAL & SPECIFICATIONS:

ting the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

(a) The bricks shall be table moulded first quality of regular and uniform size, shape and colour, uniformly well burnt throughout but not over burnt. They shall have plane rectangular faces with parallel sides and sharp straight and right angled edges. They shall be free from cracks or other flaws. They shall have a frog of 10mm depth on one of their flat

(b) They shall give a clear metallic ringing sound when struck. (c) They shall show a fine grained, uniform, homogeneous and dense texture on fracture and be free from lumps of lime, lamination, cracks, air holes, soluble salts causing efflorescence or other defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance or usefulness for the purpose intended. They shall not have any part under burnt. They shall not break when thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a height

(a) All cutting to lengths, labour in bending and cranking, forming hooked ends, handling, drawings.

(c) Cost of precast concrete cover blocks to maintain cover and holding reinforcement in

(d) For fabricating and fixing reinforcement in any structural member irrespective of its

(e) Removal of rust and every other undesirable substances, using wire brush etc. as

ting the work, CPWD Standard Specifications for material and works shall be followed. In addition to this, relevant ISI Code mentioned in item description, Special Data & Specifications issued from time to time shall also be applicable.

(a) The bricks shall be table moulded first quality of regular and uniform size, shape and colour, uniformly well burnt throughout but not over burnt. They shall have plane

right angled edges. They shall be free from cracks or other flaws. They shall have a frog of 10mm depth on one of their flat

us and dense texture on fracture and be free from lumps of lime, lamination, cracks, air holes, soluble salts causing efflorescence or other defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance or

They shall not have any part under burnt. They shall not break when thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a height


Signature of Bidder

(d) The size of brick shall be 23 x 11.5 x 7.5cm. Only bricks of one standard size shall be used on one work unless specially permitted by the architects / clients engineer. The following tolerances are permitted in the standard conventional size adopted on a particular work. Length - plus or minus Breadth - plus or minus Depth / plus or minus

(e) After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20% of the dry weight of the brick when tested according to ISS No. 1077 (f) Unless otherwise specified the lead 1077 - 1986 shall not be less than 35 Kg/Sqm. 3.2 MORTAR : Unless otherwise specified, mortar for brick work shall be composed of 1 part of cement to 5 parts of coarse approved sand for walls of one brick thick (i.e., 23 cms) and over and one part of cement to 4 parts of coarse approved sand for half brick thicwall. Other specifications for mortar in brick work shall be as per ISS No. 2116 3.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS : (a) SOAKING : All bricks shall be immersed in water minimum for two hours before being put into work so that they will be satur (b) BATS : No bats or cut bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely necessary around irregular openings or for adjusting the dimensions of different course and for closers, in which case, full bricks shall be laid at corners, the bats being placed in the middle of the courses. (c) LAYING : The bricks shall be laid in mortar to line level and shapes shown on the plans, slightly pressed and thoroughly bedded in mortar all joints shall be properand packed with mortar so that they will be completely filled with mortar and no hollows left anywhere. Bricks shall be handled carefully so as not to damage their edges. They should not also be thrown from any height to the ground but should shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints made truly vertical. Vertical joints in one course and the next below shall not come over one another and shall not normally be nearer than quarter of a brick length. Fixtures, plugs, frames etc. if any, shall be built in at places shown in the plans while laying the courses only and not later by removal of brick already laid.Care shall be taken during construction to see that edges of bricks at quoins, sills, heads, etc. are not damaged. The vertically of the walls and horizontally of the courses shall be checked very often with plumb - bob and spirit level respectively.


(d) The size of brick shall be 23 x 11.5 x 7.5cm. Only bricks of one standard size shall be ed on one work unless specially permitted by the architects / clients engineer. The

following tolerances are permitted in the standard conventional size adopted on a particular

3mm (about 1/8”) 1.5mm (about 1/16”) 1.5mm (about 1/16”)

(e) After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20% of the dry weight of the brick when tested according to ISS No. 1077 - 1986. (f) Unless otherwise specified the lead to crush the brick when tested according to ISS No.

1986 shall not be less than 35 Kg/Sqm. Unless otherwise specified, mortar for brick work shall be composed of 1

part of cement to 5 parts of coarse approved sand for walls of one brick thick (i.e., 23 cms) and over and one part of cement to 4 parts of coarse approved sand for half brick thicwall. Other specifications for mortar in brick work shall be as per ISS No. 2116 3.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS :

All bricks shall be immersed in water minimum for two hours before being put into work so that they will be saturated and will not absorb water from the mortar.

No bats or cut bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely necessary around irregular openings or for adjusting the dimensions of different course and for closers,

ricks shall be laid at corners, the bats being placed in the middle of the

The bricks shall be laid in mortar to line level and shapes shown on the plans, slightly pressed and thoroughly bedded in mortar all joints shall be properand packed with mortar so that they will be completely filled with mortar and no hollows left anywhere. Bricks shall be handled carefully so as not to damage their edges. They should not also be thrown from any height to the ground but should be put down gently. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints made truly vertical. Vertical joints in one course and the next below shall not come over one another and shall not normally be nearer than quarter of a brick length. For battered faces bedding shall be at right angles to the face. Fixtures, plugs, frames etc. if any, shall be built in at places shown in the plans while laying the courses only and not later by removal of brick already laid.

construction to see that edges of bricks at quoins, sills, heads, etc. The vertically of the walls and horizontally of the courses shall be checked very often with

bob and spirit level respectively.

(d) The size of brick shall be 23 x 11.5 x 7.5cm. Only bricks of one standard size shall be ed on one work unless specially permitted by the architects / clients engineer. The

following tolerances are permitted in the standard conventional size adopted on a particular

(e) After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20% of the dry weight

to crush the brick when tested according to ISS No.

Unless otherwise specified, mortar for brick work shall be composed of 1 part of cement to 5 parts of coarse approved sand for walls of one brick thick (i.e., 23 cms) and over and one part of cement to 4 parts of coarse approved sand for half brick thick wall. Other specifications for mortar in brick work shall be as per ISS No. 2116 - 1965.

All bricks shall be immersed in water minimum for two hours before ated and will not absorb water from the mortar.

No bats or cut bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely necessary around irregular openings or for adjusting the dimensions of different course and for closers,

ricks shall be laid at corners, the bats being placed in the middle of the

The bricks shall be laid in mortar to line level and shapes shown on the plans, slightly pressed and thoroughly bedded in mortar all joints shall be properly flushed and packed with mortar so that they will be completely filled with mortar and no hollows left anywhere. Bricks shall be handled carefully so as not to damage their edges. They should

be put down gently. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints made truly vertical. Vertical joints in one course and the next below shall not come over one another and shall not normally be nearer

For battered faces bedding shall be at right angles to the face. Fixtures, plugs, frames etc. if any, shall be built in at places shown in the plans while laying

construction to see that edges of bricks at quoins, sills, heads, etc. The vertically of the walls and horizontally of the courses shall be checked very often with


Signature of Bidder

(d) BOND : Unless otherwise (e) JOINTS : Joints shall not exceed 10mm (about 3/8”) in thickness and this thickness shall be uniform throughout. The joints shall be raked out not less than 10mm (about 3/8”) deep when the mortar is green where pointing is to be done. When the brick surfaces are to be plastered, the joints shall be raked to a depth of 5mm when the mortar is green, so as to provide good key to plaster. (f) UNIFORM RAISING :nature of work will admit, not leaving any part 60cm, lower than another. But where building at different levels is necessary, the breaks shall be stepped so as to give later a uniform and effectual bond. Horizontal courses plumb or to batter as shown on the plan. The rate of laying masonry may be up to a height of 80cm. per day if cement mortar is used and 45cm (about 18”) if lime mortar is used. 3.4 SCAFFOLDING : Scaffoldiwork. Putlog holes shall be made good by bricks to match the face work when putlogs are removed after ensuring that the holes behind are solidly filled in with 1:4:8 cement concrete. 3.5 CURING : All brick work shall be kept well warranted for 14 days after laying. Where pozzolana cement is allowed to be used for mortar the curing shall be extended by one week at the contractor’s expenses. 3.6 EXPOSED WORK : Where exposed brick is specifie‘Brick work’ as mentioned above will be applicable for ‘Exposed Brick Work’ but in addition specially selected bricks shall be used for facing, ensuring regular and clean faces of uniform colour. No bricks which are broedges or corners shall be used. Depending on the quality of bricks and if instructed by the architects / clients engineer the exposed face of every brick shall be rubbed before laying without extra charge. Wooden fillets 10mm thick and 10mm wide shall be placed at the edge of joints so that no mortar comes on the surface of the bricks and a regular thickness of joints is maintained. The surface shall be rubbed down with brushes on bricks if necessary, and thoroughly washed. No mortar shall be allowed to stick to the surface, which shall be left clean to the architects / clients engineers’ satisfaction with all joints even and true to a straight line. Double scaffolding shall be used in exposed brick work. 3.7 REINFORCEMENT IN HALF BRICK THICK WALLS : brick on edge walls shall be provided with reinforcement consisting of 2 Nos. of 6mm dia. M.S. round bars of 500mm long (each) as dowels, embedded mortar 15mm thick at every fourth course and securely anchored at their ends, where the partition bonds with the cross walls.


Unless otherwise specified, brick work shall be done in English bond.Joints shall not exceed 10mm (about 3/8”) in thickness and this thickness

shall be uniform throughout. The joints shall be raked out not less than 10mm (about 3/8”) ar is green where pointing is to be done. When the brick surfaces are to

be plastered, the joints shall be raked to a depth of 5mm when the mortar is green, so as to

(f) UNIFORM RAISING : Brick work shall be carried out regularly in all cases where the nature of work will admit, not leaving any part 60cm, lower than another. But where building at different levels is necessary, the breaks shall be stepped so as to give later a uniform and effectual bond. Horizontal courses should be to line and level and even and face plumb or to batter as shown on the plan. The rate of laying masonry may be up to a height of 80cm. per day if cement mortar is used and 45cm (about 18”) if lime mortar is used.

Scaffolding will be double or Two as is warranted for the particular

Putlog holes shall be made good by bricks to match the face work when putlogs are removed after ensuring that the holes behind are solidly filled in with 1:4:8 cement concrete.

All brick work shall be kept well warranted for 14 days after laying. Where pozzolana cement is allowed to be used for mortar the curing shall be extended by one week

Where exposed brick is specified, the usual specifications for the

‘Brick work’ as mentioned above will be applicable for ‘Exposed Brick Work’ but in addition specially selected bricks shall be used for facing, ensuring regular and clean faces of uniform colour. No bricks which are broken, chipped, wrinkled or which have irregular edges or corners shall be used. Depending on the quality of bricks and if instructed by the architects / clients engineer the exposed face of every brick shall be rubbed before laying

ooden fillets 10mm thick and 10mm wide shall be placed at the edge of joints so that no mortar comes on the surface of the bricks and a regular thickness of joints is maintained. The surface shall be rubbed down with brushes on bricks if necessary, and

oroughly washed. No mortar shall be allowed to stick to the surface, which shall be left clean to the architects / clients engineers’ satisfaction with all joints even and true to a straight line. Double scaffolding shall be used in exposed brick work. 3.7 REINFORCEMENT IN HALF BRICK THICK WALLS : Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be provided with reinforcement consisting of 2 Nos. of 6mm dia. M.S. round bars of 500mm long (each) as dowels, embedded mortar 15mm thick at every

and securely anchored at their ends, where the partition bonds with the cross

specified, brick work shall be done in English bond. Joints shall not exceed 10mm (about 3/8”) in thickness and this thickness

shall be uniform throughout. The joints shall be raked out not less than 10mm (about 3/8”) ar is green where pointing is to be done. When the brick surfaces are to

be plastered, the joints shall be raked to a depth of 5mm when the mortar is green, so as to

ularly in all cases where the nature of work will admit, not leaving any part 60cm, lower than another. But where building at different levels is necessary, the breaks shall be stepped so as to give later a

should be to line and level and even and face plumb or to batter as shown on the plan. The rate of laying masonry may be up to a height of 80cm. per day if cement mortar is used and 45cm (about 18”) if lime mortar is used.

as is warranted for the particular

Putlog holes shall be made good by bricks to match the face work when putlogs are removed after ensuring that the holes behind are solidly filled in with 1:4:8 cement concrete.

All brick work shall be kept well warranted for 14 days after laying. Where pozzolana cement is allowed to be used for mortar the curing shall be extended by one week

d, the usual specifications for the ‘Brick work’ as mentioned above will be applicable for ‘Exposed Brick Work’ but in addition specially selected bricks shall be used for facing, ensuring regular and clean faces of

ken, chipped, wrinkled or which have irregular edges or corners shall be used. Depending on the quality of bricks and if instructed by the architects / clients engineer the exposed face of every brick shall be rubbed before laying

ooden fillets 10mm thick and 10mm wide shall be placed at the edge of joints so that no mortar comes on the surface of the bricks and a regular thickness of joints is maintained. The surface shall be rubbed down with brushes on bricks if necessary, and

oroughly washed. No mortar shall be allowed to stick to the surface, which shall be left clean to the architects / clients engineers’ satisfaction with all joints even and true to a

Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be provided with reinforcement consisting of 2 Nos. of 6mm dia. M.S. round bars of 500mm long (each) as dowels, embedded mortar 15mm thick at every

and securely anchored at their ends, where the partition bonds with the cross


Signature of Bidder

3.8 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the rate for items of brick work shall include for the following : (a) All labour, materials, use of tools, equipment and other items incidental to the satisfactory completion of brick masonry at all heights and levels. (b) Erecting and removing of all scaffolding, ladders and plant required for the execution of the work to the height and depths and shapes as shown on the plan or as ordered by the architects / clients engineer. (c) Constructing brick work to lines, levels, batters, pillars, curves and to any position or shape, to any heights or levels including raking of joint (d) Curing the brick work. (e) Removing of all stains and adhering mortar lumps on the brick work surfaces. 3.9 MEASUREMENTS : (a) Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be measured in Sqm. unless otherwimentioned. (b) One brick thick wall and thicker walls shall be measured in Cum. Brick walls up to and including 3 bricks in thickness should be measured in multiples of half bricks which shall deemed to inclusive of mortar joints. Widths of more tmeasured actually and limited to the width specified. (c) No deductions or additions shall be made on any account for: (i) Ends of dissimilar materials (i.e., joints, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters, purlins, trusses, corbels, steps etc.) up to 500 sq cm. in section; and (ii) Openings up to 0.1 sqm in section NOTE : In calculating the area of openings, any separate lintels or sills be included along with the size of the openings but the end portions of the lextra width of rebated reveals, if any, shall be executed. (iii) Wall plates and bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like which the thickness does not exceed 10cm and the bearing does not extend over the ful 4.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING AND CEMENT SKIRTING OR


3.8 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the rate for items of brick work shall include for the following :

labour, materials, use of tools, equipment and other items incidental to the satisfactory completion of brick masonry at all heights and levels. (b) Erecting and removing of all scaffolding, ladders and plant required for the execution of

height and depths and shapes as shown on the plan or as ordered by the

(c) Constructing brick work to lines, levels, batters, pillars, curves and to any position or shape, to any heights or levels including raking of joints and housing frames, fixtures etc.

(e) Removing of all stains and adhering mortar lumps on the brick work surfaces.

(a) Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be measured in Sqm. unless otherwi

(b) One brick thick wall and thicker walls shall be measured in Cum. Brick walls up to and including 3 bricks in thickness should be measured in multiples of half bricks which shall deemed to inclusive of mortar joints. Widths of more than three bricks in walls will be measured actually and limited to the width specified. (c) No deductions or additions shall be made on any account for: (i) Ends of dissimilar materials (i.e., joints, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters, purlins, russes, corbels, steps etc.) up to 500 sq cm. in section; and

(ii) Openings up to 0.1 sqm in section In calculating the area of openings, any separate lintels or sills be included along

with the size of the openings but the end portions of the lintels shall be excluded and the extra width of rebated reveals, if any, shall be executed. (iii) Wall plates and bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like which the thickness does not exceed 10cm and the bearing does not extend over the full thickness of the wall.

.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING AND CEMENT SKIRTING OR

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this

labour, materials, use of tools, equipment and other items incidental to the

(b) Erecting and removing of all scaffolding, ladders and plant required for the execution of height and depths and shapes as shown on the plan or as ordered by the

(c) Constructing brick work to lines, levels, batters, pillars, curves and to any position or s and housing frames, fixtures etc.

(e) Removing of all stains and adhering mortar lumps on the brick work surfaces.

(a) Half brick thick and brick on edge walls shall be measured in Sqm. unless otherwise

(b) One brick thick wall and thicker walls shall be measured in Cum. Brick walls up to and including 3 bricks in thickness should be measured in multiples of half bricks which shall

han three bricks in walls will be

(i) Ends of dissimilar materials (i.e., joints, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters, purlins,

In calculating the area of openings, any separate lintels or sills be included along intels shall be excluded and the

(iii) Wall plates and bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like which the thickness l thickness of the wall.

.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING AND CEMENT SKIRTING OR


Signature of Bidder

DADO PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN 4.1 CEMENT CONCRETE : concrete shall M 15 (cement fine by volume. Cement however, shall not measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 Kgs shall be assumed to contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft) The coarse aggregate shall be from approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approximate cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The maxisize of coarse aggregate shall be 12mm. The fine aggregates shall be sand from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be conforming to relevant IS 383 Unless otherwise mentioned in the item concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick. The least amount of mixing water that will produce a workable mix and will allow finishing without excessive trowelling shall be used. Generally a water cement ratio 4.2 PREPARATION OF SUB grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of the dirt, loose plaitance, if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade shall be moistened before lwater. 4.3 LAYING : The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2m each. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or wood duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete flooring as mentioned in the item. The flat iron should be removed before filling in the adjoining panels. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the concretibays is commenced. AC ./ glass strips or approved separators shall be provided if specified in the item. The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with voids or honeycomb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with a series of liftsconcreting the adjacent bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade, it shall be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginninconsolidation takes place, light rapid strokes shall be given to complete the ramming. The


PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN TWO LAYER .1 CEMENT CONCRETE : Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of cement

concrete shall M 15 (cement fine aggregate : coarse stone aggregate of size 12mm and below by volume. Cement however, shall not measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 Kgs shall be assumed to contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft) The coarse

rom approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approximate cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The maxisize of coarse aggregate shall be 12mm. The fine aggregates shall be sand from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be conforming to relevant IS 383 - 1970 and shall be washed clean if necessary.Unless otherwise mentioned in the item concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick. The least amount of mixing water that will produce a workable mix and will allow finishing without excessive trowelling shall be used. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 should suffice.

.2 PREPARATION OF SUB - GRADE : Before placing the concrete flooring the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of the dirt, loose particles, cake mortar droppings and laitance, if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade shall be moistened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of

The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2m each. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron

od duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete flooring as mentioned in the item. The flat iron should be removed before filling in the adjoining panels. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting in the adjoining bays is commenced. AC ./ glass strips or approved separators shall be provided if specified in the item. The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honeycomb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with a series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While concreting the adjacent bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the

l be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade, it shall be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginninconsolidation takes place, light rapid strokes shall be given to complete the ramming. The

Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of cement aggregate : coarse stone aggregate of size 12mm and below

by volume. Cement however, shall not measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 Kgs shall be assumed to contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft) The coarse

rom approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approximate cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 12mm. The fine aggregates shall be sand from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be

sary. Unless otherwise mentioned in the item concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick. The least amount of mixing water that will produce a workable mix and will allow finishing without

of 0.5 should suffice. Before placing the concrete flooring the sub

grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub - articles, cake mortar droppings and

laitance, if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub

aying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of

The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2m each. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron

od duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete flooring as mentioned in the item. The flat iron should be removed before filling in

ng in the adjoining bays is commenced. AC ./ glass strips or approved separators shall be provided if specified in the item. The concrete shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed the

suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honeycomb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in

and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While concreting the adjacent bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the

l be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade, it shall be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes place, light rapid strokes shall be given to complete the ramming. The


Signature of Bidder

floating shall be followed by steel trowelling after the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from working to the surfaces.smooth and even surface, free from defects and blemishes and tested with straight edges and mason’s spirit - level to detect any inequalities in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. No dry cement orthe surface of concrete to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without extra payment. No extra mortar shall be laid over the concrete to make the floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with parallel broom marks before the concrete sets. After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints of the panels shall be filas directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface with a pointed trowel after filling the joints. 4.4 CURING : The surface the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast 14 days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over the surface or pooling water on the surface. 4.5 RATES TO INCLUDE : the rates shall include for the following : (i) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade. (ii) Providing and laying concreteabove. (iii) Providing and fixing AC or glass strips of approved separators to form panels when specified. (iv) Curing. (v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the 4.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT: in - situ of cement concrete flooring of provided. 4.7 CEMENT DADO AND SKIRTING : (a) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : shall have all the joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the mortar. All dust and oily matter, if any, shall be


floating shall be followed by steel trowelling after the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from working to the surfaces. The finish shall be brought to a smooth and even surface, free from defects and blemishes and tested with straight edges and

level to detect any inequalities in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled on the surface of concrete to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without extra payment. No extra mortar shall be laid

crete to make the floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with parallel broom marks before the concrete sets.After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints of the panels shall be filled with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface with a pointed trowel after

The surface shall be protected from direct sun when it is green. As soon as the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast 14 days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand

the surface or pooling water on the surface. RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract,

the rates shall include for the following : (i) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade. (ii) Providing and laying concrete of the specified mix, and finishing the surface as described

(iii) Providing and fixing AC or glass strips of approved separators to form panels when

(v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above..6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT: The measurement shall be in square metres of cast

situ of cement concrete flooring of provided.

.7 CEMENT DADO AND SKIRTING : (a) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : The walls to which skirting or dado is to be done shall have all the joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the mortar. All dust and oily matter, if any, shall be

floating shall be followed by steel trowelling after the surface has hardened sufficiently to The finish shall be brought to a

smooth and even surface, free from defects and blemishes and tested with straight edges and level to detect any inequalities in the surface which, if any, shall be made

mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled on the surface of concrete to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without extra payment. No extra mortar shall be laid

crete to make the floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with parallel broom marks before the concrete sets.

led with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface with a pointed trowel after

shall be protected from direct sun when it is green. As soon as the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast 14 days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract,

of the specified mix, and finishing the surface as described

(iii) Providing and fixing AC or glass strips of approved separators to form panels when

items as specified above. The measurement shall be in square metres of cast -

r dado is to be done shall have all the joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the mortar. All dust and oily matter, if any, shall be


Signature of Bidder

brushed and cleaned and the surface shall be kework commences. The dado or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by architects / clients engineer. (b) CEMENT MORTAR: 1:3 ( 1 cement : 3 sand). Sand in mortar shall be as per IS: 1542 internal wall plastering and washed clean if necessary. The thickness of dado or skirting shall be 20mm thick unless otherwise specified. (c) APPLICATION: The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness and well pressed, rubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and even surface. No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled directly on the surface to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The mortar shall adhere to the surface intimately when set and there should be no hollow sound when struck. All and junctions shall be truely vertical and horizontal as the case may be, carefully and neatly finished. Care shall be taken to see that the top edge of the skirting or dado shall be straight in line and square and joined with plaster abovspecified over the plaster surface, a coat of pure Portland cement slurry, 1.5mm thick shall be applied and well rubbed to the plaster surface while the plaster surface is still fresh. When the finish is specified, the plastered surface shall be rubbed well to an even plane with a wooden float for external surface and finished smooth with a steel trowel for internal surface. If coloured dado or skirting is required, approved coloured cement or cement mixed wrequired shade of approved pigment shall be used. (d) CURING : The dado or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days. 4.8 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the rate for the item of dado or sk (I) Preparing the surface. (ii) Providing and applying cement mortar of specified mix, finishing the surface and finishing the edges with plaster as stated above. (iii) Providing coloured cement and colourinis specified. (iv) Curing. (v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above.


brushed and cleaned and the surface shall be kept wet for 6 hours before the dado or skirting work commences. The dado or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by architects / clients engineer. (b) CEMENT MORTAR: Unless otherwise mentioned the proportion of mort1:3 ( 1 cement : 3 sand). Sand in mortar shall be as per IS: 1542 - 1977 as applicable to internal wall plastering and washed clean if necessary. The thickness of dado or skirting shall be 20mm thick unless otherwise specified.

The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness and well pressed, rubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and

urface. No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled directly on the surface to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The mortar shall adhere to the surface intimately when set and there should be no hollow sound when struck. All and junctions shall be truely vertical and horizontal as the case may be, carefully and neatly finished. Care shall be taken to see that the top edge of the skirting or dado shall be straight in line and square and joined with plaster above as mentioned. When neat cement finish is specified over the plaster surface, a coat of pure Portland cement slurry, 1.5mm thick shall be applied and well rubbed to the plaster surface while the plaster surface is still fresh.

fied, the plastered surface shall be rubbed well to an even plane with a wooden float for external surface and finished smooth with a steel trowel for internal

If coloured dado or skirting is required, approved coloured cement or cement mixed wrequired shade of approved pigment shall be used.

The dado or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days. .8 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this

contract, the rate for the item of dado or skirting shall include for the following :

(ii) Providing and applying cement mortar of specified mix, finishing the surface and finishing the edges with plaster as stated above. (iii) Providing coloured cement and colouring pigment when coloured cement dado / skirting

(v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above.

pt wet for 6 hours before the dado or skirting work commences. The dado or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory

Unless otherwise mentioned the proportion of mortar shall be 1977 as applicable to

internal wall plastering and washed clean if necessary. The thickness of dado or skirting

The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness and well pressed, rubbed and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and

urface. No dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be sprinkled directly on the surface to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix. The mortar shall adhere to the surface intimately when set and there should be no hollow sound when struck. All corners, angles and junctions shall be truely vertical and horizontal as the case may be, carefully and neatly finished. Care shall be taken to see that the top edge of the skirting or dado shall be straight

e as mentioned. When neat cement finish is specified over the plaster surface, a coat of pure Portland cement slurry, 1.5mm thick shall be applied and well rubbed to the plaster surface while the plaster surface is still fresh.

fied, the plastered surface shall be rubbed well to an even plane with a wooden float for external surface and finished smooth with a steel trowel for internal

If coloured dado or skirting is required, approved coloured cement or cement mixed with the

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this irting shall include for the following :

(ii) Providing and applying cement mortar of specified mix, finishing the surface and

g pigment when coloured cement dado / skirting

(v) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the items as specified above.


Signature of Bidder

4.9 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : (a) Dado shall be measured in square meters as (b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in R.M. (Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running meters). CERAMIC/ GLAZED TILES IN FLOORING AND DADO 5.00 FLOORING : 5.1 TILES : Tiles including specials shall be of approved make and quality and shall conform to IS 777 - 1970 in all respects. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer, who will keep them in his office for verification as to whether the materials brought for use conform to the approved samples 5.2 MORTAR BEDDING : to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in preparing the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding of the tiles. Before spreading mortar, sub dirt, scum, loose materials and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush orby hacking if necessary and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. In case of RCC floors, the top shall be left a little roufor the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens only over so much area as will be covered with tiles before the setting of the morbe less than 15mm and not more than 25mm. Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified in the item. Sand for mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conmasonry work. 5.3 LAYING, FINISHING, CURING AND be soaked in water for atleast two hours. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall be so arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much area as can be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hjoints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm wide. After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane, the flooring shall be covered with wet saw dust. T


.9 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : (a) Dado shall be measured in square meters as provided. (b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in R.M. (Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running meters). CERAMIC/ GLAZED TILES IN FLOORING AND DADO

luding specials shall be of approved make and quality and shall 1970 in all respects. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the

architects / clients engineer, who will keep them in his office for verification as to whether rials brought for use conform to the approved samples MORTAR BEDDING : The amount of water added shall be minimum necessary

to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in ure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the

even bedding of the tiles. Before spreading mortar, sub - floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum, loose materials and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush orby hacking if necessary and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects / clients engineer. In case of RCC floors, the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens only over so much area as will be covered with tiles before the setting of the mortar. The thickness of the mortar bed shall not be less than 15mm and not more than 25mm. Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified in the item. Sand for mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS No. 2116 - 1965 as applicable to unreinforced

LAYING, FINISHING, CURING AND CLEANING: The tiles beforebe soaked in water for atleast two hours. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the

arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much area as can be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. The joints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm wide. After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane, the flooring shall be covered with wet saw dust. The tile flooring shall be cured for 14 days.

(b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in R.M.

luding specials shall be of approved make and quality and shall 1970 in all respects. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the

architects / clients engineer, who will keep them in his office for verification as to whether

The amount of water added shall be minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in

ure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the floor or base shall be cleaned of all

dirt, scum, loose materials and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got approved by the architects /

gh. All points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens only over so much area as will be

tar. The thickness of the mortar bed shall not be less than 15mm and not more than 25mm. Unless otherwise specified, the proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified in the item. Sand for mortar bedding shall be from

1965 as applicable to unreinforced

tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for atleast two hours. Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the

arranged that the surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much area as can be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly

ollows in bed or joints. The joints shall be kept as close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm wide. After fixing the tiles finally in an even plane, the flooring

he tile flooring shall be cured for 14 days.


Signature of Bidder

After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day’s fixing work is completed the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once the floor has set the floor shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of the construction work and just before the floor is occupied. 5.4 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the contractor’s rate quoted shall include for the following : (I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling. (ii) Cleaning and fixing the tiles including all specials etc. in neat cement float over the bedding mortar. (iii) Filling the joints of tiles with neat white cement slurry. (iv) Finishing, curing and cleaning. (v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out 5.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : meters as provided. 5.6 GLAZED TILES DADO: (a) TILES : Glazed tiles shall be same as described under white glazed tiles flooring. (b) MORTAR BACKING : to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer . Concrete surfaces shall be properly hacked. All dirt, soot oil, or anymight interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado work shall not be commenced unless the preparatclients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 cement mortar. Sand in mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS : 1542 : 1977 as applicable to internal wall and ceiliof mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm. (c) FIXING DADO TILES: The white glazed tiles shall be soakeddado work. Tiles shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic and before it gets very stiff. The back of tiles shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and the tile shall then be pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden


After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day’s fixing work is completed the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once

r shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of the construction work and just before the floor is occupied.

.4 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the contractor’s rate quoted shall include for the following : (I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling.(ii) Cleaning and fixing the tiles including all specials like round edges corner cups, angles, etc. in neat cement float over the bedding mortar. (iii) Filling the joints of tiles with neat white cement slurry. (iv) Finishing, curing and cleaning. (v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above.

.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Measurement for flooring tiles shall be in square

.6 GLAZED TILES DADO: lazed tiles shall be same as described under white glazed tiles flooring.

(b) MORTAR BACKING : All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer . Concrete surfaces shall be properly hacked. All dirt, soot oil, or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 cement mortar. Sand in mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS : 1542 : 1977 as applicable to internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness of mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm. (c) FIXING DADO TILES: Dado work shall be done only after fixing tiles on the floor. The white glazed tiles shall be soaked in water for atleast two hours before being used for dado work. Tiles shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic and before it gets very stiff. The back of tiles shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and the

then be pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden

After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day’s fixing work is completed the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. Once

r shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of

other factors mentioned elsewhere in this

(I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling. like round edges corner cups, angles,

the item as specified above. Measurement for flooring tiles shall be in square

lazed tiles shall be same as described under white glazed tiles flooring. All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal

to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer . other material that

might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The

ory work is passed by the architects / clients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 cement mortar. Sand in mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to IS : 1542 : 1977 as

ng plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness

Dado work shall be done only after fixing tiles on the floor. in water for atleast two hours before being used for

dado work. Tiles shall be fixed when the cushioning mortar is still plastic and before it gets very stiff. The back of tiles shall be covered with a thin layer of neat cement paste and the

then be pressed in the mortar and gently tapped against the wall with a wooden


Signature of Bidder

mallet. The fixing shall be done from bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed or joints. Each tile shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining. Thebe jointed with white cement slurry. Any difference in the thickness of tiles shall be evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tiles faces are in one vertical plane. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they sdado work, care shall be taken to break joint vertically. After fixing the dado, they shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days. If doors, windows or other openings are located within the dado area, the sills, jamappropriate specials according to the foregoing specification and such tiled area shall be measured net along with the dado. (d) CLEANING : After the tiles have been fixed the surplus cement come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado or skirting work shall be washed thoroughly clean. 5.7 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the rates for the items of dado or skirting shall include the following : (I) Backing mortar. (ii) Providing and fixing tiles including all specials like round edges, angles, capping, etc. in neat cement float over backing mortar. (iii) Jointing of the tiles with white cement slurry. (iv) Curing, (v) Cleaning. (vi) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments, for carrying out the items as specified above. 5.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : 6.0 POLISHED KOTAH / SHAHABAD / TANDUR STONE FLOORING, DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING FLOORING 6.1 STONE SLABS : The stone slabs shall be hard, sound, durable, resistant to wear. Unless otherwise specified, stone slabs shall be square in shape 30 x 30cthick. The stone slabs shall be without any soft veins, cracks of laws and shall have a uniform colour. A tolerance of 3mm in thickness at any point shall be permitted. The exposed surface of stone slabs shall be machine polished to a smthe edges to be chiseled to half its depth, true and square to ensure uniform width of joint. The edges of stone slabs shall be machine cut square to the required shape, if necessary. The


mallet. The fixing shall be done from bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed or joints. Each tile shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining. Thebe jointed with white cement slurry. Any difference in the thickness of tiles shall be evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tiles faces are in one vertical plane. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they shall be uniform. While fixing tiles in dado work, care shall be taken to break joint vertically. After fixing the dado, they shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days. If doors, windows or other openings are located within the dado area, the sills, jambs, angles etc. shall be provided with white glazed tiles and appropriate specials according to the foregoing specification and such tiled area shall be measured net along with the dado.

After the tiles have been fixed the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado or skirting work shall be washed thoroughly clean.

.7 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this the rates for the items of dado or skirting shall include the following :

(ii) Providing and fixing tiles including all specials like round edges, angles, capping, etc. in neat cement float over backing mortar.

the tiles with white cement slurry.

(vi) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments, for carrying out the items as specified

.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Dado shall be measured in square metres as provided.

.0 POLISHED KOTAH / SHAHABAD / TANDUR STONE FLOORING, DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING FLOORING

The stone slabs shall be hard, sound, durable, resistant to wear. Unless otherwise specified, stone slabs shall be square in shape 30 x 30cm size and 25mm thick. The stone slabs shall be without any soft veins, cracks of laws and shall have a uniform colour. A tolerance of 3mm in thickness at any point shall be permitted. The exposed surface of stone slabs shall be machine polished to a smooth even and true plan and the edges to be chiseled to half its depth, true and square to ensure uniform width of joint. The edges of stone slabs shall be machine cut square to the required shape, if necessary. The

mallet. The fixing shall be done from bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the bed or joints. Each tile shall be fixed as close as possible to the one adjoining. The tiles shall be jointed with white cement slurry. Any difference in the thickness of tiles shall be evened out in cushioning mortar so that all tiles faces are in one vertical plane. The joints between

hall be uniform. While fixing tiles in dado work, care shall be taken to break joint vertically. After fixing the dado, they shall be kept continuously wet for 14 days. If doors, windows or other openings are located within

bs, angles etc. shall be provided with white glazed tiles and appropriate specials according to the foregoing specification and such tiled area shall be

grout that may have come out of the joints shall be cleaned off before it sets. After the complete curing, the dado

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this the rates for the items of dado or skirting shall include the following :

(ii) Providing and fixing tiles including all specials like round edges, angles, capping, etc. in

(vi) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments, for carrying out the items as specified

Dado shall be measured in square metres as provided. .0 POLISHED KOTAH / SHAHABAD / TANDUR STONE FLOORING,

The stone slabs shall be hard, sound, durable, resistant to wear. m size and 25mm

thick. The stone slabs shall be without any soft veins, cracks of laws and shall have a uniform colour. A tolerance of 3mm in thickness at any point shall be permitted. The

ooth even and true plan and the edges to be chiseled to half its depth, true and square to ensure uniform width of joint. The edges of stone slabs shall be machine cut square to the required shape, if necessary. The


Signature of Bidder

stone slabs be of approved colours andused shall be deposited by the contractor in the office of the architects / clients engineer. 6.2 MORTAR BEDDING : give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in preparing the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding of the stone slab. Before spreading the mortar the sub floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum, loose materials, and laitance if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary, and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be gotarchitects / clients engineer. In case of PCC floors the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by thearea as will be covered with slabs within half an hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding shall be given to the bed. The proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified and 20mm thick average. Sand for mortIS No. 2116 - 1965 as applicable to unreinforced masonry work. 6.3 LAYING, CURING, POLISHING, FINISHING AND CLEANING : laying, the stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted with clean honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as much area as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. The stone slabs shall be laid on the neat cement float and shall be evenly and firmly bedded toThe stone slabs shall be laid in the approved pattern in shall be gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. There shall be no hallows left. If there is a hollow sound on gentle tapping of the stone slabs, such stone slabs shall be removed and reset properly. The mason shall make the joint of uniform thickness and straight lines. The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5mm. The joints be grouted with neat cement slurry. No border stone slabs shall be less than 100mm in width, unless otherwise approved by the architects / clients engineer. When the bedding and joints of the flooring have been completely set, the surface shall bmachine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly cleaned. 6.4 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the contractors rate quoted shall include for the following : (I) Cleaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling. (ii) Providing and fixing the stone slabs in neat cement float on the bedding mortar. (iii) Filling joints of stone slabs with neat cement slurry of required colour to match the colour of the stone slabs.


stone slabs be of approved colours and shades. A few approved samples of stone slabs to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the office of the architects / clients engineer.

.2 MORTAR BEDDING : The amount of water added shall be the minimum necessary to ticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in

preparing the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding of the stone slab. Before spreading the mortar the sub floor or base shall be

ned of all dirt, scum, loose materials, and laitance if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary, and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the surface. Before laying the mortar, the sub grade shall be got architects / clients engineer. In case of PCC floors the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the use of screed battens, only over so much area as will be covered with slabs within half an hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding shall be given to the bed. The proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified and 20mm thick average. Sand for mortar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to

1965 as applicable to unreinforced masonry work. .3 LAYING, CURING, POLISHING, FINISHING AND CLEANING :

laying, the stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. Neat cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as much area as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. The stone slabs shall be laid on the neat cement float and shall be evenly and firmly bedded to the required level and slope in the mortar bed. The stone slabs shall be laid in the approved pattern in Two or two tone colour. Each stone shall be gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. There shall

t. If there is a hollow sound on gentle tapping of the stone slabs, such stone slabs shall be removed and reset properly. The mason shall make the joint of uniform thickness and straight lines. The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5mm. The joints be grouted with neat cement slurry. No border stone slabs shall be less than 100mm in width, unless otherwise approved by the architects / clients engineer. When the bedding and joints of the flooring have been completely set, the surface shall bmachine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly cleaned.

.4 RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the contractors rate quoted shall include for the following :

eaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling.(ii) Providing and fixing the stone slabs in neat cement float on the bedding mortar.(iii) Filling joints of stone slabs with neat cement slurry of required colour to match the

shades. A few approved samples of stone slabs to be used shall be deposited by the contractor in the office of the architects / clients engineer.

The amount of water added shall be the minimum necessary to ticity for laying and satisfactory bedding. Care shall be taken in

preparing the mortar to ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with the even bedding of the stone slab. Before spreading the mortar the sub floor or base shall be

ned of all dirt, scum, loose materials, and laitance if any by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary, and then well wetted without forming any pools of

approved by the architects / clients engineer. In case of PCC floors the top shall be left a little rough. All points of level for the finished paving surface shall be marked out. The mortar shall then be

use of screed battens, only over so much area as will be covered with slabs within half an hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding shall be given to the bed. The proportion of mortar bedding shall be as specified and 20mm

ar bedding shall be from approved source, and shall conform to

.3 LAYING, CURING, POLISHING, FINISHING AND CLEANING : Before water. Neat cement grout of

honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as much area as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. The stone slabs shall be laid on the neat cement

the required level and slope in the mortar bed. or two tone colour. Each stone

shall be gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. There shall t. If there is a hollow sound on gentle tapping of the stone slabs, such stone

slabs shall be removed and reset properly. The mason shall make the joint of uniform thickness and straight lines. The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5mm. The joints shall be grouted with neat cement slurry. No border stone slabs shall be less than 100mm in

When the bedding and joints of the flooring have been completely set, the surface shall be machine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly cleaned.


eaning the base and providing and laying bedding mortar and levelling. (ii) Providing and fixing the stone slabs in neat cement float on the bedding mortar. (iii) Filling joints of stone slabs with neat cement slurry of required colour to match the


Signature of Bidder

(iv) Chiselling, polishing, finishing and cleaning. (v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above. 6.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : square metre as provided. 6.6 DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING : (a) The stone slabs shall be as specified above for flooring unless otherwise mentioned. The stone slabs shall be in approved lengths to match the flooring. The exposed edges of stone slabs such as in dado / lining and skirting, jambs, soffits, sills etc. shall be machine cut and polished smooth. (b) MORTAR BACKING : to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the archConcrete surface shall be properly hacked. All dirt, oil, or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hdado / lining or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 CM. Sand in mortar bedding shall be from approved sources and shall conform to IS : 1542 1977, as applicable to internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness of mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm (c) FIXING, DADO / LINING OR SKIRTING STONE SLABS : skirting shall be done only after fixing stone on the floor. The stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted in water before being used for dado / lining or skirting work. The stone slabs shall be fixed when the backing mortar is still, plastic and before it gets stiff. All the stone slabs shall be covered with an additional layer of neat cement paste and stone shall then be pressed in mortar and gently tapped against the wall with wooden mallet. The fixithe bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the beds or joints. Each stone slab shall be fixed as close as possible to the adjoining stone slab. The stone slab shall be jointed in neat cement slurry to match the colour of the width and they shall be uniform. While fixing the stone slabs in dado / lining or in skirting work, care shall be taken to see that the joints in the adjoining flooring below, matches with the joints in the dado / lining or in skirting, as the case may be, or shall be staggered as directed. When specified brass clamps and pins etc. of approved size shall also be used for fixing dado / lining. (d) POLISHING : When stone slabs are completely set, polishinwith approved type of polishing stone. A smooth and even polished surface shall be obtained to match the finished surface of the flooring.


(iv) Chiselling, polishing, finishing and cleaning. (v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above.

.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Measurement for flooring, stone slabs shall be in

.6 DADO / LINING AND SKIRTING : (a) The stone slabs shall be as specified above for flooring unless otherwise mentioned. The stone slabs shall be in approved lengths to match the flooring. The exposed edges of stone

in dado / lining and skirting, jambs, soffits, sills etc. shall be machine cut and

(b) MORTAR BACKING : All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the architects / clients engineer. Concrete surface shall be properly hacked. All dirt, oil, or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for six hours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado / lining or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 CM.

all be from approved sources and shall conform to IS : 1542 1977, as applicable to internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness of mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm

/ LINING OR SKIRTING STONE SLABS : skirting shall be done only after fixing stone on the floor. The stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted in water before being used for dado / lining or skirting work. The stone slabs shall be

en the backing mortar is still, plastic and before it gets stiff. All the stone slabs shall be covered with an additional layer of neat cement paste and stone shall then be pressed in mortar and gently tapped against the wall with wooden mallet. The fixing shall be done from the bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the beds or joints. Each stone slab shall be fixed as close as possible to the adjoining stone slab. The stone slab shall be jointed in neat cement slurry to match the colour of the stones. The joints shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they shall be uniform. While fixing the stone slabs in dado / lining or in skirting work, care shall be taken to see that the joints in the adjoining flooring below, matches with

ado / lining or in skirting, as the case may be, or shall be staggered as directed. When specified brass clamps and pins etc. of approved size shall also be used for

When stone slabs are completely set, polishing shall be done by hand with approved type of polishing stone. A smooth and even polished surface shall be obtained to match the finished surface of the flooring.

(v) All labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above. Measurement for flooring, stone slabs shall be in

(a) The stone slabs shall be as specified above for flooring unless otherwise mentioned. The stone slabs shall be in approved lengths to match the flooring. The exposed edges of stone

in dado / lining and skirting, jambs, soffits, sills etc. shall be machine cut and

All joints in the face work shall be raked out to a depth equal itects / clients engineer.

Concrete surface shall be properly hacked. All dirt, oil, or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory bond shall be removed. The surface shall be cleaned and

ours prior to applying backing mortar. The dado / lining or skirting work shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the architects / clients engineer. The proportion of mortar for backing shall be 1:3 CM.

all be from approved sources and shall conform to IS : 1542 - 1977, as applicable to internal wall and ceiling plastering and external wall plastering. The thickness of mortar backing shall not be less than 12mm and not more than 20mm

Dado / lining or skirting shall be done only after fixing stone on the floor. The stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted in water before being used for dado / lining or skirting work. The stone slabs shall be

en the backing mortar is still, plastic and before it gets stiff. All the stone slabs shall be covered with an additional layer of neat cement paste and stone shall then be pressed in

ng shall be done from the bottom of wall upwards without any hollows in the beds or joints. Each stone slab shall be fixed as close as possible to the adjoining stone slab. The stone slab shall be jointed in

stones. The joints shall not exceed 1.5mm in width and they shall be uniform. While fixing the stone slabs in dado / lining or in skirting work, care shall be taken to see that the joints in the adjoining flooring below, matches with

ado / lining or in skirting, as the case may be, or shall be staggered as directed. When specified brass clamps and pins etc. of approved size shall also be used for

g shall be done by hand with approved type of polishing stone. A smooth and even polished surface shall be obtained


Signature of Bidder

(e) CURING : The dado / lining or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days. 6.7 RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the rate for the item of dado / lining or skirting shall include the following: (I) Backing mortar (ii) Providing and fixing stone slab with exposed edges machine cut includiand finishing the edges with plaster. (iii) Providing and fixing brass clamps and pins etc. for dado / lining where specified. (iv) Joints of the stone slabs filled with coloured cement slurry to match the stone slabs. (v) Curing (vi) Chiselling, polishing and cleaning the dado / lining and skirting. (vii) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments for carrying out the items as specified above. 6.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : (a) Dado / lining shall be measured in square (b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in RM. (Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running metres.) 7.0 EXTERNAL CEMENT PLASTER WITH SAND FACED / COMBED / ROUGH CAST FINI SAND FACED FINISH: a. PREPARATION OF SURFACE :

joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done. RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the plaster. Any unevenness shall be levelled before the plastering is applied. All dust and oil matter, if any, shall be brushed and cleaned with a stiff bristle or wire brush, and the surface to be plastered shall be kept wet for six hours before plastering is commenced. If the surface becomes dry restore uniform suction.


The dado / lining or skirting shall be kept wet for 14 days. TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this

contract, the rate for the item of dado / lining or skirting shall include the following:

(ii) Providing and fixing stone slab with exposed edges machine cut including all special tiles and finishing the edges with plaster. (iii) Providing and fixing brass clamps and pins etc. for dado / lining where specified.(iv) Joints of the stone slabs filled with coloured cement slurry to match the stone slabs.

(vi) Chiselling, polishing and cleaning the dado / lining and skirting. (vii) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments for carrying out the items as specified

.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : (a) Dado / lining shall be measured in square metres as provided. (b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in RM. (Skirting upto 30cm in height shall be measured in running metres.)

EXTERNAL CEMENT PLASTER WITH SAND FACED / COMBED / ROUGH CAST FINISHES

PREPARATION OF SURFACE : The walls to be plastered to have all joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done. RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the plaster. Any unevenness shall be

before the plastering is applied. All dust and oil matter, if any, shall be brushed and cleaned with a stiff bristle or wire brush, and the surface to be plastered shall be kept wet for six hours before plastering is commenced. If the surface becomes dry in spots such areas shall be moistened again to restore uniform suction.


contract, the rate for the item of dado / lining or skirting shall include the following:

ng all special tiles

(iii) Providing and fixing brass clamps and pins etc. for dado / lining where specified. (iv) Joints of the stone slabs filled with coloured cement slurry to match the stone slabs.

(vii) All labour, material, use of tools and equipments for carrying out the items as specified

(b) The height of skirting shall be specified in the item and shall be measured in RM.

EXTERNAL CEMENT PLASTER WITH SAND FACED / COMBED /

The walls to be plastered to have all joints raked out to a depth of 10mm, if not already done. RCC surface shall be properly hacked to get good key to the plaster. Any unevenness shall be

before the plastering is applied. All dust and oil matter, if any, shall be brushed and cleaned with a stiff bristle or wire brush, and the surface to be plastered shall be kept wet for six hours before plastering is commenced. If

in spots such areas shall be moistened again to


Signature of Bidder

b. PROPORTION OF MORTAR : proportion of external cement plaster for brick or concrete surfaces shall be 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). Sand shall be from apprmatter, washed clean if necessary and shall be as per 1542 cement mortar shall be prepared than that can be used within half an hour. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the specified proportion shall be thoroughly mixed on a clean impervious form by turning over atleast three times or more till a homogeneous and mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Fresh and clean water shall be added gradually througmix becomes homogeneous and each particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious, extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar nor thwater of the mortar shall flow out.

c. APPLICATION OF PLASTER : namely under coat and finishing coat.

UNDER COAT : compound of approved make shall be added according to manufacturer’s specifications to make the mortar waterproof. Patches of plaster 15cm x 15cm shall be put on about 3m, apart as gauges to ensthickness of the under coat in any part shall not be less than 8mm and more than 12mm. The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness and well pressed into the joints and on the surwith a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true angles or rounded as directed. Plastering shKeys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy horizontal lines about 12mm apart and 3mm deep when the mortar is still plastic. Under coat shall be cured for not less than 2 days before finishing c

FINISHING COAT :

Cement mortar for finishing coat shall have washed approved sand with slightly larger proportion of coarse material. The proportion of cement to sand shall be 1:4. The finishing coat shall be of such thickness as to mathickness equal to the required plaster thickness as to make total average finish equal to the required plaster thickness as described. The finishing coat shall be not less than 4mm or more than 8mm thick. The finished surface present uniform texture throughout and all joining mark shall be eliminated. After application the surface should be finished with a wooden float lying with cork and tapped gently to retain coarse surface texture. A steeloverworking shall be avoided. Water shall not be applied to the surface of the finishing coat while working up, but patches showing signs of premature drying may


PROPORTION OF MORTAR : Unless otherwise mentioned, the proportion of external cement plaster for brick or concrete surfaces shall be 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand). Sand shall be from approved source free from foreign matter, washed clean if necessary and shall be as per 1542 -cement mortar shall be prepared than that can be used within half an hour. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. In hand mixed mortar, ement and sand in the specified proportion shall be thoroughly mixed on a

clean impervious form by turning over atleast three times or more till a homogeneous and mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Fresh and clean water shall be added gradually through a rose and thoroughly mixed so that mix becomes homogeneous and each particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious, extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar nor thwater of the mortar shall flow out. APPLICATION OF PLASTER : The plastering shall be done in two coats namely under coat and finishing coat.

The under coat shall be cement mortar 1:4. Water proofing compound of approved make shall be added according to manufacturer’s specifications to make the mortar waterproof. Patches of plaster 15cm x 15cm shall be put on about 3m, apart as gauges to ensure even plastering in one plane. The thickness of the under coat in any part shall not be less than 8mm and more than 12mm. The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness and well pressed into the joints and on the surface and rubbed and levelled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true angles or rounded as directed. Plastering shall be done from top downward. Keys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy horizontal lines about 12mm apart and 3mm deep when the mortar is still plastic. Under coat shall be cured for not less than 2 days before finishing coat is applied.FINISHING COAT : Cement mortar for finishing coat shall have washed approved sand with slightly larger proportion of coarse material. The proportion of cement to sand shall be 1:4. The finishing coat shall be of such thickness as to make total average finish to thickness equal to the required plaster thickness as to make total average finish equal to the required plaster thickness as described. The finishing coat shall be not less than 4mm or more than 8mm thick. The finished surface shall be true and even and shall present uniform texture throughout and all joining mark shall be eliminated. After application the surface should be finished with a wooden float lying with cork and tapped gently to retain coarse surface texture. A steel trowel shall not be used and overworking shall be avoided. Water shall not be applied to the surface of the finishing coat while working up, but patches showing signs of premature drying may

Unless otherwise mentioned, the proportion of external cement plaster for brick or concrete surfaces shall be

oved source free from foreign - 1977. No more

cement mortar shall be prepared than that can be used within half an hour. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. In hand mixed mortar, ement and sand in the specified proportion shall be thoroughly mixed on a

clean impervious form by turning over atleast three times or more till a homogeneous and mixture of uniform colour is obtained. Fresh and clean

h a rose and thoroughly mixed so that mix becomes homogeneous and each particle of sand shall be completely covered with a film of wet cement. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious, extraneous material shall get mixed with mortar nor the mixing

The plastering shall be done in two coats

The under coat shall be cement mortar 1:4. Water proofing compound of approved make shall be added according to manufacturer’s specifications to make the mortar waterproof. Patches of plaster 15cm x 15cm shall

ure even plastering in one plane. The thickness of the under coat in any part shall not be less than 8mm and more than 12mm. The mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required

face and rubbed and levelled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their

all be done from top downward. Keys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy horizontal lines about 12mm apart and 3mm deep when the mortar is still plastic. Under coat

oat is applied.

Cement mortar for finishing coat shall have washed approved sand with slightly larger proportion of coarse material. The proportion of cement to sand shall be 1:4.

ke total average finish to thickness equal to the required plaster thickness as to make total average finish equal to the required plaster thickness as described. The finishing coat shall be not less than

shall be true and even and shall present uniform texture throughout and all joining mark shall be eliminated. After application the surface should be finished with a wooden float lying with cork and

trowel shall not be used and overworking shall be avoided. Water shall not be applied to the surface of the finishing coat while working up, but patches showing signs of premature drying may


Signature of Bidder

be patted with a damp float. When the finishing coat has hardebe kept moist continuously for 14 days. In any continuous face of wall, finishing coat should be carried out continuously and day to day breaks made to coincide with architectural breaks in order to avoid unsightly junctions.

All mouldings shall be worked true to template and drawn neat clean and level. All exposed angles and junctions with door frames etc. shall be carefully finished as directed.

d. CURING : 14 days. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of the buildings in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on the outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist.

e. RATES TO INCLUDE : this contract, rates for the item of plaster shall include for the following :

(i) Erecting, dismantling and removing scaffolding. (ii) Preparing the surface to receive the plaster. (iii) Providing cement plaster of the specified waterproofing compound. (iv) All labour, materials, use of tools and equipments to complete the plastering as per specification. (v) Curing for 14 days. (vi) Any mounting work if shown on the drawings or as in the Open Tender. (vii) Plaster work in bands, arises, rounded angles, fair edges, narrow returns, ‘V’ joints, splays, drip mouldings, making good to metal frames junctions with skirting or dados narrow widths and small quantities, making good round pipes, conduits, timbers, sills, brackets, railings etc. and making good after all the sub contractors or nominated sub contractors have done their work.

7.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : metres. Dimensions shall be measured and quantity worked out correct upto two places of decimals in metre and square metre respectively. If the average thickness of plaster provided by the contractor is more than what is specified on any accmade.


be patted with a damp float. When the finishing coat has hardened, the surface shall be kept moist continuously for 14 days. In any continuous face of wall, finishing coat should be carried out continuously and day to day breaks made to coincide with architectural breaks in order to avoid unsightly junctions.

mouldings shall be worked true to template and drawn neat clean and level. All exposed angles and junctions with door frames etc. shall be carefully finished as

CURING : All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of ys. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of

the buildings in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on the outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist. RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, rates for the item of plaster shall include for the following :

) Erecting, dismantling and removing scaffolding. (ii) Preparing the surface to receive the plaster. (iii) Providing cement plaster of the specified average thickness, in two coats, including

(iv) All labour, materials, use of tools and equipments to complete the plastering as per

(vi) Any mounting work if shown on the drawings or as specified unless separately provided

(vii) Plaster work in bands, arises, rounded angles, fair edges, narrow returns, ‘V’ joints, splays, drip mouldings, making good to metal frames junctions with skirting or dados narrow

small quantities, making good round pipes, conduits, timbers, sills, brackets, railings etc. and making good after all the sub contractors or nominated sub contractors have

MODE OF MEASUREMENT : All plastering work shall be measurmetres. Dimensions shall be measured and quantity worked out correct upto two places of decimals in metre and square metre respectively. If the average thickness of plaster provided by the contractor is more than what is specified on any account, no extra payment will be

ned, the surface shall be kept moist continuously for 14 days. In any continuous face of wall, finishing coat should be carried out continuously and day to day breaks made to coincide with

mouldings shall be worked true to template and drawn neat clean and level. All exposed angles and junctions with door frames etc. shall be carefully finished as

All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of ys. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side of

the buildings in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on tioned elsewhere in

this contract, rates for the item of plaster shall include for the following :

average thickness, in two coats, including

(iv) All labour, materials, use of tools and equipments to complete the plastering as per

specified unless separately provided

(vii) Plaster work in bands, arises, rounded angles, fair edges, narrow returns, ‘V’ joints, splays, drip mouldings, making good to metal frames junctions with skirting or dados narrow

small quantities, making good round pipes, conduits, timbers, sills, brackets, railings etc. and making good after all the sub contractors or nominated sub contractors have

All plastering work shall be measured in square metres. Dimensions shall be measured and quantity worked out correct upto two places of decimals in metre and square metre respectively. If the average thickness of plaster provided

ount, no extra payment will be


Signature of Bidder

For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area ends of joists, beams, posts, etc. not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area and openings not exceeding 3m2 each, deductions and additions shall be m (a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc., and openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each, and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings nor for finishing the plast (b) Deductions for openings exceeding 0.5m2 but not exceeding 3m2 each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings: (i) When both faces of wall are plastered with the same plaster, deduction shall be made for one face only. (ii) When two faces of wall plaster with different plasters or if one face is plastered and the other pointed, deduction shall be made from the plaster or pointing ondoors, windows, etc., on which the width of reveals is less than that on the other side, but no deduction shall be made on the other side. In case of openings of area above 3m2 each, deductions shall be made for the openings, but jambs, soffits and sills shall be measured. 7.7 COMBED FINISH : this as well except that in the case of combed finish, the finishing coat will be treated to have combed texture of approved pattern. 7.8 ROUGH CAST FINISH : (a) All the specifications given above for sand faced finish shall apply to this as well except for the application of plaster which is described below. (b) APPLICATION OF PLASTER : undercoat and finishing coat. The undercoat shall be done same as in case of sand faced finish. The finishing coat shall contain a fairly coarse aggregate and shall be thrown on as a wet mix and shall be left in rough condition. The mcoarse aggregate of crushed stone or fine gravel of size generally 6 to 12mm as approved by architects / clients engineer and specially graded mixture, mixed with approved sand and cement. The proportion of cem1/2:3. The mortar shall be flung upon the undercoat with large trowels to form an even protection coat. The finishing coat must be applied while the undercoat is still soffit and plastic. The thickness of the finishing coat shall be about 12mm unless otherwise specified. 8.0 WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING


For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area ends of joists, beams, posts, etc. not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area and openings not exceeding 3m2 each, deductions and additions shall be made in the following manner: (a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc., and openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each, and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings nor for finishing the plaster around ends of joists, beams, posts etc.(b) Deductions for openings exceeding 0.5m2 but not exceeding 3m2 each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings:

wall are plastered with the same plaster, deduction shall be made for

(ii) When two faces of wall plaster with different plasters or if one face is plastered and the other pointed, deduction shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frames for doors, windows, etc., on which the width of reveals is less than that on the other side, but no deduction shall be made on the other side. In case of openings of area above 3m2 each, deductions shall be made for the openings, but ambs, soffits and sills shall be measured.

COMBED FINISH : All the specifications given above for sand finish shall apply to this as well except that in the case of combed finish, the finishing coat will be treated to have

ed pattern. .8 ROUGH CAST FINISH :

(a) All the specifications given above for sand faced finish shall apply to this as well except for the application of plaster which is described below.

APPLICATION OF PLASTER : The plastering shall be done in two coats namely undercoat and finishing coat. The undercoat shall be done same as in case of sand faced finish. The finishing coat shall contain a fairly coarse aggregate and shall be thrown on as a wet mix and shall be left in rough condition. The mortar of the finishing coat shall consist of coarse aggregate of crushed stone or fine gravel of size generally 6 to 12mm as approved by architects / clients engineer and specially graded mixture, mixed with approved sand and cement. The proportion of cement to sand and aggregate / gravel shall be generally 1:11/2:3. The mortar shall be flung upon the undercoat with large trowels to form an even protection coat. The finishing coat must be applied while the undercoat is still soffit and

ickness of the finishing coat shall be about 12mm unless otherwise specified.WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING

For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area ends of joists, beams, posts, etc. not exceeding 0.5m2 each in area and openings not exceeding 3m2 each,

(a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joints, beams, posts etc., and openings not exceeding 0.5m2 each, and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of

er around ends of joists, beams, posts etc. (b) Deductions for openings exceeding 0.5m2 but not exceeding 3m2 each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings:

wall are plastered with the same plaster, deduction shall be made for

(ii) When two faces of wall plaster with different plasters or if one face is plastered and the the side of frames for

doors, windows, etc., on which the width of reveals is less than that on the other side, but no

In case of openings of area above 3m2 each, deductions shall be made for the openings, but

All the specifications given above for sand finish shall apply to this as well except that in the case of combed finish, the finishing coat will be treated to have

(a) All the specifications given above for sand faced finish shall apply to this as well except

n two coats namely undercoat and finishing coat. The undercoat shall be done same as in case of sand faced finish. The finishing coat shall contain a fairly coarse aggregate and shall be thrown on as a

ortar of the finishing coat shall consist of coarse aggregate of crushed stone or fine gravel of size generally 6 to 12mm as approved by architects / clients engineer and specially graded mixture, mixed with approved sand and

ent to sand and aggregate / gravel shall be generally 1:1-1/2:3. The mortar shall be flung upon the undercoat with large trowels to form an even protection coat. The finishing coat must be applied while the undercoat is still soffit and

ickness of the finishing coat shall be about 12mm unless otherwise specified. WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING


Signature of Bidder

WHITE WASHING : (a) MATERIAL : White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt fat lime. The lime shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4/5 litres / Kg. of lime) and the whole thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of the cream. The wash shall be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean coarse cloth. dissolved in hot water shall then be added in suitable proportion of two grams of gum arabic to a litre of lime to prevent the whole wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice size may also be used instead of gum. Required neel colour be added f (b) SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or directed. If ladders are used pieces of old gunny bags or cloth bags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage or scratches to the plastered surfProper stage scaffolding shall be erected when white washing the ceiling. (c) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : mortar droppings and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with hair or fibre bmeans as may be ordered by the architects / clients engineer to produce an approved clean and an even surface. All loose pieces and scales shall be scrapped of and holes, cracks etc. stopped with mortar to match with the surrounding finish. In case where the surfaces have been previously white washed or colour washed, the old white or colour wash shall be entirely removed and surfaces broomed down before the new white wash is applied. In case the old white wash cannot be removed by broomsurfaces shall be cleaned by scraping. (d) APPLICATION OF WHITE WASH : shall be laid on with a brush. The first stroke of the brush shall be from top downwards, another from bottom upwards over the fanother from the left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to dry and shall be subject to inspection and approval before the next coat is applied. When dry, the surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger. Minimum three coats of white wash shall be applied. No portions in the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. For new work, the white washed surface shall present a smooth and uniform finish. For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface shall be white washed with the required number of coats. Doors, windows, floors and other articles of furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashings, droppings, if any shall be removed and the surface cleaned.


White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt fat lime. The lime shall a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4/5 litres / Kg. of lime) and the

whole thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of the cream. The wash shall be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean coarse cloth. dissolved in hot water shall then be added in suitable proportion of two grams of gum arabic to a litre of lime to prevent the whole wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice size may also be used instead of gum. Required neel colour be added for whiteness.

This shall be double or Two according to requirement and as directed. If ladders are used pieces of old gunny bags or cloth bags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage or scratches to the plastered surfaces and floorings etc. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected when white washing the ceiling. (c) PREPARATION OF SURFACE : The surface shall be prepared by removing all mortar droppings and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with hair or fibre bmeans as may be ordered by the architects / clients engineer to produce an approved clean and an even surface. All loose pieces and scales shall be scrapped of and holes, cracks etc. stopped with mortar to match with the surrounding finish. In case where the surfaces have been previously white washed or colour washed, the old white or colour wash shall be entirely removed and surfaces broomed down before the new white wash is applied. In case the old white wash cannot be removed by broomsurfaces shall be cleaned by scraping. (d) APPLICATION OF WHITE WASH : On the surface so prepared, the white wash shall be laid on with a brush. The first stroke of the brush shall be from top downwards, another from bottom upwards over the first stroke and similarly one stroke from the right and another from the left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to dry and shall be subject to inspection and approval before the next coat is

When dry, the surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger. Minimum three coats of white wash shall be applied.

he surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. For new work, the white washed surface shall present a smooth and uniform finish. For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface

te washed with the required number of coats. Doors, windows, floors and other articles of furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashings, droppings, if any shall be removed and the surface cleaned.

White wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt fat lime. The lime shall a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4/5 litres / Kg. of lime) and the

whole thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency of the cream. The wash shall be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean coarse cloth. Clean gum dissolved in hot water shall then be added in suitable proportion of two grams of gum arabic to a litre of lime to prevent the whole wash coming off easily when rubbed. Rice size may

according to requirement and as directed. If ladders are used pieces of old gunny bags or cloth bags shall be tied on their

aces and floorings etc.

The surface shall be prepared by removing all mortar droppings and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with hair or fibre brush or other means as may be ordered by the architects / clients engineer to produce an approved clean and an even surface. All loose pieces and scales shall be scrapped of and holes, cracks etc.

In case where the surfaces have been previously white washed or colour washed, the old white or colour wash shall be entirely removed and surfaces broomed down before the new white wash is applied. In case the old white wash cannot be removed by brooming, the

On the surface so prepared, the white wash shall be laid on with a brush. The first stroke of the brush shall be from top downwards,

irst stroke and similarly one stroke from the right and another from the left over the first brush before it dries. This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to dry and shall be subject to inspection and approval before the next coat is

When dry, the surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it should not come off easily when rubbed with

he surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. For new work,

For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface te washed with the required number of coats. Doors, windows, floors and other

articles of furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashings, droppings,


Signature of Bidder

(e) RATES TO INCLUDE : contract, the rates for white wash shall include for the following : (I) All labour, materials, equipment required for white washing. (ii) Scaffolding including erection and removal. (iii) Providing and preparing the white wash. (iv) Preparing the surface of white wash including the scaffolding. (v) Applying the white wash in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in carry out additional coats of white wash to approval, at contractor’s expense. (f) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : of measurement shall be as applicable to that for plaster. 9. COLOUR WASH : MATERIAL : This shall be prepared by adding approved colouring matter to the white wash (prepared as for white washing) according to tint required. In all other respects the same conditions and specifications as applicable to white wash shalcolour wash. 10. DISTEMPERING : POWDERED / DRY DISTEMPER : (a) MATERIAL : The powdered / dry distemper shall be of approved colour and shade manufactured by M/s. Garware Paints or other equivalent and approved. (b) SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or (c) PREPARING THE SURFACE : all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard. All irregularities shall be sand papered smooth and wiped clean. The surface so prepared must be completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced. In the case of walls newly plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is completely dry before treatment is attempted. For the old surface which had earlier been distempered, the surface shall be cleaned of grease, dust etc. The flakings of previous coatings, if any, shall be taken off. All cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaire


(e) RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the rates for white wash shall include for the following : (I) All labour, materials, equipment required for white washing. (ii) Scaffolding including erection and removal.

d preparing the white wash. (iv) Preparing the surface of white wash including the scaffolding. (v) Applying the white wash in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of white wash to approval, at contractor’s expense.(f) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurement shall be in Sq. Metres. The mode of measurement shall be as applicable to that for plaster.

This shall be prepared by adding approved colouring matter to the white wash (prepared as for white washing) according to tint required. In all other respects the same conditions and specifications as applicable to white wash shall also be applicable to

POWDERED / DRY DISTEMPER : The powdered / dry distemper shall be of approved colour and shade

manufactured by M/s. Garware Paints or other equivalent and approved. This shall be double or Two as required and directed.

(c) PREPARING THE SURFACE : The surface to be distempered shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard.

shall be sand papered smooth and wiped clean. The surface so prepared must be completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced. In the case of walls newly plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is completely dry before

For the old surface which had earlier been distempered, the surface shall be cleaned of grease, dust etc. The flakings of previous coatings, if any, shall be taken off. All cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard and then

from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this

(v) Applying the white wash in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not three coats, contractor shall

carry out additional coats of white wash to approval, at contractor’s expense. The measurement shall be in Sq. Metres. The mode

This shall be prepared by adding approved colouring matter to the white wash (prepared as for white washing) according to tint required. In all other respects the

l also be applicable to

The powdered / dry distemper shall be of approved colour and shade

as required and directed. The surface to be distempered shall be cleaned and

all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with gypsum and allowed to set hard. shall be sand papered smooth and wiped clean. The surface so prepared

must be completely dry and free from dust before distempering is commenced. In the case of walls newly plastered, special care shall be taken to see that it is completely dry before any

For the old surface which had earlier been distempered, the surface shall be cleaned of grease, dust etc. The flakings of previous coatings, if any, shall be taken off. All cracks,

d with gypsum and allowed to set hard and then


Signature of Bidder

sand papered smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surfaces are coloured or white washed, the wash must be removed thoroughly first. (d) PRIMING COAT : The priming coat shall be applied over the completein the manner recommended by the makers in the case of patent distempers. When no priming coat is specified by the manufacturer a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin solution of glue shall be applied to prepare a good, hard background twhen dry being sand papered as clean and smooth as possible. (e) APPLICATION OF DISTEMPER : regarding the preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats.Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required for a day’s work. Hot water should be used to prepare the mixture. Distempers shall be applied in dry weather with a broad stiff brush in long parallel strokes. The treated sand harden. Second or succeeding coats shall not be applied until the preceding coat has been passed by the architects or clients engineer. Two more coats of distemper shall be given in exactly the same manner as the firthoroughly dried. (f) RATES TO INCLUDE : tools for carrying out the following operations: (I) Providing the primer and distemper and mixing t (ii) Scaffolding. (iii) Preparing the surface to receive the priming and finishing coats. (iv) Applying the priming coat. (v) Applying the distemper in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats contractor shall carry out additional coats of distemper to approval at contractors expense. (g) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : 11. OIL BOUND DISTEMPERS : same as that applicable for dry distemper above except that oil bound distemper of approved make, shade and colour shall be used after applying priming coat of petrifying liquid or other primer as may be recommende 12. PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT


sand papered smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surfaces are coloured or white washed, the wash must be removed thoroughly first.

The priming coat shall be applied over the completein the manner recommended by the makers in the case of patent distempers. When no priming coat is specified by the manufacturer a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin solution of glue shall be applied to prepare a good, hard background the coating the coating when dry being sand papered as clean and smooth as possible. (e) APPLICATION OF DISTEMPER : The instructions of the makers shall be followed regarding the preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats.Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required for a day’s work. Hot water should be used to prepare the mixture. Distempers shall be applied in dry weather with a broad stiff brush in long parallel strokes. The treated surface shall be allowed to dry and harden. Second or succeeding coats shall not be applied until the preceding coat has been passed by the architects or clients engineer. Two more coats of distemper shall be given in exactly the same manner as the first one but only after the earlier cost laid has

(f) RATES TO INCLUDE : The rates shall include all labour, materials, equipment and tools for carrying out the following operations: (I) Providing the primer and distemper and mixing the distemper.

(iii) Preparing the surface to receive the priming and finishing coats. (iv) Applying the priming coat. (v) Applying the distemper in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained

of the architects / clients engineer in three coats contractor shall carry out additional coats of distemper to approval at contractors expense. (g) MODE OF MEASUREMENT : Similar to that for white washing.

OIL BOUND DISTEMPERS : The specification and conditions for this shall be the same as that applicable for dry distemper above except that oil bound distemper of approved make, shade and colour shall be used after applying priming coat of petrifying liquid or other primer as may be recommended by the manufacturers of distemper or as directed.

PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT

sand papered smooth and wiped clean. But in case the surfaces are coloured or white

The priming coat shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the manner recommended by the makers in the case of patent distempers. When no priming coat is specified by the manufacturer a finely powdered chalk mixed with a thin

he coating the coating

The instructions of the makers shall be followed regarding the preparation of the surface and application of priming and finishing coats. Distemper shall not be mixed in a larger quantity than is actually required for a day’s work. Hot water should be used to prepare the mixture. Distempers shall be applied in dry weather

urface shall be allowed to dry and harden. Second or succeeding coats shall not be applied until the preceding coat has been passed by the architects or clients engineer. Two more coats of distemper shall be

st one but only after the earlier cost laid has

The rates shall include all labour, materials, equipment and

(v) Applying the distemper in three coats minimum. If a proper even surface is not obtained of the architects / clients engineer in three coats contractor shall carry out

ion and conditions for this shall be the same as that applicable for dry distemper above except that oil bound distemper of approved make, shade and colour shall be used after applying priming coat of petrifying liquid or other

d by the manufacturers of distemper or as directed.


Signature of Bidder

MATERIAL : The emulsion paint and primers in general shall be of approved quality, colour and shade as approved. SCAFFOLDING : This shall be double or used, pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage of scratches to the plastered surfaces and flooring etc. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected when painting the ceil PREPARATION OF THE (a) NEW SURFACES : The surface to be painted shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and a little quantity of paint for filling and levelling the wider areas. (b) OLD SURFACES : (I) The surfaces, which had been previously painted with emulsion paint, shall be lightly rubbed down and washed with clean water. (ii) The surface which had beencleaned, washed and sand papered. (iii) The surface, finished with lime / colour wash, powder distemper shall be completely scraped off to the bare surface. (iv) In case, after scrapping the surfthe same shall be repaired before applying priming coat, with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and a little quantity of paint for filling and levelling the wider areas. PRIMING COAT : The priming coat of the approved shade shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the manner as recommended by the paint manufacturers. The emulsion paint, the priming coat, may be thinned down with 20% watby the paint manufacturer. Turpentine or any other solvent shall not be used for thinning the paint. APPLICATION OF EMULSION PAINT : manufacturers, whose product is used shall be followed rsurface and the application of the priming and finishing coats. The contractor shall arrange for technical assistance and supervision from the paint manufacturer, during the execution of the painting work. After the priminscratches if any, shall be repaired as mentioned in “preparation of surface”, and then the


The emulsion paint and primers in general shall be of approved quality, colour and shade as approved.

This shall be double or Two as required and directed. If ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage of scratches to the plastered surfaces and flooring etc. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected when painting the ceiling. PREPARATION OF THE SURFACE:

The surface to be painted shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and

little quantity of paint for filling and levelling the wider areas.

(I) The surfaces, which had been previously painted with emulsion paint, shall be lightly rubbed down and washed with clean water. (ii) The surface which had been painted with oil bound distemper or oil paint, shall be cleaned, washed and sand papered. (iii) The surface, finished with lime / colour wash, powder distemper shall be completely scraped off to the bare surface. (iv) In case, after scrapping the surface any cracks, holes or other surface defects are noted, the same shall be repaired before applying priming coat, with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and a little quantity of paint for filling and

The priming coat of the approved shade shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the manner as recommended by the paint manufacturers. The emulsion paint, the priming coat, may be thinned down with 20% water or as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Turpentine or any other solvent shall not be used for thinning the

APPLICATION OF EMULSION PAINT : The recommendation of approved paint manufacturers, whose product is used shall be followed regarding the preparation of the surface and the application of the priming and finishing coats. The contractor shall arrange for technical assistance and supervision from the paint manufacturer, during the execution of the painting work. After the priming coat has been applied and is perfectly dried, all holes, scratches if any, shall be repaired as mentioned in “preparation of surface”, and then the

The emulsion paint and primers in general shall be of approved quality,

d and directed. If ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops and bottoms to avoid damage of scratches to the plastered surfaces and flooring etc. Proper stage scaffolding shall

The surface to be painted shall be cleaned and all cracks, holes and surface defects shall be repaired with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and

(I) The surfaces, which had been previously painted with emulsion paint, shall be lightly

painted with oil bound distemper or oil paint, shall be

(iii) The surface, finished with lime / colour wash, powder distemper shall be completely

ace any cracks, holes or other surface defects are noted, the same shall be repaired before applying priming coat, with plaster of Paris for spot filling, and with filler prepared with whiting, water and a little quantity of paint for filling and

The priming coat of the approved shade shall be applied over the completely dry surface in the manner as recommended by the paint manufacturers. The

er or as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Turpentine or any other solvent shall not be used for thinning the

The recommendation of approved paint egarding the preparation of the

surface and the application of the priming and finishing coats. The contractor shall arrange for technical assistance and supervision from the paint manufacturer, during the execution of

g coat has been applied and is perfectly dried, all holes, scratches if any, shall be repaired as mentioned in “preparation of surface”, and then the


Signature of Bidder

second coat of approved shade and manufacture shall be evenly applied and allowed to dry. The third coat shall be carefully applied to achieve smooth and even surface after the previous coat has dried up. Minimum three coats of paint shall be applied inclusive of primer coat. If a proper and even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architeclients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval, at contractors expense. Care shall be taken that dust or other foreign material do not settle or disfigure the various coats. RATES TO INCLUDE : the rate for the item of plastic emulsion paint shall include for the following : (I) All labour, materials and equipment necessary to carry out the work. (ii) Supplying the approved em (iii) Preparing the surfaces for receiving the primer and finishing coats. (iv) Scaffolding including its erection and dismantling. (v) Application of one primer coat and minimum two coats of finishing. even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval at contractors expense. (vi) Protection to painted surface till dri (vii) Expenses, if any, for supervision and technical assistance supplied by the approved paint manufacturer. MODE OF MEASUREMENT : of measurement shall be as applicable to tha 13.00 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN TWO LAYERS PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING : concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick overall and shall be laid in two layers. The concrete in under layer, unless otherwise specified, shall be in the proportion of 1:2:4 (Cement : Fine aggregate : Coarse stone aggregate of size 12.5mm and below) by volume and the proportion of the cement concrete for the top wearing layer shall becombined stone aggregate 4.75mm and below) by volume. Cement, however, shall not be measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 kgs. shall be assumed to


second coat of approved shade and manufacture shall be evenly applied and allowed to dry. shall be carefully applied to achieve smooth and even surface after the

previous coat has dried up. Minimum three coats of paint shall be applied inclusive of primer coat. If a proper and even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architeclients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval, at contractors expense. Care shall be taken that dust or other foreign material do not settle or disfigure the various coats.

: Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the rate for the item of plastic emulsion paint shall include for the following :(I) All labour, materials and equipment necessary to carry out the work. (ii) Supplying the approved emulsion paint for priming and finishing coats. (iii) Preparing the surfaces for receiving the primer and finishing coats. (iv) Scaffolding including its erection and dismantling. (v) Application of one primer coat and minimum two coats of finishing. even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval at contractors

(vi) Protection to painted surface till dried and handed over. (vii) Expenses, if any, for supervision and technical assistance supplied by the approved

MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurement shall be in square metres. The mode of measurement shall be as applicable to that for white washing.

CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING IN TWO LAYERS

PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING : Unless otherwise mentioned in the item, concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick overall and shall be laid in two layers.The concrete in under layer, unless otherwise specified, shall be in the proportion of 1:2:4 (Cement : Fine aggregate : Coarse stone aggregate of size 12.5mm and below) by volume and the proportion of the cement concrete for the top wearing layer shall becombined stone aggregate 4.75mm and below) by volume. Cement, however, shall not be measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 kgs. shall be assumed to

second coat of approved shade and manufacture shall be evenly applied and allowed to dry. shall be carefully applied to achieve smooth and even surface after the

previous coat has dried up. Minimum three coats of paint shall be applied inclusive of primer coat. If a proper and even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval, at contractors expense. Care shall be taken that dust or other foreign material do

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this contract, the rate for the item of plastic emulsion paint shall include for the following :

(v) Application of one primer coat and minimum two coats of finishing. If a proper and even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer in three coats, contractor shall carry out additional coats of painting to approval at contractors

(vii) Expenses, if any, for supervision and technical assistance supplied by the approved

The measurement shall be in square metres. The mode

Unless otherwise mentioned in the item, concrete in flooring shall be 40mm thick overall and shall be laid in two layers. The concrete in under layer, unless otherwise specified, shall be in the proportion of 1:2:4 (Cement : Fine aggregate : Coarse stone aggregate of size 12.5mm and below) by volume and the proportion of the cement concrete for the top wearing layer shall be 1:2 (cement : combined stone aggregate 4.75mm and below) by volume. Cement, however, shall not be measured in volume but by weight. One bag of cement of 50 kgs. shall be assumed to


Signature of Bidder

contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft. The coarse aggregate shall source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approx. cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The fsource and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be conforming to relevant IS : 383 Unless otherwise mentioned in the item, the thick and the top wearing layer shall be 15mm thick. The concrete shall be as stiff as possible and the amount of water added shall be minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and compworkability of the mix, thorough mixing for a longer period rather than addition of more water shall be resorted to. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 (be weight) should suffice. Mix shall be used within half an hour of the PREPARATION OF SUB grade shall be got approved from the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of thlaitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade shall be moistened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of water. Before commencement of laying under layer of concrete on the prepared sub grade screeds i.e., narrow strips of wood, bands of plaster or pieces of tiles laid on the sub grade guides for bringing the whole work to a true and even surface and imparting necessary slope to the under layer with average thickness of 25mm or as specified in the item shall be provided. The screeds shall be removed after laying the concrete ffloor area for which they have been applied as guides and filled up with concrete mix of under layer. No extra payment shall be made for these screeds. LAYING : The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceedeach. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or wood duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete flooring as mentioned in the item. At least 48concreting in the adjoining bays is commenced. AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators (depth to be same as that proposed for concrete flooring) shall be provided if specified in the item and shall be rCare shall be taken to see that at no point the separators shall protrude above the finished floor level. Just before placing the concrete mix for under layer, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly brushed into the prepared sub grade.


contain 35 litres of cement i.e., 1.20 Cft. The coarse aggregate shall be from approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approx. cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or thin flake like fragments should be avoided. The fine aggregate shall be sand from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be conforming to relevant IS : 383 - 1963 and shall be washed clean if necessary.Unless otherwise mentioned in the item, the cement concrete in under layer shall be 25mm thick and the top wearing layer shall be 15mm thick. The concrete shall be as stiff as possible and the amount of water added shall be minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and compacting. For improving the workability of the mix, thorough mixing for a longer period rather than addition of more water shall be resorted to. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 (be weight) should suffice. Mix shall be used within half an hour of the addition of water for its preparation.PREPARATION OF SUB - GRADE : Before placing the concrete flooring the sub

grade shall be got approved from the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub grade, shall be thoroughly cleaned of the dirt, loose particles, cake mortar droppings and laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade

stened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of water.Before commencement of laying under layer of concrete on the prepared sub grade screeds i.e., narrow strips of wood, bands of plaster or pieces of tiles laid on the sub grade guides for bringing the whole work to a true and even surface and imparting necessary slope to the under layer with average thickness of 25mm or as specified in the item shall be provided. The screeds shall be removed after laying the concrete for under layer of all the floor area for which they have been applied as guides and filled up with concrete mix of under layer. No extra payment shall be made for these screeds.

The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceedeach. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or wood duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the concrete flooring as mentioned in the item. At least 48 hours shall elapse before the concreting in the adjoining bays is commenced. AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators (depth to be same as that proposed for concrete flooring) shall be provided if specified in the item and shall be retained permanently in the concrete flooring. Care shall be taken to see that at no point the separators shall protrude above the finished

Just before placing the concrete mix for under layer, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly nto the prepared sub grade.

be from approved source, carefully selected, sufficiently tough and hard stone pieces broken in a manner that will provide particles of approx. cubical shapes affording good interlocking. Elongated or

ine aggregate shall be sand from approved source and consist of properly graded particles. The coarse and fine aggregates shall be

1963 and shall be washed clean if necessary. cement concrete in under layer shall be 25mm

The concrete shall be as stiff as possible and the amount of water added shall be minimum acting. For improving the

workability of the mix, thorough mixing for a longer period rather than addition of more water shall be resorted to. Generally a water cement ratio of 0.5 (be weight) should suffice.

addition of water for its preparation. Before placing the concrete flooring the sub-

grade shall be got approved from the architects / clients engineer. The top surface of the sub e dirt, loose particles, cake mortar droppings and

laitance if any, by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking if necessary. The top surface of sub grade shall be slightly rough and shall have the required slope. The sub grade

stened before laying the concrete flooring without forming any pools of water. Before commencement of laying under layer of concrete on the prepared sub grade screeds i.e., narrow strips of wood, bands of plaster or pieces of tiles laid on the sub grade to act as guides for bringing the whole work to a true and even surface and imparting necessary slope to the under layer with average thickness of 25mm or as specified in the item shall be

or under layer of all the floor area for which they have been applied as guides and filled up with concrete mix of

The concrete flooring shall be laid in alternate bays not exceeding 2 x 2 M each. The edge of each panel into which the floor is divided should be supported by flat iron or wood duly oiled to prevent sticking. Their depth shall be same as that proposed for the

hours shall elapse before the concreting in the adjoining bays is commenced. AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators (depth to be same as that proposed for concrete flooring) shall be

etained permanently in the concrete flooring. Care shall be taken to see that at no point the separators shall protrude above the finished

Just before placing the concrete mix for under layer, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly


Signature of Bidder

The concrete for under layer shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed, the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honey comb pockets. The concreteof a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While concreting the adjacent bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by adding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade. It shall be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes places, light rapid strokes shall be given to comp The surface of the concrete in under layer as laid above, shall not be finished smooth with a trowel but left rough after tamping it and levelling it with screed board. The top wearing layer of mix 1:2 cement concrete of consistency slayer concrete shall then be immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under layer and thoroughly tamped, stuck off level, and the surface floated with wooden float. The surface shall then be tested with a straight edundulation in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. The surface shall then be finished smooth as stated below. FINISHING THE SURFACE : finished by trowelling. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and shall be spread over the period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled at produce a uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The object of trowelling is to produce as hard and close knit a surface as possible. successive trowellings is very important. Immediately after laying top wearing layer, only just sufficient trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to work a lay rich in cement to the surface. Somthe temperature, atmospheric conditions and the rate of set of cement used, the surface shall be retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and scrap off any excess water in concrete or laitance (it shall not trowelled back into the topping). The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. Tsurface shall be smooth and even. Trowelling of a rich mix of dry cement and fine aggregate on to the surface shall not be permitted. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without extra payment. Trowel marks, wherever visible shall be immediately removed by lightly brushing with 100mm wide painter’s brush which is made just moist, so as to have the surface of uniform appearance. Over - brushing shall be avoided.


The concrete for under layer shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed, the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of voids or honey comb pockets. The concrete shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While

bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by dding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade. It shall

be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes places, light rapid strokes shall be given to complete the ramming. The surface of the concrete in under layer as laid above, shall not be finished smooth with a trowel but left rough after tamping it and levelling it with screed board. The top wearing layer of mix 1:2 cement concrete of consistency stiffer than that of under layer concrete shall then be immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under layer and thoroughly tamped, stuck off level, and the surface floated with wooden float. The surface shall then be tested with a straight edge and mason’s spirit level to detect any undulation in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. The surface shall then be finished smooth as stated below. FINISHING THE SURFACE : After the concrete has been fully compacted it sha

finished by trowelling. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and shall be spread over the period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled at produce a uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The object of trowelling is to produce as hard and close knit a surface as possible. The time interval allowed between successive trowellings is very important. Immediately after laying top wearing layer, only just sufficient trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to work a lay rich in cement to the surface. Sometime after the first trowelling the duration depending upon the temperature, atmospheric conditions and the rate of set of cement used, the surface shall be retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and scrap off any

ter in concrete or laitance (it shall not trowelled back into the topping). The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. Tsurface shall be smooth and even. Trowelling of a rich mix of dry cement and fine aggregate on to the surface shall not be permitted. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off if so directed without extra payment.

wherever visible shall be immediately removed by lightly brushing with 100mm wide painter’s brush which is made just moist, so as to have the surface of uniform

brushing shall be avoided.

The concrete for under layer shall be laid immediately after mixing. While being placed, the concrete shall be vigorously sliced and spaded with suitable tools to prevent formation of

shall be brought to the specified levels by means of a heavy straight edge resting on the side forms and drawn ahead with a sawing motion in combination with series of lifts and drops alternating with small lateral shifts. While

bays, care shall be taken to ensure that the edges of previously laid bays are not broken by careless or hard tamping. Immediately after laying the concrete, the surface shall be inspected for high or low spots and any needed correction shall be done by dding or removing the concrete. After striking of the surface to the required grade. It shall

be compacted with wooden float. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as lete the ramming.

The surface of the concrete in under layer as laid above, shall not be finished smooth with a

tiffer than that of under layer concrete shall then be immediately laid over the rough but green surface of under layer and thoroughly tamped, stuck off level, and the surface floated with wooden float. The

ge and mason’s spirit level to detect any undulation in the surface which, if any, shall be made good immediately. The surface shall

After the concrete has been fully compacted it shall be finished by trowelling. Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of concrete and shall be spread over the period of one to six hours depending upon the temperature and atmospheric conditions. The surface shall be trowelled at intervals so as to produce a uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends largely upon the care with which trowelling is carried out. The object of trowelling is to

The time interval allowed between successive trowellings is very important. Immediately after laying top wearing layer, only just sufficient trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to work a lay rich

etime after the first trowelling the duration depending upon the temperature, atmospheric conditions and the rate of set of cement used, the surface shall be retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and scrap off any

ter in concrete or laitance (it shall not trowelled back into the topping). The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any impression on the surface. The finished surface shall be smooth and even. Trowelling of a rich mix of dry cement and fine aggregate on to the surface shall not be permitted. The junctions of floor and walls shall be rounded off

wherever visible shall be immediately removed by lightly brushing with 100mm wide painter’s brush which is made just moist, so as to have the surface of uniform


Signature of Bidder

After the concrete in the bays has set, the joithe panel shall be filled with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the surface with a pointed trowel after filling the joints. No extra mortar shall be laid over the concrete to make the floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with parallel broom makes before the concrete If coloured cement concrete flooring is specified in the item, the top wearing layer shall consist of concrete mix coloured with the addition of coloured cement and approved mineral pigment of required colour thoroughly mixed with cement when dmineral pigment shall be such as to produce required shade but in no case will it exceed one third part of cement. A few samples of coloured concrete flooring of required coloured and shade (Light Shade, Medium or Dark Shade as specified in the item) shall be got approved from the architects / clients engineer before commencement of flooring work. CURING : Immediately after the flooring surface is finished, it shall be protected from rapid drying by erected barriers against surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast ten days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over the surface or pooling water on the surface. During this period the flooring shall not be exposed to any traffic. HAND GRINDING AND POLISHING : be carried out as under to make the surface smoother than trowel finish. (a) FIRST GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF COARSE GRADE : Grinding shall be commenced when the concrete surface is 3 hardened and cured. The first grinding should be done with carborundum stone of coarse grade and fine sand sprinkled over the surface using water freely. After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud and covered with a grout of cement (including colouring pigment in case of coloured concrete flooring) in order to fill the pores and pin holes that appear after grinding. (b) SECOND GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OR MEDIUM GRADE : After the first grinding is over the surface shall be cured for 4 days and then the second grinding should be started with carborunwashed and pores or holes if any shall be filled in the same manner as described in (a) above.


After the concrete in the bays has set, the joints (if permanent separators are not provided) of the panel shall be filled with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the

pointed trowel after filling the joints. No extra mortar shall be laid over the concrete to make the floor in level. If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with parallel broom makes before the concrete sets. If coloured cement concrete flooring is specified in the item, the top wearing layer shall

consist of concrete mix coloured with the addition of coloured cement and approved mineral pigment of required colour thoroughly mixed with cement when dry. Quantity of approved mineral pigment shall be such as to produce required shade but in no case will it exceed one

A few samples of coloured concrete flooring of required coloured and shade (Light Shade, specified in the item) shall be got approved from the architects /

clients engineer before commencement of flooring work. Immediately after the flooring surface is finished, it shall be protected from

rapid drying by erected barriers against wind or draught and strong sun light. As soon as the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast ten days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over

pooling water on the surface. During this period the flooring shall not be

HAND GRINDING AND POLISHING : Whenever specified in the item grinding shall be carried out as under to make the surface smoother than trowel finish.

) FIRST GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF COARSE GRADE : Grinding shall be commenced when the concrete surface is 3 - 4 days old and sufficiently hardened and cured. The first grinding should be done with carborundum stone of coarse

nd sprinkled over the surface using water freely. After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud and covered with a grout of cement (including colouring pigment in case of coloured

o fill the pores and pin holes that appear after grinding.(b) SECOND GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OR MEDIUM GRADE After the first grinding is over the surface shall be cured for 4 days and then the second grinding should be started with carborundum stone of medium grade. The flooring shall be washed and pores or holes if any shall be filled in the same manner as described in (a)

nts (if permanent separators are not provided) of the panel shall be filled with cement paste as directed. The joints shall be straight both ways i.e., along the length and width. The vertical edge of the bays shall be neatly marked on the

pointed trowel after filling the joints. No extra mortar shall be laid over the

If broom finish is specifically mentioned in the item, the surface shall be obtained rough with

If coloured cement concrete flooring is specified in the item, the top wearing layer shall consist of concrete mix coloured with the addition of coloured cement and approved mineral

ry. Quantity of approved mineral pigment shall be such as to produce required shade but in no case will it exceed one

A few samples of coloured concrete flooring of required coloured and shade (Light Shade, specified in the item) shall be got approved from the architects /

Immediately after the flooring surface is finished, it shall be protected from wind or draught and strong sun light. As soon as the

surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to it, it shall be kept continuously moist for atleast ten days by means of wet gunny bags, 50mm thick layer of damp sand spread over

pooling water on the surface. During this period the flooring shall not be

Whenever specified in the item grinding shall

) FIRST GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF COARSE GRADE : 4 days old and sufficiently hardened and cured. The first grinding should be done with carborundum stone of coarse

After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all grinding mud and covered with a grout of cement (including colouring pigment in case of coloured

o fill the pores and pin holes that appear after grinding. (b) SECOND GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OR MEDIUM GRADE After the first grinding is over the surface shall be cured for 4 days and then the second

dum stone of medium grade. The flooring shall be washed and pores or holes if any shall be filled in the same manner as described in (a)


Signature of Bidder

(c) FINAL GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF FINE GRADE : ten days from the completion of the seconwith carborundum stone of fine grade. (d) CLEANING AND POLISHING : floor shall be thoroughly washed with warm water and soft soap and when it is compldry, oxalic acid powder shall be dusted over the surface sufficiently, which must be sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a piece of felt till the surface has acquired required gloss. A hot mixture mixture of turpentine and Bees Wax (4:1 by wthe surface and thoroughly rubbed with clean cotton waste. The rubbing must be continued until the flooring ceases to be sticky. RATES TO INCLUDE : the rates shall include for the following : (I) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade. (ii) Providing and laying concrete of specified mixes, and finishing. (iii) Providing and fixing AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators to form panels when specified. (iv) Curing. (v) Providing coloured cement and approved mineral colouring pigment when coloured concrete flooring is specified. (vi) Grinding and hand polishing when specified. (vii) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for c MODE OF MEASUREMENT : situ cement concrete flooring as provided. 14. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS All aluminium work shall be free from defthe best available quality for the purpose specified. The aluminium alloy used in the manufacture of extruded door / windows / ventilators sections shall correspond to IS designations HE 9 - WP of IS aluminium alloys bars, rods and section (for general engineering purposes). Hollow


(c) FINAL GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF FINE GRADE : ten days from the completion of the second grinding, the final grinding shall be carried out with carborundum stone of fine grade. (d) CLEANING AND POLISHING : After the completion of the grinding as above the floor shall be thoroughly washed with warm water and soft soap and when it is compldry, oxalic acid powder shall be dusted over the surface sufficiently, which must be sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a piece of felt till the surface has acquired required gloss.A hot mixture mixture of turpentine and Bees Wax (4:1 by weight) shall then be applied to the surface and thoroughly rubbed with clean cotton waste. The rubbing must be continued until the flooring ceases to be sticky. RATES TO INCLUDE : Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract,

s shall include for the following : (I) Cleaning and preparing the sub grade. (ii) Providing and laying concrete of specified mixes, and finishing. (iii) Providing and fixing AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators to form

(v) Providing coloured cement and approved mineral colouring pigment when coloured concrete flooring is specified. (vi) Grinding and hand polishing when specified. (vii) All labour, materials, tools and equipment for carrying out the item as specified above.

MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The measurements shall be in square metres of castsitu cement concrete flooring as provided.

ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS All aluminium work shall be free from defects impairing strength, appearance and shall be of the best available quality for the purpose specified. The aluminium alloy used in the manufacture of extruded door / windows / ventilators sections shall correspond to IS

WP of IS : 733 - 1956. “Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys bars, rods and section (for general engineering purposes). Hollow

(c) FINAL GRINDING WITH CARBORUNDUM STONE OF FINE GRADE : After d grinding, the final grinding shall be carried out

After the completion of the grinding as above the floor shall be thoroughly washed with warm water and soft soap and when it is completely dry, oxalic acid powder shall be dusted over the surface sufficiently, which must be sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a piece of felt till the surface has acquired required gloss.

eight) shall then be applied to the surface and thoroughly rubbed with clean cotton waste. The rubbing must be continued

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in the contract,

(iii) Providing and fixing AC / glass / aluminium strips or other approved separators to form

(v) Providing coloured cement and approved mineral colouring pigment when coloured

arrying out the item as specified above. The measurements shall be in square metres of cast-in-

ects impairing strength, appearance and shall be of the best available quality for the purpose specified. The aluminium alloy used in the manufacture of extruded door / windows / ventilators sections shall correspond to IS

1956. “Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys bars, rods and section (for general engineering purposes). Hollow


Signature of Bidder

aluminium alloy section and coupling section used shall wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys extruded round tube and hollow section ( for general engineering purpose only). Contractors shall commence manufacturing of doors / windows / ventilators only after the shop drawings showing full size, sections, thickness of mortar details of construction, hardware etc. submitted by them are approved. All the manufactured doors, windows and ventilators shall be stacked on site under cover. Damaged surfaces with defects like scratches etc. on finished work shall not be accepted. Fabricated materials shall be created in any damage during transportation. Loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care. The doors, windows and ventilators on arrival at site shall be carefully examined to detect any damaged pieces. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged pieces / parts. Materials found to be acceptable on inspection only shall be used. All exposed surfaces of sections for aluminium doors / windows / ventilators including beading and other accessories shall be anodized after fabrication, in a manner conforming to IS : 1868 - 1968 and to approved finish. Anodic coating shall be of a minimum thickness of 15 microns. Anodizing shall be in matt finish aproved colour. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : windows and ventilators shall be manufactured from sturdy extruded sections of approved manufacture and shall be of aluminium alloys as stated above. Contractor shall provide sturdy sections /including combination of joints so as to withstand wind load of high intensity. The frame shall be square and flat and corners of the frames being fabricated to true right angles. Both the fixed and opening mitred and mechanically jointed and / or electrically welded at corners as required for satisfactory performance. Sub - dividing bars shall be tenoned and riveted into the frames. All members shalaccurately machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as cleats, brackets, etc., shall be of such material as not to cause any bi All the sizes indicated in the ventilators, doors, etc. are to be considered as structural openings at work site. These opening sizes are to be physically measured and verified at the site by the contractor before taking up the actual manufacture of various u METHOD OF FIXING :


aluminium alloy section and coupling section used shall wrought aluminium and aluminium and hollow section ( for general engineering purpose only).

Contractors shall commence manufacturing of doors / windows / ventilators only after the shop drawings showing full size, sections, thickness of mortar details of construction,

ubmitted by them are approved. All the manufactured doors, windows and ventilators shall be stacked on site under cover. Damaged surfaces with defects like scratches etc. on finished work shall not be accepted. Fabricated materials shall be created in an approved manner to protect the material against any damage during transportation. Loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care. The doors, windows and ventilators on arrival at site shall be carefully examined to

es. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged pieces / parts. Materials found to be acceptable on inspection only shall be used.All exposed surfaces of sections for aluminium doors / windows / ventilators including

other accessories shall be anodized after fabrication, in a manner conforming to 1968 and to approved finish. Anodic coating shall be of a minimum thickness of

Anodizing shall be in matt finish aproved colour. ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be manufactured from sturdy extruded sections of approved manufacture and shall be of aluminium alloys as stated above. Contractor shall provide sturdy sections / members of the doors, windows and ventilators including combination of joints so as to withstand wind load of high intensity.The frame shall be square and flat and corners of the frames being fabricated to true right angles. Both the fixed and opening frame shall be of sections which have been cut to length, mitred and mechanically jointed and / or electrically welded at corners as required for

dividing bars shall be tenoned and riveted into the frames. All members shalaccurately machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as cleats, brackets, etc., shall be of such material as not to cause any bi-metallic action.All the sizes indicated in the Open Tender as well as in the drawings for various windows, ventilators, doors, etc. are to be considered as structural openings at work site. These opening sizes are to be physically measured and verified at the site by the contractor before taking up the actual manufacture of various units.

aluminium alloy section and coupling section used shall wrought aluminium and aluminium and hollow section ( for general engineering purpose only).

Contractors shall commence manufacturing of doors / windows / ventilators only after the shop drawings showing full size, sections, thickness of mortar details of construction,

All the manufactured doors, windows and ventilators shall be stacked on site under cover. Damaged surfaces with defects like scratches etc. on finished work shall not be accepted.

an approved manner to protect the material against any damage during transportation. Loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care. The doors, windows and ventilators on arrival at site shall be carefully examined to

es. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged pieces / parts. Materials found to be acceptable on inspection only shall be used. All exposed surfaces of sections for aluminium doors / windows / ventilators including

other accessories shall be anodized after fabrication, in a manner conforming to 1968 and to approved finish. Anodic coating shall be of a minimum thickness of

Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be manufactured from sturdy extruded sections of approved

members of the doors, windows and ventilators including combination of joints so as to withstand wind load of high intensity. The frame shall be square and flat and corners of the frames being fabricated to true right

frame shall be of sections which have been cut to length, mitred and mechanically jointed and / or electrically welded at corners as required for

dividing bars shall be tenoned and riveted into the frames. All members shall be accurately machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing accessories such as

metallic action. wings for various windows,

ventilators, doors, etc. are to be considered as structural openings at work site. These opening sizes are to be physically measured and verified at the site by the contractor before


Signature of Bidder

(a) ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS IN BRICK WORK AND CONCRETE WORK:brick work by means of slotted steel adjustable lugs (natural finish), not less than 1016mm x 3mm with counter sunk galvanised machine screws and nuts 19 x 6.3mm and to concrete works by means of 45mm x No. 10 galvanised wood screws. (b) FIXING SCREWS AND LUGS: centrally in the web of the section at approved intervals. Any steel lugs coming in contact with aluminium should be either galvanised or give one coat of bituminous paint. After fixing the frame in position as stated above the space between the concrete surface and the frame of doors / windows / ventilators shall be pressure grouted with CM 1:4 so as to achieve absolute watertightness between the frame and the inside surface. Further all the vertical and horizontal members of doors, windows, ventilators, etc. shall be provided with Neoprene weather stripping. The contractor shall design fabricate and fix in position the doors, windows in such a way that the water penetration is totally and effectively sealed and any dampness on the inner surfaces is completely elimiFurther, to drain out any water falling on the members of the frame, a continuous drip and necessary weep holes shall be provided. The shop drawing submitted by the contractor shall show the method of sealing water penetration also. The method of fixing the doors, windows and ventilators in position stated above shall generally be adopted by the contractors and the members used in the manufacturing of units shall be so designed to suit the above method of fixing. However, the contractorsadopt any other equivalent method of fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators if the same is approved the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for the approved method of fixing. In no case doors / windows / vefixed over wooden runners. The doors, windows and ventilators should be designed not only for its strength, stability, stiffness against all odds, but for easy operation, water tightness, easy replacement of glass and cleaning from inside. All screws used shall be of adequate size and shall be cadmium plated brass. GLASS AND GLAZING : of Quantities and as per approved make. Before installation of the glass, contractor shall ensure the following : (a) All glazing rebates shall be square, plumb, true in place, clear, dry and free of dust.


(a) ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS IN BRICK WORK WORK: Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed to brick work by means of slotted steel adjustable lugs (natural finish), not less than 1016mm x 3mm with counter sunk galvanised machine screws and nuts 19 x 6.3mm and to concrete works by means of 45mm x No. 10 galvanised wood screws. (b) FIXING SCREWS AND LUGS: Outer frame shall be provided with fixing holes

of the section at approved intervals. Any steel lugs coming in contact with aluminium should be either galvanised or give one coat of bituminous paint.After fixing the frame in position as stated above the space between the concrete surface and

me of doors / windows / ventilators shall be pressure grouted with CM 1:4 so as to achieve absolute watertightness between the frame and the inside surface. Further all the vertical and horizontal members of doors, windows, ventilators, etc. shall be

vided with Neoprene weather stripping. The contractor shall design fabricate and fix in position the doors, windows in such a way that the water penetration is totally and effectively sealed and any dampness on the inner surfaces is completely elimiFurther, to drain out any water falling on the members of the frame, a continuous drip and necessary weep holes shall be provided. The shop drawing submitted by the contractor shall show the method of sealing water penetration also.

method of fixing the doors, windows and ventilators in position stated above shall generally be adopted by the contractors and the members used in the manufacturing of units shall be so designed to suit the above method of fixing. However, the contractorsadopt any other equivalent method of fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators if the same is approved the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for the approved method of fixing. In no case doors / windows / ventilators shall be allowed to be

The doors, windows and ventilators should be designed not only for its strength, stability, stiffness against all odds, but for easy operation, water tightness, easy replacement of glass

ning from inside. All screws used shall be of adequate size and shall be cadmium

GLASS AND GLAZING : Glass shall be of the type and quality specified in the Schedule of Quantities and as per approved make.

ss, contractor shall ensure the following : (a) All glazing rebates shall be square, plumb, true in place, clear, dry and free of dust.

(a) ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS IN BRICK WORK Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed to brick work by means of slotted steel adjustable lugs (natural finish), not less than 100mm x 16mm x 3mm with counter sunk galvanised machine screws and nuts 19 x 6.3mm and to

Outer frame shall be provided with fixing holes of the section at approved intervals. Any steel lugs coming in contact

with aluminium should be either galvanised or give one coat of bituminous paint. After fixing the frame in position as stated above the space between the concrete surface and

me of doors / windows / ventilators shall be pressure grouted with CM 1:4 so as to

Further all the vertical and horizontal members of doors, windows, ventilators, etc. shall be vided with Neoprene weather stripping. The contractor shall design fabricate and fix in

position the doors, windows in such a way that the water penetration is totally and effectively sealed and any dampness on the inner surfaces is completely eliminated. Further, to drain out any water falling on the members of the frame, a continuous drip - strip and necessary weep holes shall be provided. The shop drawing submitted by the contractor

method of fixing the doors, windows and ventilators in position stated above shall generally be adopted by the contractors and the members used in the manufacturing of units shall be so designed to suit the above method of fixing. However, the contractors are free to adopt any other equivalent method of fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators if the same is approved the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for the

ntilators shall be allowed to be

The doors, windows and ventilators should be designed not only for its strength, stability, stiffness against all odds, but for easy operation, water tightness, easy replacement of glass

ning from inside. All screws used shall be of adequate size and shall be cadmium

Glass shall be of the type and quality specified in the Schedule

(a) All glazing rebates shall be square, plumb, true in place, clear, dry and free of dust.


Signature of Bidder

(b) Glass edges shall be clear and cut to exact size, glass with chipped or damaged edges shall be rejected. (c) Glass shall be set in glazing clips and so installed to achieve proper water tightness. (d) Suitable PVC or Neoprene gaskets shall be used for fixing glass so as to prevent rattling. (e) BEADING : Beading shall be of anodized aluminium section and shtype having mitred corners either triangular or rectangular as per contractor’s design and shall not be less than 0.13 Kg. per RM. (f) Any hollow portion between the frame and the brick / concrete surfaces and the component parts of the frame shall be filled up with suitable mastic / cement and sand fillet as per IS specification and rates quoted shall include for the same. (g) If required by the architects / clients engineer, putty shall be applied to the face of the bead which is in contact with glass. Putty would also be filled, if necessary at the back. Putty used for glazing shall conform to IS 420 On completion of job, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from dirt, putty or other adhering material. (h) Wastage in cutting of glass, shall be to contractor’s account. Frosted / ground glass shall be set with smooth surface outside. Contractors shall submit the detailed drawing showing the various members of aluminium doors, windows and ventilators which they pTender. Contractors shall necessarily submit a statement giving all details about the size and the thickness of each section, the weight of each aluminium section per RM. and actual weight of complete unit excluding weight of glass, hardware, hinges, clips, screw but including beadings as proposed by the contractor at the time of submitting the of contractors shall be inclusive of the same. The permissible variation to the actual weight of complete individual unit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings) of doors / windows / ventilators which they propose to provide, shall be within the limit of + or The members proposed to be provided by the contractors for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be of approved quality and sturdy to withstand the wind pressure of high intensity and day to day handing and shall be free from rattling, leakcontractor shall furnish the detailed design calculation to substantiate the sturdiness of each door, window and ventilator In case, any modifications in sizes, thickness and weight are


(b) Glass edges shall be clear and cut to exact size, glass with chipped or damaged edges

Glass shall be set in glazing clips and so installed to achieve proper water tightness.(d) Suitable PVC or Neoprene gaskets shall be used for fixing glass so as to prevent rattling.

Beading shall be of anodized aluminium section and shtype having mitred corners either triangular or rectangular as per contractor’s design and shall not be less than 0.13 Kg. per RM. (f) Any hollow portion between the frame and the brick / concrete surfaces and the

frame shall be filled up with suitable mastic / cement and sand fillet as per IS specification and rates quoted shall include for the same. (g) If required by the architects / clients engineer, putty shall be applied to the face of the

contact with glass. Putty would also be filled, if necessary at the back. Putty used for glazing shall conform to IS 420 - 1953. On completion of job, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from dirt, putty or other

age in cutting of glass, shall be to contractor’s account. Frosted / ground glass shall be set with smooth surface outside. Contractors shall submit the detailed drawing showing the various members of aluminium doors, windows and ventilators which they propose to use alongwith their filled in

Contractors shall necessarily submit a statement giving all details about the size and the thickness of each section, the weight of each aluminium section per RM. and actual weight

xcluding weight of glass, hardware, hinges, clips, screw but including beadings as proposed by the contractor at the time of submitting the Open Tenderof contractors shall be inclusive of the same. The permissible variation to the actual weight of complete individual unit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings) of doors / windows / ventilators which they propose to provide, shall be within the limit of + or - 5% of the minimum weight of each unit The members proposed to be provided by the contractors for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be of approved quality and sturdy to withstand the wind pressure of high intensity and day to day handing and shall be free from rattling, leakage etc. If required, contractor shall furnish the detailed design calculation to substantiate the sturdiness of each door, window and ventilator In case, any modifications in sizes, thickness and weight are

(b) Glass edges shall be clear and cut to exact size, glass with chipped or damaged edges

Glass shall be set in glazing clips and so installed to achieve proper water tightness. (d) Suitable PVC or Neoprene gaskets shall be used for fixing glass so as to prevent rattling.

Beading shall be of anodized aluminium section and shall be snap - on type having mitred corners either triangular or rectangular as per contractor’s design and

(f) Any hollow portion between the frame and the brick / concrete surfaces and the frame shall be filled up with suitable mastic / cement and sand fillet

(g) If required by the architects / clients engineer, putty shall be applied to the face of the contact with glass. Putty would also be filled, if necessary at the back.

On completion of job, all glass shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from dirt, putty or other

age in cutting of glass, shall be to contractor’s account. Frosted / ground glass shall

Contractors shall submit the detailed drawing showing the various members of aluminium ropose to use alongwith their filled in Open

Contractors shall necessarily submit a statement giving all details about the size and the thickness of each section, the weight of each aluminium section per RM. and actual weight

xcluding weight of glass, hardware, hinges, clips, screw but including Tender. The rates

The permissible variation to the actual weight of complete individual unit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings) of doors / windows / ventilators which they propose to provide,

The members proposed to be provided by the contractors for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be of approved quality and sturdy to withstand the wind pressure of high

age etc. If required, contractor shall furnish the detailed design calculation to substantiate the sturdiness of each door, window and ventilator In case, any modifications in sizes, thickness and weight are


Signature of Bidder

required to any members of doors, windows andcontractor and suitable adjustment shall be made on the basis of relevant Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be as manufactured by approved make including fittings and fixtures The architects / clients engineer reserves the right to delete any or all items of this trade and allot the work under this head to any specialised agency / agencies. No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account. MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : measured in Sqm. Clear area over one face inclusive of external frame shall be measured. Any fixture or projections embedded in concrete / masonry work shall not be measured. Rate shall include for fittings and fixtures shown on the shop drawings approved by the architects / clients engineer. HARDWARE : Rate for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall include for supplying and fixing hardware. Hardware shall be of bestbe of anodized aluminium with natural finish. Hinges shall be of heavy pattern with stainless steel pins and stainless steel washers. Contractor’s rates shall include for necessary screws, bolts, and other devices forscrews etc. shall be of cadmium plates brass of required size to secure and permanently fix the hardware in place. No steel or iron screws shall be used. Samples of different items of hardware including screws shall be submitted alongwith the sample of doors / windows / ventilators for approval. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper working of all hardwares for a period of one year from the date of completion. RATE TO INCLUDE : Apart frdocument, rates for the items of supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall also include for the following : (a) All materials and labour required for supplying and fixingaluminium doors, windows and ventilators as described in the trade at site of work. (b) After the shop drawings are approved, the contractor shall supply one sample each door, window and ventilator with hardware etc. for a(c) Supplying and fixing in position glass of specified thickness, type and quality alongwith putty, glazing clips and anodized aluminium beadings of required section.


required to any members of doors, windows and ventilators, same shall be carried out by the contractor and suitable adjustment shall be made on the basis of relevant OpenAluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be as manufactured by approved make including fittings and fixtures as shown on drawings. The architects / clients engineer reserves the right to delete any or all items of this trade and allot the work under this head to any specialised agency / agencies. No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account. MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be

Clear area over one face inclusive of external frame shall be measured. Any fixture or projections embedded in concrete / masonry work shall not be measured.

e shall include for fittings and fixtures shown on the shop drawings approved by the

Rate for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall include for supplying and fixing hardware. Hardware shall be of best quality extruded section and shall be of anodized aluminium with natural finish. Hinges shall be of heavy pattern with stainless steel pins and stainless steel washers. Contractor’s rates shall include for necessary screws, bolts, and other devices for a neat and secure hardware arrangement. The bolts and screws etc. shall be of cadmium plates brass of required size to secure and permanently fix the hardware in place. No steel or iron screws shall be used. Samples of different items of

ding screws shall be submitted alongwith the sample of doors / windows / ventilators for approval. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper working of all hardwares for a period of one year from the date of completion.

Apart from other factors mentioned elsewhere in this document, rates for the items of supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall also include for the following : (a) All materials and labour required for supplying and fixing in position approved anodized aluminium doors, windows and ventilators as described in the trade at site of work.(b) After the shop drawings are approved, the contractor shall supply one sample each door, window and ventilator with hardware etc. for approval, as directed. (c) Supplying and fixing in position glass of specified thickness, type and quality alongwith putty, glazing clips and anodized aluminium beadings of required section.

ventilators, same shall be carried out by the Open Tender items.

Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be as manufactured by approved make

The architects / clients engineer reserves the right to delete any or all items of this trade and allot the work under this head to any specialised agency / agencies. No claim whatsoever

Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall be

Clear area over one face inclusive of external frame shall be measured. Any fixture or

e shall include for fittings and fixtures shown on the shop drawings approved by the

Rate for aluminium doors, windows and ventilators shall include for quality extruded section and shall

be of anodized aluminium with natural finish. Hinges shall be of heavy pattern with stainless steel pins and stainless steel washers. Contractor’s rates shall include for necessary

a neat and secure hardware arrangement. The bolts and screws etc. shall be of cadmium plates brass of required size to secure and permanently fix the hardware in place. No steel or iron screws shall be used. Samples of different items of

ding screws shall be submitted alongwith the sample of doors / windows / ventilators for approval. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper working of all

om other factors mentioned elsewhere in this Open Tender document, rates for the items of supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and

in position approved anodized aluminium doors, windows and ventilators as described in the trade at site of work. (b) After the shop drawings are approved, the contractor shall supply one sample each door,

(c) Supplying and fixing in position glass of specified thickness, type and quality alongwith


Signature of Bidder

(d) All accessories, for fixing doors, windows and ventilators as described in the trade. (e) Filling sealants as per details to ensure water tightness. All the sealants must be permanently resilient and of non (f) Protecting the surfaces and edges around doors, wdamage while fixing doors, windows and ventilators. (g) Removing all protective coverings and cleaning the door, window and ventilators frames. (h) Neoprene / PVC weathering strips as required. (I) Drip strip to drain out water falling on the members of the frame. (j) Pressure grouting in CM 1:4, the space between the concrete surface and the frame of windows and ventilators. (k) PVC or rubber gaskets for fixing glass. (l) Cadmium plated brass screws whereve (m) Galvanised / aluminium channels pieces, coach screws, rawl plugs etc. of required size and number for fixing door, window and ventilator frames in position. (n) Necessary scaffolding / craddle for erection of aluminium doors, windows ventilators in position. (o) Rates for sliding windows and ventilators to include for adequate arrangements for draining out water collected in the channel of the outer frame. (p) All rates quoted in the trade shall include for supplying and fixing (q) Swing door shutters include for double action oil check floor springs of approved make and size including embedding the floor springs in the flooring and making good the same. (r) For all window and ventilator openings, contractor shall prepare frames with necessary tolerance for obtaining the correct dimensions of openings in concrete / brick masonry works. (s) Anodized aluminium hardware, all necessary fixtures and accessories. (t) Suitable metallic clamps at every


(d) All accessories, for fixing doors, windows and ventilators to concrete / masonry surface

(e) Filling sealants as per details to ensure water tightness. All the sealants must be permanently resilient and of non - bleeding nature. (f) Protecting the surfaces and edges around doors, windows, and ventilators from any damage while fixing doors, windows and ventilators. (g) Removing all protective coverings and cleaning the door, window and ventilators frames.(h) Neoprene / PVC weathering strips as required.

drain out water falling on the members of the frame. (j) Pressure grouting in CM 1:4, the space between the concrete surface and the frame of

(k) PVC or rubber gaskets for fixing glass. (l) Cadmium plated brass screws wherever required. (m) Galvanised / aluminium channels pieces, coach screws, rawl plugs etc. of required size and number for fixing door, window and ventilator frames in position. (n) Necessary scaffolding / craddle for erection of aluminium doors, windows

(o) Rates for sliding windows and ventilators to include for adequate arrangements for draining out water collected in the channel of the outer frame. (p) All rates quoted in the trade shall include for supplying and fixing. (q) Swing door shutters include for double action oil check floor springs of approved make and size including embedding the floor springs in the flooring and making good the same.(r) For all window and ventilator openings, contractor shall prepare MS retrievable template frames with necessary tolerance for obtaining the correct dimensions of openings in concrete

(s) Anodized aluminium hardware, all necessary fixtures and accessories. (t) Suitable metallic clamps at every joint of the outer frame.

to concrete / masonry surface

(e) Filling sealants as per details to ensure water tightness. All the sealants must be

indows, and ventilators from any

(g) Removing all protective coverings and cleaning the door, window and ventilators frames.

(j) Pressure grouting in CM 1:4, the space between the concrete surface and the frame of

(m) Galvanised / aluminium channels pieces, coach screws, rawl plugs etc. of required size

(n) Necessary scaffolding / craddle for erection of aluminium doors, windows and

(o) Rates for sliding windows and ventilators to include for adequate arrangements for

(q) Swing door shutters include for double action oil check floor springs of approved make and size including embedding the floor springs in the flooring and making good the same.

MS retrievable template frames with necessary tolerance for obtaining the correct dimensions of openings in concrete


Signature of Bidder

OVERALL SIZES OF ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : Size of doors, windows and ventilators in the approximate. These sizes are likely to reduce by about 40mm to 50mm due to TW surrounprovided in the opening. Contractor shall therefore, verify all sizes at site before manufacturing. Payment shall be based on the actual size provided. SIZES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS AND WEIGHTS OF EACH UNIT : shall note that sizes and minimum weights of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators given shall be considered as overall guidelines for arriving at the proposed actual unit weight of each door / window / ventilator and also to help contrsections for the different members of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators. Contractors shall however, submit details of sizes and weights of all sections for each type of door, window and ventilator etc. as also ac VARIATION OF WEIGHTS : ventilators whose actual weight per shall be within + or unit as specified. In case of variation in the weight per uinclusive of beading, if any) as per finally approved shop drawings beyond the limit of + or 5% from the contractor’s actual weight per unit submitted at the time of suitable adjustment shall be made on the basis of relevant items provided in the bill of quantities for this purpose (based on rate per kg. of aluminium inclusive of anodizing etc.) SIDE HUNG AND TOP HUNG WINDOWS / VENTIALTORS : for side hung and top hung windows / ventilators shall be fabricated out of extruded sections confirming to IS designations HE 10 WP or HE 30 WP of IS : 733 wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, bars, rods and sections (for general engineering purposes). CENTRE - HUNG VENTILATORS : pairs of cup pivots of aluminium alloy to IS Designation NS specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, sheet and strip (for general engineering purposes) and riveted to the inner and outer frames of the ventilator to permit the ventilator to swing through an angle of approximately 85 degree. The opening portion of the ventilator shall be so balanced that it remains open at any desired angweather condition. The quoted rates of the contractor should include for the actual weight (of aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator etc. mentioned by them at the time of submitting Open Tender. Over and above, thesthe contractor, should also hold good for the size, thickness and unit weight of each member /


OVERALL SIZES OF ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : Size of doors, windows and ventilators in the Open Tender shall be considered as

These sizes are likely to reduce by about 40mm to 50mm due to TW surrounprovided in the opening. Contractor shall therefore, verify all sizes at site before manufacturing. Payment shall be based on the actual size provided. SIZES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS AND WEIGHTS OF EACH UNIT : shall note that sizes and minimum weights of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators given shall be considered as overall guidelines for arriving at the proposed actual unit weight of each door / window / ventilator and also to help contractors for choosing the various sections for the different members of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators. Contractors shall however, submit details of sizes and weights of all sections for each type of door, window and ventilator etc. as also actual weight per unit. VARIATION OF WEIGHTS : Contractor shall quote his rates for doors, windows and ventilators whose actual weight per shall be within + or - 5% of minimum weight of each

In case of variation in the weight per unit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings but inclusive of beading, if any) as per finally approved shop drawings beyond the limit of + or 5% from the contractor’s actual weight per unit submitted at the time of

ll be made on the basis of relevant items provided in the bill of quantities for this purpose (based on rate per kg. of aluminium inclusive of anodizing etc.)SIDE HUNG AND TOP HUNG WINDOWS / VENTIALTORS : The aluminium hinges

windows / ventilators shall be fabricated out of extruded sections confirming to IS designations HE 10 WP or HE 30 WP of IS : 733 - 1956. Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, bars, rods and sections (for general engineering

HUNG VENTILATORS : Centre - hung ventilators shall be hung on two pairs of cup pivots of aluminium alloy to IS Designation NS - 4 of IS : 737 specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, sheet and strip (for general

neering purposes) and riveted to the inner and outer frames of the ventilator to permit the ventilator to swing through an angle of approximately 85 degree. The opening portion of the ventilator shall be so balanced that it remains open at any desired ang

The quoted rates of the contractor should include for the actual weight (of aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator etc. mentioned by them at the time of

. Over and above, these actual weights of each unit mentioned by the contractor, should also hold good for the size, thickness and unit weight of each member /

OVERALL SIZES OF ALUMINIUM DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS : shall be considered as

These sizes are likely to reduce by about 40mm to 50mm due to TW surrounds to be provided in the opening. Contractor shall therefore, verify all sizes at site before

SIZES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS AND WEIGHTS OF EACH UNIT : Contractors shall note that sizes and minimum weights of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators given shall be considered as overall guidelines for arriving at the proposed actual unit weight

actors for choosing the various sections for the different members of each unit of doors, windows and ventilators. Contractors shall however, submit details of sizes and weights of all sections for each type of

Contractor shall quote his rates for doors, windows and 5% of minimum weight of each

nit (exclusive of glass, hardware and fittings but inclusive of beading, if any) as per finally approved shop drawings beyond the limit of + or - 5% from the contractor’s actual weight per unit submitted at the time of Open Tender

ll be made on the basis of relevant items provided in the bill of quantities for this purpose (based on rate per kg. of aluminium inclusive of anodizing etc.)

The aluminium hinges windows / ventilators shall be fabricated out of extruded sections

1956. Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, bars, rods and sections (for general engineering

hung ventilators shall be hung on two 4 of IS : 737 - 1955

specification for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys, sheet and strip (for general neering purposes) and riveted to the inner and outer frames of the ventilator to permit the

ventilator to swing through an angle of approximately 85 degree. The opening portion of the ventilator shall be so balanced that it remains open at any desired angle under normal

The quoted rates of the contractor should include for the actual weight (of aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator etc. mentioned by them at the time of

e actual weights of each unit mentioned by the contractor, should also hold good for the size, thickness and unit weight of each member /


Signature of Bidder

component of respective unit mentioned by them . Due care therefore shall be taken by the contractors in working out the actual weights per unit of door / window / ventilator . However in case of any discrepancy found in the contractor’s actual weight (aluminium content) per unit and the weight (aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator etc. calculated / worked out (on the basis of the details furnished in the submission of Open Tender due to any arithmetical errors or any other mistakes / omissions, the weight whichever is greater between the above two weights (aluminium contents) sbe taken as a base / detum for suitable adjustments for variation in weight per unit under relevant Open Tender item and in accordance with the Contractors shall satisfy in regard to watertightness of their design of the aluwindows and ventilators and also the watertightness between the ventilator / window / door frames, sub frame and similarly between sub frames and brick / concrete members to which the same is fixed. Each rectification of any leakage noticedwindows / ventilators or doors / windows / ventilators frame and aluminium sub aluminium sub - frame and brick / concrete masonry work shall be the responsibility of the contractor supplying and fixing aluminium doors,will have to rectify the defects at their own cost. APPROVED MAKES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS : per approvedmake of materials. INFORMATIONS : The contractor shall provide all thfabrication and anodizing will be carried out by him. BASIS OF QUOTATION : of quoting the rates for the various items included in the contractor shall calculate and furnish the total weight of various aluminium sections comprising mullions, couplings, cleats, shims, cappings, beadings, etc. for each type of door / window / ventilator / staircase railing etc. exclusive of glass and screws etc. WATER SUPPLY, INTERNAL SANITARY INSTALLATIONS AND DRAINAGE WORK 1.0 GENERAL


component of respective unit mentioned by them . Due care therefore shall be taken by the the actual weights per unit of door / window / ventilator .

However in case of any discrepancy found in the contractor’s actual weight (aluminium content) per unit and the weight (aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator

d / worked out (on the basis of the details furnished in the Opendue to any arithmetical errors or any other mistakes / omissions,

the weight whichever is greater between the above two weights (aluminium contents) sbe taken as a base / detum for suitable adjustments for variation in weight per unit under

item and in accordance with the Open Tender conditions.Contractors shall satisfy in regard to watertightness of their design of the aluwindows and ventilators and also the watertightness between the ventilator / window / door frames, sub frame and similarly between sub frames and brick / concrete members to which the same is fixed. Each rectification of any leakage noticed in the aluminium doors / windows / ventilators or doors / windows / ventilators frame and aluminium sub

frame and brick / concrete masonry work shall be the responsibility of the contractor supplying and fixing aluminium doors, windows and ventilators and the contractor will have to rectify the defects at their own cost. APPROVED MAKES OF ALUMINIUM SECTIONS : Aluminium sections shall be as per approvedmake of materials.

The contractor shall provide all the information as to where the fabrication and anodizing will be carried out by him. BASIS OF QUOTATION : The contractor shall give sufficient details showing the basis of quoting the rates for the various items included in the Open Tender, if requiredcontractor shall calculate and furnish the total weight of various aluminium sections comprising mullions, couplings, cleats, shims, cappings, beadings, etc. for each type of door / window / ventilator / staircase railing etc. exclusive of glass neoprene gaskets, bolts, nuts

WATER SUPPLY, INTERNAL SANITARY INSTALLATIONS AND DRAINAGE

component of respective unit mentioned by them . Due care therefore shall be taken by the the actual weights per unit of door / window / ventilator .

However in case of any discrepancy found in the contractor’s actual weight (aluminium content) per unit and the weight (aluminium content) per unit of door / window / ventilator

Open Tender) after due to any arithmetical errors or any other mistakes / omissions,

the weight whichever is greater between the above two weights (aluminium contents) shall be taken as a base / detum for suitable adjustments for variation in weight per unit under

conditions. Contractors shall satisfy in regard to watertightness of their design of the aluminium doors, windows and ventilators and also the watertightness between the ventilator / window / door frames, sub frame and similarly between sub frames and brick / concrete members to which

in the aluminium doors / windows / ventilators or doors / windows / ventilators frame and aluminium sub - frame or

frame and brick / concrete masonry work shall be the responsibility of the windows and ventilators and the contractor

Aluminium sections shall be as

e information as to where the

The contractor shall give sufficient details showing the basis , if required. The

contractor shall calculate and furnish the total weight of various aluminium sections comprising mullions, couplings, cleats, shims, cappings, beadings, etc. for each type of door

neoprene gaskets, bolts, nuts

WATER SUPPLY, INTERNAL SANITARY INSTALLATIONS AND DRAINAGE


Signature of Bidder

1.1 All water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage works shall be carried out by skilled and licensed plumbers in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements of the relevant by - laws of the Municipal or of the local bodies in whose jurisdiction the work is to be executed. 1.2 All fittings are to be accurately placed in the positions as diengineer, to be securely plugged to walls with hard wood or any other approved plugs or breeze blocks built into Brick / Stone RCC work, or set in cement as required and are to be left in a clean, sound and perfect condition. 1.3 All sizes and lengths to be verified at site. 1.4 The whole of the work is to be tested at Contractor’s expense at such times and in such manner as architects / clients engineer shall direct and to the latter’s satisfaction. The contractor shall also make arrangements for the disinfection of all mains and tanks intended for potable water to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer and rates quoted shall include for the same. The mains and tanks should be thoroughly flushed with cleanafter disinfection. 1.5 All drainage done to floors, walls etc., during the process of fixing of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage work shall be restored to original condition to the satisfaction of the architects / client 1.6 All the materials shall be in accordance with the specifications and shall be approved by the architects / clients engineer before bulk supplies are brought to site. The contractor shall furnish well in time before work commences, at his own cost, any samples of materials or workmanship that may be called for by the architects / clients engineer for his approval or rejection and any further samples in case of rejection until such samples are approved. Such samples when approved shall be the minimum standard of the work to which they apply. Where materials are specified to comply with an Indian Standard Specification, the Contractor shall, if required, furnish the manufacturer’s Certificate that the materials the requirements of Indian Standard Specifications. For plumbing works, typical sample prototypes shall be erected in position for approval before undertaking work. Rates quoted shall cover for such preliminary work. Materials rejected shall be Contractor off the premises. 1.7 Sewers and drains shall be laid in proper alignment and gradient in accordance with the rules and regulations of statutory bodies whose approval are necessary on completion. 3. G.I. PIPES AND FITTINGS : 3.1 Pipes and Fittings : quantities and shall be of galvanised steel, welded and seamless, screwed and socketed and


All water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage works shall be carried out plumbers in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements

laws of the Municipal or of the local bodies in whose jurisdiction the

All fittings are to be accurately placed in the positions as directed by Architects / clients engineer, to be securely plugged to walls with hard wood or any other approved plugs or breeze blocks built into Brick / Stone RCC work, or set in cement as required and are to be left in a clean, sound and perfect condition.

All sizes and lengths to be verified at site. The whole of the work is to be tested at Contractor’s expense at such times and in such

manner as architects / clients engineer shall direct and to the latter’s satisfaction. The also make arrangements for the disinfection of all mains and tanks intended

for potable water to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer and rates quoted shall include for the same. The mains and tanks should be thoroughly flushed with clean

All drainage done to floors, walls etc., during the process of fixing of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage work shall be restored to original condition to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer at the contractor’s expense.

All the materials shall be in accordance with the specifications and shall be approved by the architects / clients engineer before bulk supplies are brought to site. The contractor shall

before work commences, at his own cost, any samples of materials or workmanship that may be called for by the architects / clients engineer for his approval or rejection and any further samples in case of rejection until such samples are approved. Such

mples when approved shall be the minimum standard of the work to which they apply. Where materials are specified to comply with an Indian Standard Specification, the Contractor shall, if required, furnish the manufacturer’s Certificate that the materials the requirements of Indian Standard Specifications. For plumbing works, typical sample prototypes shall be erected in position for approval before undertaking work. Rates quoted shall cover for such preliminary work. Materials rejected shall be removed forthwith by the

Sewers and drains shall be laid in proper alignment and gradient in accordance with the

rules and regulations of statutory bodies whose approval are necessary on completion.

FITTINGS : 3.1 Pipes and Fittings : The pipes shall be of the class specified in the schedule of quantities and shall be of galvanised steel, welded and seamless, screwed and socketed and

All water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage works shall be carried out plumbers in a manner complying in all respects with the requirements

laws of the Municipal or of the local bodies in whose jurisdiction the

rected by Architects / clients engineer, to be securely plugged to walls with hard wood or any other approved plugs or breeze blocks built into Brick / Stone RCC work, or set in cement as required and are to be

The whole of the work is to be tested at Contractor’s expense at such times and in such manner as architects / clients engineer shall direct and to the latter’s satisfaction. The

also make arrangements for the disinfection of all mains and tanks intended for potable water to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer and rates quoted shall include for the same. The mains and tanks should be thoroughly flushed with clean water

All drainage done to floors, walls etc., during the process of fixing of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage work shall be restored to original condition to the

All the materials shall be in accordance with the specifications and shall be approved by the architects / clients engineer before bulk supplies are brought to site. The contractor shall

before work commences, at his own cost, any samples of materials or workmanship that may be called for by the architects / clients engineer for his approval or rejection and any further samples in case of rejection until such samples are approved. Such

mples when approved shall be the minimum standard of the work to which they apply. Where materials are specified to comply with an Indian Standard Specification, the Contractor shall, if required, furnish the manufacturer’s Certificate that the materials satisfy the requirements of Indian Standard Specifications. For plumbing works, typical sample prototypes shall be erected in position for approval before undertaking work. Rates quoted

removed forthwith by the

Sewers and drains shall be laid in proper alignment and gradient in accordance with the rules and regulations of statutory bodies whose approval are necessary on completion.

The pipes shall be of the class specified in the schedule of quantities and shall be of galvanised steel, welded and seamless, screwed and socketed and


Signature of Bidder

shall conform to the latest ISI specifications for such pipes. firm of repute. All fittings shall of malleable iron galvanised fittings of approved make. 3.1.1 The details of screwed and socketed GI pipes regarding nominal bore thickness and weight shall be as per IS 1239 (Part Nominal bores Weight of pipe in kg/M. Light15mm 0.9620mm 1.4225mm 2.0332mm 2.6140mm 3.2950mm 4.1865mm 5.9280mm 6.98100mm 10.20

Note : The above weights are for black pipes and theoretical weights of galvanised pipes are about 6% higher 3.1.2 The pipes shall be tested to withstand a pressure of 50kg/Sq.cm without showing defects of any kind. These shall be supplieparallel threads. 3.2 Laying in trenches for External work : The width of the trench shall be the minimum width required for the working. The pipes laidunderground shall not be less than 60cm from the ground level. They shall be surrounded on all sides by approved quality material. The work of excavation and refilling shall be done as specified earlier for Cast Iron Pressure Pipes. All pipes and fittbe painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint and wrapped with hessian and again coated with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The cost of the above shall be included in contractor’s rates. 3.2.1 Pipes embedded in masonry / concrete shall be treated similarly as described above. 3.3 Fixing of pipes for internal work : means of standard pattern holdersurface of wall everywhere, or concealed (inside chase) as directed. Where pipes are to be concealed in walls and floors by cutting chases, the pipes and fittings shall be coated with bitumen, wrapped with hessian and again painted with one coat ofapproved quality and rates quoted shall include for same. Cutting long lengths of horizontal chases on the walls for concealing pipes shall be avoided.


shall conform to the latest ISI specifications for such pipes. They shall be manufactured by a firm of repute. All fittings shall of malleable iron galvanised fittings of approved make.

The details of screwed and socketed GI pipes regarding nominal bore thickness and weight shall be as per IS 1239 (Part - I ) as under:

Weight of pipe in kg/M. Light Medium Heavy 0.96 1.23 1.46 1.42 1.59 1.91 2.03 2.46 2.99 2.61 3.17 3.87 3.29 3.65 4.47 4.18 5.17 6.24 5.92 6.63 8.02 6.98 8.64 10.30 10.20 12.40 14.70

The above weights are for black pipes and theoretical weights of galvanised pipes are

The pipes shall be tested to withstand a pressure of 50kg/Sq.cm without showing defects of any kind. These shall be supplied screwed with taper threads and the sockets with

3.2 Laying in trenches for External work : GI pipes and fittings shall be laid in trenches. The width of the trench shall be the minimum width required for the working. The pipes laidunderground shall not be less than 60cm from the ground level. They shall be surrounded on all sides by approved quality material. The work of excavation and refilling shall be done as specified earlier for Cast Iron Pressure Pipes. All pipes and fittings laid below ground shall

corrosive bitumastic paint and wrapped with hessian and again coated corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The cost of the above shall be

included in contractor’s rates. mbedded in masonry / concrete shall be treated similarly as described above.

3.3 Fixing of pipes for internal work : GI pipes and fittings on the walls shall be fixed by means of standard pattern holder-bat clamps, keeping the pipe 12mm clear of the plasurface of wall everywhere, or concealed (inside chase) as directed. Where pipes are to be concealed in walls and floors by cutting chases, the pipes and fittings shall be coated with bitumen, wrapped with hessian and again painted with one coat of anti-corrosive bitumen of approved quality and rates quoted shall include for same. Cutting long lengths of horizontal chases on the walls for concealing pipes shall be avoided.

They shall be manufactured by a firm of repute. All fittings shall of malleable iron galvanised fittings of approved make.

The details of screwed and socketed GI pipes regarding nominal bore thickness and

The above weights are for black pipes and theoretical weights of galvanised pipes are

The pipes shall be tested to withstand a pressure of 50kg/Sq.cm without showing d screwed with taper threads and the sockets with

GI pipes and fittings shall be laid in trenches. The width of the trench shall be the minimum width required for the working. The pipes laid underground shall not be less than 60cm from the ground level. They shall be surrounded on all sides by approved quality material. The work of excavation and refilling shall be done as

ings laid below ground shall corrosive bitumastic paint and wrapped with hessian and again coated

corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The cost of the above shall be

mbedded in masonry / concrete shall be treated similarly as described above. GI pipes and fittings on the walls shall be fixed by

bat clamps, keeping the pipe 12mm clear of the plastered surface of wall everywhere, or concealed (inside chase) as directed. Where pipes are to be concealed in walls and floors by cutting chases, the pipes and fittings shall be coated with

corrosive bitumen of approved quality and rates quoted shall include for same. Cutting long lengths of horizontal


Signature of Bidder

3.3.1 All exposed GI pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats ofapproved quality, manufacture, colour and shade, over a coat of red oxide or other approved primer after cleaning thoroughly the surface of the pipes and fittings and allowed to dry. The cost of such painting shall be included in the rates q 3.3.2 All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal or as directed by the architects / clients engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure that concealed GI pipes (used for external or internal work) are not la 3.4 Jointing : Where pipes have to be cut or rethat no obstruction to bore is offered. 3.4.1 In jointing the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end rubbed over with white lead and few turns of hemp yarn wrapped round the screwed end of the pipe which shall then be screwed home in the socket with a pipe wrench. Care must be taken that all pipes and fittings are kept at all times f 3.5 All GI pipes and fittings may be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per sq.cm. to ensure that pipes have proper threads and that proper materials (such as white lead and hemp) have been used in jointing. All leaky joicontractor’s expense. 4. WATER METERS, SLUICE VALVES AND OTHER APPURTENANCES Sluice valves : Sluice valves shall conform to IS : 780 and shall be of class I type unless otherwise specified with double flange and handwheel for operation. The body, dome, cover, stuffing box, thrust plate, wedge, gland and cap may be of cast iron but the spindle shall be of brass or aluminium bronze. Valves shall be fixed to spigot and socket cast iron and steepipes by means of suitable flanged spigots or flanged socketted tail piece as directed and rates quoted by contractor shall include for the same. Before the valves are actually fixed, they shall be cleaned and greased and it should be seen that all parcondition. INTERNAL SANITARY APPLIANCES


All exposed GI pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats ofapproved quality, manufacture, colour and shade, over a coat of red oxide or other approved primer after cleaning thoroughly the surface of the pipes and fittings and allowed to dry. The cost of such painting shall be included in the rates quoted by the contractor.

All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal or as directed by the architects / clients engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure that concealed GI pipes (used for external or internal work) are not laid in mortar or concrete surroundings.

Where pipes have to be cut or re-threaded, ends shall carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore is offered.

In jointing the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the pipe shall be rubbed over with white lead and few turns of hemp yarn wrapped round the screwed end of the pipe which shall then be screwed home in the socket with a pipe wrench. Care must be taken that all pipes and fittings are kept at all times free from dust and dirt during fixing.

All GI pipes and fittings may be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per sq.cm. to ensure that pipes have proper threads and that proper materials (such as white lead and hemp) have been used in jointing. All leaky joints must be made leakproof by tightening or redoing at

4. WATER METERS, SLUICE VALVES AND OTHER APPURTENANCES

Sluice valves shall conform to IS : 780 and shall be of class I type unless h double flange and handwheel for operation. The body, dome, cover,

stuffing box, thrust plate, wedge, gland and cap may be of cast iron but the spindle shall be of brass or aluminium bronze. Valves shall be fixed to spigot and socket cast iron and steepipes by means of suitable flanged spigots or flanged socketted tail piece as directed and rates quoted by contractor shall include for the same. Before the valves are actually fixed, they shall be cleaned and greased and it should be seen that all parts are in perfect working

INTERNAL SANITARY APPLIANCES

All exposed GI pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats of oil paint of approved quality, manufacture, colour and shade, over a coat of red oxide or other approved primer after cleaning thoroughly the surface of the pipes and fittings and allowed to dry. The

All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal or as directed by the

architects / clients engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure that concealed GI pipes (used for

threaded, ends shall carefully filed out so

of the pipe shall be rubbed over with white lead and few turns of hemp yarn wrapped round the screwed end of the pipe which shall then be screwed home in the socket with a pipe wrench. Care must be

ree from dust and dirt during fixing. All GI pipes and fittings may be tested to a pressure of 7 kg per sq.cm. to ensure that

pipes have proper threads and that proper materials (such as white lead and hemp) have been nts must be made leakproof by tightening or redoing at

4. WATER METERS, SLUICE VALVES AND OTHER APPURTENANCES

Sluice valves shall conform to IS : 780 and shall be of class I type unless h double flange and handwheel for operation. The body, dome, cover,

stuffing box, thrust plate, wedge, gland and cap may be of cast iron but the spindle shall be of brass or aluminium bronze. Valves shall be fixed to spigot and socket cast iron and steel pipes by means of suitable flanged spigots or flanged socketted tail piece as directed and rates quoted by contractor shall include for the same. Before the valves are actually fixed,

ts are in perfect working


Signature of Bidder

5. SQUATTING PATTERN W.C. PAN : 5.1 W.C. Pan : The W.C. pan shall be of white vitreous china of specified size and pattern (“Orissa” or “Long Pattern” as specified) with an intflushing horn in the front unless it is not possible to accommodate cistern to suit this design. The pan shall have approved quality conforming to IS specifications IS : 2556 (Part III). It shall have 100mm CI or porcelain trap, ‘P’ or ‘S’ type, with effective seal 50mm and 50mm vent arm. 5.1.1 Fixing : The WC pan shall be sunk in floor sloped towards the pan in a workmanlike manner, care being taken not to damage the pan in the process of fixing. If damaged in any way, it shall be replaced at contractor’s cost. It shall be fixing on a proper cement concbase 1:3:6 proportion taking care that the cushion is uniform and even without having any hollows between the concrete base and pan and finished just below level of run of pan to received the specified thickness of the floor finishing. A pair of footpans shall be fixed at a convenient angle 5.1.2 The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made with CM 1:1 and shall be leakproof. 5.2 Flushing Cistern : The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by ‘pullflushing cistern of the valveless siphonic type conforming to IS :774 unless otherwise specified. The cistern shall be of best quality as specified together with cover lever, GI chain and pull of specified quality, ball valve with copper ornecessary unions etc. for connection with inlet and outlet pipes and overflow. 5.2.1 Brackets : The cistern shall be fixed on cast iron or rolled steel cantilever brackets which shall be firmly embedded in the wall in CM screws, to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer. 5.2.2 Overflow : The cistern shall be provided with 20mm GI overflow pipe with fittings secured in a manner which will permit it to be readily cleThe length of the overflow shall be as per Municipal requirements. 5.2.3 Flush pipe : The outlet or flush pipe from the high level cistern shall be of 32mm galvanised wrought iron pipe not less than 1.00mm thick or lightpipe as specified, which shall be connected to the WC pan by means of an approved type of joint. The flush pipe shall be fixed to wall by using holder bat clamps or embedded as required. Where lead pipe pieces are required to for ensuring proper connection, the contractor shall do so at his own cost and rates quoted shall include for the same.


5. SQUATTING PATTERN W.C. PAN : The W.C. pan shall be of white vitreous china of specified size and pattern

(“Orissa” or “Long Pattern” as specified) with an integral flushing rim. It shall have the flushing horn in the front unless it is not possible to accommodate cistern to suit this design. The pan shall have approved quality conforming to IS specifications IS : 2556 (Part III). It

rcelain trap, ‘P’ or ‘S’ type, with effective seal 50mm and 50mm

The WC pan shall be sunk in floor sloped towards the pan in a workmanlike manner, care being taken not to damage the pan in the process of fixing. If damaged in any way, it shall be replaced at contractor’s cost. It shall be fixing on a proper cement concbase 1:3:6 proportion taking care that the cushion is uniform and even without having any hollows between the concrete base and pan and finished just below level of run of pan to received the specified thickness of the floor finishing. A pair of foot rests for long pattern

convenient angle where specified. The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made with CM 1:1 and shall be

The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by ‘pullflushing cistern of the valveless siphonic type conforming to IS :774 unless otherwise specified. The cistern shall be of best quality as specified together with cover lever, GI chain and pull of specified quality, ball valve with copper or plastic float as specified and necessary unions etc. for connection with inlet and outlet pipes and overflow.

The cistern shall be fixed on cast iron or rolled steel cantilever brackets which shall be firmly embedded in the wall in CM 1:3 or fixed by using wooden plugs and screws, to the satisfaction of the architects / clients engineer.

The cistern shall be provided with 20mm GI overflow pipe with fittings secured in a manner which will permit it to be readily cleaned or renewed when necessary. The length of the overflow shall be as per Municipal requirements.

The outlet or flush pipe from the high level cistern shall be of 32mm galvanised wrought iron pipe not less than 1.00mm thick or light quality of GI pipe or lead pipe as specified, which shall be connected to the WC pan by means of an approved type of joint. The flush pipe shall be fixed to wall by using holder bat clamps or embedded as required. Where lead pipe pieces are required to be used in conjunction with GI flush pipes for ensuring proper connection, the contractor shall do so at his own cost and rates quoted

The W.C. pan shall be of white vitreous china of specified size and pattern egral flushing rim. It shall have the

flushing horn in the front unless it is not possible to accommodate cistern to suit this design. The pan shall have approved quality conforming to IS specifications IS : 2556 (Part III). It

rcelain trap, ‘P’ or ‘S’ type, with effective seal 50mm and 50mm

The WC pan shall be sunk in floor sloped towards the pan in a workmanlike manner, care being taken not to damage the pan in the process of fixing. If damaged in any way, it shall be replaced at contractor’s cost. It shall be fixing on a proper cement concrete base 1:3:6 proportion taking care that the cushion is uniform and even without having any hollows between the concrete base and pan and finished just below level of run of pan to

rests for long pattern

The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made with CM 1:1 and shall be

The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by ‘pull and let go’ flushing cistern of the valveless siphonic type conforming to IS :774 unless otherwise specified. The cistern shall be of best quality as specified together with cover lever, GI

plastic float as specified and necessary unions etc. for connection with inlet and outlet pipes and overflow.

The cistern shall be fixed on cast iron or rolled steel cantilever brackets 1:3 or fixed by using wooden plugs and

The cistern shall be provided with 20mm GI overflow pipe with fittings aned or renewed when necessary.

The outlet or flush pipe from the high level cistern shall be of 32mm quality of GI pipe or lead

pipe as specified, which shall be connected to the WC pan by means of an approved type of joint. The flush pipe shall be fixed to wall by using holder bat clamps or embedded as

be used in conjunction with GI flush pipes for ensuring proper connection, the contractor shall do so at his own cost and rates quoted


Signature of Bidder

5.2.3.1 If the connection between the cistern and the WC pan is made with GI pipe, the bends and offsets shall be made cold, and connection to the pan may be made by means of an approved type of joint or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. 5.2.4 Painting : 5.2.5 Brackets, overflow and flush pipe etc. shall be painted with a priming coat of red

oxide, and finishing two or more coats of white zinc or any other colour and shade to match with the painting of surrounding walls. The coat of such painting shall be included in the rate quoted for the flushing cistern.

6. PEDESTAL WASH DOWN WATER CLOSET: 6.1 WC PAN : The WC pan shall be of white vitreous china of one piece construction of wash down type with integral ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap as required. It shall be of approved quality and pattern conforming to IS specification IS : 2556 (Part II). 6.2 Seat and Cover : The seat with lid shall be of plastic seat as specified with rubber buffers and shall be fixed in position by using Chromium plated (CP) brass hinges and screws. The seat shall be non absorptive and free from cracks and crevices in the material. The plastic seat and cover where specified shall conform to IS Specifications and shall be of black colour unless otherwise specified. 6.3 Flushing Cistern : The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by high level or ‘low level’ valveless siphonic flushcase the specifications will be same as those for flushing cisterns of squatting pattern WC pans. In the latter case there shall be white glazed vitreous china or porcelain enamelled or plastic as specified of capacity cistern as specified with all internal fittings, brackets and CP brass flushing handle, which shall be fixed at low level and connected to the WC pan by means of 40mm diameter white enamelled porcelain bend and rubber or ‘lighpipe or 2.6mm thick lead pipe connection or as other specified. 6.3.1 Overflow : There shall be 20mm overflow with mosquito proof coupling of approved design which shall conform to the specifications as stated under squatting pattern WC pa 7. BOWL URINAL 7.1 Bowl Urinal : The urinal shall be flat back or angular pattern lipped from basin of required dimensions of white vitreous china and one piece construction with integral flushing box rim of an approved make as specified. It shall be fixed in the position by using wooden plug embedded in the wall with screws of proper size. Each urinal shall be connected to a 40mm diameter waste lead pipe unless otherwise specified, which shall discharge into a channel or a floor trap or specified. The connection between the urinal


If the connection between the cistern and the WC pan is made with GI pipe, the s and offsets shall be made cold, and connection to the pan may be made by means of an

approved type of joint or white lead mixed with chopped hemp.

rackets, overflow and flush pipe etc. shall be painted with a priming coat of red finishing two or more coats of white zinc or any other colour and shade to

match with the painting of surrounding walls. The coat of such painting shall be included in the rate quoted for the flushing cistern.

6. PEDESTAL WASH DOWN WATER CLOSET: The WC pan shall be of white vitreous china of one piece construction of

wash down type with integral ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap as required. It shall be of approved quality and pattern conforming to IS specification IS : 2556 (Part II).

The seat with lid shall be of plastic seat as specified with rubber buffers and shall be fixed in position by using Chromium plated (CP) brass hinges and screws. The seat shall be non absorptive and free from cracks and crevices in the material. The plastic seat and cover where specified shall conform to IS Specifications and shall be of black colour unless otherwise specified.

The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by high level or ‘low level’ valveless siphonic flushing cistern of approved quality, as specified. In the former case the specifications will be same as those for flushing cisterns of squatting pattern WC pans. In the latter case there shall be white glazed vitreous china or porcelain enamelled or

ic as specified of capacity cistern as specified with all internal fittings, brackets and CP brass flushing handle, which shall be fixed at low level and connected to the WC pan by means of 40mm diameter white enamelled porcelain bend and rubber or ‘lighpipe or 2.6mm thick lead pipe connection or as other specified.

There shall be 20mm overflow with mosquito proof coupling of approved design which shall conform to the specifications as stated under squatting pattern WC pa

The urinal shall be flat back or angular pattern lipped from basin of required dimensions of white vitreous china and one piece construction with integral flushing box rim of an approved make as specified. It shall be fixed in the position by using

en plug embedded in the wall with screws of proper size. Each urinal shall be connected to a 40mm diameter waste lead pipe unless otherwise specified, which shall discharge into a channel or a floor trap or specified. The connection between the urinal

If the connection between the cistern and the WC pan is made with GI pipe, the s and offsets shall be made cold, and connection to the pan may be made by means of an

rackets, overflow and flush pipe etc. shall be painted with a priming coat of red finishing two or more coats of white zinc or any other colour and shade to

match with the painting of surrounding walls. The coat of such painting shall be

The WC pan shall be of white vitreous china of one piece construction of wash down type with integral ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap as required. It shall be of approved quality and

The seat with lid shall be of plastic seat as specified with rubber buffers and shall be fixed in position by using Chromium plated (CP) brass hinges and screws. The seat shall be non absorptive and free from cracks and crevices in the material. The plastic seat and cover where specified shall conform to IS Specifications and shall be of

The flushing of the WC pan shall be done by high level or ‘low ing cistern of approved quality, as specified. In the former

case the specifications will be same as those for flushing cisterns of squatting pattern WC pans. In the latter case there shall be white glazed vitreous china or porcelain enamelled or

ic as specified of capacity cistern as specified with all internal fittings, brackets and CP brass flushing handle, which shall be fixed at low level and connected to the WC pan by means of 40mm diameter white enamelled porcelain bend and rubber or ‘light’ quality GI

There shall be 20mm overflow with mosquito proof coupling of approved design which shall conform to the specifications as stated under squatting pattern WC pan.

The urinal shall be flat back or angular pattern lipped from basin of required dimensions of white vitreous china and one piece construction with integral flushing box rim of an approved make as specified. It shall be fixed in the position by using

en plug embedded in the wall with screws of proper size. Each urinal shall be connected to a 40mm diameter waste lead pipe unless otherwise specified, which shall discharge into a channel or a floor trap or specified. The connection between the urinal and


Signature of Bidder

flush or waste pipe shall be made by means of white lead mixed with chopped hemp. The flush pipe and waste pipe shall be concealed where directed. 7.2 Flushing : If the flushing of the urinals is to be done by automatic flushing cisterns then the same shall conform to IS specifications. The cistern shall be of PVC type or other specified having valveless siphon automatic flushing arrangement of specified capacity. It shall be supported on a pair of R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shallfixed to wall by means of wooden plugs and screws. The cistern shall be connected to the urinal basin by means of a GI medium quality or a lead or specified type of flush pipe with fittings. The pipe shall be fixed by using proper holderembedding as directed. The body thickness shall be not less than 6mm in the case of vitreous sanitary cistern and 1.60mm before coating in the case of pressed steel cistern. The latter should be porcelain enamelled against 7.2.1 Capacity : The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the number of urinals in a range will be as follows : Number of Urinals in a range

Capacity of flushing cistern1 5 litres

2 10 litres3 12.5 litres4 12.5 litres

7.2.2 The joint between the urinal basin and flush and waste pipe shall be made by means of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp, or as 7.2.3 Painting : The brackets shall be painted as given under flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC pan. 8. STALL URINALS 8.1 Urinal Stalls : The urinal stall and its screens shall be of white vitreous chinaapproved quality and manufacture. The stall shall be 114cm high and 46cm wide and 40cm deep. The stall shall be provided with 84cm x 36cm division plates. In case of range of two or more urinals, there shall be further division plates similar to endhave 15cm deep thread plates of fire clay unless otherwise specified. 8.2 Flushing : The stalls shall be provided with white glazed vitreous china automatic flushing cistern of proper capacity with 6mm minimum body thickness uspecified. The cistern shall be complete with fittings and brackets which shall be fixed to the wall. The cistern shall be connected to the stall through standard size CP brass flush pipe with spreader arrangement and clamps unless otherw


flush or waste pipe shall be made by means of white lead mixed with chopped hemp. The flush pipe and waste pipe shall be concealed where directed.

If the flushing of the urinals is to be done by automatic flushing cisterns e same shall conform to IS specifications. The cistern shall be of PVC type or other

specified having valveless siphon automatic flushing arrangement of specified capacity. It shall be supported on a pair of R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shallfixed to wall by means of wooden plugs and screws. The cistern shall be connected to the urinal basin by means of a GI medium quality or a lead or specified type of flush pipe with fittings. The pipe shall be fixed by using proper holder-bat clamps or concealed by embedding as directed. The body thickness shall be not less than 6mm in the case of vitreous sanitary cistern and 1.60mm before coating in the case of pressed steel cistern. The latter should be porcelain enamelled against corrosion.

The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the number of urinals in a range will be as follows :

Capacity of flushing cistern

Main Size of pipe distribution5 litres -- 15 min

10 litres 20 min 15 min 12.5 litres 25 min 15 min 12.5 litres 25 min 15 min

The joint between the urinal basin and flush and waste pipe shall be made by means of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp, or as specified in case of lead pipes.

The brackets shall be painted as given under flushing cistern for squatting

The urinal stall and its screens shall be of white vitreous chinaapproved quality and manufacture. The stall shall be 114cm high and 46cm wide and 40cm deep. The stall shall be provided with 84cm x 36cm division plates. In case of range of two or more urinals, there shall be further division plates similar to end screens. The range shall have 15cm deep thread plates of fire clay unless otherwise specified.

The stalls shall be provided with white glazed vitreous china automatic flushing cistern of proper capacity with 6mm minimum body thickness uspecified. The cistern shall be complete with fittings and brackets which shall be fixed to the wall. The cistern shall be connected to the stall through standard size CP brass flush pipe with spreader arrangement and clamps unless otherwise specified. Capacity of flushing

flush or waste pipe shall be made by means of white lead mixed with chopped hemp. The

If the flushing of the urinals is to be done by automatic flushing cisterns e same shall conform to IS specifications. The cistern shall be of PVC type or other

specified having valveless siphon automatic flushing arrangement of specified capacity. It shall be supported on a pair of R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded or fixed to wall by means of wooden plugs and screws. The cistern shall be connected to the urinal basin by means of a GI medium quality or a lead or specified type of flush pipe with

bat clamps or concealed by embedding as directed. The body thickness shall be not less than 6mm in the case of vitreous sanitary cistern and 1.60mm before coating in the case of pressed steel cistern. The

The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the

Size of pipe distribution

The joint between the urinal basin and flush and waste pipe shall be made by means of specified in case of lead pipes.

The brackets shall be painted as given under flushing cistern for squatting

The urinal stall and its screens shall be of white vitreous china or approved quality and manufacture. The stall shall be 114cm high and 46cm wide and 40cm deep. The stall shall be provided with 84cm x 36cm division plates. In case of range of two

screens. The range shall

The stalls shall be provided with white glazed vitreous china automatic flushing cistern of proper capacity with 6mm minimum body thickness unless otherwise specified. The cistern shall be complete with fittings and brackets which shall be fixed to the wall. The cistern shall be connected to the stall through standard size CP brass flush pipe

ise specified. Capacity of flushing


Signature of Bidder

cistern and relevant sizes of flush pipe for stall urinals shall be the same as specified for bowl urinals. 8.2.1 Outlet : Each range of stalls shall be provided with CI urinal trap with vent arm having CP brass outlet grating of size 50mm for one or two stalls and 75mm for more stalls or as specified. 9. SQUATTING PLATES 9.1 Squatting Plates : The urinal plates shall be of white glazed vitreous china with integral flushing rim of size 600mm x 350mm as spchannel with stop and outlet pieces in front. The plate and channel shall be of approved quality and conform to IS specifications 2556 (Part VI). 9.2 Flushing : Each set of plates shall be provided with automatiGI flush pipe with fittings and spreader arrangements fixed with holder embedded as specified. There shall not be more than four plates in a range fed by a cistern. 9.2.1 Capacity : The capacity of the flnumber of squatting plate urinals in a range will be as follows: Number of urinals in a range

Capacity of flushing cistern1 5 litres

2 10 litres3 12.5 litres4 12.5 litres

9.2.2 The cistern shall be fixed on R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded of fixed to the wall by means of wooden plugs and screws. 9.2.3 The joint between the urinal plate lead mixed with chopped hemp. 9.2.4 Painting : The inside and outside of the cistern, the fittings and brackets shall be painted as described for flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC pan. 9.3 Outlet : The squatting plate or a range of squatting plates shall be provided with a 65mm diameter standard urinal CI trap with vent arm having 65mm CP brass outlet grating or as specified.


cistern and relevant sizes of flush pipe for stall urinals shall be the same as specified for bowl

Each range of stalls shall be provided with CI urinal trap with vent arm outlet grating of size 50mm for one or two stalls and 75mm for more stalls

SQUATTING PLATES The urinal plates shall be of white glazed vitreous china with

integral flushing rim of size 600mm x 350mm as specified. There shall be white vitreous channel with stop and outlet pieces in front. The plate and channel shall be of approved quality and conform to IS specifications 2556 (Part VI).

Each set of plates shall be provided with automatic CI cistern complete with GI flush pipe with fittings and spreader arrangements fixed with holder embedded as specified. There shall not be more than four plates in a range fed by a

The capacity of the flushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the number of squatting plate urinals in a range will be as follows:

Capacity of flushing cistern

Main Size of flush pipe distribution5 litres -- 20mm

10 litres 25mm 20mm 12.5 litres 32mm 20mm 12.5 litres 32mm 20mm

The cistern shall be fixed on R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded of fixed to the wall by means of wooden plugs and screws.

The joint between the urinal plate and the flush pipe shall be made with putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp.

The inside and outside of the cistern, the fittings and brackets shall be painted as described for flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC pan.

squatting plate or a range of squatting plates shall be provided with a 65mm diameter standard urinal CI trap with vent arm having 65mm CP brass outlet grating

cistern and relevant sizes of flush pipe for stall urinals shall be the same as specified for bowl

Each range of stalls shall be provided with CI urinal trap with vent arm outlet grating of size 50mm for one or two stalls and 75mm for more stalls

The urinal plates shall be of white glazed vitreous china with ecified. There shall be white vitreous

channel with stop and outlet pieces in front. The plate and channel shall be of approved

c CI cistern complete with GI flush pipe with fittings and spreader arrangements fixed with holder - bat clamps or embedded as specified. There shall not be more than four plates in a range fed by a Two

ushing cistern and the size of the flush pipe for the

Size of flush pipe distribution

The cistern shall be fixed on R.S or C.I cantilever brackets which shall be embedded

and the flush pipe shall be made with putty or white

The inside and outside of the cistern, the fittings and brackets shall be

squatting plate or a range of squatting plates shall be provided with a 65mm diameter standard urinal CI trap with vent arm having 65mm CP brass outlet grating


Signature of Bidder

9.4 Walling : The squatting plate shall have 1.22m high wall These shall be lined as specified. 10. WASH BASINS 10.1 Basins : The wash basin shall be of white vitreous china of approved quality, make and pattern conforming to IS specifications. It shall be of one piece integral combined overflow. The size of the basin shall be as specified. 10.2 Fittings : Each wash basin shall be provided with 15mm CP brass pillar taps as specified, 32mm CP waste with CP brass bottle trap or GI trap and plug as chain and rubber plug, unions, joints etc. complete in all respects of approved quality. 10.3 Fixing : The basin shall be supported on a pair of R.S or CI cantilever brackets embedded or fixed in position by means of wooden cleats and screbe painted to the required shade as given under flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC. The wall plaster shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin, plaster shall be made good and surface fini 10.4 Waste connection : The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor trap leading to a gully trap on ground floor and on upper floors it may be connected to a waste pipe stack. The CP brass bottle trap and Union shalas specified which shall be suitably bent towards the wall and / or concealed in the wall as directed. 11. SINKS 11.1 Sinks : The sink shall be of white glazed fire clay with wire type oto IS specifications unless otherwise specified. The size of the sink shall be as specified. The sink shall be of approved quality and manufacture. 11.2 Fittings : Each sink shall be provided with 40mm CP brass waste coupling and uof standard pattern. CP brass chain and 40mm rubber plug may be provided where specified. 11.3 Fixing : The sink shall be supported on CI cantilever brackets embedded, fixed into position. These brackets shall be painted to the require shade as for WCs. The wall plaster on the rear shall be cut to overhang the top edge of the sink. 11.4 Waste connection : The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor and trap leading to a gully trap on ground floor and may be connbrass coupling and union shall be connected to 40mm GI light quality waste pipe provided with suitable tee and plug for cleaning purposes.


The squatting plate shall have 1.22m high wall in front and on either side. These shall be lined as specified.

The wash basin shall be of white vitreous china of approved quality, make and pattern conforming to IS specifications. It shall be of one piece construction with an integral combined overflow. The size of the basin shall be as specified.

Each wash basin shall be provided with 15mm CP brass pillar taps as specified, 32mm CP waste with CP brass bottle trap or GI trap and plug as chain and rubber plug, unions, joints etc. complete in all respects of approved quality.

The basin shall be supported on a pair of R.S or CI cantilever brackets embedded or fixed in position by means of wooden cleats and screws. These brackets shall be painted to the required shade as given under flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC. The wall plaster shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin, plaster shall be made good and surface finished to match with the existing one.

The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor trap leading to a gully trap on ground floor and on upper floors it may be connected to a waste pipe stack. The CP brass bottle trap and Union shall be connected to 32mm GI light class waste pipe or lead pipe as specified which shall be suitably bent towards the wall and / or concealed in the wall as

The sink shall be of white glazed fire clay with wire type overflow conforming to IS specifications unless otherwise specified. The size of the sink shall be as specified. The sink shall be of approved quality and manufacture.

Each sink shall be provided with 40mm CP brass waste coupling and uof standard pattern. CP brass chain and 40mm rubber plug may be provided where

The sink shall be supported on CI cantilever brackets embedded, fixed into position. These brackets shall be painted to the require shade as given under flushing cistern for WCs. The wall plaster on the rear shall be cut to overhang the top edge of the sink.

The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor and trap leading to a gully trap on ground floor and may be connected to a waste pipe stack on upper floors. CP brass coupling and union shall be connected to 40mm GI light quality waste pipe provided with suitable tee and plug for cleaning purposes.

in front and on either side.

The wash basin shall be of white vitreous china of approved quality, make construction with an

Each wash basin shall be provided with 15mm CP brass pillar taps as specified, 32mm CP waste with CP brass bottle trap or GI trap and plug as specified, GI chain and rubber plug, unions, joints etc. complete in all respects of approved quality.

The basin shall be supported on a pair of R.S or CI cantilever brackets ws. These brackets shall

be painted to the required shade as given under flushing cistern for squatting pattern WC. The wall plaster shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin,

shed to match with the existing one. The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor trap leading to a gully

trap on ground floor and on upper floors it may be connected to a waste pipe stack. The CP l be connected to 32mm GI light class waste pipe or lead pipe

as specified which shall be suitably bent towards the wall and / or concealed in the wall as

verflow conforming to IS specifications unless otherwise specified. The size of the sink shall be as specified.

Each sink shall be provided with 40mm CP brass waste coupling and union of standard pattern. CP brass chain and 40mm rubber plug may be provided where

The sink shall be supported on CI cantilever brackets embedded, fixed into given under flushing cistern

for WCs. The wall plaster on the rear shall be cut to overhang the top edge of the sink. The waste pipe shall discharge into a floor and trap leading to a

ected to a waste pipe stack on upper floors. CP brass coupling and union shall be connected to 40mm GI light quality waste pipe provided


Signature of Bidder

12. TOILET REQUISITES 12.1 Mirror : The mirror shall be of approv 12.2 Glass Shelf : The shelf shall be of glass of approved quality with edges rounded off. The size of the shelf shall be as specified. The shelf shall have CP brass guard rail with rubber washers on positions resting on glass plate and with CP brass screws to wooden plugs firmly embedded in the wall. 12.3 Towel Rail : The towel rail shall be of CP brass with two CP brass brackets. The size of the rail shall be as specified. The bracket shall bwooden cleats firmly embedded in the wall. 12.4 Toilet Paper Holder : as specified. The wooden paper holder shall be made of well seasoned teakwood fiwith bees wax. These shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass screws and wooden cleats embedded in the wall. 12.5 Liquid Soap Holder : in position by means of CP brass sliquid soap holder shall be of approved size, and make. 12.6 Shower Rose : The shower rose shall be of CP brass swivelling type of approved size, make and design. Where specified, the same shall be prowith necessary CP brass well flange and fitting. 12.7 Water connectors : Water connection to flushing cistern, wash basins etc. shall be by means of lead pipe or white polythene pipe connection pieces to as specified wiconnectors on either ends and a stop cock. The size of the lead pipe or polythene pipe connection and stop cock will depend upon the size of water connection and shall be as specified. The length of the connecting pieces shall be at least 37 13 PLUMBERS BRASS WORK AND WATER AND WASTE FITTINGS General : Generally, the whole of plumbers brass work or gunmetal fittings shall be of heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern. They shall in all respects comply with the latest ISI. Brass castings for valves, unions, thimbles, ferrules, taps, traps, waste etc. shall be in all respects sound and good, free from laps, blow holes and fittings, plugs, burns stops or patches. The fittings shall be fixed in the pipe line in a workmanlshall be taken to see that joints between fittings and pipes are made leakproof. The fittings and joints shall be tested to a pressure of 20 kg. per Sq.cm. unless otherwise specified. The


TOILET REQUISITES The mirror shall be of approved make glass

The shelf shall be of glass of approved quality with edges rounded off. The size of the shelf shall be as specified. The shelf shall have CP brass guard rail with rubber washers on positions resting on glass plate and CP brass brackets which shall be fixed with CP brass screws to wooden plugs firmly embedded in the wall.

The towel rail shall be of CP brass with two CP brass brackets. The size of the rail shall be as specified. The bracket shall be fixed by means of CP brass screws to wooden cleats firmly embedded in the wall. 12.4 Toilet Paper Holder : The paper holder shall be wooden of CP brass or vitreous china as specified. The wooden paper holder shall be made of well seasoned teakwood fiwith bees wax. These shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass screws and wooden

12.5 Liquid Soap Holder : This shall be of glass or CP brass as specified. It shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass screws and wooden cleats embedded in the wall. The liquid soap holder shall be of approved size, and make.

The shower rose shall be of CP brass swivelling type of approved size, make and design. Where specified, the same shall be provided with a CP brass shower arm with necessary CP brass well flange and fitting.

Water connection to flushing cistern, wash basins etc. shall be by means of lead pipe or white polythene pipe connection pieces to as specified wiconnectors on either ends and a stop cock. The size of the lead pipe or polythene pipe connection and stop cock will depend upon the size of water connection and shall be as specified. The length of the connecting pieces shall be at least 375mm.

PLUMBERS BRASS WORK AND WATER AND WASTE FITTINGSGenerally, the whole of plumbers brass work or gunmetal fittings shall be of

heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern. They shall in all respects comply with I. Brass castings for valves, unions, thimbles, ferrules, taps, traps, waste etc.

shall be in all respects sound and good, free from laps, blow holes and fittings, plugs, burns stops or patches. The fittings shall be fixed in the pipe line in a workmanlike manner. Care shall be taken to see that joints between fittings and pipes are made leakproof. The fittings and joints shall be tested to a pressure of 20 kg. per Sq.cm. unless otherwise specified. The

The shelf shall be of glass of approved quality with edges rounded off. The size of the shelf shall be as specified. The shelf shall have CP brass guard rail with

CP brass brackets which shall be fixed

The towel rail shall be of CP brass with two CP brass brackets. The size e fixed by means of CP brass screws to

The paper holder shall be wooden of CP brass or vitreous china as specified. The wooden paper holder shall be made of well seasoned teakwood finished with bees wax. These shall be fixed in position by means of CP brass screws and wooden

This shall be of glass or CP brass as specified. It shall be fixed crews and wooden cleats embedded in the wall. The

The shower rose shall be of CP brass swivelling type of approved size, vided with a CP brass shower arm

Water connection to flushing cistern, wash basins etc. shall be by means of lead pipe or white polythene pipe connection pieces to as specified with CP brass connectors on either ends and a stop cock. The size of the lead pipe or polythene pipe connection and stop cock will depend upon the size of water connection and shall be as

PLUMBERS BRASS WORK AND WATER AND WASTE FITTINGS Generally, the whole of plumbers brass work or gunmetal fittings shall be of

heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern. They shall in all respects comply with I. Brass castings for valves, unions, thimbles, ferrules, taps, traps, waste etc.

shall be in all respects sound and good, free from laps, blow holes and fittings, plugs, burns ike manner. Care

shall be taken to see that joints between fittings and pipes are made leakproof. The fittings and joints shall be tested to a pressure of 20 kg. per Sq.cm. unless otherwise specified. The


Signature of Bidder

defective fittings and the joints shall be repaconnection to lead pipes shall have tinned ends. Screw down bib and stop taps : bright’ or ‘chromium plated’ finished and of size as specified and s Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of bib taps and stop taps shall be as given below:

Size in mm Minimum finished weight in kg. Bib taps15 0.40 20 0.75 25 1.25 32 - 40 - 50 -

Washers for cold water taps shall be of selected leather, rubber asbestos composition or on plastics as directed. Washers for hot water taps shall be of good quality fibre or rubber asbestos composition as directed. Pillar Taps : Pillar taps shall be of cast brass of chromium plated finish and of size as indicated and shall conform to IS 1795. Washers shall be of materials as for bib taps and stop taps. Ball Valves : Ball valves shall be of high pressure type, made of (excludingbrass of size indicated and shall conform to IS : 1703. The float shall be of copper sheet or polythene as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of ball valves (exclusive of the float), and those of copp Weight in Kg.Nominal size in mm Ball valve

exclusive of float

15 0.3020 0.4725 0.8732 1.2040 1.6550 1.92

The minimum thickness of the copper sheet used for making floats shall be 0.55mm


defective fittings and the joints shall be repaired, redone or replaced. Brass work requiring connection to lead pipes shall have tinned ends. Screw down bib and stop taps : These shall be of cast brass of bronze, of ‘polished bright’ or ‘chromium plated’ finished and of size as specified and shall conform to IS 781.

indicated, the minimum finished weights of bib taps and stop taps shall be

Minimum finished weight in kg. Bib taps Stop taps 0.40

0.75 1.30

1.80 2.25 3.85

Washers for cold water taps shall be of selected leather, rubber asbestos composition or on plastics as directed. Washers for hot water taps shall be of good quality fibre or rubber asbestos composition as directed.

Pillar taps shall be of cast brass of chromium plated finish and of size as indicated and shall conform to IS 1795. Washers shall be of materials as for bib taps and

Ball valves shall be of high pressure type, made of (excludingbrass of size indicated and shall conform to IS : 1703. The float shall be of copper sheet or polythene as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of ball valves (exclusive of the float), and those of copper floats shall be as below :

Weight in Kg. Ball valve exclusive of float

Copper float Diameter of float in mm

0.30 0.22 127 0.47 0.32 152 0.87 0.68 203 1.20 0.92 229 1.65 1.05 254 1.92 1.53 305

thickness of the copper sheet used for making floats shall be 0.55mm

ired, redone or replaced. Brass work requiring

These shall be of cast brass of bronze, of ‘polished hall conform to IS 781.

indicated, the minimum finished weights of bib taps and stop taps shall be

Washers for cold water taps shall be of selected leather, rubber asbestos composition or on plastics as directed. Washers for hot water taps shall be of good quality fibre or rubber

Pillar taps shall be of cast brass of chromium plated finish and of size as indicated and shall conform to IS 1795. Washers shall be of materials as for bib taps and

Ball valves shall be of high pressure type, made of (excluding the float or ball) brass of size indicated and shall conform to IS : 1703. The float shall be of copper sheet or polythene as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum finished weights of ball

Diameter of float in mm

thickness of the copper sheet used for making floats shall be 0.55mm


Signature of Bidder

Syphon traps (Galvanised malleable iron or brass) : baths shall be of CP brass unless otherwise specified or GI of approved manufacturers. Traps for lavatory basins and sinks shall have one inspection eye, fitted with screw plug and washer, while for baths the traps shall have 2 branches screwed externally, one of which shall be fitted with washered cap and other with a vent tail pipe and union nutconnection. A loose coupling nut shall be fitted to the inlet for coupling to the waste and the outlet shall be either tails for lead pipe or screwed with pipe thread and provided with union tail and pipe. Waste fittings : Waste fittingwaste shall be of 40mm bore and wash basin waste shall be 32mm bore, unless otherwise specified. Waste plug and accessories : material and shall conform to IS : 3311. The depth and thickness of the plug shall be such as to provide the required rigidity and water tightness. Each waste plug shall have a loose shackle. The shackle and other metal components shall be of corrosion resis Plug chains shall be made of brass or bronze wire, of diameter not less than 1.80mm, with brazed oval links approximately 13mm in length. Chain stays shall be of brass of bronze and shall be of bolt or screw type as indicated. Lead traps : These shall be of size and pattern as indicated. The weights of lead sheets used in manufacture of traps shall be not less than 30 Kg/Sqm. The traps shall be supplied with brass screw caps, the screw of which shall be lead burnt or soldered to the trap with a well reinforced joint. Neither the screwed end of the cap, when screwed home, nor the sleeve shall protrude beyond the inner surface of the trap. A washer to render the cap watertight shall be supplied with every cap. Gate Valve : The valves used for cold water services shall be of gun metal and conform to Class - I type of IS 778. For hot water installations Class valves shall be of the full way opening type with a metallic hand wheel fixed on the hethe spindle. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as approved by the architects / clients engineer. Globe Valves (Screw down stop valves) : cold water services conforming to IS 778 unless otscrewed or flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as directed.


Syphon traps (Galvanised malleable iron or brass) : Traps for lavatory basins, sinks and baths shall be of CP brass unless otherwise specified or GI of approved manufacturers. Traps

r lavatory basins and sinks shall have one inspection eye, fitted with screw plug and washer, while for baths the traps shall have 2 branches screwed externally, one of which shall be fitted with washered cap and other with a vent tail pipe and union nutconnection. A loose coupling nut shall be fitted to the inlet for coupling to the waste and the outlet shall be either tails for lead pipe or screwed with pipe thread and provided with union

Waste fittings shall be brass chromium plated conforming to IS 2963. Sink waste shall be of 40mm bore and wash basin waste shall be 32mm bore, unless otherwise

Waste plug and accessories : Waste plug shall be of hard rubber or other equally suitable ial and shall conform to IS : 3311. The depth and thickness of the plug shall be such as

to provide the required rigidity and water tightness. Each waste plug shall have a loose shackle. The shackle and other metal components shall be of corrosion resisPlug chains shall be made of brass or bronze wire, of diameter not less than 1.80mm, with brazed oval links approximately 13mm in length. Chain stays shall be of brass of bronze and shall be of bolt or screw type as indicated.

These shall be of size and pattern as indicated. The weights of lead sheets used in manufacture of traps shall be not less than 30 Kg/Sqm. The traps shall be supplied with brass screw caps, the screw of which shall be lead burnt or

trap with a well reinforced joint. Neither the screwed end of the cap, when screwed home, nor the sleeve shall protrude beyond the inner surface of the trap. A washer to render the cap watertight shall be supplied with every cap.

lves used for cold water services shall be of gun metal and conform to I type of IS 778. For hot water installations Class - II valves shall be used. The gate

valves shall be of the full way opening type with a metallic hand wheel fixed on the hethe spindle. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as approved by the architects /

Globe Valves (Screw down stop valves) : These shall be of gun metal Class cold water services conforming to IS 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as

Traps for lavatory basins, sinks and baths shall be of CP brass unless otherwise specified or GI of approved manufacturers. Traps

r lavatory basins and sinks shall have one inspection eye, fitted with screw plug and washer, while for baths the traps shall have 2 branches screwed externally, one of which shall be fitted with washered cap and other with a vent tail pipe and union nut for overflow connection. A loose coupling nut shall be fitted to the inlet for coupling to the waste and the outlet shall be either tails for lead pipe or screwed with pipe thread and provided with union

s shall be brass chromium plated conforming to IS 2963. Sink waste shall be of 40mm bore and wash basin waste shall be 32mm bore, unless otherwise

Waste plug shall be of hard rubber or other equally suitable ial and shall conform to IS : 3311. The depth and thickness of the plug shall be such as

to provide the required rigidity and water tightness. Each waste plug shall have a loose shackle. The shackle and other metal components shall be of corrosion resistant material. Plug chains shall be made of brass or bronze wire, of diameter not less than 1.80mm, with

Chain stays shall be of brass of bronze and shall be of bolt or screw type as indicated. These shall be of size and pattern as indicated. The weights of lead sheets

The traps shall be supplied with brass screw caps, the screw of which shall be lead burnt or trap with a well reinforced joint. Neither the screwed end of the cap, when

screwed home, nor the sleeve shall protrude beyond the inner surface of the trap. A washer

lves used for cold water services shall be of gun metal and conform to II valves shall be used. The gate

valves shall be of the full way opening type with a metallic hand wheel fixed on the head of the spindle. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as approved by the architects /

These shall be of gun metal Class - I type for herwise specified. The valves shall have

screwed or flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as


Signature of Bidder

Check (Non return) Valves : services conforming to IS : 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have screwed or flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as directed. Foot Valves : Foot valves shall be of swing or lift type and provided with brass straiconform to the requirements of IS : 4038. The ends shall be screwed or flanged as directed. Nahani Traps : The traps shall be of cast iron and self cleaning design. The traps shall be of specified size and fitted with a hinged CP brass or cast The grating shall be fixed flush with the floor while the trap shall rest on a 1:6 CM bed. Where one pipe or Two stack system of plumbing is employed it shall be essential to provide deep seal cast iron floor traps of effectivof ISI. 14. WATER TANKS Water Tanks : Hoisting of readycement water tanks into position shall be carried out with proper tackle, care being taken thano part of the tank or of the structure is damaged with operation. The tanks shall be installed truly level. Steel tanks of capacity upto 1,800 litres (Mild steel or Galvanised Iron as specified) shall be of 5.5mm thick sheet welded to 32mm x 32mm x 6mcomplete with MS cover and frame weighing 15 kg with locking arrangement including providing pads of size as required for inlet and outlet pipes. GI overflow pipe piece with mosquito proof couplings and scour pipe with backing nut oprovided. Supports for tanks shall be provided as specified shall be measured and paid for separately. Pipe Inserts : GI pipes inserts to be kept in position for outlets, washouts and inter connection of tanks while castiand shall be threaded throughout its length. A 150mm x 150mm MS plate 6mm thick shall be welded centrally on to the threaded body of pipe as directed. Rates quoted shall include for the same. Overflow pipes : Overflow pipe inserts for tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter with an approved mosquito proof coupling and rates quoted shall include for same. 15. REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPE DRAINAGE: RCC Pipes : All pipes and fittings must be new and perfectly sound, free from cracks, cylindrical straight and of standard nominal diameter and length. They shall be made of reinforced cement concrete, manufactured by centrifugal or spun process and shall have an


Check (Non return) Valves : These shall be of gun metal Class - I type for cold water to IS : 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have screwed or

flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as directed.Foot valves shall be of swing or lift type and provided with brass strai

conform to the requirements of IS : 4038. The ends shall be screwed or flanged as directed.The traps shall be of cast iron and self cleaning design. The traps shall be

of specified size and fitted with a hinged CP brass or cast iron grating as specified.The grating shall be fixed flush with the floor while the trap shall rest on a 1:6 CM bed.

stack system of plumbing is employed it shall be essential to provide deep seal cast iron floor traps of effective water seal 50mm complying with the requirements

Hoisting of ready-made mild steel, galvanised iron, RCC or Asbestos cement water tanks into position shall be carried out with proper tackle, care being taken thano part of the tank or of the structure is damaged with operation. The tanks shall be installed truly level. Steel tanks of capacity upto 1,800 litres (Mild steel or Galvanised Iron as specified) shall be of 5.5mm thick sheet welded to 32mm x 32mm x 6mm angle iron frame complete with MS cover and frame weighing 15 kg with locking arrangement including providing pads of size as required for inlet and outlet pipes. GI overflow pipe piece with mosquito proof couplings and scour pipe with backing nut of required sizes shall be also provided. Supports for tanks shall be provided as specified shall be measured and paid for

GI pipes inserts to be kept in position for outlets, washouts and inter connection of tanks while casting RCC water tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter and shall be threaded throughout its length. A 150mm x 150mm MS plate 6mm thick shall be welded centrally on to the threaded body of pipe as directed. Rates quoted shall include

Overflow pipe inserts for tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter with an approved mosquito proof coupling and rates quoted shall include for same.

. REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPE DRAINAGE: All pipes and fittings must be new and perfectly sound, free from cracks,

cylindrical straight and of standard nominal diameter and length. They shall be made of reinforced cement concrete, manufactured by centrifugal or spun process and shall have an

I type for cold water to IS : 778 unless otherwise specified. The valves shall have screwed or

flanged ends as directed. They shall be suitable for horizontal or vertical use as directed. Foot valves shall be of swing or lift type and provided with brass strainer and

conform to the requirements of IS : 4038. The ends shall be screwed or flanged as directed. The traps shall be of cast iron and self cleaning design. The traps shall be

iron grating as specified. The grating shall be fixed flush with the floor while the trap shall rest on a 1:6 CM bed.

stack system of plumbing is employed it shall be essential to provide e water seal 50mm complying with the requirements

made mild steel, galvanised iron, RCC or Asbestos cement water tanks into position shall be carried out with proper tackle, care being taken that no part of the tank or of the structure is damaged with operation. The tanks shall be installed truly level. Steel tanks of capacity upto 1,800 litres (Mild steel or Galvanised Iron as

m angle iron frame complete with MS cover and frame weighing 15 kg with locking arrangement including providing pads of size as required for inlet and outlet pipes. GI overflow pipe piece with

f required sizes shall be also provided. Supports for tanks shall be provided as specified shall be measured and paid for

GI pipes inserts to be kept in position for outlets, washouts and inter ng RCC water tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter

and shall be threaded throughout its length. A 150mm x 150mm MS plate 6mm thick shall be welded centrally on to the threaded body of pipe as directed. Rates quoted shall include

Overflow pipe inserts for tanks shall be of the specified size and diameter with an approved mosquito proof coupling and rates quoted shall include for same.

All pipes and fittings must be new and perfectly sound, free from cracks, cylindrical straight and of standard nominal diameter and length. They shall be made of reinforced cement concrete, manufactured by centrifugal or spun process and shall have an


Signature of Bidder

even texture. Each pipe shall have one collar with it. The pipes shall conform to latest ISI and shall be of “NP2” class, unless otherwise specified. Excavation of Trenches : crossings, protection of existing services, lighting and watch etc. shall generally be carried out in accordance with procedure described earlier of Cast Iron Pressure Pipes and stoneware pipes. Concrete Support : Chairs made of cement concrete shall be used unless otherwisspecified for supporting pipes. These shall be provided at suitable intervals which shall not exceed the length of pipe. In cases where the soil is made up or is very soft, other forms of concrete supports may be resorted to form the bed of the trench the architects / clients engineer. Laying : The pipes shall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and sections. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes between two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal undulations. Jointing : A few skeins of spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be inserted in the groove at the end of the pipe and the two adjoining pipes butted collar shall then be slipped over the joint, covering equally both the pipes. Spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the pipes and inserted in the joint by means of caulking tools from both the ends of the colrammed home. The object of the yarn is to centre the two ends of the pipes within the collar, and to prevent the cement mortar of the joint penetrating into the pipes. Cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sanbe soft or sloppy and shall be carefully inserted by hand into the joint. The mortar shall then be punched and caulked into the joint and more cement mortar added until the space of the joint has been filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall be finished off neatly outside the collar on both sides at an angle of 45 degree. Any surplus mortar projecting inside the joint is to be removed and to guard against any such projections sack or gunny bag shall be drawn past each joint after completion. Curing : The cement mortar joints shall be cured at least for ten days. Testing and Refilling : This shall be the same as described for SW pipe drains except that in the case of testing, the head of water for testing shall be 2 metres above the top of the highest pipe between two manholes.


even texture. Each pipe shall have one collar with it. The pipes shall conform to latest ISI and shall be of “NP2” class, unless otherwise specified. Excavation of Trenches : Excavation of trenches and connected works such as road

n of existing services, lighting and watch etc. shall generally be carried out in accordance with procedure described earlier of Cast Iron Pressure Pipes and stoneware

Chairs made of cement concrete shall be used unless otherwisspecified for supporting pipes. These shall be provided at suitable intervals which shall not exceed the length of pipe. In cases where the soil is made up or is very soft, other forms of concrete supports may be resorted to form the bed of the trench below the pipe as directed by the architects / clients engineer.

The pipes shall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and sections. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes

een two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal

A few skeins of spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be inserted in the groove at the end of the pipe and the two adjoining pipes butted against each other. The collar shall then be slipped over the joint, covering equally both the pipes. Spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the pipes and inserted in the joint by means of caulking tools from both the ends of the collar. More skeins of yarn shall be added and well

The object of the yarn is to centre the two ends of the pipes within the collar, and to prevent the cement mortar of the joint penetrating into the pipes. Cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) shall be slightly moistened, and must on no account be soft or sloppy and shall be carefully inserted by hand into the joint. The mortar shall then be punched and caulked into the joint and more cement mortar added until the space of

een filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall be finished off neatly outside the collar on both sides at an angle of 45 degree. Any surplus mortar projecting inside the joint is to be removed and to guard against any such

sack or gunny bag shall be drawn past each joint after completion.The cement mortar joints shall be cured at least for ten days.

This shall be the same as described for SW pipe drains except that ing, the head of water for testing shall be 2 metres above the top of the

highest pipe between two manholes.

even texture. Each pipe shall have one collar with it. The pipes shall conform to latest ISI

Excavation of trenches and connected works such as road n of existing services, lighting and watch etc. shall generally be carried

out in accordance with procedure described earlier of Cast Iron Pressure Pipes and stoneware

Chairs made of cement concrete shall be used unless otherwise specified for supporting pipes. These shall be provided at suitable intervals which shall not exceed the length of pipe. In cases where the soil is made up or is very soft, other forms of

below the pipe as directed by

The pipes shall be carefully laid to levels and gradients shown in the plans and sections. Great care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes

een two manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal

A few skeins of spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be inserted in the against each other. The

collar shall then be slipped over the joint, covering equally both the pipes. Spun yarn soaked in neat cement wash shall be passed round the pipes and inserted in the joint by means of

lar. More skeins of yarn shall be added and well

The object of the yarn is to centre the two ends of the pipes within the collar, and to prevent

d) shall be slightly moistened, and must on no account be soft or sloppy and shall be carefully inserted by hand into the joint. The mortar shall then be punched and caulked into the joint and more cement mortar added until the space of

een filled completely with tightly caulked mortar. The joint shall be finished

Any surplus mortar projecting inside the joint is to be removed and to guard against any such sack or gunny bag shall be drawn past each joint after completion.

This shall be the same as described for SW pipe drains except that ing, the head of water for testing shall be 2 metres above the top of the


Signature of Bidder

16 BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS : Surface Drains : The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of the various sizes of drains shall be as follows: Drain Size 10cm 15cm 23cm

The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the drain, top and sides of the brick work shafinished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope from the starting point to the discharging point.BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS : Surface Drains : The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of the various sizes of drains shall be as follows: Drain Size 10cm 15cm 23cm

The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine the drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope from the starting point Brick Masonry Drains with Stoneware Glazed Channels : as per specifications of open surface drains except that the cement plaster of the inside of the drain shall be omitted and stoneware glazed chawith cement mortar 1:1 17. MANHOLES AND INSPECTION CHAMBERS :


BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS : The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining

o as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of the various sizes of drains shall be as follows:

Depth 15cm 23cm 30cm

The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope from the starting point to the discharging point. BRICK MASONRY OPEN SURFACE DRAINS :

The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths of the various sizes of drains shall be as follows:

Depth 15cm 23cm 30cm

The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a uniform slope from the starting point to the discharging point. Brick Masonry Drains with Stoneware Glazed Channels : The work shall be carried out as per specifications of open surface drains except that the cement plaster of the inside of the drain shall be omitted and stoneware glazed channel of proper size shall be fixed in drain

MANHOLES AND INSPECTION CHAMBERS :

The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining o as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths

drains shall be built in 1st class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom corners of the drain shall be rounded off by means of fine cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of

ll be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a

The top of the drain shall always be kept 50 to 75mm above adjoining ground level so as not to admit storm water from surrounding area into it. The overall depths

The earth excavation shall be done true to levels and lines. The drains shall be built in 1st class brick in CM 1:5 over a 10cm bed of cement concrete 1:5 :10. The inside bottom

cement concrete 1:2:4 . Inside of the drain, top and sides of the brick work shall be plastered with 12mm cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The drain may be given as far as possible a

The work shall be carried out as per specifications of open surface drains except that the cement plaster of the inside of the

nnel of proper size shall be fixed in drain


Signature of Bidder

Chambers : At every change of alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain, there shall be a manhole or inspection chamber. The maximum distance 30 metres. Size : The size of the manhole or inspection chamber specified shall be the internal size of the manhole (between brick faces). The work shall be done strictly as per drawings and specifications. Excavation : The manhole shall be excavated true to dimensions and levels, shown on the plan or as directed by the architects / clients engineer. Brick work : The bricks shall be of first quality, best locally available and from approved source. The brick work shall be laid in cement mortar 1:3. The joints shall be made thoroughly leakproof. Plaster : The walls shall be plastered both inside and outside with 20mm thick cement plaster 1:3. Where subsoil water condition exists, the outside surface of the wallsplastered with the addition of approved waterproof compound. Foundation concrete : The manhole / inspection chambers shall be built on a base of cement concrete of mix 1:4 :8 of thickness of atleast 15cms for chambers upto 1M depth, atleast 20cms for chamber from 1M to 1.5M depth and atleast 30cms for inspection chamber of greater depth. Pointing : Pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:2 wherever required. Channels and Benching : 1:2:4 and rendered smooth to the grade with cement mortar 1:2. The channel shall be semicircular in the bottom half and of diameter equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal diameter, the sides shall be extended vertically to the same level as the cropipe and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off. RCC Cover Slab : Cover slab shall be of RCC 1:2:4 of 100mm thickness or other specified with steel reinforcement as per details. Foot Rests : Foot rests shall be provided in all i0.8M in depth and shall be of CI square flats 25mm weighing atleast 4.50Kg. or as specified and shall be painted with coal tar. These shall be embedded in masonry in CM atleast 25cm, while the brick work is in progresmay be 38cms apart horizontally, and 30.5cms apart vertically. The top foot rest shall be 45cms below the manholes cover and the lowest not more than 30cms above the benching. Levels of invert : Sewers of unequal sectional area should not joint with level inverts in a manhole, but the crown of the sewers shall be kept at the same level and necessary slope


At every change of alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain, there shall be a manhole or inspection chamber. The maximum distance between manholes shall not exceed

The size of the manhole or inspection chamber specified shall be the internal size of the manhole (between brick faces). The work shall be done strictly as per drawings and

The manhole shall be excavated true to dimensions and levels, shown on the plan or as directed by the architects / clients engineer.

The bricks shall be of first quality, best locally available and from approved shall be laid in cement mortar 1:3. The joints shall be made

The walls shall be plastered both inside and outside with 20mm thick cement plaster 1:3. Where subsoil water condition exists, the outside surface of the wallsplastered with the addition of approved waterproof compound.

The manhole / inspection chambers shall be built on a base of cement concrete of mix 1:4 :8 of thickness of atleast 15cms for chambers upto 1M depth,

ms for chamber from 1M to 1.5M depth and atleast 30cms for inspection chamber

Pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:2 wherever required.Channels and Benching : The channels and benching shall be done in cement concre1:2:4 and rendered smooth to the grade with cement mortar 1:2. The channel shall be semicircular in the bottom half and of diameter equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal diameter, the sides shall be extended vertically to the same level as the crown of the outgoing pipe and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off.

Cover slab shall be of RCC 1:2:4 of 100mm thickness or other specified with steel reinforcement as per details.

Foot rests shall be provided in all inspection chambers and manholes over 0.8M in depth and shall be of CI square flats 25mm weighing atleast 4.50Kg. or as specified and shall be painted with coal tar. These shall be embedded in masonry in CM atleast 25cm, while the brick work is in progress. They shall be set staggered into two vertical runs which may be 38cms apart horizontally, and 30.5cms apart vertically. The top foot rest shall be 45cms below the manholes cover and the lowest not more than 30cms above the benching.

Sewers of unequal sectional area should not joint with level inverts in a manhole, but the crown of the sewers shall be kept at the same level and necessary slope

At every change of alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain, there shall be a between manholes shall not exceed

The size of the manhole or inspection chamber specified shall be the internal size of the manhole (between brick faces). The work shall be done strictly as per drawings and

The manhole shall be excavated true to dimensions and levels, shown on the

The bricks shall be of first quality, best locally available and from approved shall be laid in cement mortar 1:3. The joints shall be made

The walls shall be plastered both inside and outside with 20mm thick cement plaster 1:3. Where subsoil water condition exists, the outside surface of the walls shall be

The manhole / inspection chambers shall be built on a base of cement concrete of mix 1:4 :8 of thickness of atleast 15cms for chambers upto 1M depth,

ms for chamber from 1M to 1.5M depth and atleast 30cms for inspection chamber

Pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:2 wherever required. The channels and benching shall be done in cement concrete

1:2:4 and rendered smooth to the grade with cement mortar 1:2. The channel shall be semicircular in the bottom half and of diameter equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal

wn of the outgoing

Cover slab shall be of RCC 1:2:4 of 100mm thickness or other specified

nspection chambers and manholes over 0.8M in depth and shall be of CI square flats 25mm weighing atleast 4.50Kg. or as specified and shall be painted with coal tar. These shall be embedded in masonry in CM atleast 25cm,

s. They shall be set staggered into two vertical runs which may be 38cms apart horizontally, and 30.5cms apart vertically. The top foot rest shall be 45cms below the manholes cover and the lowest not more than 30cms above the benching.

Sewers of unequal sectional area should not joint with level inverts in a manhole, but the crown of the sewers shall be kept at the same level and necessary slope


Signature of Bidder

given in the invert of the manhole chamber. The branch sewer should deliver sewage in manhole in the direction of main flow and the junction must be made with care so that flow in the main is not impeded. House connections : No drain from house fittings e.g. gully trap or soil pipe etc. to manhole shall exceed a length of 6 metres unl Measurements : The depth of manhole shall be reckoned from the invert level of the channel to the top of the CI cover. The depth shall be measured correct to nearest cm. Manhole upto 1 metre depth : specified and is generally constructed within compounds for house drainage only. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23 cms. Manholes of depths between 1.00M and 1.50M : otherwise specified. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23cms. Manholes of depths more than 1.5 metres : 1.4 metres or rectangular chambers with minimum ishall normally be provided unless otherwise specified. The brick work for the portion exceeding 1.5 Metres and upto 2.20 Metres shall normally be of 34.5 cms thickness, unless otherwise specified. Drop Manholes : Where it is impractical to arrange the connection of the branch pipe sewer within 60cm of the invert of the outgoing sewer in the manhole, a drop connection shall be provided. If the differences in level between the inexceed 60cm. The connecting pipe may be directly brought through the chamber wall and the fall accommodated by constructing a ramp in the benching of chamber. The connection shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber as shown in drawing or directed by the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for providing the requisite length of SW or RCC pipe embedded in the masonry or PCC at the upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement, providing and fixing Sright angled bend and double tee junction of the requisite size including cutting ends if required and jointing, providing 11cm thick brick masonry in 1:2 CM or PCC encasement alround including finishing with cement plaster 1:1, 20mm thick and excplugging the open mouths of the double tee junctions and house connection pipes wherever directed. 18. CI MANHOLE COVERS : Covers : The CI manhole covers and frame shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air and sand holes, cold shuts and warping which are likely to impair utility and castings. They shall be of tough homogeneous cast iron, of Heavy, Medium or Light Duty type as specified.


given in the invert of the manhole chamber. The branch sewer should deliver sewage in manhole in the direction of main flow and the junction must be made with care so that flow

No drain from house fittings e.g. gully trap or soil pipe etc. to manhole shall exceed a length of 6 metres unless it is unavoidable.

The depth of manhole shall be reckoned from the invert level of the channel to the top of the CI cover. The depth shall be measured correct to nearest cm.Manhole upto 1 metre depth : This shall be of 0.80 M x 0.80 M size unless otherwise specified and is generally constructed within compounds for house drainage only. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23 cms. Manholes of depths between 1.00M and 1.50M : This shall be of 1.2M x 0.9M unless otherwise specified. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23cms.Manholes of depths more than 1.5 metres : Circular chamber with a minimum diameter of 1.4 metres or rectangular chambers with minimum internal dimensions of 1.2M x 0.9 Metre shall normally be provided unless otherwise specified. The brick work for the portion exceeding 1.5 Metres and upto 2.20 Metres shall normally be of 34.5 cms thickness, unless

here it is impractical to arrange the connection of the branch pipe sewer within 60cm of the invert of the outgoing sewer in the manhole, a drop connection shall be provided. If the differences in level between the in-coming drain and the sewer does not xceed 60cm. The connecting pipe may be directly brought through the chamber wall and

the fall accommodated by constructing a ramp in the benching of chamber. The connection shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber

wn in drawing or directed by the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall include for providing the requisite length of SW or RCC pipe embedded in the masonry or PCC at the upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement, providing and fixing Sright angled bend and double tee junction of the requisite size including cutting ends if required and jointing, providing 11cm thick brick masonry in 1:2 CM or PCC encasement alround including finishing with cement plaster 1:1, 20mm thick and excplugging the open mouths of the double tee junctions and house connection pipes wherever

. CI MANHOLE COVERS : The CI manhole covers and frame shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air

uts and warping which are likely to impair utility and castings. They shall be of tough homogeneous cast iron, of Heavy, Medium or Light Duty type as specified.

given in the invert of the manhole chamber. The branch sewer should deliver sewage in the manhole in the direction of main flow and the junction must be made with care so that flow

No drain from house fittings e.g. gully trap or soil pipe etc. to manhole

The depth of manhole shall be reckoned from the invert level of the channel to the top of the CI cover. The depth shall be measured correct to nearest cm.

80 M size unless otherwise specified and is generally constructed within compounds for house drainage only. The

This shall be of 1.2M x 0.9M unless otherwise specified. The thickness of brick walls shall not be less than 23cms.

Circular chamber with a minimum diameter of nternal dimensions of 1.2M x 0.9 Metre

shall normally be provided unless otherwise specified. The brick work for the portion exceeding 1.5 Metres and upto 2.20 Metres shall normally be of 34.5 cms thickness, unless

here it is impractical to arrange the connection of the branch pipe sewer within 60cm of the invert of the outgoing sewer in the manhole, a drop connection shall be

coming drain and the sewer does not xceed 60cm. The connecting pipe may be directly brought through the chamber wall and

The connection shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber wn in drawing or directed by the architects / clients engineer. The rates quoted shall

include for providing the requisite length of SW or RCC pipe embedded in the masonry or PCC at the upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement, providing and fixing SW or RCC right angled bend and double tee junction of the requisite size including cutting ends if required and jointing, providing 11cm thick brick masonry in 1:2 CM or PCC encasement alround including finishing with cement plaster 1:1, 20mm thick and excavation and plugging the open mouths of the double tee junctions and house connection pipes wherever

The CI manhole covers and frame shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air uts and warping which are likely to impair utility and castings. They

shall be of tough homogeneous cast iron, of Heavy, Medium or Light Duty type as specified.


Signature of Bidder

The sizes specified are the clear internal dimensions. The minimum weights of the various types of manhole covers with frames and their internal sizes will be as given below. Sl. No.

Description

1 Heavy duty circular 2 Medium duty rectangular3 Medium duty circular4 Light duty rectangular double

seal Manhole covers with double seal shall be used near buildings and within compounds. When the inspection chamber is built traffic load light duty CI covers may be used. When it is built within the metalled width of the road under heavy vehicular traffic, it shall be provided with heavy duty CI cover. Medium duty covers shall be used for light traffic conditions such as internal approach roads and cycle tracks. The covers used in manholes on sewer lines shall invariably bear the word “SEWER” on the top, and those used for storm water drains shall bear the word ‘S.shall be done during casting of the covers. The frame of manhole cover shall be embedded firmly in the RCC slab or plain concrete as the case may be on the top of the masonry. After the completion of the work manhole covers shall begrease. All exposed surfaces of the frames and covers shall be painted with coal tar. The cost of such work should be included in the contractor’s rate. Note: Contractors shall supply and provide make of materials only case the specified make are not available in the market the contractors shall use equivalent make of materials only with approval from clients.An approved make has to satisfy the specifications and there can be no plea that when thespecified make is used the work has to be accepted irrespective of the fact that the material used does not satisfy the specification. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY, lNSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK 1. General Requirements


The sizes specified are the clear internal dimensions. The minimum weights of the various pes of manhole covers with frames and their internal sizes will be as given below.

Clean opening

Minimum weight of cover

Minimum weight of frame

mm kg. kg. 500 dia. 118 111 rectangular 455 x

610 80 64

Medium duty circular 500 dia. 58 58 Light duty rectangular double 455 x

610 29 23

Manhole covers with double seal shall be used near buildings and within compounds. When the inspection chamber is built in domestic premises where they are not subjected to wheeled traffic load light duty CI covers may be used. When it is built within the metalled width of the road under heavy vehicular traffic, it shall be provided with heavy duty CI cover.

overs shall be used for light traffic conditions such as internal approach roads The covers used in manholes on sewer lines shall invariably bear the word “SEWER” on the top, and those used for storm water drains shall bear the word ‘S.W.D.’ These markings shall be done during casting of the covers. The frame of manhole cover shall be embedded firmly in the RCC slab or plain concrete as the case may be on the top of the masonry. After the completion of the work manhole covers shall be sealed by means of thick motor grease. All exposed surfaces of the frames and covers shall be painted with coal tar. The cost of such work should be included in the contractor’s rate.

Note: Contractors shall supply and provide make of materials only as specified above. In case the specified make are not available in the market the contractors shall use equivalent make of materials only with approval from clients. An approved make has to satisfy the specifications and there can be no plea that when thespecified make is used the work has to be accepted irrespective of the fact that the material used does not satisfy the specification.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY, lNSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WORK

The sizes specified are the clear internal dimensions. The minimum weights of the various pes of manhole covers with frames and their internal sizes will be as given below.

Minimu

of frame

Total weight

kg. 229 144 116 52

Manhole covers with double seal shall be used near buildings and within compounds. When in domestic premises where they are not subjected to wheeled

traffic load light duty CI covers may be used. When it is built within the metalled width of the road under heavy vehicular traffic, it shall be provided with heavy duty CI cover.

overs shall be used for light traffic conditions such as internal approach roads The covers used in manholes on sewer lines shall invariably bear the word “SEWER” on

W.D.’ These markings

The frame of manhole cover shall be embedded firmly in the RCC slab or plain concrete as

sealed by means of thick motor grease. All exposed surfaces of the frames and covers shall be painted with coal tar. The

as specified above. In case the specified make are not available in the market the contractors shall use equivalent An approved make has to satisfy the specifications and there can be no plea that when the specified make is used the work has to be accepted irrespective of the fact that the material

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY, lNSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING


Signature of Bidder

The installation shall generally be carried out in conformity with the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 framed there under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Awith the specifications laid down in the Indian Standards I.S. 732(revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (System voltage not exceeding 650 volts). The wiring shall also be according to the specific Electrical Installation work shall be carried out only by Contractor/Contractors holding valid contractors' license issued by the concerned State Government as applicable to the voltage grade and nature of electrical installation work in accordance with Rule 45 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 with its latest amendments. The work shall also be carried out under the direct supervision of a person holding a certificate of competency and by a person holding permit issued or recognized by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories.. 2. Materials All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard Specifications wherever these exist. Materials to be used shOwner/Consultants /Engineer 3. Eligibility, License, SupervisionOnly Contractor having valid contractors' license, issued by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories , for doing the categoreligible for award of contract. A xerox copy of such license shall be enclosed with the contract offer. All work shall be carried out under direct supervision of Licensed Electrical Supervisor and Trade man, certified by Electrical Authority for the requisite part. The Contractor shall ensure that all the above statutory licenses are renewed before they lapse, during tenure of this work. Owner shall have the right to call for verification of all licenses as and when by them or their authorized representative. The licensed supervisor shall be available at site at all reasonable hours to receive instruction from the Owner/Consultant. 4.Contractor to Provide The contractor will have to arrange for the Supervisor holding requisite part, who will be available at all reasonable hours at site to receive instructions from the Owner/Consultants.


The installation shall generally be carried out in conformity with the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 framed there under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standards I.S. 732-1963 Code of Practice (revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (System voltage not exceeding 650 volts). The wiring shall also be according to the specifications of Local Authority and as per N.E.C.Electrical Installation work shall be carried out only by Contractor/Contractors holding valid contractors' license issued by the concerned State Government as applicable to the voltage

rical installation work in accordance with Rule 45 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 with its latest amendments. The work shall also be carried out under the direct supervision of a person holding a certificate of competency and by a person

issued or recognized by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories..

All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard Specifications wherever these exist. Materials to be used shall be got approved by Owner/Consultants /Engineer-in-Charge prior to actual use.

3. Eligibility, License, Supervision Only Contractor having valid contractors' license, issued by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories , for doing the category of work as per Openeligible for award of contract. A xerox copy of such license shall be enclosed with the

All work shall be carried out under direct supervision of Licensed Electrical Supervisor and by Electrical Authority for the requisite part.

The Contractor shall ensure that all the above statutory licenses are renewed before they lapse, during tenure of this work. Owner shall have the right to call for verification of all licenses as and when by them or their authorized representative. The licensed supervisor shall be available at site at all reasonable hours to receive instruction

The contractor will have to arrange for the work to be supervised by a whole time licensed Supervisor holding requisite part, who will be available at all reasonable hours at site to receive instructions from the Owner/Consultants.

The installation shall generally be carried out in conformity with the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 framed

uthority concerned, and also 1963 Code of Practice

(revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (System voltage not exceeding 650 volts). The ations of Local Authority and as per N.E.C.

Electrical Installation work shall be carried out only by Contractor/Contractors holding valid contractors' license issued by the concerned State Government as applicable to the voltage

rical installation work in accordance with Rule 45 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 with its latest amendments. The work shall also be carried out under the direct supervision of a person holding a certificate of competency and by a person

issued or recognized by the concerned State Government/ Union Territories..

All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian all be got approved by

Only Contractor having valid contractors' license, issued by the concerned State Open Tender shall be

eligible for award of contract. A xerox copy of such license shall be enclosed with the

All work shall be carried out under direct supervision of Licensed Electrical Supervisor and

The Contractor shall ensure that all the above statutory licenses are renewed before they

Owner shall have the right to call for verification of all licenses as and when felt necessary

The licensed supervisor shall be available at site at all reasonable hours to receive instruction

work to be supervised by a whole time licensed Supervisor holding requisite part, who will be available at all reasonable hours at site to


Signature of Bidder

The Electrician and supervisors of the contractor shall always cartape (30 meters) one test lamp with leads and one neon tester and make available to the Consultants/Owner/Engineer all the measuring instrument and tools that are required for checking the work. 5. Wires & Cables All wires and cables to be used in electrical wiring shall have ISI marking on it. If the suppliers indicate that ISI marking on wires/cables is not possible because of manufacturing process, the cables/wires shall be accepted with the submission of test certificate and coplicense issued by B.I.S to the manufacturers. 6. Conduits The conduits to be used in wiring shall conform to I.S 9537 (Partrespects. The contractors using the particular brand of conduit shall furnish test certificate from N.T.H or any Government Approved Laboratory with supply of conduits. 7. Testing The following items supplied by the Contractor may be tested at the manufacturers works/approved Government Laboratory as per the relevant Indian Standards and the manufacturer test certificates shall be submitted to Consultant/Owner before dispatch with request for inspection of the items 15 days in advance for taking up the inspection. i) L.T Panels & Distribution Boards L T Cablesii) L T Cables Regardless of witnessing of tests, the contractor shall remain committed specifications and they are not absolved of non performance or shortfall.The Contractors should also undertake at site all pre commissioning tests as per relevant Indian Standards/Indian Electricity Rules anin the presence of representatives of the Consultants and the Owner and statutory authorities if required. All arrangements have to be made by the contractor at his cost. 8. Test Certificates 8.1 The contractor shall have to submit drawing(s) for panel boards G.A and shop/

working drawing for each system like light, fan, socket outlets, power points, telephone points, computer terminals etc in triplicate and have these approved by the Owner/Consultants before undertaking fabrication/manufacture.

8.2 The panel boards shall be accepted on the basis of inspection and testing by the


The Electrician and supervisors of the contractor shall always carry with them measuring tape (30 meters) one test lamp with leads and one neon tester and make available to the Consultants/Owner/Engineer all the measuring instrument and tools that are required for

es to be used in electrical wiring shall have ISI marking on it. If the suppliers indicate that ISI marking on wires/cables is not possible because of manufacturing process, the cables/wires shall be accepted with the submission of test certificate and coplicense issued by B.I.S to the manufacturers.

The conduits to be used in wiring shall conform to I.S 9537 (Part-II)-1981 or latest in all respects. The contractors using the particular brand of conduit shall furnish test certificate

N.T.H or any Government Approved Laboratory with supply of conduits.

The following items supplied by the Contractor may be tested at the manufacturers works/approved Government Laboratory as per the relevant Indian Standards and the

rer test certificates shall be submitted to Consultant/Owner before dispatch with request for inspection of the items 15 days in advance for taking up the inspection.i) L.T Panels & Distribution Boards L T Cables

of tests, the contractor shall remain committed specifications and they are not absolved of non performance or shortfall. The Contractors should also undertake at site all pre commissioning tests as per relevant Indian Standards/Indian Electricity Rules and as directed by the Central Electricity Authority in the presence of representatives of the Consultants and the Owner and statutory authorities if required. All arrangements have to be made by the contractor at his cost.

The contractor shall have to submit drawing(s) for panel boards G.A and shop/ working drawing for each system like light, fan, socket outlets, power points, telephone points, computer terminals etc in triplicate and have these approved by the

ants before undertaking fabrication/manufacture. The panel boards shall be accepted on the basis of inspection and testing by the

ry with them measuring tape (30 meters) one test lamp with leads and one neon tester and make available to the Consultants/Owner/Engineer all the measuring instrument and tools that are required for

es to be used in electrical wiring shall have ISI marking on it. If the suppliers indicate that ISI marking on wires/cables is not possible because of manufacturing process, the cables/wires shall be accepted with the submission of test certificate and copy of

1981 or latest in all respects. The contractors using the particular brand of conduit shall furnish test certificate

N.T.H or any Government Approved Laboratory with supply of conduits.

The following items supplied by the Contractor may be tested at the manufacturers works/approved Government Laboratory as per the relevant Indian Standards and the

rer test certificates shall be submitted to Consultant/Owner before dispatch with request for inspection of the items 15 days in advance for taking up the inspection.

of tests, the contractor shall remain committed specifications and The Contractors should also undertake at site all pre commissioning tests as per relevant

d as directed by the Central Electricity Authority in the presence of representatives of the Consultants and the Owner and statutory authorities

The contractor shall have to submit drawing(s) for panel boards G.A and shop/ working drawing for each system like light, fan, socket outlets, power points, telephone points, computer terminals etc in triplicate and have these approved by the

The panel boards shall be accepted on the basis of inspection and testing by the


Signature of Bidder

Owner/Consultants / consultants at the manufacturer's/ fabricator's workshop and on the basis of the approved drawings.remain committed to the specification and they are not be absolved of any nonperformance or short fall.

8.3 The Electrical contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificates, if asked

by the Owner/Consultant, for particular material/ materials brought at site for incorporation in work.

8.4 The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, continuity tests, earth resistant

test and any other tests required as per specification and furniOwner/Consultant the same in quadruplicate duly signed by them with their license no supervisors license no and his signature certifying the above.

8.5 Certificates of High Voltage Insulation Tests, Conductivity Tests and any othe

required as per specifications are to be procured and furnished by the Electrical Contractor. The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if thpass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Engineer/Consultants and Contractor's representative. For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's testcertificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted by the contractor for each lot of materials delivered at site.

9. Drawings and Documents 9.1 The contractor shall have to submit shop drawing, G.A and Schematic

Control/Circuit drawing(s) in triplicate andOwner/Consultants before undertaking the work.

9.2 Work shall be carried out as per the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the

Contractor shall remain committed to the specification and they are not absolved of nonperformance or short fall.

9.3 The Contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificate, if asked by the

Consultants for particular material/materials brought at site for incorporation in work.

9.4 The Contractor shall have to carry out insul

other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to words the same in quadruplicate.

9.5 The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS

specifications from an app


Owner/Consultants / consultants at the manufacturer's/ fabricator's workshop and on the basis of the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the Contractor shall remain committed to the specification and they are not be absolved of any nonperformance or short fall. The Electrical contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificates, if asked

wner/Consultant, for particular material/ materials brought at site for incorporation in work. The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, continuity tests, earth resistant test and any other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to Owner/Consultant the same in quadruplicate duly signed by them with their license no supervisors license no and his signature certifying the above. Certificates of High Voltage Insulation Tests, Conductivity Tests and any otherequired as per specifications are to be procured and furnished by the Electrical Contractor. The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if thpass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Engineer/Consultants and Contractor's representative. For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's testcertificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted by the contractor for each lot of materials

Drawings and Documents The contractor shall have to submit shop drawing, G.A and Schematic Control/Circuit drawing(s) in triplicate and have these approved by the Owner/Consultants before undertaking the work. Work shall be carried out as per the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the Contractor shall remain committed to the specification and they are not absolved of

formance or short fall. The Contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificate, if asked by the Consultants for particular material/materials brought at site for incorporation in work. The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, conductivity tests, and any other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to words the same

The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if the pipes

Owner/Consultants / consultants at the manufacturer's/ fabricator's workshop and on Regardless of the above the Contractor shall

remain committed to the specification and they are not be absolved of any non-

The Electrical contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificates, if asked wner/Consultant, for particular material/ materials brought at site for

The Contractor shall have to carry out insulation tests, continuity tests, earth resistant sh test certificates to

Owner/Consultant the same in quadruplicate duly signed by them with their license

Certificates of High Voltage Insulation Tests, Conductivity Tests and any other tests required as per specifications are to be procured and furnished by the Electrical Contractor. The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS specifications from an approved test laboratory and use them at site only if the pipes pass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Engineer/Consultants and Contractor's representative. For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's test certificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted by the contractor for each lot of materials

The contractor shall have to submit shop drawing, G.A and Schematic have these approved by the

Work shall be carried out as per the approved drawings. Regardless of the above the Contractor shall remain committed to the specification and they are not absolved of

The Contractor shall have to furnish manufacturer's test certificate, if asked by the

ation tests, conductivity tests, and any other tests required as per specification and furnish test certificates to words the same

The contractor will have to get the metal conduit pipes & tested as per IS roved test laboratory and use them at site only if the pipes


Signature of Bidder

pass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Consultants representative and Contractor's representative. For otmanufacturer's test certificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted.

10. Licensees Requirements etc The contractor should ensure that all installations conform to Local/Statutory

Regulations and requirements. In found in the Technical Specifications or Schedule of Items, these shall be immediately brought to the notice of the Owner/Consultants and the same should be got modified before execution of the work.

11. Installation, Testing & Commissioning Electrical Inspection etc 11.1 The Owner will apply for Service Connection. However, all the necessary forms

required for Electrical Service Connection and Electrical Inspection etc are to be collected/arranged anafter due endorsement by the Owner along with necessary fees, if required. Owner will reimburse the necessary/statutory fees paid by the Contractor on his behalf, on production of the money rec

11.2 The contractor will have to carry out the formalities with the Licensee including

negotiations for the same with licenses for the subject installation, as necessary. 11.3 The Contractor has to take all

electrical installation and permission to switch on power supply and get the installation passed by the Electrical Inspector/Local Authority in all respects including any variations, alterations, and modifiLicensee/Inspector/Authority, if any for permanent energisation / commissioning. All the above items are in the Contractor's scope of work and the necessary cost for the same should be included in the rates quoted by them. No whatsoever in this connection except the payment of the statutory fees against production of documentary evidences only.

12. Completion Drawing and Documents On completion of work, the contractor shall submit three copies "as-built" drawings as detailed in the specifications, along with final bill, if not submitted earlier: 1. Electrical Layout drawing for lightings and sockets, L.T panels, earthing stations, ear

thing mat etc.


pass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Consultants representative and Contractor's representative. For other items like Cables, Copper Wires etc manufacturer's test certificate/ISI Certificate will be submitted. Licensees Requirements etc The contractor should ensure that all installations conform to Local/Statutory Regulations and requirements. In case of any deficiency/discrepancy or contradictions found in the Technical Specifications or Schedule of Items, these shall be immediately brought to the notice of the Owner/Consultants and the same should be got modified before execution of the work.

Installation, Testing & Commissioning Electrical Inspection etc The Owner will apply for Service Connection. However, all the necessary forms required for Electrical Service Connection and Electrical Inspection etc are to be collected/arranged and to be filled up by the contractor and submitted to Authority after due endorsement by the Owner along with necessary fees, if required. Owner will reimburse the necessary/statutory fees paid by the Contractor on his behalf, on production of the money receipt of the Inspecting Authority/ Authority.The contractor will have to carry out the formalities with the Licensee including negotiations for the same with licenses for the subject installation, as necessary.The Contractor has to take all initiative/responsibility towards approval of the electrical installation and permission to switch on power supply and get the installation passed by the Electrical Inspector/Local Authority in all respects including any variations, alterations, and modifications after instructions of Licensee/Inspector/Authority, if any for permanent energisation / commissioning. All the above items are in the Contractor's scope of work and the necessary cost for the same should be included in the rates quoted by them. No other payment shall be made whatsoever in this connection except the payment of the statutory fees against production of documentary evidences only. Completion Drawing and Documents

On completion of work, the contractor shall submit three copies print along with one no. CD built" drawings as detailed in the specifications, along with final bill, if not submitted

Electrical Layout drawing for lightings and sockets, L.T panels, earthing stations, ear

pass the tests. The testing will be done by the contractor at his cost. Samples for testing will be drawn jointly by the Owner's Consultants representative and

her items like Cables, Copper Wires etc

The contractor should ensure that all installations conform to Local/Statutory case of any deficiency/discrepancy or contradictions

found in the Technical Specifications or Schedule of Items, these shall be immediately brought to the notice of the Owner/Consultants and the same should be

The Owner will apply for Service Connection. However, all the necessary forms required for Electrical Service Connection and Electrical Inspection etc are to be

d to be filled up by the contractor and submitted to Authority after due endorsement by the Owner along with necessary fees, if required. Owner will reimburse the necessary/statutory fees paid by the Contractor on his behalf, on

eipt of the Inspecting Authority/ Authority. The contractor will have to carry out the formalities with the Licensee including negotiations for the same with licenses for the subject installation, as necessary.

initiative/responsibility towards approval of the electrical installation and permission to switch on power supply and get the installation passed by the Electrical Inspector/Local Authority in all respects

cations after instructions of Licensee/Inspector/Authority, if any for permanent energisation / commissioning. All the above items are in the Contractor's scope of work and the necessary cost for the

other payment shall be made whatsoever in this connection except the payment of the statutory fees against

print along with one no. CD built" drawings as detailed in the specifications, along with final bill, if not submitted

Electrical Layout drawing for lightings and sockets, L.T panels, earthing stations, ear


Signature of Bidder

2. Control schematic diagram drawings of all major items/schemes.3. Two Line Diagrams with bill of quantities, cable schedule etc.4. Test certificate from the manufacturers of all the main equipment like to Cables,

wires, Meters, Relays etc. 13. Safety Code The Safety Code will be as per Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and subsequent amendments made upto date, and as per various prevailing I.S. Codes of Practice for Electrical Installation. Temporary Electrical Wiring shall be done in the manner as advised by the OwConsultants with necessary supports when drawn overhead and proper clamping/ fixing and should conform to requirement of Indian Electricity Rules, various I.S. Codes of Practice for Lift and Electrical Installation and Local Regulations. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING 1.0 General Requirements The installation shall generally be carried out in conforming to the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956as amended up to date framed there under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standard I.S. 732 (revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650 v2309-1969 Code of Practice for the protection of Buildings and Allied Structure against Lightning and IS 10038 - Indian code of Practice for Ear thing. The wiring shall also be according to the I.S specifications, NEC and Local Government Bo Only the contractor having valid Electrical Contractor licence of the State shall be eligible to execute the same. The contractor shall be responsible for renewal of the same at the appropriate time. 2.0 Materials All materials, fittings, applianceStandard Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached afterwards. Materials not included in the list shall be got approved by the Consultants/ Engineer-in-Charge/Owner prior to actual use. 3.0 Main Switch Gear


matic diagram drawings of all major items/schemes. Line Diagrams with bill of quantities, cable schedule etc.

Test certificate from the manufacturers of all the main equipment like to Cables, wires, Meters, Relays etc.

fety Code will be as per Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and subsequent amendments made upto date, and as per various prevailing I.S. Codes of Practice for Electrical

Temporary Electrical Wiring shall be done in the manner as advised by the OwConsultants with necessary supports when drawn overhead and proper clamping/ fixing and should conform to requirement of Indian Electricity Rules, various I.S. Codes of Practice for Lift and Electrical Installation and Local Regulations.

ECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING

The installation shall generally be carried out in conforming to the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956as amended up to date framed

under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standard I.S. 732 - 1963 Code of Practice (revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650 v

1969 Code of Practice for the protection of Buildings and Allied Structure against Indian code of Practice for Ear thing. The wiring shall also be

according to the I.S specifications, NEC and Local Government Body. Only the contractor having valid Electrical Contractor licence of the State shall be eligible to execute the same. The contractor shall be responsible for renewal of the same at the

All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached afterwards. Materials not included in the list shall be got approved by the Consultants/

Owner prior to actual use.

Test certificate from the manufacturers of all the main equipment like to Cables,

fety Code will be as per Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and subsequent amendments made upto date, and as per various prevailing I.S. Codes of Practice for Electrical

Temporary Electrical Wiring shall be done in the manner as advised by the Owner/ Consultants with necessary supports when drawn overhead and proper clamping/ fixing and should conform to requirement of Indian Electricity Rules, various I.S. Codes of Practice for

The installation shall generally be carried out in conforming to the requirements of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956as amended up to date framed

under, the relevant regulations of the Electric Supply Authority concerned, and also 1963 Code of Practice

(revised) for Electrical Wiring Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650 volts) and I.S. 1969 Code of Practice for the protection of Buildings and Allied Structure against

Indian code of Practice for Ear thing. The wiring shall also be

Only the contractor having valid Electrical Contractor licence of the State shall be eligible to execute the same. The contractor shall be responsible for renewal of the same at the

s, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian Standard Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached afterwards. Materials not included in the list shall be got approved by the Consultants/


Signature of Bidder

Iron clad switch fuse and isolator units should conform to relevant I.S. standard. The quick make and break mechanism shall be self interlocked with the cover. In "Off" position there must be two breaks per pole. Main switch gear shall be properly earthed with two numbers conductors if M.V and one number of L.V. 4.0 Bus bar Chamber (B.B.C) This shall be totally enclosed, metal clad type fabricated from rust proofed 16 SWG sheet steel on angle iron frame and provided with sheet steel or cast iron cover and un drilled detachable end plates, suitable for mounting on wall or angle iron floor stand and painted with high quality enamel paint. G.I. bolts and nuts shall be used for assembly with suitable packing materials to ensure dust proof finish. Meters shall be provided on suitable sheet steel boxes. Switch shall be provided with cable and boxes as required. The depth of B.B.C. shall be 250 mm (minimum). Minimum clearance of phase bars to earth shall be 25 mm and between bus bars shall be minimum 32 mm. It should be as per relevant IS standard. H.C. (High conductivity) copper bus bars properly tinned are to be rated at 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm conforming to relevant I.S. specification. The contractor must note thatbe made of copper only. Neutral Bus bars are to be rated to carry 60% of phase current. These shall be mounted on DMC/SMC supports of proper dielectric and mechanical strength and shall be appropriately co lour coded for identification of Phase with 1.1 KV grade PVC sleeved throughout the length. Lettering shall be done for identification of switches as directed. The contractor shall submit fully dimensioned drawing of the board with the physical position of the switches and othercomponents to the Consultants for their approval before the same is fabricated.There shall be two no s of Earth Terminals. Suitable Danger Board shall be provided. 5.0 Interconnection B.B.C & Switch Fuse, Meters For ratings above 150 Amps these shall cconsidering current density as specified in clause 4 above. For rating below 150 Amps PVC copper cable tails of appropriate size, terminating in tinned copper sockets may be used considering 1.5 Amp/ sq. mm for copper & 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm for Aluminums. The above are to be enclosed either in sheet metal trunking or conduits so that no part is exposed. 6.0 Distribution Boards


Iron clad switch fuse and isolator units should conform to relevant I.S. standard. The quick make and break mechanism shall be self interlocked with the cover. In "Off" position there

Main switch gear shall be properly earthed with two numbers conductors if M.V and one

Bus bar Chamber (B.B.C) This shall be totally enclosed, metal clad type fabricated from rust proofed 16 SWG sheet

and provided with sheet steel or cast iron cover and un drilled detachable end plates, suitable for mounting on wall or angle iron floor stand and painted with high quality enamel paint. G.I. bolts and nuts shall be used for assembly with suitable

materials to ensure dust proof finish. Meters shall be provided on suitable sheet steel boxes. Switch shall be provided with cable and boxes as required. The depth of B.B.C. shall be 250 mm (minimum). Minimum clearance of phase bars to earth

mm and between bus bars shall be minimum 32 mm. It should be as per relevant

H.C. (High conductivity) copper bus bars properly tinned are to be rated at 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm conforming to relevant I.S. specification. The contractor must note that all the bus bars shall

Neutral Bus bars are to be rated to carry 60% of phase current. These shall be mounted on DMC/SMC supports of proper dielectric and mechanical strength and shall be appropriately

ation of Phase with 1.1 KV grade PVC sleeved throughout the

Lettering shall be done for identification of switches as directed. The contractor shall submit fully dimensioned drawing of the board with the physical position of the switches and othercomponents to the Consultants for their approval before the same is fabricated.There shall be two no s of Earth Terminals. Suitable Danger Board shall be provided.

Interconnection B.B.C & Switch Fuse, Meters For ratings above 150 Amps these shall consist of insulated copper strips to adequate section considering current density as specified in clause 4 above. For rating below 150 Amps PVC copper cable tails of appropriate size, terminating in tinned copper sockets may be used

. mm for copper & 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm for Aluminums. The above are to be enclosed either in sheet metal trunking or conduits so that no part is exposed.

Iron clad switch fuse and isolator units should conform to relevant I.S. standard. The quick make and break mechanism shall be self interlocked with the cover. In "Off" position there

Main switch gear shall be properly earthed with two numbers conductors if M.V and one

This shall be totally enclosed, metal clad type fabricated from rust proofed 16 SWG sheet and provided with sheet steel or cast iron cover and un drilled

detachable end plates, suitable for mounting on wall or angle iron floor stand and painted with high quality enamel paint. G.I. bolts and nuts shall be used for assembly with suitable

materials to ensure dust proof finish. Meters shall be provided on suitable sheet steel

The depth of B.B.C. shall be 250 mm (minimum). Minimum clearance of phase bars to earth mm and between bus bars shall be minimum 32 mm. It should be as per relevant

H.C. (High conductivity) copper bus bars properly tinned are to be rated at 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm all the bus bars shall

Neutral Bus bars are to be rated to carry 60% of phase current. These shall be mounted on DMC/SMC supports of proper dielectric and mechanical strength and shall be appropriately

ation of Phase with 1.1 KV grade PVC sleeved throughout the

Lettering shall be done for identification of switches as directed. The contractor shall submit fully dimensioned drawing of the board with the physical position of the switches and other components to the Consultants for their approval before the same is fabricated.There shall be

onsist of insulated copper strips to adequate section considering current density as specified in clause 4 above. For rating below 150 Amps PVC copper cable tails of appropriate size, terminating in tinned copper sockets may be used

. mm for copper & 1.0 Amp/ sq .mm for Aluminums. The above are to be enclosed either in sheet metal trunking or conduits so that no part is exposed.


Signature of Bidder

These shall be totally enclosed metal clad type Distribution Boards with hinged be in accordance with I.S. 2147 construction and fabricated from rust proof sheet steel and finished with anticorrosive stove enamel paint and have provision for fixing directly on wand have ear thing terminals/terminals. Power Distribution Boards (400 volts TPN) shall be constructed from 16 SWG sheet steel and Branch Distribution Boards (230 volts SPN from 18 SWG sheet steel). The minimum ratings of phase and neutral bus bars shall be 100% of the total rating of MCB ways up to 16 Amp ratings. Above 32 Amps Neutral Bus bars may be half the size of the Phase Bus Bars. The MCB shall be mounted on Din rails supports of proper dielectric & mechTPN units should have phase separation barriers. Cables shall be connected to a terminal by crimped lugs. Where two or more B.D.B's feeding low voltage circuits are fed from different phases of a medium voltage supply, these B.D.B's shalin the different divert ion to prevent access to the both DBS at a time. All three phase power distribution boards shall be properly earthed with two number 10 S.W.G galvanized iron wires and provided shall be properly earthed with one number 10 SWG galvanized iron wire each or insulated copper PVC wire of adequate ratings incase of concealed wiring as per the specifications. 7.0 Switches All switches for lights, fans and plug points shall be piano type switches, unless specified otherwise. 8.0 Cables and Conductors All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standard. Conductors of all cables except for flexible cables, shall be of aluminums, unless spec 9.0 Flexible Cables Conductors of flexible cables shall be of copper. The minimum size of core acceptable is 0.50 sq. mm (16/0.20 mm). The maximum weight to which the following twin flexible cords may be subjected are as follows :


These shall be totally enclosed metal clad type Distribution Boards with hinged be in accordance with I.S. 2147 - 1952 and 2675 - 1966 and B.S. 214. These shall be welded construction and fabricated from rust proof sheet steel and finished with anticorrosive stove enamel paint and have provision for fixing directly on wall or concealed in wall as necessary and have ear thing terminals/terminals. Power Distribution Boards (400 volts TPN) shall be constructed from 16 SWG sheet steel and Branch Distribution Boards (230 volts SPN from 18 SWG sheet steel).

ratings of phase and neutral bus bars shall be 100% of the total rating of MCB ways up to 16 Amp ratings. Above 32 Amps Neutral Bus bars may be half the size of the

The MCB shall be mounted on Din rails supports of proper dielectric & mechTPN units should have phase separation barriers. Cables shall be connected to a terminal by crimped lugs. Where two or more B.D.B's feeding low voltage circuits are fed from different phases of a medium voltage supply, these B.D.B's shall be installed at least two meters apart or otherwise in the different divert ion to prevent access to the both DBS at a time. All three phase power distribution boards shall be properly earthed with two number 10 S.W.G galvanized iron wires and provided with suitable Danger Board. All SPN B.D.B's shall be properly earthed with one number 10 SWG galvanized iron wire each or insulated copper PVC wire of adequate ratings incase of concealed wiring as per the specifications.

ights, fans and plug points shall be piano type switches, unless specified

Cables and Conductors All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standard. Conductors of all cables except for flexible cables, shall be of aluminums, unless specified otherwise.

Conductors of flexible cables shall be of copper. The minimum size of core acceptable is 0.50 sq. mm (16/0.20 mm). The maximum weight to which the following twin flexible cords may be subjected are as follows :

These shall be totally enclosed metal clad type Distribution Boards with hinged lids and shall 1966 and B.S. 214. These shall be welded

construction and fabricated from rust proof sheet steel and finished with anticorrosive stove all or concealed in wall as necessary

Power Distribution Boards (400 volts TPN) shall be constructed from 16 SWG sheet steel

ratings of phase and neutral bus bars shall be 100% of the total rating of MCB ways up to 16 Amp ratings. Above 32 Amps Neutral Bus bars may be half the size of the

The MCB shall be mounted on Din rails supports of proper dielectric & mechanical strength.

Where two or more B.D.B's feeding low voltage circuits are fed from different phases of a l be installed at least two meters apart or otherwise

All three phase power distribution boards shall be properly earthed with two number 10 with suitable Danger Board. All SPN B.D.B's

shall be properly earthed with one number 10 SWG galvanized iron wire each or insulated copper PVC wire of adequate ratings incase of concealed wiring as per the specifications.

ights, fans and plug points shall be piano type switches, unless specified

All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standard. Conductors of all cables except for

Conductors of flexible cables shall be of copper. The minimum size of core acceptable is 0.50 sq. mm (16/0.20 mm). The maximum weight to which the following twin flexible cords


Signature of Bidder

Twin 16/0.20 mm : 3.3 Ibs (1.5 kgs)Twin 23/0.0076 inch 10.0 Installation of Main Switch Board, SDB's Mains, Sub mains, Distribution

Wiring to Individual Points The exact positions of all main switchdistribution wirings to individual points including the exact position of all light fittings and switch boards shall be first marked on the buildings and shall be approved by the Engineerin-Charge before actual commencement of the work. The D.Bs shall generally be installed at a height of 2.13 m (7 ft) from floor level as per the direction of Owner/Consultants. 11.0 Installation of Switch Boards These shall be installed at a height of 1.3 meters (4'direction of the Owner/Consultants. 12.0 Installation of Ceiling Fans Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be hung not less than 2.75 M (9 ft) above floor. The suspension and clamp shall be painted cost. 13.0 Installation of Fluorescent Light Fittings Where these are suspended from ceiling by two down rods, or fixed to ceiling/beam directly, at least one fixing to the ceiling/beam shall be made with MechaElectrical drill only shall be used while making holes for the fasteners which shall be capable of sustaining at least 15 kg of dead weight. The down rods and accessories shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra cost. Unless otherwise specified these should be suspended 2.60 M (8'per direction of Owner/Consultant to match interiors. 14.0 Installation of Exhaust Fans Exhaust Fans shall be fitted by means of rag bolts embedded or on sui(12 mm thick) in the wall/window panels. The required holes in the wall shall be made and finished neatly with cement plaster and brought to the original finish of the wall. In case of block board mounting all fixing, cutting shall b


Twin 16/0.20 mm : 3.3 Ibs (1.5 kgs) Twin 23/0.0076 inch : 5.0 Ibs (2.3 kgs)

Installation of Main Switch Board, SDB's Mains, Sub mains, Distribution Wiring to Individual Points

The exact positions of all main switch board, BOB's and all runs of mains and sub mains, and distribution wirings to individual points including the exact position of all light fittings and switch boards shall be first marked on the buildings and shall be approved by the Engineer

ore actual commencement of the work. The D.Bs shall generally be installed at a height of 2.13 m (7 ft) from floor level as per the direction of Owner/Consultants. 11.0 Installation of Switch Boards These shall be installed at a height of 1.3 meters (4'-3") and above the floor level or as per direction of the Owner/Consultants. 12.0 Installation of Ceiling Fans Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be hung not less than 2.75 M (9 ft) above floor. The suspension and clamp shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra

13.0 Installation of Fluorescent Light Fittings Where these are suspended from ceiling by two down rods, or fixed to ceiling/beam directly, at least one fixing to the ceiling/beam shall be made with Mechanical/Metal fasteners. Electrical drill only shall be used while making holes for the fasteners which shall be capable of sustaining at least 15 kg of dead weight. The down rods and accessories shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra

Unless otherwise specified these should be suspended 2.60 M (8'-6") above the floor or as per direction of Owner/Consultant to match interiors. 14.0 Installation of Exhaust Fans Exhaust Fans shall be fitted by means of rag bolts embedded or on suitable size block board (12 mm thick) in the wall/window panels. The required holes in the wall shall be made and finished neatly with cement plaster and brought to the original finish of the wall. In case of block board mounting all fixing, cutting shall be made by the electrical contractor in

Installation of Main Switch Board, SDB's Mains, Sub mains, Distribution

board, BOB's and all runs of mains and sub mains, and distribution wirings to individual points including the exact position of all light fittings and switch boards shall be first marked on the buildings and shall be approved by the Engineer-

The D.Bs shall generally be installed at a height of 2.13 m (7 ft) from floor level as per the

3") and above the floor level or as per

Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be hung not less than 2.75 M (9 ft) above with approved paint without involving extra

Where these are suspended from ceiling by two down rods, or fixed to ceiling/beam directly, nical/Metal fasteners.

Electrical drill only shall be used while making holes for the fasteners which shall be capable

The down rods and accessories shall be painted with approved paint without involving extra

6") above the floor or as

table size block board (12 mm thick) in the wall/window panels. The required holes in the wall shall be made and finished neatly with cement plaster and brought to the original finish of the wall. In case of

e made by the electrical contractor in


Signature of Bidder

coordination with civil/interior decoration contractor without extra cost. 15.0 Installation of Socket outlets No socket outlet shall be provided in the bath room at the height less than 130 cm,s (4'-3") from the floor. No switches shall be provided inside the bath rooms, unless approved by the Owner/Consultants. Socket outlet at locations other than bath rooms shall be either 25 cms (10") or 130 cms (4'3") from the floor. 16.0 Installation of Electric Motors Electric Motors shall be earthed with 2 numbers SWG 6 G.I. wires, if M.V. and I number of L.V. or insulated copper PVC wires of adequate sizes as approved by Owner/Consultants without any extra cost to the Owner. 17.0 Testing of Installation Before a completed installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into service, the following tests shall be carried out by the contractor in presence of the EngineerCharge/Owner/Consultants. a) Polarity of Switches It must be ensured by test thacircuits they control. b) Insulation Test i) By applying a 500 volt megger between earth and the whole system of conductors or any section thereof, with all fuses in place and all switches cnot connected or both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected together :result in meghom shall not be less than 50 divided by the number of points on the circuit, and should not be less than 1 meg ii) Between all conductors connected to one phase and all such conductors connected to the neutral or to the other phase conductors of the supply after removing all metallic connections between the two poles of the installation and switching on all resistance shall be as in (i) above. c) Earth Continuity Test


coordination with civil/interior decoration contractor without extra cost. 15.0 Installation of Socket outlets No socket outlet shall be provided in the bath room at the height less than 130 cm,s

No switches shall be provided inside the bath rooms, unless approved by the

Socket outlet at locations other than bath rooms shall be either 25 cms (10") or 130 cms (4'

16.0 Installation of Electric Motors Electric Motors shall be earthed with 2 numbers SWG 6 G.I. wires, if M.V. and I number of L.V. or insulated copper PVC wires of adequate sizes as approved by Owner/Consultants without any extra cost to the Owner.

pleted installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into service,

the following tests shall be carried out by the contractor in presence of the Engineer

It must be ensured by test that all Two pole switches have been fitted on the live side of the

i) By applying a 500 volt megger between earth and the whole system of conductors or any section thereof, with all fuses in place and all switches closed, all lamps not in position, fans not connected or both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected together :result in meghom shall not be less than 50 divided by the number of points on the circuit, and should not be less than 1 meghom. ii) Between all conductors connected to one phase and all such conductors connected to the neutral or to the other phase conductors of the supply after removing all metallic connections between the two poles of the installation and switching on all switches. The insulation resistance shall be as in (i) above.

No socket outlet shall be provided in the bath room at the height less than 130 cm,s

No switches shall be provided inside the bath rooms, unless approved by the

Socket outlet at locations other than bath rooms shall be either 25 cms (10") or 130 cms (4'--

Electric Motors shall be earthed with 2 numbers SWG 6 G.I. wires, if M.V. and I number of L.V. or insulated copper PVC wires of adequate sizes as approved by Owner/Consultants

pleted installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into service, the following tests shall be carried out by the contractor in presence of the Engineer-in

pole switches have been fitted on the live side of the

i) By applying a 500 volt megger between earth and the whole system of conductors or any losed, all lamps not in position, fans

not connected or both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected together :- The result in meghom shall not be less than 50 divided by the number of points on the circuit, and

ii) Between all conductors connected to one phase and all such conductors connected to the neutral or to the other phase conductors of the supply after removing all metallic connections

switches. The insulation


Signature of Bidder

The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits, and metal sheaths of cables in all cases shall be tested for electrical continuity. Electrical resistance of tear thing lead but excluding any resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from the connection with completed installation shall not exceed one ohm. d) Earth Resistance Test To ensure effectiveness of installation eartohm for installation capacity up to 5 KW and one ohm for installation of higher capacity. 18.0 The completed work will be taken over only if the results obtained in above tests are

within the limits ment

On completion of the installation work, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out along witlicense no etc. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local Electric Supply Authority.

19.0 Special Specifications a) Before fixing all switches, fittings etc. should be produced before

and get approved. b) All metal switch boards and switch/regulator boxes to be used in work shall be

painted with two coats of anti rust primer (red oxide paint) prior to erection. After erection they shall be again painted with two quality and shade.

c) Before execution of any portion of conduit work for wiring a neat proper layout

should be made out by the contractor and got approved from the EngineerFor this purpose contractor is advithe Consultant/Consultant/Interior Decoration Contractor.

d) While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the wall/ ceilings,

partitions/modular furniture’s etc, the contractor must ensure that all tboth ends of the conduits are available clear so that no difficulty arises.

e) Damage to any fitting during erection and before handing over the installation by

contractor shall be set right or replaced by the contractor at his own cost. f) Caution Board of proper size wherever required, shall be provided, as per I.E.E.

regulations for which no extra payment will be admissible. g) Any repairs done to wall etc. should match with the surrounding surface otherwise


The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits, and metal sheaths of cables in all cases shall be tested for electrical continuity. Electrical resistance of the above along with the ear thing lead but excluding any resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from the connection with completed installation shall not exceed one ohm.

To ensure effectiveness of installation earth, the value of earth resistance shall be within 5 ohm for installation capacity up to 5 KW and one ohm for installation of higher capacity.

The completed work will be taken over only if the results obtained in above tests are within the limits mentioned above, and in accordance with I.E. Rules.On completion of the installation work, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out along with his license No. Contractor's seal with license no etc. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local Electric Supply Authority. Special Specifications Before fixing all switches, fittings etc. should be produced before Engineer

All metal switch boards and switch/regulator boxes to be used in work shall be painted with two coats of anti rust primer (red oxide paint) prior to erection. After erection they shall be again painted with two coats of enamel paint of approved

Before execution of any portion of conduit work for wiring a neat proper layout should be made out by the contractor and got approved from the EngineerFor this purpose contractor is advised to get acquainted with the layout drawings of the Consultant/Consultant/Interior Decoration Contractor. While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the wall/ ceilings, partitions/modular furniture’s etc, the contractor must ensure that all tboth ends of the conduits are available clear so that no difficulty arises.Damage to any fitting during erection and before handing over the installation by contractor shall be set right or replaced by the contractor at his own cost.Caution Board of proper size wherever required, shall be provided, as per I.E.E. regulations for which no extra payment will be admissible. Any repairs done to wall etc. should match with the surrounding surface otherwise

The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits, and metal sheaths of cables in all he above along with the

ear thing lead but excluding any resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker, measured from

h, the value of earth resistance shall be within 5 ohm for installation capacity up to 5 KW and one ohm for installation of higher capacity.

The completed work will be taken over only if the results obtained in above tests are ioned above, and in accordance with I.E. Rules.

On completion of the installation work, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor, countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision

h his license No. Contractor's seal with license no etc. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local

Engineer-in Charge

All metal switch boards and switch/regulator boxes to be used in work shall be painted with two coats of anti rust primer (red oxide paint) prior to erection. After

coats of enamel paint of approved

Before execution of any portion of conduit work for wiring a neat proper layout should be made out by the contractor and got approved from the Engineer-in Charge.

sed to get acquainted with the layout drawings of

While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the wall/ ceilings, partitions/modular furniture’s etc, the contractor must ensure that all the inlets and both ends of the conduits are available clear so that no difficulty arises. Damage to any fitting during erection and before handing over the installation by contractor shall be set right or replaced by the contractor at his own cost. Caution Board of proper size wherever required, shall be provided, as per I.E.E.

Any repairs done to wall etc. should match with the surrounding surface otherwise


Signature of Bidder

same will be got done throContractor .

h) Earthling Installation shall be done in the presence of Engineer

representative. i) The installations should not be energized without adequate ear thing. j) The I.C. switches and Distribution Fuse Boards shall be provided with neat lettering

in block letters with paint for identification of the I.C. switches and for the points connected to each fuse way of the D.B's for which no extra payment will be admissible.

k) Completion Drawings

The contractor shall be required to submit along with Final bill, the underdrawings on tracing papers, along with three copies of Ammonia print each.

I) Plan (as per structural drawing) of each floor (not less than 1:1

showing : ii) Location of Main Switch Board, Distribution boards (with the circuit numbers

controlled by them). iii) The runs of mains and sub mains. iv) Location of New switch boards, new location of shifted switch

boards at different locations etc. v) Location of lights, fans, wall sockets, other power consuming devices together with

type of fittings and fixtures including circuit numbers. vi) Position of Lightning Conductors and route of run vii) Position of Earthing Stations for light and power and ear thing Installation Conductor viii) Following information’s are to be given on all the drawings: a) Name of work with job no. Accepted b) Date of completion c) Name of Place d) Name and Signature of Contractore) Scale of Drawings.


same will be got done through Building Contractor at the cost of the Electrical

Earthling Installation shall be done in the presence of Engineer-in

i) The installations should not be energized without adequate ear thing. The I.C. switches and Distribution Fuse Boards shall be provided with neat lettering in block letters with paint for identification of the I.C. switches and for the points connected to each fuse way of the D.B's for which no extra payment will be

Completion Drawings The contractor shall be required to submit along with Final bill, the underdrawings on tracing papers, along with three copies of Ammonia print each.Plan (as per structural drawing) of each floor (not less than 1:1

Location of Main Switch Board, Distribution boards (with the circuit numbers

The runs of mains and sub mains. Location of New switch boards, new location of shifted switch board, split switch boards at different locations etc. Location of lights, fans, wall sockets, other power consuming devices together with type of fittings and fixtures including circuit numbers. Position of Lightning Conductors and route of running conductor. Position of Earthing Stations for light and power and ear thing Installation Conductor

Following information’s are to be given on all the drawings: Name of work with job no. Accepted Open Tender No.

Name and Signature of Contractor

ugh Building Contractor at the cost of the Electrical

in-Charge or his

The I.C. switches and Distribution Fuse Boards shall be provided with neat lettering in block letters with paint for identification of the I.C. switches and for the points connected to each fuse way of the D.B's for which no extra payment will be

The contractor shall be required to submit along with Final bill, the under-noted drawings on tracing papers, along with three copies of Ammonia print each. Plan (as per structural drawing) of each floor (not less than 1:100 metric scale)

Location of Main Switch Board, Distribution boards (with the circuit numbers

board, split switch

Location of lights, fans, wall sockets, other power consuming devices together with

Position of Earthing Stations for light and power and ear thing Installation Conductor


Signature of Bidder

20.0 Schematic layout and of Main and Sub-board, S.O.S. having descriptions of the size, capacity, type and their numbers, the system and the source of supply, (ii) Location, Size, Type, length of main and sub main cables/liDepartmental mark on each S.D.S and switchgear.

The drawings shall be very neatly drawn and submitted properly without folding them.

21.0 Cable route should be marked on site plan with measurements f

structures. B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM 1.0 Type and Size of Conduit All conduit pipe shall be screwed type, solid drawn or welded and with black stove enameled surface or galvanized and of thickness conforming to revision) in all respects. The conduits are to be free from burrs and internal roughness. No conduits less than 20 mm in dia shall be used, unless specified. Not more than 2 circuits shall be bunched in one circuit. 2.0 Accessories Only screwed type of accessories are to be used. 3.0 Conduit Joints The conduit shall be properly earthed. In long distance straight runs of conduit either inspection type screwed couplers are to be provided at reasonable intervals on ruthreads with couplers and jam nuts. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm to 27 mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories. Cut end of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges or damage to insulation of conductor while pulling them through such pipes. 4.0 Protection against dampness and rust In order to minimize condensation and sweating inside the tube, all outlets of pipes system shall be properly drained and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent entry to insects inside the conduit. To protect against rust the outer surface of the conduit and accessories shall be painted and the bare thread portion is to be pointed with anti


Schematic layout and Two line diagram drawings of each floor showing (i) Location board, S.O.S. having descriptions of the size, capacity, type and

their numbers, the system and the source of supply, (ii) Location, Size, Type, length of main and sub main cables/line (iii) Loading of each S.D.S. indication of phases, Departmental mark on each S.D.S and switchgear. The drawings shall be very neatly drawn and submitted properly without folding

Cable route should be marked on site plan with measurements f

B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM1.0 Type and Size of Conduit All conduit pipe shall be screwed type, solid drawn or welded and with black stove enameled surface or galvanized and of thickness conforming to IS : 9537 Part II of 1981 (or latest revision) in all respects. The conduits are to be free from burrs and internal roughness. No conduits less than 20 mm in dia shall be used, unless specified. Not more than 2 circuits shall

Only screwed type of accessories are to be used.

The conduit shall be properly earthed. In long distance straight runs of conduit either inspection type screwed couplers are to be provided at reasonable intervals on ruthreads with couplers and jam nuts. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm to 27 mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories. Cut end of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges or any burrs left to avoid damage to insulation of conductor while pulling them through such pipes. 4.0 Protection against dampness and rust In order to minimize condensation and sweating inside the tube, all outlets of pipes system

d and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent entry to insects

To protect against rust the outer surface of the conduit and accessories shall be painted and the bare thread portion is to be pointed with anti-corrosive preservative.

line diagram drawings of each floor showing (i) Location board, S.O.S. having descriptions of the size, capacity, type and

their numbers, the system and the source of supply, (ii) Location, Size, Type, length ne (iii) Loading of each S.D.S. indication of phases,

The drawings shall be very neatly drawn and submitted properly without folding

Cable route should be marked on site plan with measurements from permanent

B. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM

All conduit pipe shall be screwed type, solid drawn or welded and with black stove enameled IS : 9537 Part II of 1981 (or latest

revision) in all respects. The conduits are to be free from burrs and internal roughness. No conduits less than 20 mm in dia shall be used, unless specified. Not more than 2 circuits shall

The conduit shall be properly earthed. In long distance straight runs of conduit either inspection type screwed couplers are to be provided at reasonable intervals on running threads with couplers and jam nuts. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13 mm to 27 mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or

any burrs left to avoid

In order to minimize condensation and sweating inside the tube, all outlets of pipes system d and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent entry to insects

To protect against rust the outer surface of the conduit and accessories shall be painted and


Signature of Bidder

5.0 Fixing of Conduits Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles and h.w. or metal bars, secured to wall/ceiling by screws driven into wood plugs or rawl plugs or philnot more than 76 cm apart for vertical run and side of couplers or bend of similar fittingsthe centre of such fittings. The minimum thickness for saddles shall be 24 SWG, for conduits up to 25 mm dia and 20 SWG for larger sizes. 6.0 Bends in Conduits All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done by bending the pipes, or by inserting suitable inspection type bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron inspection boxes whichever is most suitable. 7.0 Outlets All outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush mounting system. In case of cast iron boxes the wall thickness shall be at least 3 mm anshall not be less than 16 gauge. Except where otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws. Where conduits are terminated special care shall be taken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn. 8.0 Cables to be used Unless stated otherwise only be used for wiring in conduit system. The number of shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not volts). 9.0 Looping in system Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping system. In this system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at terminating points such as at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets at the socket terminals. 10.0 Earthing continuity wires All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear thing attachment by NO. 14


Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles and h.w. or metal bars, secured to wall/ceiling by screws driven into wood plugs or rawl plugs or phil- plugs at an interval of not more than 76 cm apart for vertical run and 60 cm apart for horizontal run; but on other side of couplers or bend of similar fittings-saddle shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the centre of such fittings. The minimum thickness for saddles shall be 24 SWG, for conduits

SWG for larger sizes.

All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done by bending the pipes, or by inserting suitable inspection type bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron

whichever is most suitable.

All outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush mounting system. In case of cast iron boxes the wall thickness shall be at least 3 mm and in case of welded mild steel sheet box the wall thickness shall not be less than 16 gauge. Except where otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws. Where conduits are terminated

ken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.

Unless stated otherwise only Two core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall used for wiring in conduit system. The number of Two core cables drawn in one conduit

shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not

Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping system. In this system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at

at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets at the socket terminals. 10.0 Earthing continuity wires All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear thing attachment by NO. 14 SWG G.I. wires, unless specified otherwise.

Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles and h.w. or metal bars, secured to plugs at an interval of

60 cm apart for horizontal run; but on other saddle shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from

the centre of such fittings. The minimum thickness for saddles shall be 24 SWG, for conduits

All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done by bending the pipes, or by inserting suitable inspection type bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron

All outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush mounting system. In case of cast iron boxes the wall

d in case of welded mild steel sheet box the wall thickness shall not be less than 16 gauge. Except where otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws. Where conduits are terminated

ken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to

core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall core cables drawn in one conduit

shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732-1963) Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not exceeding 650


at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket

All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with


Signature of Bidder

Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by No. 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise. For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with attachment by number 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise. For looping ear thing G.l. wire shall be run on conduits being fixed with saddles. This wire shall not be normally visible after installation when run with the conduit. Where theto be taken without the conduits this will be fixed with 'U' nails at 2' feet intervals. 11.0 Painting Conduit and all conduit fittings and accessories shall be painted with two coats matt paint. Painting of conduits shall be done to harmonize trusses etc. after installation and as approved by the Engineer C. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONCEALED WIRING SYSTEM 1.0 Concealed conduit wiring system shall comply with all requconduit wiring system as specified above and in addition conform to the requirements specified below: Wiring shall be taken from the MCB DBs along column/partition walls/in concealed manner in BE MS conduit/ trunking by cutting chasesposition, putting junction boxes, switch boxes in position and mending good the damages up to an acceptable level. The wiring from DB shall enter into embedded metal trunking in floors and shall reach near the reenter into the race-way/cable alley, of the modular furniture from the floor trunking by making holes on the cover plate of the metal trunking and distributed within the furniture’s/blocks by looping method whenever applicable. The details of the trunking has been described in the schedule of items. The wiring shall be completely flexible and shall be done in full proof manner for ease of operation and maintenance. The switches shall be of modular/piano type design as suggested and shall be fixed on front mounting plates/Bakelite Boards on the floor/wall as per the requirement. The telephone and computer signal/data lines are to be run separately all through and shall be totally isolated from Raw/UPsupply to conform with the National & International Standards. The power supply to the respective floor SPN MCB DBs (both for Raw & UPS power supply) shall be taken from the TPN MCB DB located conveniently in the electrical rooms of the floors by using suitable sizes 1100V, grade, AI conductor/Copper Conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed armored cable on surface through cable duct/wall/ceiling as necessary and above the false ceiling. The cable, if any comes below the false ceiling in the hall areashall be concealed in wall by cutting chases and mending good the damages.


Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by No. 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise. For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with attachment by number 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise. For looping ear thing G.l. wire shall be run on conduits being fixed with saddles. This wire shall not be normally visible after installation when run with the conduit. Where theto be taken without the conduits this will be fixed with 'U' nails at 2' feet intervals.

Conduit and all conduit fittings and accessories shall be painted with two coats matt paint. Painting of conduits shall be done to harmonize with co lour bearing surface, i.e. wall, joists, trusses etc. after installation and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge/ Consultant.C. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONCEALED WIRING SYSTEM

Concealed conduit wiring system shall comply with all requirements for surface conduit wiring system as specified above and in addition conform to the requirements

Wiring shall be taken from the MCB DBs along column/partition walls/in concealed manner in BE MS conduit/ trunking by cutting chases on walls, putting the conduits/trunking in position, putting junction boxes, switch boxes in position and mending good the damages up to an acceptable level. The wiring from DB shall enter into embedded metal trunking in floors and shall reach near the respective areas of the respective floors. The circuits shall

way/cable alley, of the modular furniture from the floor trunking by making holes on the cover plate of the metal trunking and distributed within the

ing method whenever applicable. The details of the trunking has been described in the schedule of items. The wiring shall be completely flexible and shall be done in full proof manner for ease of operation and maintenance. The switches shall be of

piano type design as suggested and shall be fixed on front mounting plates/Bakelite Boards on the floor/wall as per the requirement. The telephone and computer signal/data lines are to be run separately all through and shall be totally isolated from Raw/UPsupply to conform with the National & International Standards. The power supply to the respective floor SPN MCB DBs (both for Raw & UPS power supply) shall be taken from the TPN MCB DB located conveniently in the electrical rooms of

using suitable sizes 1100V, grade, AI conductor/Copper Conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed armored cable on surface through cable duct/wall/ceiling as necessary and above the false ceiling. The cable, if any comes below the false ceiling in the hall areashall be concealed in wall by cutting chases and mending good the damages.

Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by No. 14

For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing

For looping ear thing G.l. wire shall be run on conduits being fixed with saddles. This wire shall not be normally visible after installation when run with the conduit. Where the wire has to be taken without the conduits this will be fixed with 'U' nails at 2' feet intervals.

Conduit and all conduit fittings and accessories shall be painted with two coats matt paint. with co lour bearing surface, i.e. wall, joists,

Charge/ Consultant. C. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONCEALED WIRING SYSTEM

irements for surface conduit wiring system as specified above and in addition conform to the requirements

Wiring shall be taken from the MCB DBs along column/partition walls/in concealed manner on walls, putting the conduits/trunking in

position, putting junction boxes, switch boxes in position and mending good the damages up to an acceptable level. The wiring from DB shall enter into embedded metal trunking in

spective areas of the respective floors. The circuits shall way/cable alley, of the modular furniture from the floor trunking by

making holes on the cover plate of the metal trunking and distributed within the ing method whenever applicable. The details of the trunking has

been described in the schedule of items. The wiring shall be completely flexible and shall be done in full proof manner for ease of operation and maintenance. The switches shall be of

piano type design as suggested and shall be fixed on front mounting plates/Bakelite Boards on the floor/wall as per the requirement. The telephone and computer signal/data lines are to be run separately all through and shall be totally isolated from Raw/UPS power

The power supply to the respective floor SPN MCB DBs (both for Raw & UPS power supply) shall be taken from the TPN MCB DB located conveniently in the electrical rooms of

using suitable sizes 1100V, grade, AI conductor/Copper Conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed armored cable on surface through cable duct/wall/ceiling as necessary and above the false ceiling. The cable, if any comes below the false ceiling in the hall area shall be concealed in wall by cutting chases and mending good the damages.


Signature of Bidder

All wiring below the false ceiling shall be done in concealed manner whereas above false ceiling, the cabling and conduit wiring shall be done as surface wiring. However, concealeconduits are mainly to be laid in floor slabs during casting in the same shall available above false ceiling and concealed metal trunkings available on walls shall be utilized for the purpose of wiring. 2.0 Making of Chase The chase in the wall/floors shall be neatly machine cut and shall be of ample dimenpermit the conduit/floor trunking to be fixed in the manner desired and perfectly finished with the existing surface. 3.0 Fixing of Conduit in Chase The conduit pipes shall be fixed by meanmore than 60 cm apart for vertical run and horizontal run. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as pipes with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of conductors. All threaded joints of metallic conduits shall be treated with some approved preservative to secure protection against rust. 4.0 Inspection Boxes Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided when necessary to permit periodical inspection and to facilitate dressing/removal of wires. These shall be mounted flush with wall/floor after finishing the surfaces. For longer runs of conduit involving more than one bend, one inspection box/drawshall be used after one bend. 5.0 Types of Accessories to be used All outlets such as switches, socket outlets, shall be flush mounting type with cast iron or M.S. boxes with a bakelite cover of approved insulating materials not less than 3 mm thick. The switches and other outlets shall be mounted inside such boxes as would The metal box shall be efficiently earthed with conduit/floor trunking by means of ear thing attachment with No. 14 SWG G.I. wires/insulated copper wire of approximate size, running inside the conduit. 6.0 Conduits i) Steel-Slack enameled s

Part II of 1981 (or latest revision). ii) PVC/Polythene - Medium gauge pipes of reputed make having 3 mm wall thickness


All wiring below the false ceiling shall be done in concealed manner whereas above false ceiling, the cabling and conduit wiring shall be done as surface wiring. However, concealeconduits are mainly to be laid in floor slabs during casting in the same shall available above false ceiling and concealed metal trunkings available on walls shall be utilized for the

shall be neatly machine cut and shall be of ample dimenpermit the conduit/floor trunking to be fixed in the manner desired and perfectly finished

3.0 Fixing of Conduit in Chase The conduit pipes shall be fixed by means of staples, J-Hooks or by means of saddles not more than 60 cm apart for vertical run and horizontal run. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as pipes with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of

joints of metallic conduits shall be treated with some approved preservative to secure protection against rust.

Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided when necessary to permit periodical inspection moval of wires. These shall be mounted flush with wall/floor after

For longer runs of conduit involving more than one bend, one inspection box/draw

5.0 Types of Accessories to be used outlets such as switches, socket outlets, shall be flush mounting type with cast iron or

M.S. boxes with a bakelite cover of approved insulating materials not less than 3 mm thick. The switches and other outlets shall be mounted inside such boxes as would The metal box shall be efficiently earthed with conduit/floor trunking by means of ear thing attachment with No. 14 SWG G.I. wires/insulated copper wire of approximate size, running

Slack enameled screw type M.S. conduits with thickness conforming to IS 9537 Part II of 1981 (or latest revision).

Medium gauge pipes of reputed make having 3 mm wall thickness

All wiring below the false ceiling shall be done in concealed manner whereas above false ceiling, the cabling and conduit wiring shall be done as surface wiring. However, concealed conduits are mainly to be laid in floor slabs during casting in the same shall available above false ceiling and concealed metal trunkings available on walls shall be utilized for the

shall be neatly machine cut and shall be of ample dimensions to permit the conduit/floor trunking to be fixed in the manner desired and perfectly finished

Hooks or by means of saddles not more than 60 cm apart for vertical run and horizontal run. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as pipes with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of

joints of metallic conduits shall be treated with some approved

Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided when necessary to permit periodical inspection moval of wires. These shall be mounted flush with wall/floor after

For longer runs of conduit involving more than one bend, one inspection box/draw-in box

outlets such as switches, socket outlets, shall be flush mounting type with cast iron or M.S. boxes with a bakelite cover of approved insulating materials not less than 3 mm thick. The switches and other outlets shall be mounted inside such boxes as would be approved. The metal box shall be efficiently earthed with conduit/floor trunking by means of ear thing attachment with No. 14 SWG G.I. wires/insulated copper wire of approximate size, running

crew type M.S. conduits with thickness conforming to IS 9537

Medium gauge pipes of reputed make having 3 mm wall thickness


Signature of Bidder

shall be used.

For roof slabs - These shall be pre laid during casting odrawn through the same shall not exceed the number of specified I.S. Code.For vertical drops in wall to switch boards through which not more 2 Nos. 1/1.40 and G.I. earth wire shall be draw

iii) Maximum capacity of conduits for drawing in of PVC insulated cables shall be as

follows:

650/1100V PVC copper wire In 20 mm dia conduit In 25 mm dia conduit1.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 2.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 6 Nos4.0 sq.mm 3 Nos 5 Nos 6.0 sq.mm 10 sq.mm 16 sq.mm

7.0 Fish wire - 16 S.W.G. G.I. wire shall be used and it shall protrude the conduit ends by 9 inches.

8.0 Conduit laying in floor/roof slabs before casting: PVC/Polythene/G.I. conduit shall be

laid straight as far as practicable and properreinforcement rods with 22 SWG G.I. wire so that proper positions of conduits are maintained.

While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and columns and before casting, the contare plugged by means of deadnot enter the conduit and choke them.

All precaution must be taken while laying the conduits on the slabs, R.C. walls, columns etc. and the contractor shall rectify at his own cost if any defects are found during process of drawing cables through the concealed pre laid conduits.

Each PVC/polythene/steel conduit shall be provided with protruding length of not less than 9 inches from the cast surface with threaded ends with free end of the conduits.

There shall be no intermediate joints in one straight run of conduit.

All ceiling outlets shall be terminated in a round C.I./G.I. circular box/deep box to


These shall be pre laid during casting of floor/roof slab. No. of wires drawn through the same shall not exceed the number of specified I.S. Code.For vertical drops in wall to switch boards - Minimum size shall be 13 mm bore through which not more 2 Nos. 1/1.40 and G.I. earth wire shall be drawMaximum capacity of conduits for drawing in of PVC insulated cables shall be as

650/1100V PVC copper wire In 20 mm dia conduit In 25 mm dia conduit1.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 8 Nos2.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 6 Nos4.0 sq.mm 3 Nos 5 Nos 6.0 sq.mm 2 Nos 4 Nos10 sq.mm - 3 Nos16 sq.mm - 2 Nos

16 S.W.G. G.I. wire shall be used and it shall protrude the conduit ends by

Conduit laying in floor/roof slabs before casting: PVC/Polythene/G.I. conduit shall be laid straight as far as practicable and properly placed including binding with the steel reinforcement rods with 22 SWG G.I. wire so that proper positions of conduits are

While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and columns and before casting, the contractor shall ensure that both ends of the conduit are plugged by means of dead-end socket or otherwise so that any foreign matter can not enter the conduit and choke them. All precaution must be taken while laying the conduits on the slabs, R.C. walls,

lumns etc. and the contractor shall rectify at his own cost if any defects are found during process of drawing cables through the concealed pre laid conduits.Each PVC/polythene/steel conduit shall be provided with protruding length of not

hes from the cast surface with threaded ends with free end of the

There shall be no intermediate joints in one straight run of conduit. All ceiling outlets shall be terminated in a round C.I./G.I. circular box/deep box to

f floor/roof slab. No. of wires drawn through the same shall not exceed the number of specified I.S. Code.

Minimum size shall be 13 mm bore through which not more 2 Nos. 1/1.40 and G.I. earth wire shall be drawn. Maximum capacity of conduits for drawing in of PVC insulated cables shall be as

650/1100V PVC copper wire In 20 mm dia conduit In 25 mm dia conduit 8 Nos

2.5 sq.mm 4 Nos 6 Nos 4.0 sq.mm 3 Nos 5 Nos

2 Nos 4 Nos 3 Nos 2 Nos

16 S.W.G. G.I. wire shall be used and it shall protrude the conduit ends by

Conduit laying in floor/roof slabs before casting: PVC/Polythene/G.I. conduit shall be ly placed including binding with the steel

reinforcement rods with 22 SWG G.I. wire so that proper positions of conduits are

While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and ractor shall ensure that both ends of the conduit

end socket or otherwise so that any foreign matter can

All precaution must be taken while laying the conduits on the slabs, R.C. walls, lumns etc. and the contractor shall rectify at his own cost if any defects are found

during process of drawing cables through the concealed pre laid conduits. Each PVC/polythene/steel conduit shall be provided with protruding length of not

hes from the cast surface with threaded ends with free end of the

All ceiling outlets shall be terminated in a round C.I./G.I. circular box/deep box to


Signature of Bidder

suit standard size ceiling rose or/and rectangular M.S. junction box or Fan Hook Box as the case may be.

It will be mandatory for the contractor to get the layouts approved by the EngineerCharge/Consultant when the conduits are laid and bound to steel reinforcement rodsbefore he can release the work for casting of floor/roof.

9.0 Connector Boxes, Draw These shall be constructed from 16 SWG M.S. sheet and have M.S. cover. Minimum size for connector boxes is 6" x 4" and for Draw 10.0 Fan Hook Boxes These shall be 100mm (4") diax 75mm (3") deep, constructed from 16 SWG M.S sheet, and provided with one 12 mm dia plain M.S. rod 300 mm (12" long). 11.0 Metal Trunking Metal trunking shall be of requisite width and depth with internal separations and made from 1.6 mm thick galvanized steel sheet. The trunking shall be embedded in floors by cutting necessary chases in floor by machine cut grooves and the damages shall be mended good after installation. Suitable G.I junctions boxes/Access Box (14 SWG) of dimensions 120 x 120 x 50 mm depth (approx) with screwed type/spring type removable covers shall provided at regular intervals of 2.0 M (approx) where from the tapings shall be taken to the work stations/group of works stations/partitions walls etc (Modular type). 12.0 Outlets All outlets for fittings, switches etc. directly on mounting plates/bakelite boards and shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush min case of mounting on brick and other types of walls. Welded mild steel sheet box shall be only used (16 SWG). Except otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws wherever ordinary switches the boards/boxes as specified in the BOQ. In case of fixing of modular switches necessary mounting plate & covers shall be used for mounting of the modular switches. Where conduits are terminated special care shall be takconduits to outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn. 13.0 Cables to be Used Unless stated otherwise only be used for wiring in conduit system. The number of shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732


ceiling rose or/and rectangular M.S. junction box or Fan Hook Box

It will be mandatory for the contractor to get the layouts approved by the EngineerCharge/Consultant when the conduits are laid and bound to steel reinforcement rodsbefore he can release the work for casting of floor/roof. Connector Boxes, Draw-in Boxes, Junction Boxes

These shall be constructed from 16 SWG M.S. sheet and have M.S. cover. Minimum size for connector boxes is 6" x 4" and for Draw-in-Boxes 4" x 4" with required depth upto 75mm.

These shall be 100mm (4") diax 75mm (3") deep, constructed from 16 SWG M.S sheet, and provided with one 12 mm dia plain M.S. rod 300 mm (12" long).

requisite width and depth with internal separations and made from 1.6 mm thick galvanized steel sheet. The trunking shall be embedded in floors by cutting necessary chases in floor by machine cut grooves and the damages shall be mended good

ion. Suitable G.I junctions boxes/Access Box (14 SWG) of dimensions 120 x 120 x 50 mm depth (approx) with screwed type/spring type removable covers shall provided at regular intervals of 2.0 M (approx) where from the tapings shall be taken to the work

ions/group of works stations/partitions walls etc (Modular type).

All outlets for fittings, switches etc. directly on mounting plates/bakelite boards and shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush min case of mounting on brick and other types of walls. Welded mild steel sheet box shall be only used (16 SWG). Except otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws wherever ordinary switches are fixed or switches are fixed on the boards/boxes as specified in the BOQ. In case of fixing of modular switches necessary mounting plate & covers shall be used for mounting of the modular switches. Where conduits are terminated special care shall be taken in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.

Unless stated otherwise only Two core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall used for wiring in conduit system. The number of Two core cables drawn in one conduit

shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732

ceiling rose or/and rectangular M.S. junction box or Fan Hook Box

It will be mandatory for the contractor to get the layouts approved by the Engineer-in-Charge/Consultant when the conduits are laid and bound to steel reinforcement rods,

These shall be constructed from 16 SWG M.S. sheet and have M.S. cover. Minimum size for 4" with required depth upto 75mm.

These shall be 100mm (4") diax 75mm (3") deep, constructed from 16 SWG M.S sheet, and

requisite width and depth with internal separations and made from 1.6 mm thick galvanized steel sheet. The trunking shall be embedded in floors by cutting necessary chases in floor by machine cut grooves and the damages shall be mended good

ion. Suitable G.I junctions boxes/Access Box (14 SWG) of dimensions 120 x 120 x 50 mm depth (approx) with screwed type/spring type removable covers shall provided at regular intervals of 2.0 M (approx) where from the tapings shall be taken to the work

All outlets for fittings, switches etc. directly on mounting plates/bakelite boards and shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either surface mounting system or flush mounting system in case of mounting on brick and other types of walls. Welded mild steel sheet box shall be only used (16 SWG). Except otherwise stated 3 mm thick insulated laminated sheets shall be

are fixed or switches are fixed on the boards/boxes as specified in the BOQ. In case of fixing of modular switches necessary mounting plate & covers shall be used for mounting of the modular switches. Where conduits

en in employing double jam nuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to prevent any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.

core PVC insulated cables of approved manufactures shall core cables drawn in one conduit

shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II of Indian Standard (I.S. 732-1963)


Signature of Bidder

Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage notvolts). 14.0 Looping-in-System Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping system. In this system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at terminating points such as at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets at the socket terminals. 15.0 Earthing Continuity Wires All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear thing attachment by one member wires, unless specified otherwise. Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be prnumber Two core 1100V, 2.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire unless specified otherwise. For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing attachment by one number Twootherwise. 16.0 Painting Outside of wall switch boards, connector boxes & drawaccessories shall be painted with two coats of antiinstruction given elsewhere. D. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE INSTALLATION 1.0 General All Medium Voltage and Low Voltage PVC insulated and armored/unarmored cables shall conform to IS 1554 Part-I-1964 and of 1,100 volt grade. Old and used cables must not be used for installation. Only one make of cable shall be used. All cables brought to site must be tested and got approved by the Engineerthese can be laid. The cables shall be dispatched to site on wooden drums with ends sealeExact lengths shall be determined by the Contractor after measurement at site. The underground installation of cables shall be generally conforming to I.S. 1255Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of underground cables (upto KV).


Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not


at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket outlets at the socket terminals. 15.0 Earthing Continuity Wires All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with ear thing attachment by one member Two core 11 OOV, 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wires, unless specified otherwise. Three pin 15 Amps power plug point should be provided with ear thing attachment by one

core 1100V, 2.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire unless specified otherwise.For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing

Two core 1100V, 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire specified

Outside of wall switch boards, connector boxes & draw-in-boxes and other C.I./M.S. accessories shall be painted with two coats of anti-rust paint in addition to other painting

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE INSTALLATION

All Medium Voltage and Low Voltage PVC insulated and armored/unarmored cables shall 1964 and of 1,100 volt grade.

must not be used for installation. Only one make of cable shall be used. All cables brought to site must be tested and got approved by the Engineer-these can be laid. The cables shall be dispatched to site on wooden drums with ends sealeExact lengths shall be determined by the Contractor after measurement at site.The underground installation of cables shall be generally conforming to I.S. 1255Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of underground cables (upto

Code of Practice (revised) for electrical wiring installation(system voltage not exceeding 650


at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc and in case of socket

All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided with core 11 OOV, 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated

ovided with ear thing attachment by one core 1100V, 2.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire unless specified otherwise.

For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with ear thing 1.5 sq.mm copper PVC insulated wire specified

boxes and other C.I./M.S. rust paint in addition to other painting

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE INSTALLATION

All Medium Voltage and Low Voltage PVC insulated and armored/unarmored cables shall

must not be used for installation. Only one make of cable shall be used. -in-Charge before

these can be laid. The cables shall be dispatched to site on wooden drums with ends sealed. Exact lengths shall be determined by the Contractor after measurement at site. The underground installation of cables shall be generally conforming to I.S. 1255-1967, Code of Practice for installation and maintenance of underground cables (upto including 33


Signature of Bidder

2.0 Laying of Cables a) Direct in Ground Trenches shall be 750 mm deep (minimum) for L T Cables and 1.2 M (4'for HT Cables from ground level and trenching work shall include all pumping and bailing out water. These trenches shall be wide enough to accommodate all the cables with brick separations as per the requirements specified in the relevant I.S. When more than one multi core cable is to be laid in the same trench, a minimum horizontal inter axial spacing between cables will be as per relevant I.S. After excavation of the trench of proper size, the bottom of the trench shall be dressed and leveled and filled with a 75 mm layer of fine sand. The cable shall then be laid with bricks on both sides of the cable continuously. After having the space within the bricks, filled and packed up to a level of 75 mm (3") above top of cable with fine sand, the top layer of bricks shall be placed side by side in continuous series as protective cover. Total No. of bricks required being 16 per meters run. The remainder of the trench shall be filled with riddled soil, well rammed and watered to a level of 75 mm (3") above surrounding ground level. The ground level surface of the whole trench route shall be restored properly after ccable laying. b) Inside Building Cables shall be laid on walls/ceiling/structure, unless specified otherwise, with M.S. brackets and suitable clamps or over claw type aluminum cleats fixed on M.S. brackets, spaced not more than 450 mm apart. G.I Bolts of suitable sizes are to be grouted on the wall properly for fixing the brackets. c) Minimum bending radius permissible is 12D for MV Cables and 20D for HV cables. At joints and terminations, the individual core of multi core cables should nevethe radius is less than 15 times the diameter over the insulation. No cable jointing is allowed between two terminal points. 3.0 Cable Jointing All cable joints shall be carried out by experienced and Licensed jointers under strict supervision. Electro plated brass cable glands, aluminum/tinned copper cable sockets and approved jointing materials must be used. The price for cable jointing and finiof the cable shall include all materials and shall also provide for tools and plants for the work. The cable armoring is to be properly terminated. All cable accessories and other associated materials shall conform to Indian Standard Specifi


Trenches shall be 750 mm deep (minimum) for L T Cables and 1.2 M (4'-0") deep minimum) Cables from ground level and trenching work shall include all pumping and bailing

trenches shall be wide enough to accommodate all the cables with brick separations as per the requirements specified in the relevant I.S. When more than one multi core cable is to be laid in the same trench, a minimum horizontal

en cables will be as per relevant I.S. After excavation of the trench of proper size, the bottom of the trench shall be dressed and leveled and filled with a 75 mm layer of fine sand. The cable shall then be laid with bricks on

tinuously. After having the space within the bricks, filled and packed up to a level of 75 mm (3") above top of cable with fine sand, the top layer of bricks shall be placed side by side in continuous series as protective cover. Total No. of bricks

d being 16 per meters run. The remainder of the trench shall be filled with riddled soil, well rammed and watered to a level of 75 mm (3") above surrounding ground level. The ground level surface of the whole trench route shall be restored properly after c

Cables shall be laid on walls/ceiling/structure, unless specified otherwise, with M.S. brackets and suitable clamps or over claw type aluminum cleats fixed on M.S. brackets, spaced not

G.I Bolts of suitable sizes are to be grouted on the wall properly for

c) Minimum bending radius permissible is 12D for MV Cables and 20D for HV cables. At joints and terminations, the individual core of multi core cables should nevethe radius is less than 15 times the diameter over the insulation. No cable jointing is allowed between two terminal points.

All cable joints shall be carried out by experienced and Licensed jointers under strict supervision. Electro plated brass cable glands, aluminum/tinned copper cable sockets and approved jointing materials must be used. The price for cable jointing and finiof the cable shall include all materials and shall also provide for tools and plants for the work. The cable armoring is to be properly terminated. All cable accessories and other associated materials shall conform to Indian Standard Specification where applicable. Proper

0") deep minimum) Cables from ground level and trenching work shall include all pumping and bailing

trenches shall be wide enough to accommodate all the cables with brick

When more than one multi core cable is to be laid in the same trench, a minimum horizontal

After excavation of the trench of proper size, the bottom of the trench shall be dressed and leveled and filled with a 75 mm layer of fine sand. The cable shall then be laid with bricks on

tinuously. After having the space within the bricks, filled and packed up to a level of 75 mm (3") above top of cable with fine sand, the top layer of bricks shall be placed side by side in continuous series as protective cover. Total No. of bricks

d being 16 per meters run. The remainder of the trench shall be filled with riddled soil, well rammed and watered to a level of 75 mm (3") above surrounding ground level. The ground level surface of the whole trench route shall be restored properly after completion of

Cables shall be laid on walls/ceiling/structure, unless specified otherwise, with M.S. brackets and suitable clamps or over claw type aluminum cleats fixed on M.S. brackets, spaced not

G.I Bolts of suitable sizes are to be grouted on the wall properly for

c) Minimum bending radius permissible is 12D for MV Cables and 20D for HV cables. At joints and terminations, the individual core of multi core cables should never be bent so that

All cable joints shall be carried out by experienced and Licensed jointers under strict supervision. Electro plated brass cable glands, aluminum/tinned copper cable sockets and approved jointing materials must be used. The price for cable jointing and finishing the ends of the cable shall include all materials and shall also provide for tools and plants for the work. The cable armoring is to be properly terminated. All cable accessories and other

cation where applicable. Proper


Signature of Bidder

ear thing of cable glands and armored shall be included in the job. 4.0 Testing of Cables All cables shall be tested for insulation resistance with megger megger insulation tester for Cables, before installation. After installation and end termination, the cables shall be again subjected to the above test. Insulation value for HT Cables shall not be less than 100 megohms and for MV Cables 1.megohm. After laying and jointing, the HV Cables shall be subjected to high voltage pressure test before commissioning the test voltage being as specified in I.S.1255 5.0 Testing of Installation Before the completed installation is puis to be subjected to the above tests to the satisfaction of the Engineercompleted work will be taken over only if the results are acceptable to the Consultants/Owner. E. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING INSTALLATION The installation shall generally conform to IS 10038 Ear thing, as amended up to date. 1.0 Earthing Electrode The ear thing electrode shall be cast iron pipe of Class B medium quality and 3.04 M (10') long for general ear thing and 600x600x3mm copper plate for UPS ear thing. A suitable trench shall be excavated about 0.45 M (1'to an average depth of 3.35 M (11'be at an average depth of 0.30 M (I') below the ground surface. Alternate layers of Charcoal or Salt and Coke to be provided for ElectrodePractice unless specified otherwise. One no. 6 SWG G.I. wire (unless otherwise specified) shall be connected securely on the properly cleaned surface at the top end of pipe electrode by means of a 100 mm (4") long x


ear thing of cable glands and armored shall be included in the job.

All cables shall be tested for insulation resistance with megger - 5,000V constant pressure megger insulation tester for HT Cables and 1 ,000 V constant pressure megger for MV

After installation and end termination, the cables shall be again subjected to the above test. Cables shall not be less than 100 megohms and for MV Cables 1.

After laying and jointing, the HV Cables shall be subjected to high voltage pressure test before commissioning the test voltage being as specified in I.S.1255-1967 or latest.

Testing of Installation Before the completed installation is put into service or handed over to Owner, the installation is to be subjected to the above tests to the satisfaction of the Engineercompleted work will be taken over only if the results are acceptable to the

SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING INSTALLATIONThe installation shall generally conform to IS 10038 - Indian Standard Code of Practice for Ear thing, as amended up to date.

The ear thing electrode shall be cast iron pipe of Class B medium quality - 100 mm dia bore and 3.04 M (10') long for general ear thing and 600x600x3mm copper plate for UPS ear

A suitable trench shall be excavated about 0.45 M (1'-6") deep and the pipe electrode driven to an average depth of 3.35 M (11'-0") below ground level. The top end of the electrode shall be at an average depth of 0.30 M (I') below the ground surface. Alternate layers of Charcoal or Salt and Coke to be provided for Electrode as per I.S. Code of Practice unless specified otherwise. One no. 6 SWG G.I. wire (unless otherwise specified) shall be connected securely on the properly cleaned surface at the top end of pipe electrode by means of a 100 mm (4") long x

5,000V constant pressure and 1 ,000 V constant pressure megger for MV

After installation and end termination, the cables shall be again subjected to the above test. Cables shall not be less than 100 megohms and for MV Cables 1.0

After laying and jointing, the HV Cables shall be subjected to high voltage pressure test 1967 or latest.

t into service or handed over to Owner, the installation is to be subjected to the above tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in Charge. The completed work will be taken over only if the results are acceptable to the

SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING INSTALLATION Indian Standard Code of Practice for

100 mm dia bore and 3.04 M (10') long for general ear thing and 600x600x3mm copper plate for UPS ear

pipe electrode driven 0") below ground level. The top end of the electrode shall

as per I.S. Code of

One no. 6 SWG G.I. wire (unless otherwise specified) shall be connected securely on the properly cleaned surface at the top end of pipe electrode by means of a 100 mm (4") long x


Signature of Bidder

13 mm (1/2") dia G.I. bolt nut and double washers. The earth lead conductor shall be protected mechanically be means of a continuous length of G.I. pipe (Class A) having 13 mm (1/2") inside diameter up to a height of 0.60 M (2') above ground and the same shall be completely filled with bitumen compound and topped up to overflowing. 2.0 Masonry Inspection Pit The inspection pit for the earth station shall be approx 0.56 M x 0.56 M (1'outside dimensions and approx 0.45 M (1'brick work with 1st class bricks in cement mortar (6:1) both inside and outside plastered 19 mm (3/4") thick and neatly cemented 1.60 mm (1/16") thick, both inside, outside and top. The opening on top shall be provided with a C.I. ring with ground surface. All the excavations shall be duly back filled, dressed and rammed. 3.0 location for Earth Electrodes Electrodes shall be buried at least 2 M (6'earthed. However, ear thing electrodes for L.C. installations should be as close to the down conductors as possible. Electrodes, when installed in parallel, shall not be placed less than 2 M (6'-6") apart and preferably placed at distances greater than twice thei 4.0 Earth Bus bar a) Galvanized M.S. Flat The bus bar shall be of suitable size and length, as specified in the Schedule of Items, heavily galvanized and having adequate number of drilled and tapped holes with G.!. bolts, nuts, washers for securely connecting the earth leads and earth continuity conductors. The bus bar shall be fixed on wall, having clearance of 6 mm from wall with spacing insulators with at least the numbers 13 mm (1/2") G.I. rag bolts spaced about 0.46 (1'-6") apart. (b) Copper Flats To be used, as specified, in the Schedule of Items, where ear thing requirements are more stringent. Brass bolts, nuts washers shall be used for connections. 5.0 Value of Earth ResistanceIn case of installation where the does not exceed 5 K.W. the resistance to earth shall on no account exceed 5 ohms. Where the load exceeds 5 K.W. the resistance shall not exceed I


.I. bolt nut and double washers. The earth lead conductor shall be protected mechanically be means of a continuous length of G.I. pipe (Class A) having 13 mm (1/2") inside diameter up to a height of 0.60 M (2') above ground and the same shall be

y filled with bitumen compound and topped up to overflowing.

The inspection pit for the earth station shall be approx 0.56 M x 0.56 M (1'outside dimensions and approx 0.45 M (1'-6") deep when completed, having 5brick work with 1st class bricks in cement mortar (6:1) both inside and outside plastered 19 mm (3/4") thick and neatly cemented 1.60 mm (1/16") thick, both inside, outside and top. The opening on top shall be provided with a C.I. ring with lockable cover fixed flush with

All the excavations shall be duly back filled, dressed and rammed. 3.0 location for Earth Electrodes Electrodes shall be buried at least 2 M (6'-6") away from the building pole or object to be

However, ear thing electrodes for L.C. installations should be as close to the down

Electrodes, when installed in parallel, shall not be placed less than 2 M 6") apart and preferably placed at distances greater than twice their lengths.

The bus bar shall be of suitable size and length, as specified in the Schedule of Items, heavily galvanized and having adequate number of drilled and tapped holes 30 mm apart, complete

, nuts, washers for securely connecting the earth leads and earth continuity conductors. The bus bar shall be fixed on wall, having clearance of 6 mm from wall with spacing insulators with at least the numbers 13 mm (1/2") G.I. rag bolts spaced about 0.46

To be used, as specified, in the Schedule of Items, where ear thing requirements are more stringent. Brass bolts, nuts washers shall be used for connections. 5.0 Value of Earth Resistance In case of installation where the does not exceed 5 K.W. the resistance to earth shall on no account exceed 5 ohms. Where the load exceeds 5 K.W. the resistance shall not exceed I

.I. bolt nut and double washers. The earth lead conductor shall be protected mechanically be means of a continuous length of G.I. pipe (Class A) having 13 mm (1/2") inside diameter up to a height of 0.60 M (2') above ground and the same shall be

The inspection pit for the earth station shall be approx 0.56 M x 0.56 M (1'-1 0"x1'-1 0") 6") deep when completed, having 5" thick cement

brick work with 1st class bricks in cement mortar (6:1) both inside and outside plastered 19 mm (3/4") thick and neatly cemented 1.60 mm (1/16") thick, both inside, outside and top.

lockable cover fixed flush with

6") away from the building pole or object to be However, ear thing electrodes for L.C. installations should be as close to the down

r lengths.

The bus bar shall be of suitable size and length, as specified in the Schedule of Items, heavily mm apart, complete

, nuts, washers for securely connecting the earth leads and earth continuity conductors. The bus bar shall be fixed on wall, having clearance of 6 mm from wall with spacing insulators with at least the numbers 13 mm (1/2") G.I. rag bolts spaced about 0.46 M

To be used, as specified, in the Schedule of Items, where ear thing requirements are more

In case of installation where the does not exceed 5 K.W. the resistance to earth shall on no account exceed 5 ohms. Where the load exceeds 5 K.W. the resistance shall not exceed I


Signature of Bidder

ohm. For sub-stations, the value is I ohm. For L.C. installations, the value is I ohm. F. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHT FITTINGS 1. General Requirement The General requirements for light fittings shall be as follows:Sheet metal mounting frame and enclosure with fixing accessories.Sheet metal white stove enameled Control Gear such as ballast, starter and capacitor.Lamp holder. Louvers, diffuser and other attachments to reduce glare. 2. The enclosure for the light fitting and other accessories shall confirm to IS:2147 and IS:2148 depending on the locati 3. The type of fittings and lamps shall be indicted on the schedule of material. 4. The ballast shall be of copper wound, polyester filled with minimum loss, silent operation without Radio interference or electronic as indica 5. The light fittings and the lamps shall be suitable for long life and shall withstand voltage variation of minimum + 10% 6. The fittings shall be pre wired with PVC insulated copper wires of adequate capacity. The light fittings shall be provided with ear thing terminals. G. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARD 1. Miniature Circuit Breakers Distribution Board:

Miniature circuit breaker shall be of molded design and shall be housed in totally enclosed, hinged door distribution boards.

The housing of MCBs shall be such that they shall be totally heat resistant and shall

withstand all mechanical stresses operation. The fault level of MCB shall not be less than 9KA at 230v AC.

The contacts of the MCB on bo

alloy and or graphite silver alloy.


stations, the value is I ohm. alue is I ohm.

F. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR LIGHT FITTINGS

The General requirements for light fittings shall be as follows: Sheet metal mounting frame and enclosure with fixing accessories. Sheet metal white stove enameled reflector. Control Gear such as ballast, starter and capacitor. Louvers, diffuser and other attachments to reduce glare. 2. The enclosure for the light fitting and other accessories shall confirm to IS:2147 and IS:2148 depending on the location mounting of the fittings. 3. The type of fittings and lamps shall be indicted on the schedule of material.4. The ballast shall be of copper wound, polyester filled with minimum loss, silent operation without Radio interference or electronic as indicated in the schedule of material5. The light fittings and the lamps shall be suitable for long life and shall withstand voltage

10% 6. The fittings shall be pre wired with PVC insulated copper wires of adequate capacity. The

fittings shall be provided with ear thing terminals. G. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARD 1. Miniature Circuit Breakers Distribution Board:

Miniature circuit breaker shall be of molded design and shall be housed in totally d door distribution boards.

The housing of MCBs shall be such that they shall be totally heat resistant and shall withstand all mechanical stresses operation. The fault level of MCB shall not be less than 9KA at 230v AC. The contacts of the MCB on both the sides shall be made up of either nickel silver alloy and or graphite silver alloy.

2. The enclosure for the light fitting and other accessories shall confirm to IS:2147 and

3. The type of fittings and lamps shall be indicted on the schedule of material. 4. The ballast shall be of copper wound, polyester filled with minimum loss, silent operation

ted in the schedule of material 5. The light fittings and the lamps shall be suitable for long life and shall withstand voltage

6. The fittings shall be pre wired with PVC insulated copper wires of adequate capacity. The

Miniature circuit breaker shall be of molded design and shall be housed in totally

The housing of MCBs shall be such that they shall be totally heat resistant and shall

th the sides shall be made up of either nickel silver


Signature of Bidder

When MCBs shall be incorporated in distribution boards of cubicle pattern they shall be separately housed as per the number of ways, hinged door compartment.

All the MCBs shall be tested and certified as per the relevant section of IS

Specifications.

They shall mainly comply to DS 3871 (parttype.

L.T.CABLES SCOPE Supply, installation, storing, laying, fixing, jointing, of 1.1 kv grade PVC insulated FRLS Armored Aluminum Conductor Cables of reputed make, conforming to IS 1554 Latest, Parttrays, in pipes, clamped directly to wall or Type 1.1 KV grade cables shall be aluminum conductor, PVC insulated, FRLS and steel wire flat

armoured or steel tape armored construction. The cable shall have straded, sector shaped aluminum conductors for cables of 4 Sq mm size and above.

1.2 The cables shall be rated for a voltage of 1100 Volts. 1.3 Core Identification shall be provided with the following co lour scheme of PVC

insulation. Two Core:Red/Black/Yellow/Blue Two Core: Red and Black Three Core: Red, Yellow and Blue 31/2 or 4 Core: Red, Ye

Inspection All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during transit and shall be supplied with complete manufacturer’s test certificates. At any cost the cables shall not be accepted without test c Storing All the cables shall be supplied in drums, with manufacturers seal. On receipt of cables at site, the cables shall be inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable drum in vertical position. Joint in Cables



the MCBs shall be tested and certified as per the relevant section of IS

They shall mainly comply to DS 3871 (part-I) and shall be of quick make and break

Supply, installation, storing, laying, fixing, jointing, terminating, testing and commissioning of 1.1 kv grade PVC insulated FRLS Armored Aluminum Conductor Cables of reputed make, conforming to IS 1554 Latest, Part-I and specifications given below, laid in, on cable trays, in pipes, clamped directly to wall or Structures.

KV grade cables shall be aluminum conductor, PVC insulated, FRLS and steel wire flat armoured or steel tape armored construction. The cable shall have straded, sector shaped aluminum conductors for cables of 4 Sq mm size and above.

cables shall be rated for a voltage of 1100 Volts. Core Identification shall be provided with the following co lour scheme of PVC

Core:Red/Black/Yellow/Blue Two Core: Red and Black Three Core: Red, Yellow and Blue 31/2 or 4 Core: Red, Yellow, Blue and Black

All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during transit and shall be supplied with complete manufacturer’s test certificates. At any cost the cables shall not be accepted without test certificate.

All the cables shall be supplied in drums, with manufacturers seal. On receipt of cables at site, the cables shall be inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable drum in


the MCBs shall be tested and certified as per the relevant section of IS

I) and shall be of quick make and break

terminating, testing and commissioning of 1.1 kv grade PVC insulated FRLS Armored Aluminum Conductor Cables of reputed

I and specifications given below, laid in, on cable

KV grade cables shall be aluminum conductor, PVC insulated, FRLS and steel wire flat armoured or steel tape armored construction. The cable shall have straded, sector shaped

Core Identification shall be provided with the following co lour scheme of PVC

All cables shall be inspected upon receipt at site and checked for any damage during transit and shall be supplied with complete manufacturer’s test certificates. At any cost the cables

All the cables shall be supplied in drums, with manufacturers seal. On receipt of cables at site, the cables shall be inspected and stored in drums with flanges of the cable drum in


Signature of Bidder

The Contractor shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization and avoidance of cable jointing. This apportioning shall be got approved by the Consultant before the cablesto lengths. Bonding of Cables Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by means of an approved type of armoured clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the armouring firmly to the gland or casing, so that glands shall be fixed to the lead sheath by means of either a ‘Plumbing joint’ or a cone of approved material, capable of being compressed into lead sheath. The gland or cone shall be capable of affecting a good electrical bond between both the armouring of the cable and the casing. Laying of Cables Cables shall be laid as per the specifications given below: Cables – Indoor The cables laid indoors should be laid on slotted angle GI cableM.S.angles. The cable trays should be routed above false ceilings wherever provided. Suitable clamping with straps and saddles shall be used for keeping the cables in position. Spacing between the cables shall not be less than the ov The cable run through vertical shaft/wall/ceiling shall be clamped neatly with GI clamps. Testing of Cables TESTS The cable shall be tested in accordance with the IS:684/1554/7098. The tests shall include PVC insulated cables(for voltage up to 1100V:IS 684 PVC insulated cables (heavy duty): IS 1554 Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables:IS 7098.


shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization and avoidance of cable jointing. This apportioning shall be got approved by the Consultant before the cables

Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by means of an approved type of armoured clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the armouring firmly to the gland or casing, so that no undue stress is passed on to the cable due to vibrations. The glands shall be fixed to the lead sheath by means of either a ‘Plumbing joint’ or a cone of approved material, capable of being compressed into lead sheath. The gland or cone shall be

le of affecting a good electrical bond between both the armouring of the cable and the

Cables shall be laid as per the specifications given below:

The cables laid indoors should be laid on slotted angle GI cable trays supported on M.S.angles. The cable trays should be routed above false ceilings wherever provided. Suitable clamping with straps and saddles shall be used for keeping the cables in position.Spacing between the cables shall not be less than the overall diameter of the cable.The cable run through vertical shaft/wall/ceiling shall be clamped neatly with GI clamps.

The cable shall be tested in accordance with the IS:684/1554/7098. The tests shall includeables(for voltage up to 1100V:IS 684

PVC insulated cables (heavy duty): IS 1554 linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables:IS 7098.

shall take care to see that all the cables received at site are apportioned to various locations in such a manner as to ensure maximum utilization and avoidance of cable jointing. This apportioning shall be got approved by the Consultant before the cables are cut

Where a cable enters any piece of apparatus, it shall be connected to the casing by means of an approved type of armoured clamp and gland. The clamps must grip the armouring firmly

no undue stress is passed on to the cable due to vibrations. The glands shall be fixed to the lead sheath by means of either a ‘Plumbing joint’ or a cone of approved material, capable of being compressed into lead sheath. The gland or cone shall be

le of affecting a good electrical bond between both the armouring of the cable and the

trays supported on M.S.angles. The cable trays should be routed above false ceilings wherever provided. Suitable clamping with straps and saddles shall be used for keeping the cables in position.

erall diameter of the cable. The cable run through vertical shaft/wall/ceiling shall be clamped neatly with GI clamps.

The cable shall be tested in accordance with the IS:684/1554/7098. The tests shall include


Signature of Bidder

Cable Insulation Tests shall be conducted between phases and between phase and earth for each length of cable, before and after jointing. As such all phase cables may be checked before being laid for above tests. CABLE TRAYS, ACCESSORIES AND TRAY SUPPOR DI le racks/ trays shall run on overhead supports, supported from ceiling and same shall be perforated type. Cables shall be clamped to the cable clamped to the cable trays at regular intervals. All cable trays and vertical raceways shall be hot dip Installation work shall comprise installation of trays as per approved layout drawings prepared by Contractor. All steel sections such angles, channels, brackets etc. required for supporting the trays shall be supplied by the Contractor. CONDUITS, PIPES AND DUCTS The contractor shall supply and install conduits, and under floor ducts as per requirement and accessories/fittings required for making the installation complete, including but not limited to ordinary and inspection tees elbows, wooden plugs, caps, square headed male plugs, nipples, gland sealing fittings, junction boxes, pull boxes, conduits, outlet boxes, splice boxes, terminal boxes, glands gaskets and box covers, saddles and all steel supporting work shall be supplied by the Contractor. Conduit fittings shall be of the same material as the conduits. Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, on steel supports, embedded in soil, floor, wall or foundation, in Exposed conduit shall be adequately supported by racks and clamps or straps or by other approved means. Conduit supports shall be erected square, and true to line and grade with an average spacing of one support f Each conduit run shall be marked with its designation. All installed conduits shall have their ends temporarily closed by caps, wooden plugs or other approved means until cable is pulled. Closures shall be made in sget dislodged easily.


Cable Insulation Tests shall be conducted between phases and between phase and earth for each length of cable, before and after jointing. As such all phase cables may be checked before being laid for above tests. CABLE TRAYS, ACCESSORIES AND TRAY SUPPORTS DI le racks/ trays shall run on overhead supports, supported from ceiling and same shall be

Cables shall be clamped to the cable clamped to the cable trays at regular intervals.All cable trays and vertical raceways shall be hot dip galvanized. Installation work shall comprise installation of trays as per approved layout drawings prepared by Contractor. All steel sections such angles, channels, brackets etc. required for supporting the trays shall be supplied by the Contractor.

CONDUITS, PIPES AND DUCTS The contractor shall supply and install conduits, and under floor ducts as per requirement and accessories/fittings required for making the installation complete, including but not limited to ordinary and inspection tees elbows, checkouts, male and female reducers and enlarges, wooden plugs, caps, square headed male plugs, nipples, gland sealing fittings, junction boxes, pull boxes, conduits, outlet boxes, splice boxes, terminal boxes, glands gaskets and

l steel supporting work shall be supplied by the Contractor. Conduit fittings shall be of the same material as the conduits. Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, on steel supports, embedded in soil, floor, wall or foundation, in accordance with approved layout drawings.Exposed conduit shall be adequately supported by racks and clamps or straps or by other approved means. Conduit supports shall be erected square, and true to line and grade with an average spacing of one support for every 2 meters of conduit length. Each conduit run shall be marked with its designation.

All installed conduits shall have their ends temporarily closed by caps, wooden plugs or other approved means until cable is pulled. Closures shall be made in such a way that they do not

Cable Insulation Tests shall be conducted between phases and between phase and earth for each length of cable, before and after jointing. As such all phase cables may be checked

DI le racks/ trays shall run on overhead supports, supported from ceiling and same shall be

Cables shall be clamped to the cable clamped to the cable trays at regular intervals.

Installation work shall comprise installation of trays as per approved layout drawings prepared by Contractor. All steel sections such angles, channels, brackets etc. required for

The contractor shall supply and install conduits, and under floor ducts as per requirement and accessories/fittings required for making the installation complete, including but not limited to

checkouts, male and female reducers and enlarges, wooden plugs, caps, square headed male plugs, nipples, gland sealing fittings, junction boxes, pull boxes, conduits, outlet boxes, splice boxes, terminal boxes, glands gaskets and

l steel supporting work shall be supplied by the Contractor.

Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, on steel supports, embedded in accordance with approved layout drawings.

Exposed conduit shall be adequately supported by racks and clamps or straps or by other approved means. Conduit supports shall be erected square, and true to line and grade with an

All installed conduits shall have their ends temporarily closed by caps, wooden plugs or other uch a way that they do not


Signature of Bidder

When one or more cables are trained through a conduit, conduit size shall be such that the total cross sectional area of the cable does not exceed 60% of the internal cross sectional area of the conduit. The Contractor shall be responsible for boning of metal pipes or conduits in which cable have been installed to the main ear thing system. Joints, metal sheath and amour of cables shall be bonded to the earth system in as approved manner. The entire systafter installation shall be tested for mechanical and electrical continuity throughout and permanently connected to earth by means of a special approved type earthing clamp efficiently fastened to the conduit. Gas or water pipes shall not b INSTALLATION OF CABLES The contractor shall install, test and commission the cabled specified in the technical specification in accordance with Contractor’s drawings and approved by the Engineer. Cables shall be laid on cable ceiling etc. as per approved drawing. Contractor’s scope of work includes unloading, laying, fixing, joining, bending and terminating of the cables. The Contractor shall also supply the necessary materials and equipment required for joining and terminating of the cables. All apparatus, connections and cable work shall be designed and arranged to minimize rise of fire and any damage, which might be caused in the event of fire. Wherever cables through floor or wall openings or their partitions suitable bushes of an approved type shall be supplied and put into position by the contractor. If required by the Engineer, the contractor shall seal the cables into the bushes using firefire through each partition. Inspection on receipt, unloading, storage and handling of cables shall be in accordance with IS: 1255 and other Indian Standard Codes of Practice. Standard cable grips and reels shall be uoccurs, the Contractor shall check the pull required and suspend pulling until further procedure has been approved by the Engineer. The maximum pull tension shall not exceed the recommended value for tlubricant that does not injure the over all covering and does not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress or electrostatic charge may be used to assist in the pulling of insulatedcables in conduits and ducts. Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided the bending radii for various types of cables shall not be less than those specified below: 1.1kv PVC insulated FRLS cable: 15 times the overall dia of the cables.


When one or more cables are trained through a conduit, conduit size shall be such that the total cross sectional area of the cable does not exceed 60% of the internal cross sectional area

The Contractor shall be responsible for boning of metal pipes or conduits in which cable have been installed to the main ear thing system. Joints, metal sheath and amour of cables shall be bonded to the earth system in as approved manner. The entire systafter installation shall be tested for mechanical and electrical continuity throughout and permanently connected to earth by means of a special approved type earthing clamp efficiently fastened to the conduit. Gas or water pipes shall not be used as an earth medium.INSTALLATION OF CABLES The contractor shall install, test and commission the cabled specified in the technical specification in accordance with Contractor’s drawings and approved by the Engineer. Cables shall be laid on cable racks/cable trays and supports, in conduits or bare on wall, ceiling etc. as per approved drawing. Contractor’s scope of work includes unloading, laying, fixing, joining, bending and terminating of the cables. The Contractor shall also supply the

ary materials and equipment required for joining and terminating of the cables.All apparatus, connections and cable work shall be designed and arranged to minimize rise of fire and any damage, which might be caused in the event of fire. Wherever cables through floor or wall openings or their partitions suitable bushes of an approved type shall be supplied and put into position by the contractor. If required by the Engineer, the contractor shall seal the cables into the bushes using fire-resisting materials to prevent the spreading of

Inspection on receipt, unloading, storage and handling of cables shall be in accordance with IS: 1255 and other Indian Standard Codes of Practice. Standard cable grips and reels shall be utilized for cable pulling. I unduly difficult pulling occurs, the Contractor shall check the pull required and suspend pulling until further procedure has been approved by the Engineer. The maximum pull tension shall not exceed the recommended value for the cable measured by the tension dynamometer. In general, any lubricant that does not injure the over all covering and does not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress or electrostatic charge may be used to assist in the pulling of insulated

Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided the bending radii for various types of cables shall not be less than those specified below: 1.1kv PVC insulated FRLS cable: 15 times the overall dia of the cables.

When one or more cables are trained through a conduit, conduit size shall be such that the total cross sectional area of the cable does not exceed 60% of the internal cross sectional area

The Contractor shall be responsible for boning of metal pipes or conduits in which cable have been installed to the main ear thing system. Joints, metal sheath and amour of cables shall be bonded to the earth system in as approved manner. The entire system of conduit after installation shall be tested for mechanical and electrical continuity throughout and permanently connected to earth by means of a special approved type earthing clamp

e used as an earth medium.

The contractor shall install, test and commission the cabled specified in the technical specification in accordance with Contractor’s drawings and approved by the Engineer.

racks/cable trays and supports, in conduits or bare on wall, ceiling etc. as per approved drawing. Contractor’s scope of work includes unloading, laying, fixing, joining, bending and terminating of the cables. The Contractor shall also supply the

ary materials and equipment required for joining and terminating of the cables. All apparatus, connections and cable work shall be designed and arranged to minimize rise of fire and any damage, which might be caused in the event of fire. Wherever cables pass through floor or wall openings or their partitions suitable bushes of an approved type shall be supplied and put into position by the contractor. If required by the Engineer, the contractor

aterials to prevent the spreading of

Inspection on receipt, unloading, storage and handling of cables shall be in accordance with

tilized for cable pulling. I unduly difficult pulling occurs, the Contractor shall check the pull required and suspend pulling until further procedure has been approved by the Engineer. The maximum pull tension shall not exceed

he cable measured by the tension dynamometer. In general, any lubricant that does not injure the over all covering and does not set up undesirable conditions of electrostatic stress or electrostatic charge may be used to assist in the pulling of insulated

Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided the bending radii for various types of


Signature of Bidder

If shorter radius appears necessary, no bend shall be made until clearance and instructions have been received from the Engineer’s Representative. When power cables are laid in the proximity of communication cables, minimum horizontal and vertical separation between power and communication cables shall be normally 600 mm, but in any case not less than 460mm for Power and communication cables shall as far as possible, cross at right angles to each other. Cables on cable racks, on cable trays and in conduits shall be formed to avoid bearing against edges or trays, racks, conducts or their supports upon entering or leaving trays, racks or conduits. Cables shall be racked or laid directly into cantilevered cable trpracticable, but in some cases it may be necessary that cables are pulled or threaded into trays. To facilitate visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in unnecessary crossing of cables shall be avoided. Cables on trays in an approved manner. Cable splices will not be permitted except where permitted by the Engineer. Splices shall be made by the Contractor for each type of wire of cable in accordance with the instructions issued by cable splicing, insulated cables shall have conductor insulation stepped and bound or penciled for recommended distance back from splices to provide a long leakage path. After splicing, insulation equal to that on the splice At cable terminal points where the conductor and cable insulation will be terminated , terminations shall be made in a neat , workmanlike and approved manner by men specialized in this class of work. The contin accordance with instruction issued by cable manufacturers and the Engineer. Jointing of cables shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standard Codes of Practice and manufacturer’s special instruction. The Contractor shall supply materials and tools required for cable jointing work. Metal sheath and arm our of the cable shall be bonded to the ear thing system of the station. The size of conductor for boning shall be appropriate with t All 1.1 KV grade cables shall be megger tested before joining is completed and shall be tested by 1000 Volt megger. Cable cores shall be tested for Continuity Absence of crow phasing Insulation resistance to earth


orter radius appears necessary, no bend shall be made until clearance and instructions have been received from the Engineer’s Representative.

When power cables are laid in the proximity of communication cables, minimum horizontal between power and communication cables shall be normally 600 mm,

but in any case not less than 460mm for Two core cables and 300mm for Multicore cables. Power and communication cables shall as far as possible, cross at right angles to each other.

on cable racks, on cable trays and in conduits shall be formed to avoid bearing against edges or trays, racks, conducts or their supports upon entering or leaving trays, racks or conduits. Cables shall be racked or laid directly into cantilevered cable trpracticable, but in some cases it may be necessary that cables are pulled or threaded into trays. To facilitate visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in unnecessary crossing of cables shall be avoided. Cables on trays shall be finally be clamped

Cable splices will not be permitted except where permitted by the Engineer. Splices shall be made by the Contractor for each type of wire of cable in accordance with the instructions issued by cable manufacturer and the Engineer. Before splicing, insulated cables shall have conductor insulation stepped and bound or penciled for recommended distance back from splices to provide a long leakage path. After splicing, insulation equal to that on the spliced conductors shall be applied at each splice.At cable terminal points where the conductor and cable insulation will be terminated , terminations shall be made in a neat , workmanlike and approved manner by men specialized in this class of work. The contractor shall make terminations for each type of wire or cable in accordance with instruction issued by cable manufacturers and the Engineer.Jointing of cables shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standard Codes of Practice

ial instruction. The Contractor shall supply materials and tools required for cable jointing work. Metal sheath and arm our of the cable shall be bonded to the ear thing system of the station. The size of conductor for boning shall be appropriate with the system fault current.All 1.1 KV grade cables shall be megger tested before joining is completed and shall be

Cable cores shall be tested for

Absence of crow phasing Insulation resistance to earth

orter radius appears necessary, no bend shall be made until clearance and instructions

When power cables are laid in the proximity of communication cables, minimum horizontal between power and communication cables shall be normally 600 mm,

core cables and 300mm for Multicore cables. Power and communication cables shall as far as possible, cross at right angles to each other.

on cable racks, on cable trays and in conduits shall be formed to avoid bearing against edges or trays, racks, conducts or their supports upon entering or leaving trays, racks or conduits. Cables shall be racked or laid directly into cantilevered cable trays where practicable, but in some cases it may be necessary that cables are pulled or threaded into trays. To facilitate visual tracing, cables in trays shall be laid only in Two layers and

shall be finally be clamped

Cable splices will not be permitted except where permitted by the Engineer. Splices shall be

manufacturer and the Engineer. Before splicing, insulated cables shall have conductor insulation stepped and bound or penciled for recommended distance back from splices to provide a long leakage path. After splicing,

d conductors shall be applied at each splice. At cable terminal points where the conductor and cable insulation will be terminated , terminations shall be made in a neat , workmanlike and approved manner by men specialized

ractor shall make terminations for each type of wire or cable in accordance with instruction issued by cable manufacturers and the Engineer. Jointing of cables shall be in accordance with relevant Indian Standard Codes of Practice

ial instruction. The Contractor shall supply materials and tools

Metal sheath and arm our of the cable shall be bonded to the ear thing system of the station. he system fault current.

All 1.1 KV grade cables shall be megger tested before joining is completed and shall be


Signature of Bidder

Insulation resistance between conductors Contractor shall furnish all testing kit and instruments required for field POWER AND CONTROL CABLE TERMINATIONS Cable boxes shall be of approved design with adequate clearances between phases and between phases and earth, in accordance with relevant standards. Suitable compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables. Equipment terminal blocks for power connections shall be complete with adequate phase segregating insulating barriers and sucable tails. All switchboards shall, top or facilitate bottom cable entry. Removable gland plates shall be mounted at least 300mm above the base of the panel. If the gland plates are provided insidthe switchboards cubicles, entries in the base of the cubicle must be adequately vermin proofed. The individual cores of power and control cables shall be neatly dressed and supported at regular intervals inside the switch boards, before connecting them SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION SCOPE The specification covers the installation, testing and commissioning of all electrical equipment’s and accessories required for the switchyard for efficient and trouble free operation. STANDARDS The electrical installation work covered by this specification shall unless otherwise stated comply with the requirements of the latest edition of relevant Indian Standard, statutory regulations and codes of practices.

Indian Electricity Rules: Tariff advisory committee: IS – 10118:

Installation & gear

IS – 6600: IS – 3043: IS – 2309:


istance between conductors Contractor shall furnish all testing kit and instruments required for field

POWER AND CONTROL CABLE TERMINATIONS Cable boxes shall be of approved design with adequate clearances between phases and

th, in accordance with relevant standards. Suitable compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables.Equipment terminal blocks for power connections shall be complete with adequate phase segregating insulating barriers and suitable crimping type of lugs for connecting the insulated

All switchboards shall, top or facilitate bottom cable entry. Removable gland plates shall be mounted at least 300mm above the base of the panel. If the gland plates are provided insidthe switchboards cubicles, entries in the base of the cubicle must be adequately vermin

The individual cores of power and control cables shall be neatly dressed and supported at regular intervals inside the switch boards, before connecting them to the relevant terminals.SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION

The specification covers the installation, testing and commissioning of all electrical equipment’s and accessories required for the switchyard for efficient and trouble free

The electrical installation work covered by this specification shall unless otherwise stated comply with the requirements of the latest edition of relevant Indian Standard, statutory regulations and codes of practices.

1956 Tariff advisory committee: Approvals

Code of practice for selection, maintenance of Switchgear and control gear. Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformers Code of practice for ear thing Code of practice for protection of building and allied structures against lightning

Contractor shall furnish all testing kit and instruments required for field-testing

Cable boxes shall be of approved design with adequate clearances between phases and

Suitable compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables. Equipment terminal blocks for power connections shall be complete with adequate phase

itable crimping type of lugs for connecting the insulated

All switchboards shall, top or facilitate bottom cable entry. Removable gland plates shall be mounted at least 300mm above the base of the panel. If the gland plates are provided inside the switchboards cubicles, entries in the base of the cubicle must be adequately vermin

The individual cores of power and control cables shall be neatly dressed and supported at to the relevant terminals.

The specification covers the installation, testing and commissioning of all electrical equipment’s and accessories required for the switchyard for efficient and trouble free

The electrical installation work covered by this specification shall unless otherwise stated comply with the requirements of the latest edition of relevant Indian Standard, statutory

maintenance of Switchgear and control gear. Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformers Code of practice for protection of building and allied


Signature of Bidder

IS – 2274: IS – 6665

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The installation shall be carried out by an electrical contractor holding a valid EA license as required by the NDMC. The contractor shall provide particulars of the license held by him or his sub contractor to the purchaser. In accordance with the specific contractor shall unload, erect, assemble, install, wire test and commission all electrical equipment’s included in this contract. Equipment’s shall be installed in a neat workman like manner with highest regard for safety. Erection materials, tools, testing instruments or any other machinery of any nature shall not be supplied by the purchaser. The contractor shall arrange for the same in a timely manner and he shall not be allowed to claim fo Consumable materials of any nature required for the erection job shall also have to be arranged by the contractor. Clearing the site after completion of erection as well as regular clearance of unwanted, materials from site, returning all packing material and excess material and excess material shall also be covered under the scope of work. All equipment’s and instruments of indoor and outdoor, shall be inscribed with number, nomenclature, danger boards and other i The contractor shall touch up the surface for all the equipment’s which are scratched and / or damaged during transportation and erection. The paint used shall match exactly the surface being touched up. The contractor shall employ skilled testing as required. Al electricians, cable jointers, wire men, welders and other employed shall be suitably qualified possessing valid certificates/licenses recognized by the competent authorities. The contractor shall also furnish a list of Engineers/Supervisors and staff employed by him for erection and installation jobs, giving in brief, qualification and experience of such staff and indicating whether they hold such competency certificates/licelectrical installation jobs as required under Indian Electricity Rules and State electrical Inspectorate Rules.


Code of practice for electrical wiring Installation Code of practice for industrial lightning.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS installation shall be carried out by an electrical contractor holding a valid EA license as

required by the NDMC. The contractor shall provide particulars of the license held by him or his sub contractor to the purchaser. In accordance with the specific installation instructions or as directed by the purchaser, the contractor shall unload, erect, assemble, install, wire test and commission all electrical equipment’s included in this contract. Equipment’s shall be installed in a neat workman like

th highest regard for safety. Erection materials, tools, testing instruments or any other machinery of any nature shall not be supplied by the purchaser. The contractor shall arrange for the same in a timely manner and he shall not be allowed to claim for ay delay or extra cost of any nature. Consumable materials of any nature required for the erection job shall also have to be

Clearing the site after completion of erection as well as regular clearance of unwanted, from site, returning all packing material and excess material and excess material

shall also be covered under the scope of work. All equipment’s and instruments of indoor and outdoor, shall be inscribed with number, nomenclature, danger boards and other instructions. The contractor shall touch up the surface for all the equipment’s which are scratched and / or damaged during transportation and erection. The paint used shall match exactly the surface

The contractor shall employ skilled and semi skilled laborers for erection, installation and testing as required. Al electricians, cable jointers, wire men, welders and other employed shall be suitably qualified possessing valid certificates/licenses recognized by the competent

The contractor shall also furnish a list of Engineers/Supervisors and staff employed by him for erection and installation jobs, giving in brief, qualification and experience of such staff and indicating whether they hold such competency certificates/licenses to supervise the electrical installation jobs as required under Indian Electricity Rules and State electrical

Code of practice for electrical wiring Installation Code of practice for industrial lightning.

installation shall be carried out by an electrical contractor holding a valid EA license as required by the NDMC. The contractor shall provide particulars of the license held by him

installation instructions or as directed by the purchaser, the contractor shall unload, erect, assemble, install, wire test and commission all electrical equipment’s included in this contract. Equipment’s shall be installed in a neat workman like

Erection materials, tools, testing instruments or any other machinery of any nature shall not be supplied by the purchaser. The contractor shall arrange for the same in a timely manner

Consumable materials of any nature required for the erection job shall also have to be

Clearing the site after completion of erection as well as regular clearance of unwanted, from site, returning all packing material and excess material and excess material

All equipment’s and instruments of indoor and outdoor, shall be inscribed with number,

The contractor shall touch up the surface for all the equipment’s which are scratched and / or damaged during transportation and erection. The paint used shall match exactly the surface

and semi skilled laborers for erection, installation and testing as required. Al electricians, cable jointers, wire men, welders and other employed shall be suitably qualified possessing valid certificates/licenses recognized by the competent

The contractor shall also furnish a list of Engineers/Supervisors and staff employed by him for erection and installation jobs, giving in brief, qualification and experience of such staff

enses to supervise the electrical installation jobs as required under Indian Electricity Rules and State electrical


Signature of Bidder

The contractor shall set up his own workshop and other facilities at site to undertake fabrication jobs, pipe bending, The contractor shall be responsible for recording of all readings and observations during erection, testing and commissioning, in registers or on prescribed Performa. These shall be carried the presence of purchaser’s representative. All duly signed by contract’s Engineer/Purchaser’s representative and shall be submitted to Purchaser in triplicate. The contractor shall carry out all tests at site for outdoor and indoor electrical equipment and commission the installation in the presence of Purchaser’s representative. The contractor shall be responsible for final adjustment of relays, instruments, meter breakers etc., and also for submission of relay settings and calculations. LIGHTING SYSTEM Lighting wiring between lighting DB and lighting fixtures shall be done by FRLS 3 core (phase, neutral and earth) 1.5 sq mm multistrand copper conductor wires drain in PVC/ GI conduits. Wiring between power DB and 20A sockets shall be done with PCV insulated 3 core (phase, neutral and earth) 4 sq mm Copper conductor FRLS wires drawing in PVC/GI conduits. WIRING SYSTEM SYSTEM OF WIRING The system of wiring shall consist of FRLS Multistrand copper conductor wires in PVC/GI conduits as per IS9537 part II for conce GENERAL Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the Contractor shall carefully examine the drawings indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and size of conduits, locating of junction boxes, size adiscrepancy found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of the Consultant/Any Modification suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the consultants before the actual laying of conduits is commenced. CONDUITING MATERIALS All concealed and surface electrical wiring installation shall be in PVC/conduits as specified. PVC CONDUITS


The contractor shall set up his own workshop and other facilities at site to undertake fabrication jobs, pipe bending, threading etc. The contractor shall be responsible for recording of all readings and observations during erection, testing and commissioning, in registers or on prescribed Performa. These shall be carried the presence of purchaser’s representative. All such test data and records shall be duly signed by contract’s Engineer/Purchaser’s representative and shall be submitted to

The contractor shall carry out all tests at site for outdoor and indoor electrical equipment and n the installation in the presence of Purchaser’s representative. The contractor

shall be responsible for final adjustment of relays, instruments, meter breakers etc., and also for submission of relay settings and calculations.

wiring between lighting DB and lighting fixtures shall be done by FRLS 3 core (phase, neutral and earth) 1.5 sq mm multistrand copper conductor wires drain in PVC/ GI conduits. Wiring between power DB and 20A sockets shall be done with PCV insulated 3

e (phase, neutral and earth) 4 sq mm Copper conductor FRLS wires drawing in PVC/GI

The system of wiring shall consist of FRLS Multistrand copper conductor wires in PVC/GI conduits as per IS9537 part II for concealed surface installation.

Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the Contractor shall carefully examine the drawings indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and size of conduits, locating of junction boxes, size and location of switch boxes and other relevant details. Any discrepancy found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of the Consultant/Any Modification suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the consultants

laying of conduits is commenced. CONDUITING MATERIALS All concealed and surface electrical wiring installation shall be in PVC/conduits as specified.

The contractor shall set up his own workshop and other facilities at site to undertake

The contractor shall be responsible for recording of all readings and observations during erection, testing and commissioning, in registers or on prescribed Performa. These shall be

such test data and records shall be duly signed by contract’s Engineer/Purchaser’s representative and shall be submitted to

The contractor shall carry out all tests at site for outdoor and indoor electrical equipment and n the installation in the presence of Purchaser’s representative. The contractor

shall be responsible for final adjustment of relays, instruments, meter breakers etc., and also

wiring between lighting DB and lighting fixtures shall be done by FRLS 3 core (phase, neutral and earth) 1.5 sq mm multistrand copper conductor wires drain in PVC/ GI conduits. Wiring between power DB and 20A sockets shall be done with PCV insulated 3

e (phase, neutral and earth) 4 sq mm Copper conductor FRLS wires drawing in PVC/GI

The system of wiring shall consist of FRLS Multistrand copper conductor wires in PVC/GI

Prior to laying and fixing of conduits, the Contractor shall carefully examine the drawings indicating the layout, satisfy himself about the sufficiency of number and size of conduits,

nd location of switch boxes and other relevant details. Any discrepancy found in the drawings shall be brought to the notice of the Consultant/IRCTC. Any Modification suggested by the Contractor shall be got approved by the consultants

All concealed and surface electrical wiring installation shall be in PVC/conduits as specified.


Signature of Bidder

Conduits and accessories shall conform to IS 9537 below. PVC conduits shall be black, round, heavy gauge Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). The internal surface of the conduit shall be smooth. All flexible conduits shall be of steel. Only approved quality as recommended by the consultant and factory made bends/acshall be used. GI CONDUITS Conduits and Accessories shall conform to IS 9537 (Latest) and The GI conduits shall be solid drawn, mild steel, 16 gauge, heavy duty electrical welded, thread type, having perfect circular tubing with tight fitting joints and shall be capable of being cleaned easily. Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for El Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Telephones, LAN, Audio/Video shall be 25.0 mm Joints between conduits and accessories shall be securely m,ade, to ensure earth continuity in the case of GI conduits. The conduits shall be delivered to site of construction in original bundles and each length of conduit shall bear the label of the manufacturer. This shall be approved by respective Engineer-in-charge and same shall be submitted along with bills for payment. The number of 650/1100 volts grade FRLS multistand copper conductor wires that may be drawn in the conduits of various sizes are given below. The space occupied by the wires shall not exceed 60% of the conduit Internal Area and 40% of conduit space should be left free. Maximum permissible number of 650/1100 volt grade FRLS wires that may be drawn into rigid non-metallic or GI conduits are given below: Size of wire in Sq.mm

Maximum

20 1.5 3 2.5 2 4.0 -- 6.0 -- 10.0 -- 16.0 --


Conduits and accessories shall conform to IS 9537 – Latest and the specifications given elow. PVC conduits shall be black, round, heavy gauge Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). The

internal surface of the conduit shall be smooth. All flexible conduits shall be of steel. Only approved quality as recommended by the consultant and factory made bends/ac

Conduits and Accessories shall conform to IS 9537 (Latest) and Open TenderThe GI conduits shall be solid drawn, mild steel, 16 gauge, heavy duty electrical welded, thread type, having perfect circular tubing with tight fitting joints and shall be capable of

Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Electrical Wiring shall be 20.0mm. Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Telephones, LAN, Audio/Video shall be 25.0 mmJoints between conduits and accessories shall be securely m,ade, to ensure earth continuity

livered to site of construction in original bundles and each length of conduit shall bear the label of the manufacturer. This shall be approved by respective

charge and same shall be submitted along with bills for payment.100 volts grade FRLS multistand copper conductor wires that may be

drawn in the conduits of various sizes are given below. The space occupied by the wires shall not exceed 60% of the conduit Internal Area and 40% of conduit space should be left

imum permissible number of 650/1100 volt grade FRLS wires that may be drawn into metallic or GI conduits are given below:

Number of Wires conduits

25 32 38 6 10 14 5 10 14 3 5 8 2 4 5 --- 3 4 2 2 3

Latest and the specifications given elow. PVC conduits shall be black, round, heavy gauge Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). The

internal surface of the conduit shall be smooth. All flexible conduits shall be of steel. Only approved quality as recommended by the consultant and factory made bends/accessories

Tender specifications. The GI conduits shall be solid drawn, mild steel, 16 gauge, heavy duty electrical welded, thread type, having perfect circular tubing with tight fitting joints and shall be capable of

Minimum Conduit Dia (OD) for Telephones, LAN, Audio/Video shall be 25.0 mm Joints between conduits and accessories shall be securely m,ade, to ensure earth continuity

livered to site of construction in original bundles and each length of conduit shall bear the label of the manufacturer. This shall be approved by respective

charge and same shall be submitted along with bills for payment. 100 volts grade FRLS multistand copper conductor wires that may be

drawn in the conduits of various sizes are given below. The space occupied by the wires shall not exceed 60% of the conduit Internal Area and 40% of conduit space should be left

imum permissible number of 650/1100 volt grade FRLS wires that may be drawn into

Size(mm)


Signature of Bidder

25.0 -- 35.0 -- BENDS IN CONDUIT (FOR GI) Conduit bends shall be of 14 SWG. Where necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved by means of bends and/or circular inspection outlet terminations. In case of recessed system each junction work shall be provided with a cover properly secured and flush with the finished wall surface. No bends shall have radius less than 2 ½ times the outside diameter of the conduit. Readywhere required. Locating junction boxes on outer surface of exterior walls of building should be avoided to prevent exposure to weather as also to preserve aesthetics. Junction boxes should never be closed permanently by plaster. The covers of the boxes should match the co lour of the wall. All the switch points shall be fixed at a level accessible from floor level as mentioned in the dugs. Conduits in wall crossing area shall be sealed wiwires. SWTICH OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES.All concealed outlet boxes for switches, sockets and other receptacles shall be rust proof and shall be of thick Zinc passivated (MS) boxes having smooth external and inte All outlet boxes for receiving plug sockets and switches shall be of standard factory make and of approved size and shape. All boxes shall have adequate number of knock out holes of required diameter and ear thing terminal screws. Outlet of 65mm. INSPETION BOXES. Rust proof inspection boxes of 2mm thick mild steel having smooth external and internal finish shall be provided to facilitate removal and replacement of wires where required. WALL SOCKET OUTLET Following types of socket outlet shall generally be used for interiors; All sockets shall be of shutter type.


-- -- 1 -- -- 1

BENDS IN CONDUIT (FOR GI) Conduit bends shall be of 14 SWG. Where necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved by means of bends and/or circular inspection boxes with adequate and suitable inlet and outlet terminations. In case of recessed system each junction work shall be provided with a cover properly secured and flush with the finished wall surface. No bends shall have radius

tside diameter of the conduit. Ready-made bends shall be used

Locating junction boxes on outer surface of exterior walls of building should be avoided to prevent exposure to weather as also to preserve aesthetics.

never be closed permanently by plaster. The covers of the boxes should match the co lour of the wall. All the switch points shall be fixed at a level accessible from floor level as mentioned in the

Conduits in wall crossing area shall be sealed with M-Seal/epoxy compound after pulling the

SWTICH OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES. All concealed outlet boxes for switches, sockets and other receptacles shall be rust proof and shall be of thick Zinc passivated (MS) boxes having smooth external and inteAll outlet boxes for receiving plug sockets and switches shall be of standard factory make and of approved size and shape. All boxes shall have adequate number of knock out holes of required diameter and ear thing terminal screws. Outlet boxes shall have a minimum depth

Rust proof inspection boxes of 2mm thick mild steel having smooth external and internal finish shall be provided to facilitate removal and replacement of wires where required.WALL SOCKET OUTLETS Following types of socket outlet shall generally be used for interiors; All sockets shall be of shutter type.

Conduit bends shall be of 14 SWG. Where necessary, bends or diversions may be achieved boxes with adequate and suitable inlet and

outlet terminations. In case of recessed system each junction work shall be provided with a cover properly secured and flush with the finished wall surface. No bends shall have radius

made bends shall be used

Locating junction boxes on outer surface of exterior walls of building should be avoided to

never be closed permanently by plaster. The covers of the boxes

All the switch points shall be fixed at a level accessible from floor level as mentioned in the

Seal/epoxy compound after pulling the

All concealed outlet boxes for switches, sockets and other receptacles shall be rust proof and shall be of thick Zinc passivated (MS) boxes having smooth external and internal surfaces. All outlet boxes for receiving plug sockets and switches shall be of standard factory make and of approved size and shape. All boxes shall have adequate number of knock out holes of

boxes shall have a minimum depth

Rust proof inspection boxes of 2mm thick mild steel having smooth external and internal finish shall be provided to facilitate removal and replacement of wires where required.


Signature of Bidder

6A 3 pin Switched Socket outlet for raw powder and UPS powder. 6/16A 3 pin switched socket with Indicator for power outlets. 20 Amps SP Industrial type socket controlled by 20 Amps DP MCB mounted on a fabricated and powder coated MS box. No electrical cable/ temporary cabling shall be allowed at floor level for connecting any equipment on any account. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS Concealed Conduit System Unless otherwise specified all wiring shall be in heavy gauge rigid PVC conduit embedded in wall, or ceiling and concealed in the false ceiling. The size of the conduit shall be selected in conformity with relevant IS code and a s specifiemade conduit bends and accessories shall be used. PVC conduit shall be jointed using solvent cement as recommended by the conduit supplier. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be straight as far as possible. Before the conduits are laid in the ceiling the position of the outlet points, controls, junction boxes shall be set out clearly as per the dimensions and to minimize off-sets and bends. Conduits in ceiling shall be bonded to the reinforcement rods with Gbonding wire to secure them in position. PVC light outlet/pull boxes shall be provided as required. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be laid above the first layer of reinforcement rods to avoid cracks in the ceiling surface. Conduits concealed in the wall shall be secured rigidly by means of steel hooks/staples at minimum 750 mm intervals. Before conduit is concealed in the walls, all chases, grooves shall be neatly made to proper required dimension to accommodate number of conduits. The chased portion of the walls for electrical works shall be plastered by electrical Contractor to bring it to the finished wall surface. The outlet boxes, control switches, and inspection and draw boxes shall be fixed as and when conduits are being fixed. The recessing of conduits in walls shall be so arranged as to allow at least 12mmcover on the same. Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate expansion fitting or other approved devices shall be used to take care of the relativmovement of expansion joints. All grooves, chases etc., shall be refilled with cement mortar and finished up to wall surface before plastering of walls is taken up by the general civil Contractor. Whenever the conduits terminate into Control Boxes, disthe boxes/boards with check nuts on either side of the entry to ensure electrical continuity. All opening of conduits, junction boxes shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers or any


6A 3 pin Switched Socket outlet for raw powder and UPS powder. 6/16A 3 pin switched socket with Indicator for power outlets.

Industrial type socket controlled by 20 Amps DP MCB mounted on a fabricated

No electrical cable/ temporary cabling shall be allowed at floor level for connecting any

INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS

Unless otherwise specified all wiring shall be in heavy gauge rigid PVC conduit embedded in wall, or ceiling and concealed in the false ceiling. The size of the conduit shall be selected in conformity with relevant IS code and a s specified in the table 6.8.3.b.6 given above. Factory made conduit bends and accessories shall be used. PVC conduit shall be jointed using solvent cement as recommended by the conduit supplier. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be

Before the conduits are laid in the ceiling the position of the outlet points, controls, junction boxes shall be set out clearly as per the dimensions and to minimize

sets and bends. Conduits in ceiling shall be bonded to the reinforcement rods with Gbonding wire to secure them in position. PVC light outlet/pull boxes shall be provided as required. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be laid above the first layer of reinforcement rods to avoid cracks in the ceiling surface.

wall shall be secured rigidly by means of steel hooks/staples at minimum 750 mm intervals. Before conduit is concealed in the walls, all chases, grooves shall be neatly made to proper required dimension to accommodate number of conduits.

ion of the walls for electrical works shall be plastered by electrical Contractor to bring it to the finished wall surface. The outlet boxes, control switches, and inspection and draw boxes shall be fixed as and when conduits are being fixed.

ng of conduits in walls shall be so arranged as to allow at least 12mmcover on the same. Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate expansion fitting or other approved devices shall be used to take care of the relativmovement of expansion joints. All grooves, chases etc., shall be refilled with cement mortar and finished up to wall surface before plastering of walls is taken up by the general civil Contractor. Whenever the conduits terminate into Control Boxes, distribution boards etc., conduits shall be rigidly connected to the boxes/boards with check nuts on either side of the entry to ensure electrical continuity. All opening of conduits, junction boxes shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers or any

Industrial type socket controlled by 20 Amps DP MCB mounted on a fabricated

No electrical cable/ temporary cabling shall be allowed at floor level for connecting any

Unless otherwise specified all wiring shall be in heavy gauge rigid PVC conduit embedded in wall, or ceiling and concealed in the false ceiling. The size of the conduit shall be selected in

d in the table 6.8.3.b.6 given above. Factory made conduit bends and accessories shall be used. PVC conduit shall be jointed using solvent cement as recommended by the conduit supplier. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be

Before the conduits are laid in the ceiling the position of the outlet points, controls, junction boxes shall be set out clearly as per the dimensions and to minimize

sets and bends. Conduits in ceiling shall be bonded to the reinforcement rods with GI bonding wire to secure them in position. PVC light outlet/pull boxes shall be provided as required. The conduit in ceiling slab shall be laid above the first layer of reinforcement rods

wall shall be secured rigidly by means of steel hooks/staples at minimum 750 mm intervals. Before conduit is concealed in the walls, all chases, grooves shall be neatly made to proper required dimension to accommodate number of conduits.

ion of the walls for electrical works shall be plastered by electrical Contractor to bring it to the finished wall surface. The outlet boxes, control switches, and inspection and

ng of conduits in walls shall be so arranged as to allow at least 12mm- plaster cover on the same. Where conduit passes through expansion joints in the building, adequate expansion fitting or other approved devices shall be used to take care of the relative

All grooves, chases etc., shall be refilled with cement mortar and finished up to wall surface before plastering of walls is taken up by the general civil Contractor. Whenever the conduits

tribution boards etc., conduits shall be rigidly connected to the boxes/boards with check nuts on either side of the entry to ensure electrical continuity. All opening of conduits, junction boxes shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers or any


Signature of Bidder

other suitable materials, so that water, mortar, vermin or any other foreign materials do not enter into the conduit system. All conduit ends terminating into an outlet shall be provided with bushes of PVC or rubber after the conduit ends are properly filed to resharp edges. Necessary GI pull wires shall be inserted into the conduit for drawing wires. The insulated Earth wires shall be run in each conduit originating from the panel board up to the light, Socket and Switch boxes. If the Electrical boxes etc., before the plastering/painting work is done by other agencies, he may be permitted to install the same with prior permission of Consultant and the expenses towards redoing the wall, floor, ceiling etc. OPEN / SURFACE CONDUIT SYSTEMConduits on surface of wall/RCC slabs shall be avoided as far as possible. In case it is not avoidable, prior approval in writing shall be obtained from route. Heavy gauge GI saddles shall fix conduit. Distance between two consecutive saddles shall not exceed 900 mm. No wooden gutties for fixing saddles/clamps shall be used. Use of Rawl plug/steel fastener with hard setting/scaling compound is recshall be run in square and by metrical lines. Wherever couplers, bends or similar fittings are used, saddles shall be provided at either side at a distance of 300 mm from the center of such fittings. Conduits shall be joined by means only. In long distance straight runs of conduit inspection type couplers/ junction boxes shall be provided. Threading shall be long enough to accommodate pipe to the full threaded portion of the couplers and accessories. Cut ends of conduits shall have no sharp edges nor any burrs left, to avoid damage to insulation’s of wires. Bends in conduit runs shall be done by using pipeaccomplished by introducing solid bends, insintroducing solid bends, inspection bends or cast iron/MS inspection boxes. Radius of solid bends shall not be less than 75mm. Not more than 90run from outlet to outlet. All conduits opening shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers/bushes. Conduits shall be adequately protected against rust by applying two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint after the installation is completed and should be certified by the Site Engineecertificate shall be submitted along with bills for payment. Wherever conduits terminate into control boxes, outlet boxes, distribution boards etc., it shall be rigidly connected to the box with check nuts on either side of the entry. In ground floor, conduiting below the flooring should be avoided. Wherever it is unavoidable, GI pipe should be used with prior approval of The entire conduit system shall be bonded to the earth.


itable materials, so that water, mortar, vermin or any other foreign materials do not enter into the conduit system. All conduit ends terminating into an outlet shall be provided with bushes of PVC or rubber after the conduit ends are properly filed to resharp edges. Necessary GI pull wires shall be inserted into the conduit for drawing wires. The insulated Earth wires shall be run in each conduit originating from the panel board up to the light, Socket and Switch boxes. If the Electrical Contractor forgets to install any conduit/ boxes etc., before the plastering/painting work is done by other agencies, he may be permitted to install the same with prior permission of Consultant and the expenses towards redoing the wall, floor, ceiling etc. shall be borne by the Electrical Contractor.OPEN / SURFACE CONDUIT SYSTEM Conduits on surface of wall/RCC slabs shall be avoided as far as possible. In case it is not avoidable, prior approval in writing shall be obtained from IRCTC/Consultant on the eroute. Heavy gauge GI saddles shall fix conduit. Distance between two consecutive saddles shall not exceed 900 mm. No wooden gutties for fixing saddles/clamps shall be used. Use of Rawl plug/steel fastener with hard setting/scaling compound is recommended. Conduits shall be run in square and by metrical lines. Wherever couplers, bends or similar fittings are used, saddles shall be provided at either side at a distance of 300 mm from the center of such fittings. Conduits shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only. In long distance straight runs of conduit inspection type couplers/ junction boxes shall

Threading shall be long enough to accommodate pipe to the full threaded portion of the cessories. Cut ends of conduits shall have no sharp edges nor any burrs left,

to avoid damage to insulation’s of wires. Bends in conduit runs shall be done by using pipe-bending machine. Sharp ;bends shall be accomplished by introducing solid bends, inspection bends shall be accomplished by introducing solid bends, inspection bends or cast iron/MS inspection boxes. Radius of solid bends shall not be less than 75mm. Not more than 90-degree bend shall be used in a conduit

nduits opening shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers/bushes. Conduits shall be adequately protected against rust by applying two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint after the installation is completed and should be certified by the Site Engineecertificate shall be submitted along with bills for payment. Wherever conduits terminate into control boxes, outlet boxes, distribution boards etc., it shall be rigidly connected to the box with check nuts on either side of the entry.

loor, conduiting below the flooring should be avoided. Wherever it is unavoidable, GI pipe should be used with prior approval of IRCTC/Consultant.The entire conduit system shall be bonded to the earth.

itable materials, so that water, mortar, vermin or any other foreign materials do not enter into the conduit system. All conduit ends terminating into an outlet shall be provided with bushes of PVC or rubber after the conduit ends are properly filed to remove burrs and sharp edges. Necessary GI pull wires shall be inserted into the conduit for drawing wires. The insulated Earth wires shall be run in each conduit originating from the panel board up to

Contractor forgets to install any conduit/ boxes etc., before the plastering/painting work is done by other agencies, he may be permitted to install the same with prior permission of Consultant and the expenses towards

shall be borne by the Electrical Contractor.

Conduits on surface of wall/RCC slabs shall be avoided as far as possible. In case it is not /Consultant on the exact

route. Heavy gauge GI saddles shall fix conduit. Distance between two consecutive saddles shall not exceed 900 mm. No wooden gutties for fixing saddles/clamps shall be used. Use of

ommended. Conduits shall be run in square and by metrical lines. Wherever couplers, bends or similar fittings are used, saddles shall be provided at either side at a distance of 300 mm from the center of such

of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only. In long distance straight runs of conduit inspection type couplers/ junction boxes shall

Threading shall be long enough to accommodate pipe to the full threaded portion of the cessories. Cut ends of conduits shall have no sharp edges nor any burrs left,

bending machine. Sharp ;bends shall be pection bends shall be accomplished by

introducing solid bends, inspection bends or cast iron/MS inspection boxes. Radius of solid degree bend shall be used in a conduit

nduits opening shall be properly plugged with PVC stoppers/bushes. Conduits shall be adequately protected against rust by applying two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint after the installation is completed and should be certified by the Site Engineer. The

Wherever conduits terminate into control boxes, outlet boxes, distribution boards etc., it shall

loor, conduiting below the flooring should be avoided. Wherever it is /Consultant.


Signature of Bidder

WIRING All wires shall been manufactured in Part II). All wires shall be FRLS insulated, multi stand copper conductors of 650section of the conductor shall be as per the specification mentioned in schedule of quantities. Minimum cross section of conductor for electrical wiring shall be 2.5 mm square. For Two-phase wiring, the co lour of the insulation of phase conductors shall be Red/Yellow/Blue and black for neutral. The co lour coding adopted should be uniform for the entire project. Ear thing is to be done by Green PVC insulated copper conductor. For three phase wiring, the insulation of phase conductors shall be Red/Yellow/blue, as per relevant phase and Black for neutral. Earth wire shall always be of copper conductobe Green. Whenever wires are being terminated in a Distribution Board/Switch box/Plug Point/Outlet Box etc., a minimum of 200 mm long extra wire should be provided in the form of a loop for further maintenance use. For each lot of wires, the Contractor shall submit all relevant test certificates issued by the Manufacturer stating its origin, date of manufacture, constitution and standards to which it complies. All wires and cables shall bear the manufacturesite in original packing. Only Authorized/certified wiremen and cable jointers shall be employed to do the cable jointing work. Wires shall not be jointed inside the conduit or pull boxes. Where unavoidable, joints shalbe made through approved mechanical connectors with prior permission of IRCTC/Consultant. Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only; sand shall be ‘ON’ when knob is down. Switches shall be fixed in galvanized steel boxes. Chromishall be used. Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring.


All wires shall been manufactured in accordance with the latest IS Specification (IS 694

All wires shall be FRLS insulated, multi stand copper conductors of 650-volt grade. Cross section of the conductor shall be as per the specification mentioned in schedule of quantities.

imum cross section of conductor for electrical wiring shall be 2.5 mm square.phase wiring, the co lour of the insulation of phase conductors shall be

Red/Yellow/Blue and black for neutral. The co lour coding adopted should be uniform for

Ear thing is to be done by Green PVC insulated copper conductor. For three phase wiring, the insulation of phase conductors shall be Red/Yellow/blue, as per relevant phase and Black

Earth wire shall always be of copper conductor PVC insulated and co lour of insulation shall

Whenever wires are being terminated in a Distribution Board/Switch box/Plug Point/Outlet Box etc., a minimum of 200 mm long extra wire should be provided in the form of a loop for

For each lot of wires, the Contractor shall submit all relevant test certificates issued by the Manufacturer stating its origin, date of manufacture, constitution and standards to which it complies. All wires and cables shall bear the manufacturer’s label and shall be brought to

Only Authorized/certified wiremen and cable jointers shall be employed to do the cable

Wires shall not be jointed inside the conduit or pull boxes. Where unavoidable, joints shalbe made through approved mechanical connectors with prior permission of

Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only; sand shall be ‘ON’ when knob is down. Switches shall be fixed in galvanized steel boxes. Chromium plated screws

Power wiring shall be distinctly separate from lighting wiring.

accordance with the latest IS Specification (IS 694 –

volt grade. Cross section of the conductor shall be as per the specification mentioned in schedule of quantities.

imum cross section of conductor for electrical wiring shall be 2.5 mm square. phase wiring, the co lour of the insulation of phase conductors shall be

Red/Yellow/Blue and black for neutral. The co lour coding adopted should be uniform for

Ear thing is to be done by Green PVC insulated copper conductor. For three phase wiring, the insulation of phase conductors shall be Red/Yellow/blue, as per relevant phase and Black

r PVC insulated and co lour of insulation shall

Whenever wires are being terminated in a Distribution Board/Switch box/Plug Point/Outlet Box etc., a minimum of 200 mm long extra wire should be provided in the form of a loop for

For each lot of wires, the Contractor shall submit all relevant test certificates issued by the Manufacturer stating its origin, date of manufacture, constitution and standards to which it

r’s label and shall be brought to

Only Authorized/certified wiremen and cable jointers shall be employed to do the cable

Wires shall not be jointed inside the conduit or pull boxes. Where unavoidable, joints shall be made through approved mechanical connectors with prior permission of

Control switches shall be connected in the phase conductors only; sand shall be ‘ON’ when um plated screws


Signature of Bidder

Each circuit phase wire from the distribution boards should be followed with a separate neutral wire of the same size as that of the circuit wire. Wires originating from two different phases shall not run in ;the same conduit. DRAWING CONDUCTORS The drawing and jointing of FRLS insulated multi stand copper conductor wire and cables shall be executed with due regard to the following precautions. While drconduits, care shall be taken to avoid scratches, etc., Care shall also be taken to ensure that the insulation is not peeled off either in portions or as a whole; and the conductor is not broken anywhere. There shall be no sharp bends conductor. PVC Insulated copper conductor wire ends shall be soldered (at least 20 mm; length) before inserting into the switch for termination and Conductors having nominal cross sectional areas exceeding 10 sq mm shall always be provided with cable sockets/lug of same material as that of conductor. Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting terminals. The terminals shall have sufficient cross sectional area to take all strands and shall be soldered. Connectinscrews shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through block/connectors. The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither too much nor too less.At all bolted terminals, brass flat waused. Brass nuts and bolts shall be used for all connections.For all internal wiring, FRLS insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used. The sub-circuit wiring for point shall be carried ouallowed in the length of the conductors. If the use of joint connections are unavoidable due to any specific reason, prior permission, in writing, shall be obtained from the IRCTC/Consultant. No wire shall be drawnthat may cause injury to wire, is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the insulation of wire. Before the wires are drawn into the conduits, the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of moisture, dust, dirt and any other constructions debris, by forcing compressed air through the conduits. All subshall be with 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor. JOINTS All joints shall be made at main switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lightning outlets and switch boxes only. No joints shall be made in conduits and in junction boxes. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet.


Each circuit phase wire from the distribution boards should be followed with a separate neutral wire of the same size as that of the circuit wire.

originating from two different phases shall not run in ;the same conduit.DRAWING CONDUCTORS The drawing and jointing of FRLS insulated multi stand copper conductor wire and cables shall be executed with due regard to the following precautions. While drawing wires through conduits, care shall be taken to avoid scratches, etc., Care shall also be taken to ensure that the insulation is not peeled off either in portions or as a whole; and the conductor is not broken anywhere. There shall be no sharp bends that may lead to the breakage of the

PVC Insulated copper conductor wire ends shall be soldered (at least 20 mm; length) before inserting into the switch for termination and Conductors having nominal cross sectional areas

ll always be provided with cable sockets/lug of same material as that

Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting terminals. The terminals shall have sufficient cross sectional area to take all strands and shall be soldered. Connectinscrews shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through block/connectors. The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate, neither too much nor too less. At all bolted terminals, brass flat washer of large area and approved steel spring shall be used. Brass nuts and bolts shall be used for all connections. For all internal wiring, FRLS insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used.

circuit wiring for point shall be carried out in loop system and no joints shall be allowed in the length of the conductors. If the use of joint connections are unavoidable due to any specific reason, prior permission, in writing, shall be obtained from the

/Consultant. No wire shall be drawn into any conduit until all work of any nature, that may cause injury to wire, is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the insulation of wire. Before the wires are drawn into the conduits, the

horoughly cleaned of moisture, dust, dirt and any other constructions debris, by forcing compressed air through the conduits. All sub-circuit wiring for light points shall be with 2.5 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor.

e at main switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lightning outlets and switch boxes only. No joints shall be made in conduits and in junction boxes. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet.

Each circuit phase wire from the distribution boards should be followed with a separate

originating from two different phases shall not run in ;the same conduit.

The drawing and jointing of FRLS insulated multi stand copper conductor wire and cables awing wires through

conduits, care shall be taken to avoid scratches, etc., Care shall also be taken to ensure that the insulation is not peeled off either in portions or as a whole; and the conductor is not

that may lead to the breakage of the

PVC Insulated copper conductor wire ends shall be soldered (at least 20 mm; length) before inserting into the switch for termination and Conductors having nominal cross sectional areas

ll always be provided with cable sockets/lug of same material as that

Strands of wires shall not be cut for connecting terminals. The terminals shall have sufficient cross sectional area to take all strands and shall be soldered. Connecting brass screws shall have flat ends. All looped joints shall be soldered and connected through block/connectors. The pressure applied to tighten terminal screws shall be just adequate,

sher of large area and approved steel spring shall be For all internal wiring, FRLS insulated wires of 650/1100 volts grade shall be used.

t in loop system and no joints shall be allowed in the length of the conductors. If the use of joint connections are unavoidable due to any specific reason, prior permission, in writing, shall be obtained from the

into any conduit until all work of any nature, that may cause injury to wire, is completed. Care shall be taken in pulling the wires so that no damage occurs to the insulation of wire. Before the wires are drawn into the conduits, the

horoughly cleaned of moisture, dust, dirt and any other constructions circuit wiring for light points

e at main switches, distribution boards, socket outlets, lightning outlets and switch boxes only. No joints shall be made in conduits and in junction boxes.


Signature of Bidder

MAINS AND SUB - MAINSMains and sub-mains cable or wires where called for shall be of the rated capacity and approved make. Every main and subsize conduit. An independent earth wire of the proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for every main, two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided along with the sub main. wires shall be fixed to conduits by means of clips at not less than 1000mains and sub mains extra lengths of cable shall be provided to facilitate easy connections and maintenance. LOAD BALANCING Balancing of circuits in threeof wiring and shall be strictly adhered to. COLOUR CODE OF CONDUCTORS Co lour code shall be maintained for the entire wiring installation as re, yellow blue for three phases, black for neutral. MEASUREMENTS POINT WIRING All outlets connected on a lighting circuit shall be measured under point wiring. It shall include wiring from first switch point of the circuit up to light, fan socket outlet via witches, regulators , controls etc as called for. Generally, the following accessories shall be included. Light outlet box Lamp holder Switches 6/16 A socket outlets with plug tops M.S./G.I outlet box Fan hook Fan regulator Small wiring from outlet to Fan/light Conduit and accessories PVC copper conductor wires

CIRCUIT MAIN FOR LIGHT CIRCUIT


MAINS cable or wires where called for shall be of the rated capacity and approved make. Every main and sub-main wire shall be drawn into an independent adequate size conduit. An independent earth wire of the proper rating shall be provided for each sub

wo earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for every Two-phase sub main. For every 3 phase sub main, two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided along with the sub main. wires shall be fixed to conduits by means of clips at not less than 1000-mm distance. For mains and sub mains extra lengths of cable shall be provided to facilitate easy connections

ee-phase installations shall be planned before the commencement of wiring and shall be strictly adhered to. COLOUR CODE OF CONDUCTORS Co lour code shall be maintained for the entire wiring installation as re, yellow blue for three

All outlets connected on a lighting circuit shall be measured under point wiring. It shall include wiring from first switch point of the circuit up to light, fan socket outlet via witches,

called for. Generally, the following accessories shall be included.

6/16 A socket outlets with plug tops

Small wiring from outlet to Fan/light Conduit and accessories

opper conductor wires CIRCUIT MAIN FOR LIGHT CIRCUIT

cable or wires where called for shall be of the rated capacity and main wire shall be drawn into an independent adequate

size conduit. An independent earth wire of the proper rating shall be provided for each sub wo earth wires of proper rating shall be provided for each sub main, Two earth wires

phase sub main. For every 3 phase sub main, two earth wires of proper rating shall be provided along with the sub main. The earth

mm distance. For mains and sub mains extra lengths of cable shall be provided to facilitate easy connections

phase installations shall be planned before the commencement

Co lour code shall be maintained for the entire wiring installation as re, yellow blue for three

All outlets connected on a lighting circuit shall be measured under point wiring. It shall include wiring from first switch point of the circuit up to light, fan socket outlet via witches,

called for. Generally, the following accessories shall be included.


Signature of Bidder

Circuit main is measured in length from the Distribution Board/panel Board up to the first switch point on the circuit only; form this point onwards, all looping will be measured under point wiring. GENERAL Point wiring and circuit wiring should be done in independent conduits and should not be taken through one conduit. Fan regulator box, fans, light fittings, calling bells are to be properly earthed. In respect of 6 Amps conventional plug point, insulated copper wire. All flush type switches and accessories will be used with 3 mm thick hylam sheet in MS box. For the purpose of determining the load per circuit. The following electric ratshall be assumed. SL.NO 1. 2.

3. 4. Light, fans and 6A point shall be wired on a common more than a total of ten points of lights, fans and 6A socket outlets or a load of 800 watts whichever is less. The ceiling fan point shall be complete with special outlet box including fixing and connection of regulaincluded in scope of Contractor. For 16A POWER PLUG POINTS In one circuit, there shall not be more than two 16Aconnected by 3 x 4 sq mm copper conductor


Circuit main is measured in length from the Distribution Board/panel Board up to the first switch point on the circuit only; form this point onwards, all looping will be measured under

Point wiring and circuit wiring should be done in independent conduits and should not be

Fan regulator box, fans, light fittings, calling bells are to be properly earthed. In respect of 6 Amps conventional plug point, the third pin should be earthed with 2.5 sq mm green PVC

All flush type switches and accessories will be used with 3 mm thick hylam sheet in MS

For the purpose of determining the load per circuit. The following electric rat

DESCRIPTION WATTAGE LIGHT PINTS 60 CONVENTIONAL PLUG POINT (DEPENDENT OR INDEPENDENT)

100

FAN POINT 60 EXHAUST FAN POINTS 40 OR AS SPECIFIED

Light, fans and 6A point shall be wired on a common circuit. Each circuit shall not have more than a total of ten points of lights, fans and 6A socket outlets or a load of 800 watts whichever is less. The ceiling fan point shall be complete with special outlet box including fixing and connection of regulator. Supply and fixing of 6A switch for each ceiling fan is included in scope of Contractor.

For 16A POWER PLUG POINTS In one circuit, there shall not be more than two 16A-power plug points and circuit shall be connected by 3 x 4 sq mm copper conductor wires.

Circuit main is measured in length from the Distribution Board/panel Board up to the first switch point on the circuit only; form this point onwards, all looping will be measured under

Point wiring and circuit wiring should be done in independent conduits and should not be

Fan regulator box, fans, light fittings, calling bells are to be properly earthed. In respect of 6 the third pin should be earthed with 2.5 sq mm green PVC

All flush type switches and accessories will be used with 3 mm thick hylam sheet in MS

For the purpose of determining the load per circuit. The following electric rating of points

40 OR AS SPECIFIED

circuit. Each circuit shall not have more than a total of ten points of lights, fans and 6A socket outlets or a load of 800 watts whichever is less. The ceiling fan point shall be complete with special outlet box including

tor. Supply and fixing of 6A switch for each ceiling fan is

power plug points and circuit shall be


Signature of Bidder

One flush type plug socket outlet and switch shall be fixed for each power point on 3mm thick hylam sheet cover. Plug socket can be standard type or 6/16 A universal type as shown in the diagram. The circuit main would commence from DB and end box. Looping of circuit would be done to second 16A power points from first 16A power points from first 16A power point and shall be counted as power point wiring. Electrical load for each 16A power point would be considered as 1000 watt


One flush type plug socket outlet and switch shall be fixed for each power point on 3mm thick hylam sheet cover. Plug socket can be standard type or 6/16 A universal type as shown in the diagram. The circuit main would commence from DB and end box. Looping of circuit would be done to second 16A power points from first 16A power points from first 16A power point and shall be counted as power point wiring.Electrical load for each 16A power point would be considered as 1000 watts.

One flush type plug socket outlet and switch shall be fixed for each power point on 3mm thick hylam sheet cover. Plug socket can be standard type or 6/16 A universal type as shown in the diagram. The circuit main would commence from DB and end up to the switch box. Looping of circuit would be done to second 16A power points from first 16A power points from first 16A power point and shall be counted as power point wiring.

s.


Signature of Bidder

COMPLETION CERTIFICATE (TO BE FILLED IN BY CONTRACTOR) WE CERTIFY THAT THE INSTALLATION DETAILED BELOW HAS BEEN INSTALLED BY ME/US AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY/OUR KNOWLEDTE AND BELIEF. IT COMPLIES WITH INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES 1956 AS WELL AS IS: 732 – 1963 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING AND INSTALLATIONS (SYSTEM VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS) REVISED. Electrical Installation at__________ Voltage and system of supply__________

If the work involves installation of overhead lines and/or Ear thing Description of ear thing electrode, size of earth, wire and number of each

electrodes provided______Test Results

1) Insulation resistance for the whole installation.

(i) between conductors(ii) between each conductor & each (iii) Insulation resistance for whole installation

2) Resistance of ear thing electrode or ear thing system3) Maximum ear thing resistance of installation

_____________ Signature of supervisor Name and Address of Supervisor


COMPLETION CERTIFICATE (TO BE FILLED IN BY CONTRACTOR) WE CERTIFY THAT THE INSTALLATION DETAILED BELOW HAS BEEN INSTALLED BY ME/US AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY/OUR KNOWLEDTE AND BELIEF. IT COMPLIES WITH INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES 1956 AS WELL AS IS:

1963 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING AND INSTALLATIONS (SYSTEM VOLTAGE NOT EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS) REVISED. Electrical Installation at__________ Voltage and system of supply__________

If the work involves installation of overhead lines and/or underground cable______Ear thing Description of ear thing electrode, size of earth, wire and number of each

electrodes provided______

Insulation resistance for the whole installation. between conductors--- between each conductor & each neutral--- Insulation resistance for whole installation –

Resistance of ear thing electrode or ear thing system--- Maximum ear thing resistance of installation

____________ Signature of Contractor

nd Address of Supervisor Name and Address of Contractor

WE CERTIFY THAT THE INSTALLATION DETAILED BELOW HAS BEEN INSTALLED BY ME/US AND THAT TO THE BEST OF MY/OUR KNOWLEDTE AND BELIEF. IT COMPLIES WITH INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES 1956 AS WELL AS IS:

1963 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING AND INSTALLATIONS

underground cable______ Ear thing Description of ear thing electrode, size of earth, wire and number of each

Name and Address of Contractor


Signature of Bidder

LIST OF APPROVED MATERIALS Sl.No. Item 1. MCB/MCCB 2. Power & Aux Contractor,

Heavy Duty Switches3. MCB Distribution Board4. FSU/SFU with Fuse, Fuse Base5. Selector Switches 6. Indicator Lamp 7. Meters 8. Timers 9. Power & Control Cables

(FRLS) 10. Power Cable 11. CT, PT 12. Cable Gland High & 13. G I Pipe 14. Connectors 15. Wiring Lighting & Power Wire16. Switch Socket 17. M S Pipe 18. Capacitor Bank & APFCR

Relay 19. Telephone Cable 20. Cat VI 21. Krone Module 22. GI Metal Trunking with

accessories like Junction Boxes23. Light Fittings 24 RJ11 with shutter 25 RJ45 Jack 26 PVC Conduit 27 Surface Information Outlet28 4 core 14/36 shielded cable 29 8 core 14/36 shielded cable30. 650/1100 volts, 24/0.2 mm

copper conductor PVC insulated for music system

31. LT Power Capacitor(Heavy


LIST OF APPROVED MATERIALS Make : GE Power Control, Siemens, Merlingerin,

L&T Power & Aux Contractor, Heavy Duty Switches

: Siemens, Merlingerin, L&T, GE, ABB, Alstom

MCB Distribution Board : MDS, Legrand, Schyendler FSU/SFU with Fuse, Fuse Base : GE Power Control, Siemens, L&T.

: GE, Kaycee, L&T(Salzer), Siemens(BCH): MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknic: AE, MECO, MDS Legrand : L&T, EAPL, MDS

Power & Control Cables : Finolex, RR Cable, Lapp Cable, Gloster

: Finolex, Lapp Cable, RR Cable, Gloster: AE, Pragati, MDS Legrand.

Cable Gland High & thimbles : Connet, Bracco, Sibg, Domelis: BST, Jindal, BEC : Elmex, Connectwell

Wiring Lighting & Power Wire : Finolex (FRLS), National (FRLS), Lapp (FRLS)

: MK/MDS-Mosaic, Anchor Roma : BEC/NIC

Capacitor Bank & APFCR : GE/Siemens : Delton, Finolex : AT&T, Avaya, Krone : Krone Make

GI Metal Trunking with accessories like Junction Boxes

: MK Electric, LK Pace & Profab: Philips, Thorn , Wipro, Bajaj , Crompton

& Greaves ( As per BOQ) : Anchor Roma, MK : Avaya, AT&T, Krone : Diamond, Precision

Surface Information Outlet : Avaya, Krone , AT&T 4 core 14/36 shielded cable : ISI Mark 8 core 14/36 shielded cable : ISI Mark 650/1100 volts, 24/0.2 mm copper conductor PVC insulated for music system

: DCI

LT Power Capacitor(Heavy : Siemens, Epcos, L&T Meher, Universal

GE Power Control, Siemens, Merlingerin, Siemens, Merlingerin, L&T, GE, ABB,

GE Power Control, Siemens, L&T. GE, Kaycee, L&T(Salzer), Siemens(BCH) MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknic

Finolex, RR Cable, Lapp Cable, Gloster Finolex, Lapp Cable, RR Cable, Gloster Connet, Bracco, Sibg, Domelis

Finolex (FRLS), National (FRLS), Lapp Mosaic, Anchor Roma

MK Electric, LK Pace & Profab Philips, Thorn , Wipro, Bajaj , Crompton

Meher, Universal


Signature of Bidder

Duty low loss mixed dielectric)

32. Contactors 32. Contactors 34. Selector Switch 35. Indicating Lamp 36. RJ11 cable 37. Exhaust fan 38. Inverter 39. Digital Meter for KWH40. TV Outlet/Socket 41. Patch Box Note: The contractor should obtain from the Client/Consultant before commencing the work

LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES Sl No Description of StandardA BIS Code 1 IS 9537 Part I & II 2 IS 13947 3 IS 8828 4 IS 9224 Part II 5 IS 2705 6 IS 1248 7 IS 5578, 11353 8 IS 6005 9 IS 694 10 IS 5424 11 IS 1554 Part I 12 IS 8130 13 IS 10810 14 IS 2147

15 IS 8623 Part I and II16 IS 1897 17 IS 10810


Duty low loss mixed di-: Siemens /ABB/L&T : Siemens /ABB/L&T : MDS Legrand, KAYCEE, BCH, L&T

Salzer, Siemens : MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknis/L&T: Finolex, : Newtek, Crompton&Greaves : SUCAM, LUMNUS, MICROTEK

Digital Meter for KWH : SECORE, HAVELLS : MK/MDS-Mosaic, Anchor Roma : Avaya, AT&T, Krone

Note: The contractor should obtain prior approval for the materials to be used in the work from the Client/Consultant before commencing the work

LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES Description of Standard Brief Description of the Standard

Year 1981 Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and

PVC Conduits for Electrical use1993 General requirements of Switchgear1993 Miniature Circuit Breakers HRC Cartridge fuse 1992 Current Transformers 1983 Indicating Instruments Busbar connections and accessories Code of practice for Phosphating Iron

and Steel 1990 PVC insulated wires 1969 Insulated Rubber Mats 1988 PVC insulated cables 1984 General requirements of copper

conductor for cables 1984 Test methods of PVC insulated cables1962 Degree of protection provided by the

enclosure for low voltage switchgear and control gear

I and II 1993 assemblies of Switchgear and Control Gear and Bus Trunking

electrolytic copper flats 1984 Test methods of PVC insulated cables

MDS Legrand, KAYCEE, BCH, L&T MDS Legrand, Siemens, Teknis/L&T

SUCAM, LUMNUS, MICROTEK

Mosaic, Anchor Roma

prior approval for the materials to be used in the work

Brief Description of the Standard Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and PVC Conduits for Electrical use General requirements of Switchgear

Busbar connections and accessories Code of practice for Phosphating Iron

General requirements of copper Test methods of PVC insulated cables Degree of protection provided by the enclosure for low voltage switchgear assemblies of Switchgear and Control

Test methods of PVC insulated cables


Signature of Bidder

18 IS 2147

19 IS 5 B UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY1 UL 1479 C IEC Standards 1 IEC 2 IEC 898 D ITD Specifications 1

S/WS/113-C

2

S/WS/114-C 3

G/WIR-06/02 May 94

E CPWD SPECIFICATIONS1 CPWD General Specifications

for Electrical works PartSubstation-1982 as amended to date

2 CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part Internal - 1994 as amended upto date,

3 CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part external - 1994 as amended upto date

F STATUTORY RULES & REGULATIONS1 The Electricity Act 2003 2 National Electrical Code

Note: The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as amended upto date.


1962 Degree of protection provided by the enclosure for low voltage and control gear

Painting UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY

Fire barriers Miniature Circuit Breaker

Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes 06/02 May 94 Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes

CPWD SPECIFICATIONS CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part-IV-

1982 as amended up

CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part - I

1994 as amended upto

CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part - II

1994 as amended

STATUTORY RULES & REGULATIONS

The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as

Degree of protection provided by the enclosure for low voltage switchgear

Telephone wires, cables and junction Telephone wires, cables and junction Telephone wires, cables and junction

The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as


Signature of Bidder

PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORKS MATERIALS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 GENERAL Materials shall be of the best approved quality obtainable and unless otherwise from Owners/Consultant specified they shall conform to the respective Indian Standard Specification. Samples of all materials shall be got approved before placing orapproved samples shall be deposited with the in metric sizes, the nearest size in FPS units shall be provided with prior approval of the Owners / Consultant for which neither extra will be paid nodirected, materials shall be tested in any approved testing laboratory and the contractor shall produce the test certificate. The entire charges for original as well as repeated tests shall be borne by the Contractor. If required by the Owners / Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to test portion of work at his own cost in order to prove their soundness and efficiency. If, after any such test, the work or portion of work is found, in the opinion of the Consultant, to be defective or unsound, the Contractor shall pull down and redo the same at his own cost. Defective material also shall be removed from the site.It shall be obligatory for the contractor to furnish certificate if demanded by the Owners / Consultant, from manufacturer or the material supplier, that the work has been carried out by using their material and installed / fixed as per their recommendations. 2.0 SOIL, WASTE AND RAIN WATER PIPES All soil, waste, vent & Rain Water pipes and fittings usplumbing shafts vertical run shall be PVC Pipes with washer / Solvent Cement jointed. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth and clean, free from grooving and other defects. Make : Finolex / Prince / TrueboreC.I. Pipes to be used for Kitchen Waste Line.Make : Neco or approved equivalent Pressure Rating Internal Soil, Waste & Vent Pipe Rain Water Pipe - Type A External Drainage - 6 Kg / Sq. Cm. Joints Washer Joints / Solvent Cement Joints Installation Methods


PLUMBING AND SANITARY WORKS MATERIALS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Materials shall be of the best approved quality obtainable and unless otherwise from Owners/Consultant specified they shall conform to the respective Indian Standard Specification. Samples of all materials shall be got approved before placing orapproved samples shall be deposited with the IRCTC. In case of non-availability of materials in metric sizes, the nearest size in FPS units shall be provided with prior approval of the Owners / Consultant for which neither extra will be paid nor any rebate shall be recovered. If directed, materials shall be tested in any approved testing laboratory and the contractor shall produce the test certificate. The entire charges for original as well as repeated tests shall be

required by the Owners / Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to test portion of work at his own cost in order to prove their soundness and efficiency. If, after any such test, the work or portion of work is found, in the opinion of the

tant, to be defective or unsound, the Contractor shall pull down and redo the same at his own cost. Defective material also shall be removed from the site. It shall be obligatory for the contractor to furnish certificate if demanded by the Owners /

ant, from manufacturer or the material supplier, that the work has been carried out by using their material and installed / fixed as per their recommendations.

SOIL, WASTE AND RAIN WATER PIPES All soil, waste, vent & Rain Water pipes and fittings used within sunken floor area within plumbing shafts vertical run shall be PVC Pipes with washer / Solvent Cement jointed. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth and clean, free from grooving and

Truebore C.I. Pipes to be used for Kitchen Waste Line. Make : Neco or approved equivalent

Internal Soil, Waste & Vent Pipe - Type B. 6 Kg / Sq. Cm.

Washer Joints / Solvent Cement Joints.

Materials shall be of the best approved quality obtainable and unless otherwise from Owners/Consultant specified they shall conform to the respective Indian Standard Specification. Samples of all materials shall be got approved before placing order and the

availability of materials in metric sizes, the nearest size in FPS units shall be provided with prior approval of the

r any rebate shall be recovered. If directed, materials shall be tested in any approved testing laboratory and the contractor shall produce the test certificate. The entire charges for original as well as repeated tests shall be

required by the Owners / Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to test portion of work at his own cost in order to prove their soundness and efficiency. If, after any such test, the work or portion of work is found, in the opinion of the IRCTC /

tant, to be defective or unsound, the Contractor shall pull down and redo the same at It shall be obligatory for the contractor to furnish certificate if demanded by the Owners /

ant, from manufacturer or the material supplier, that the work has been carried out by

ed within sunken floor area within plumbing shafts vertical run shall be PVC Pipes with washer / Solvent Cement jointed. The internal and external surfaces of pipes shall be smooth and clean, free from grooving and


Signature of Bidder

a) Above Ground Installation The PVC Pipes shall be laid and clamped to MS frames fixed above the surface of walls. Use of fittings with door and cleaning pipe may be made at suitable points to provide access for inspection and cleaning. Provisions shall be made for the effect of thermal movement by not griping or restricting the pipe at supports between the anchors for suspended pipes. Generally the pipes shall be clamped at a spacing of 1500 mm for horizontal run and 1800 mm fovertical run. It is essential that PVC pipes shall be aligned with the clamps and fixed keeping the pipe in plumb. The pipe aligned properly before fixing them. b) Concealed Installation For concealing the drain lines in sunken floors, pipes shall be lbe aligned first proper P.C.C / brick masonry supports shall be provided near the joints and at regular intervals. Sharp edged objects shall be avoided while filling the sunken portions. All concealed lines shall be tested for Cast Iron Pipes The cast iron pipes and fittings shall conform to IS 1729. The pipes and fittings free from any manufacturing defects. These pipes shall be NECO make. The cast iron pipe shall be in general used for kitchen waste. Firmly pack joints with jute packing and seal with molten virgin pig lead. Use 12 oz. of molten lead for each inch in diameter of pipe used at each joint. Run lead in one pouring and caulk tight. Seal and smoothly face the joint. 3.0 Water Supply G.I Pipes Generally G.I (Galvanised Iron) Pipes medium Class B TATA make shall be used for supply of Hot and Cold water on surface in the service ducts etc., For exposed pipes, the Clamps fixing shall be done by means of mild steel angle bracketsmore than 200 mm clear of the wall . When it is concealed, the pipe chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in the ducts or recesses etc., provide sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. The pipes shalunavoidable pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing through a wall or floor to allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In the case, the pipes is embedded in walls or floors it should be painted with antiquality and pipe shall be wrapped in burlap or Hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen. The wrapping shall be made to fit tightly over the pipe and where wrapping with a new piece overlap the old pipe and where wrapping one joint it shall be tied with M.S wire or nylon thread. Where pipes are encased within chases made in the wall, they shall be fixed towall with M.S clamps so as to prevent


Above Ground Installation The PVC Pipes shall be laid and clamped to MS frames fixed above the surface of walls. Use of fittings with door and cleaning pipe may be made at suitable points to provide access for

cleaning. Provisions shall be made for the effect of thermal movement by not griping or restricting the pipe at supports between the anchors for suspended pipes. Generally the pipes shall be clamped at a spacing of 1500 mm for horizontal run and 1800 mm fovertical run. It is essential that PVC pipes shall be aligned with the clamps and fixed keeping the pipe in plumb. The pipe aligned properly before fixing them.

For concealing the drain lines in sunken floors, pipes shall be laid to proper slope and shall be aligned first proper P.C.C / brick masonry supports shall be provided near the joints and at regular intervals. Sharp edged objects shall be avoided while filling the sunken portions. All concealed lines shall be tested for leakage before concealing the system.

The cast iron pipes and fittings shall conform to IS 1729. The pipes and fittings free from any manufacturing defects. These pipes shall be NECO make. The cast iron pipe shall be in

kitchen waste. Firmly pack joints with jute packing and seal with molten virgin pig lead. Use 12 oz. of molten lead for each inch in diameter of pipe used at each joint. Run lead in one pouring and caulk tight. Seal and smoothly face the joint.

Generally G.I (Galvanised Iron) Pipes medium Class B TATA make shall be used for supply of Hot and Cold water on surface in the service ducts etc., For exposed pipes, the Clamps fixing shall be done by means of mild steel angle brackets and clamps, keeping the pipes not more than 200 mm clear of the wall . When it is concealed, the pipe chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in the ducts or recesses etc., provide sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. The pipes shall not ordinarily be buried in solid floors. Where unavoidable pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing through a wall or floor to allow

n and contraction and other movements. In the case, the pipes is embedded in walls or floors it should be painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic of approved quality and pipe shall be wrapped in burlap or Hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen. The

shall be made to fit tightly over the pipe and where wrapping with a new piece overlap the old pipe and where wrapping one joint it shall be tied with M.S wire or nylon thread. Where pipes are encased within chases made in the wall, they shall be fixed towall with M.S clamps so as to prevent

The PVC Pipes shall be laid and clamped to MS frames fixed above the surface of walls. Use of fittings with door and cleaning pipe may be made at suitable points to provide access for

cleaning. Provisions shall be made for the effect of thermal movement by not griping or restricting the pipe at supports between the anchors for suspended pipes. Generally the pipes shall be clamped at a spacing of 1500 mm for horizontal run and 1800 mm for vertical run. It is essential that PVC pipes shall be aligned with the clamps and fixed keeping

aid to proper slope and shall be aligned first proper P.C.C / brick masonry supports shall be provided near the joints and at regular intervals. Sharp edged objects shall be avoided while filling the sunken portions. All

The cast iron pipes and fittings shall conform to IS 1729. The pipes and fittings free from any manufacturing defects. These pipes shall be NECO make. The cast iron pipe shall be in

kitchen waste. Firmly pack joints with jute packing and seal with molten virgin pig lead. Use 12 oz. of molten lead for each inch in diameter of pipe used at each joint.

Generally G.I (Galvanised Iron) Pipes medium Class B TATA make shall be used for supply of Hot and Cold water on surface in the service ducts etc., For exposed pipes, the Clamps

and clamps, keeping the pipes not more than 200 mm clear of the wall . When it is concealed, the pipe chasing may be adopted. For pipes fixed in the ducts or recesses etc., provide sufficient space to work on the pipes

l not ordinarily be buried in solid floors. Where unavoidable pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing through a wall or floor to allow

n and contraction and other movements. In the case, the pipes is corrosive bitumastic of approved

quality and pipe shall be wrapped in burlap or Hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen. The shall be made to fit tightly over the pipe and where wrapping with a new piece

overlap the old pipe and where wrapping one joint it shall be tied with M.S wire or nylon thread. Where pipes are encased within chases made in the wall, they shall be fixed to the


Signature of Bidder

movement before filling in and making good the chase.All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe threads conforming to the requirements of IS : 554 - 1964 (or revised). Screwed tubes shall have taper threads whparallel threads. G.I Fittings The fittings shall be “R” Brand or approved equal conforming BIS. The fittings shall have screw threads at the ends and conforming to the requirement of IS : 544Female threads or fittings shall be parallel and male threads (except on running nipples and collars of unions) shall be taper. Unions shall be provided at regular intervals in the pipe lines for easy maintenance / Repair / Replacement of pipes. The fitting shall be desrespective nominal bores of the pipes for which they are intended. Cutting, Threading, Laying and Jointing The pipes and fitting shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they conform to the specification. The defective pipepipes have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the pipes shall then be threaded conforming to the requirements of IS:544-1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a pieces are screwed together. The taps and dies shall be used only for the straightening screw threads which have become bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to make them slack, as the later procedure may not result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes and fittings shall be protectedfrom damage until they are fitted. Installation of pipes in trenches The pipes shall be painted with two coats of antiquality and wrapped with hessain cloth impregnated with bitumen. The pipes shall be laid on a sand cushion layer of 75 mm. river sand and filled with excavated earth. The surplus earth shall be disposed off as directed. The fiand after final passing of work by Engineer Incharge at site. When the excavation is done in rocks the bottom shall be cut deep enough to permit the pipes to be laid on a sand cushion of minimum 75 mm. In case of bigger diameter pipes where the pressure is very high thrust blocks of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 nominal size) shall be constructed on all bends to transmit the hydraulic thrust without impairing the ground and spreading it over a sufficient area, as directed by the Engineer Incharge at Site. 4.0 Insulation for Hot Water Pipes


movement before filling in and making good the chase. All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe threads conforming to the requirements of IS :

1964 (or revised). Screwed tubes shall have taper threads while the sockets shall have

The fittings shall be “R” Brand or approved equal conforming BIS. The fittings shall have screw threads at the ends and conforming to the requirement of IS : 544-1955 (or revised).

or fittings shall be parallel and male threads (except on running nipples and collars of unions) shall be taper. Unions shall be provided at regular intervals in the pipe lines for easy maintenance / Repair / Replacement of pipes. The fitting shall be desrespective nominal bores of the pipes for which they are intended. Cutting, Threading, Laying and Jointing The pipes and fitting shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they conform to the specification. The defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from site. Where the pipes have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the pipes shall then be threaded conforming to the

1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a pieces are screwed together. The taps and dies shall be used only for the straightening screw threads which have become bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to make them

ack, as the later procedure may not result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes and fittings shall be protected from damage until they are fitted. Installation of pipes in trenches The pipes shall be painted with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality and wrapped with hessain cloth impregnated with bitumen. The pipes shall be laid on a sand cushion layer of 75 mm. river sand and filled with excavated earth. The surplus earth shall be disposed off as directed. The filling shall be done after testing & rectifying leakages and after final passing of work by Engineer Incharge at site. When the excavation is done in rocks the bottom shall be cut deep enough to permit the pipes to be laid on a sand cushion of

. In case of bigger diameter pipes where the pressure is very high thrust blocks of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 nominal size) shall be constructed on all bends to transmit the hydraulic thrust without

pairing the ground and spreading it over a sufficient area, as directed by the Engineer

Insulation for Hot Water Pipes

All screwed tubes and sockets shall have pipe threads conforming to the requirements of IS : ile the sockets shall have

The fittings shall be “R” Brand or approved equal conforming BIS. The fittings shall have 1955 (or revised).

or fittings shall be parallel and male threads (except on running nipples and collars of unions) shall be taper. Unions shall be provided at regular intervals in the pipe lines for easy maintenance / Repair / Replacement of pipes. The fitting shall be designated by the

The pipes and fitting shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they conform to s shall be rejected and removed from site. Where the

pipes have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the pipes shall then be threaded conforming to the

1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a pieces are screwed together. The taps and dies shall be used only for the straightening screw threads which have become bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to make them

ack, as the later procedure may not result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes

bitumastic paint of approved quality and wrapped with hessain cloth impregnated with bitumen. The pipes shall be laid on a sand cushion layer of 75 mm. river sand and filled with excavated earth. The surplus earth

lling shall be done after testing & rectifying leakages and after final passing of work by Engineer Incharge at site. When the excavation is done in rocks the bottom shall be cut deep enough to permit the pipes to be laid on a sand cushion of

. In case of bigger diameter pipes where the pressure is very high thrust blocks of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 nominal size) shall be constructed on all bends to transmit the hydraulic thrust without

pairing the ground and spreading it over a sufficient area, as directed by the Engineer


Signature of Bidder

All hot water piping shall be insulated in the manner specified herein, before applying insulation, all pipe work and fittings shall be brushed and cleaned. Dust, dirt, mortar and oil shall be removed. For G.I. pipes running concealed in wall chases, they shall be provided with one coat of bitumastic paint followed by wrapping with PVC tape tightly over the pipe. The ends and overlap shall be tied with M.S Wire or Nylon rope. Asbestos rope / tape of thickness as mentioned below shall be wound tightly and evenly over the entire length of pipe including fittings and valves. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped witof polythene faced Hessian and tied with M.S Wire or nylon rope. For pipes running exposed in pipe shafts, plant rooms or areas where insulation is prone to mechanical damage the pipes should be insulated as described herein. After cleaning thresin bonded mineral wool / fibre glass crown 150. The material shall have a thermal conductivity value not exceeding 0.3 btu /Hr and a density not less than 32 kgs per Cu.submitted for approval. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed. 20 guage G.I wire shall be wound tight around the insulation to keep it in position. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped with two layers of polythene faced hessain and covered with chicken wire mesh. The pipes shall then be covered with two coats of 10 mm thick each of smooth sand cement plaster over chicken mesh lath. Curing of plaster shall be done using wetted jute bags. Pipe Size Insulation thickness (Fibre glass insulation) Insulation Thickness (ASBESTOS ROPE/TAPE) 15 mm, 20 mm 25 mm 8 mm25 mm, 32 mm 30 mm - 40 mm & above 40 mm - The thickness of insulation mentioned in the table above is exclusive of the thickness plaster / protective coat to be applied over the insulation material. At joints and multi pipe routes the trench width shall be widened where necessary. To work of excavation and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient. 5.0 and prior to testing, insulating or painting, inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. During the progress of work, pressure test the various piping system including mains, risers, branchespermit insulation, general construction and built in rough work to proceed. Provide all apparatus and temporary work for tests. Take all due precautionsto prevent damage to the building or it’s contents as a resdamage to the building or work of other trades caused by such tests. After testing remove all water. Domestic water piping with water and test to 1.5 times the system working pressure but not less than 200 PSIG with no lvalve and vessels. 6.0 Testing the Joints


All hot water piping shall be insulated in the manner specified herein, before applying and fittings shall be brushed and cleaned. Dust, dirt, mortar and oil

shall be removed. For G.I. pipes running concealed in wall chases, they shall be provided with one coat of bitumastic paint followed by wrapping with PVC tape tightly over the pipe.

he ends and overlap shall be tied with M.S Wire or Nylon rope. Asbestos rope / tape of thickness as mentioned below shall be wound tightly and evenly over the entire length of pipe including fittings and valves. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped witof polythene faced Hessian and tied with M.S Wire or nylon rope. For pipes running exposed in pipe shafts, plant rooms or areas where insulation is prone to mechanical damage the pipes should be insulated as described herein. After cleaning the pipes, they shall be insulated with resin bonded mineral wool / fibre glass crown 150. The material shall have a thermal conductivity value not exceeding 0.3 btu /Hr - sq.ft / Hr at mean temperature of 200 deg.C and a density not less than 32 kgs per Cu.m. Samples of insulating materials also shall be submitted for approval. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed. 20 guage G.I wire shall be wound tight around the insulation to keep it in position. The insulated pipe shall

ith two layers of polythene faced hessain and covered with chicken wire mesh. The pipes shall then be covered with two coats of 10 mm thick each of smooth sand cement plaster over chicken mesh lath. Curing of plaster shall be done using wetted jute

Pipe Size Insulation thickness (Fibre glass insulation) Insulation Thickness (ASBESTOS ROPE/TAPE) 15 mm, 20 mm 25 mm 8 mm

The thickness of insulation mentioned in the table above is exclusive of the thickness plaster / protective coat to be applied over the insulation material. At joints and multi pipe routes the trench width shall be widened where necessary. To work of excavation and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient. 5.0 Inspection and Test After Installation and prior to testing, insulating or painting, inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. During the progress of work, pressure test the various piping system including mains, risers, branches and fixtures as directed or as required to permit insulation, general construction and built in rough work to proceed. Provide all apparatus and temporary work for tests. Take all due precautions to prevent damage to the building or it’s contents as a result of such tests. Pay for all such damage to the building or work of other trades caused by such tests. After testing remove all water. Domestic water piping with water and test to 1.5 times the system working pressure but not less than 200 PSIG with no loss in pressure for a period 2 hours. Test include all

All hot water piping shall be insulated in the manner specified herein, before applying and fittings shall be brushed and cleaned. Dust, dirt, mortar and oil

shall be removed. For G.I. pipes running concealed in wall chases, they shall be provided with one coat of bitumastic paint followed by wrapping with PVC tape tightly over the pipe.

he ends and overlap shall be tied with M.S Wire or Nylon rope. Asbestos rope / tape of thickness as mentioned below shall be wound tightly and evenly over the entire length of pipe including fittings and valves. The insulated pipe shall then be wrapped with two layers of polythene faced Hessian and tied with M.S Wire or nylon rope. For pipes running exposed in pipe shafts, plant rooms or areas where insulation is prone to mechanical damage the pipes

e pipes, they shall be insulated with resin bonded mineral wool / fibre glass crown 150. The material shall have a thermal

sq.ft / Hr at mean temperature of 200 deg.C m. Samples of insulating materials also shall be

submitted for approval. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed. 20 guage G.I wire shall be wound tight around the insulation to keep it in position. The insulated pipe shall

ith two layers of polythene faced hessain and covered with chicken wire mesh. The pipes shall then be covered with two coats of 10 mm thick each of smooth sand cement plaster over chicken mesh lath. Curing of plaster shall be done using wetted jute

The thickness of insulation mentioned in the table above is exclusive of the thickness of plaster / protective coat to be applied over the insulation material. At joints and multi pipe routes the trench width shall be widened where necessary. To work of excavation and

After Installation and prior to testing, insulating or painting, inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. During the progress of work, pressure test the various

and fixtures as directed or as required to permit insulation, general construction and built in rough work to proceed. Provide all

ult of such tests. Pay for all such damage to the building or work of other trades caused by such tests. After testing remove all water. Domestic water piping with water and test to 1.5 times the system working pressure

oss in pressure for a period 2 hours. Test include all


Signature of Bidder

After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions of pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone aand replaced without extra cost. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 kg/cm2. (double the designed working pressure whichever is more). The pipes shall be slowly and carefully chavoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cocks shall be then closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually.Pressure should hold for at least 2 hrs. The pipes and fthe work of laying proceeds, keeping the joints exposed for inspection during the testing. 7.0 Measurements The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm. for the finished work, which shall include PVC Pipes, G.I Pipes, G.I Fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers, crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, but exclude brass or gunmetal taps (cocks), valves, lead connection pipes and shower rose. The length shall be taken along the central linepipe fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameter of the internal bore. For C.I. pipe the measurement shall be taken at along the center line of the pipes and fittings as installed and fitting will be counted sepover the linear measurement. The pipe shall be described as including all cuttings and wastage. In case of fittings of unequal bore, the largest bore shall be measured. Digging and refilling of trenches shall be measured sepathe BOQ. For concealed piping the rates shall be inclusive of chasing of walls, fixing of pipes & fittings, making good the chases, etc., asindicated in the BOQ. WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE FITTINGS 1.0 General The brass or gun metal fitting shall be of heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern with screwed ends as specified. The fittings shall in all respects comply with the Indian Standard Specifications No. I.S. 778brass or gun metal fittings shall be designated by the nominal bore of the pipe outlet to which the fittings are attached. A sample of each kind of fittings shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge at site and all supplies madfittings shall be sound and free from laps, blow holes and fillings. Both internal and external surfaces shall be clean, smooth and free from sand etc., Burning,plugging, stopping or patching of the casting shspindles and other parts shall be truly machined so that when assembled the parts shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the waterthe fittings shall be less than the area of the nominal bore. The fittings shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matters before being fixed. The fittings shall be fitted in


After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions of pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes removed and replaced without extra cost. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 kg/cm2. (double the designed working pressure whichever is more). The pipes shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cocks shall be then closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. Pressure should hold for at least 2 hrs. The pipes and fittings should be tested in section as the work of laying proceeds, keeping the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.

The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm. for the finished work, which PVC Pipes, G.I Pipes, G.I Fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers,

crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, but exclude brass or gunmetal taps (cocks), valves, lead connection pipes and shower rose. The length shall be taken along the central linepipe fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameter of the internal bore. For C.I. pipe the measurement shall be taken at along the center line of the pipes and fittings as installed and fitting will be counted separately and will be paid extra over the linear measurement. The pipe shall be described as including all cuttings and wastage. In case of fittings of unequal bore, the largest bore shall be measured. Digging and refilling of trenches shall be measured separately or clubbed with main item as indicated in the BOQ. For concealed piping the rates shall be inclusive of chasing of walls, fixing of pipes & fittings, making good the chases, etc., as

WATER SUPPLY AND WASTE FITTINGS

The brass or gun metal fitting shall be of heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern with screwed ends as specified. The fittings shall in all respects comply with the Indian Standard Specifications No. I.S. 778-1957 and I.S. 781 - 1959. The Standard size of brass or gun metal fittings shall be designated by the nominal bore of the pipe outlet to which the fittings are attached. A sample of each kind of fittings shall be got approved from the

charge at site and all supplies made according to the approved samples. All cast fittings shall be sound and free from laps, blow holes and fillings. Both internal and external surfaces shall be clean, smooth and free from sand etc., Burning, plugging, stopping or patching of the casting shall not be permissible. The bodies, bonnets, spindles and other parts shall be truly machined so that when assembled the parts shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water

than the area of the nominal bore. The fittings shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matters before being fixed. The fittings shall be fitted in

After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions nd all leaking pipes removed

and replaced without extra cost. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 kg/cm2. (double the designed working pressure whichever is more).

arged with water allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cocks shall be then closed

ittings should be tested in section as the work of laying proceeds, keeping the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.

The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm. for the finished work, which PVC Pipes, G.I Pipes, G.I Fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducers,

crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, but exclude brass or gunmetal taps (cocks), valves, lead connection pipes and shower rose. The length shall be taken along the central line of the pipe fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameter of the internal bore. For C.I. pipe the measurement shall be taken at along the center line of the

arately and will be paid extra over the linear measurement. The pipe shall be described as including all cuttings and wastage. In case of fittings of unequal bore, the largest bore shall be measured. Digging and

rately or clubbed with main item as indicated in the BOQ. For concealed piping the rates shall be inclusive of chasing of walls, fixing of pipes

The brass or gun metal fitting shall be of heavy quality and approved manufacture and pattern with screwed ends as specified. The fittings shall in all respects comply with the

The Standard size of brass or gun metal fittings shall be designated by the nominal bore of the pipe outlet to which the fittings are attached. A sample of each kind of fittings shall be got approved from the

e according to the approved samples. All cast fittings shall be sound and free from laps, blow holes and fillings. Both internal and external

all not be permissible. The bodies, bonnets, spindles and other parts shall be truly machined so that when assembled the parts shall be axial, parallel and cylindrical with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water-way of

than the area of the nominal bore. The fittings shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matters before being fixed. The fittings shall be fitted in


Signature of Bidder

the line in a workman-like manner. The joints and fittings shall be leaka pressure of 6 kg/sq.cm. as described in para above and the defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone, without any extra cost. 2.0 Water Supply Fittings All water supply fittings (including mixing fittings accessories shall be brass / copchromium plated, of the make and design specified. The fittings shall be cast fittings of screw type, machine and threaded properly for fixing to the supply pipes. The plating shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS: 4827 chromium on copper and copper alloys. The fittings shall be supplied complete with chromium plated matching flanges, nuts and extension pieces of required lengths. Metallic washers where required shall also be of chromium platshall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS:781 water services, sand cast brass screwtaps, mixing fitting to IS:1701 Bath filler, shower arm, rose spout and other fittings shall match the supply fittings in construction, performance and appearance. All fixing accessories and screws shall be similar to fittings with all exposed parts chromium plated. All washers shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS : 4326 - 1967 washers for water taps for cold water services. Waste Fittings All waste fittings (waste, chain, popplated of the make and design specified and match the supply fittings. They shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS:2963 ferrous. Bottle Traps Bottle traps (for wash basins, sinbrass bottle traps, heavy chromium plated. All bottle traps shall be provided with suitable cleaning eye, extension piece, flare nutsapproved make and design. Traps for wash basins shall be 32 mm, for sinks 40 mm. Wall Flange Wall caps shall be provided on all walls, floors, columns, etc., wherever supply and disposal of pipes pierce through them. These wall caps shall be chromium plated brass snuThe receiving pipes shall be large enough to cover the punctures properly. Floor Traps


like manner. The joints and fittings shall be leak-proof when tested to pressure of 6 kg/sq.cm. as described in para above and the defective fittings and joints shall

be replaced or redone, without any extra cost.

All water supply fittings (including mixing fittings accessories shall be brass / copchromium plated, of the make and design specified. The fittings shall be cast fittings of screw type, machine and threaded properly for fixing to the supply pipes. The plating shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS: 4827 - 1968 electroplated coating of nickel and chromium on copper and copper alloys. The fittings shall be supplied complete with chromium plated matching flanges, nuts and extension pieces of required lengths. Metallic washers where required shall also be of chromium plated brass. All bib cocks and stop cocks shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS:781 - 1967 - Bib taps and stop valves for water services, sand cast brass screw-down (revised) pillar cocks to IS:1795 taps, mixing fitting to IS:1701 - 1960 mixing valves for abolitionary and domestic purpose. Bath filler, shower arm, rose spout and other fittings shall match the supply fittings in construction, performance and appearance. All fixing accessories and screws shall be similar parts chromium plated. All washers shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS : 4326

1967 washers for water taps for cold water services.

All waste fittings (waste, chain, pop-up, over-flow) shall be brass / copper, plated of the make and design specified and match the supply fittings. They shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS:2963 – 1964 waste fittings for wash basins and sinks non

Bottle traps (for wash basins, sinks, urinals etc) shall be deep seal (minimum 6 cm. seal) cast brass bottle traps, heavy chromium plated. All bottle traps shall be provided with suitable cleaning eye, extension piece, flare nuts-all chromium plated. Bottle traps shall be of

and design. Traps for wash basins shall be 32 mm, for sinks 40 mm.

Wall caps shall be provided on all walls, floors, columns, etc., wherever supply and disposal of pipes pierce through them. These wall caps shall be chromium plated brass snuThe receiving pipes shall be large enough to cover the punctures properly.

proof when tested to pressure of 6 kg/sq.cm. as described in para above and the defective fittings and joints shall

All water supply fittings (including mixing fittings accessories shall be brass / copper, heavy chromium plated, of the make and design specified. The fittings shall be cast fittings of screw type, machine and threaded properly for fixing to the supply pipes. The plating shall conform

oplated coating of nickel and chromium on copper and copper alloys. The fittings shall be supplied complete with chromium plated matching flanges, nuts and extension pieces of required lengths. Metallic

ed brass. All bib cocks and stop cocks Bib taps and stop valves for

down (revised) pillar cocks to IS:1795 – 1961. Pillar 1960 mixing valves for abolitionary and domestic purpose.

Bath filler, shower arm, rose spout and other fittings shall match the supply fittings in construction, performance and appearance. All fixing accessories and screws shall be similar parts chromium plated. All washers shall conform to Indian Standard Specification IS : 4326

flow) shall be brass / copper, heavy chromium plated of the make and design specified and match the supply fittings. They shall conform to

1964 waste fittings for wash basins and sinks non-

ks, urinals etc) shall be deep seal (minimum 6 cm. seal) cast brass bottle traps, heavy chromium plated. All bottle traps shall be provided with suitable

all chromium plated. Bottle traps shall be of and design. Traps for wash basins shall be 32 mm, for sinks 40 mm.

Wall caps shall be provided on all walls, floors, columns, etc., wherever supply and disposal of pipes pierce through them. These wall caps shall be chromium plated brass snugly fitting.


Signature of Bidder

Floor traps shall be of PVC / prefabricated of the size required, of approved design incorporating a deep seal (5 cm. minimum) unless otherwise indicated. Grease Traps This is to separate grease and oil from kitchen wastes, thus prevent it from entering the sewage disposal system. The detailed design is incorporated in the 1.0 Valves and Appurtenances Ball Float Valve The ball valve shall of high pressure type shall be of sizes as specified. The normal size of a ball valve shall be that corresponding to the size of the pipe to which it is fixed. The ball valve shall be of brass or gun metal as specified, and the float of copper sheet. The minithickness of copper sheet used for making the float shall be of 0.45 mm for float exceeding 115 mm dia. Plastic floats may also be used if specified. The body of the high pressure ball valves when assembled in working conditions with the float immersedof it’s volume shall remain closed against a test pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. The ball valve shall generally conform to I.S. specification No.1703 :1862. The weight of ball cock and the size of the ball cock shall be as per I.S. Specif Brass full way Valve Full way valve is a valve with suitable means of connection for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or stopping the flow. The valve shall be of brass fitted with a cast iron wheel and shall be of gun metal gate valve tyshall be of best quality or approved by the Engineer Gun-metal full way valve These shall be of the gun metal fitting with wheel and shall be of gate valve type opening full way and of the size as per specification. These shall generally conform to I.S 7780 Ball Valves All valves for shut-off purposes for sizes of 50 mm and below shall be ball valves. The valve body and body connector shall be carbon steel as per ASTM A216shall be stainless steel SS 304/316. The seats and stem packing shall be PTFE. All Valves shall have socket weldable ends, in 2/3 piece construction and the central portion could be bolted out for maintenance. All valves should be supplievalves should have a pressure rating of ANSI 150. Pressure Reducing Valves


Floor traps shall be of PVC / prefabricated of the size required, of approved design incorporating a deep seal (5 cm. minimum) unless otherwise indicated.

This is to separate grease and oil from kitchen wastes, thus prevent it from entering the sewage disposal system. The detailed design is incorporated in the Open Tender

Valves and Appurtenances Ball Float Valve high pressure type shall be of sizes as specified. The normal size of a

ball valve shall be that corresponding to the size of the pipe to which it is fixed. The ball valve shall be of brass or gun metal as specified, and the float of copper sheet. The minithickness of copper sheet used for making the float shall be of 0.45 mm for float exceeding 115 mm dia. Plastic floats may also be used if specified. The body of the high pressure ball valves when assembled in working conditions with the float immersed to not more than half of it’s volume shall remain closed against a test pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. The ball valve shall generally conform to I.S. specification No.1703 :1862. The weight of ball cock and the size of the ball cock shall be as per I.S. Specification.

Full way valve is a valve with suitable means of connection for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or stopping the flow. The valve shall be of brass fitted with a cast iron wheel and shall be of gun metal gate valve type opening full way of the size as specified. The valve shall be of best quality or approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

These shall be of the gun metal fitting with wheel and shall be of gate valve type opening full e size as per specification. These shall generally conform to I.S 7780

off purposes for sizes of 50 mm and below shall be ball valves. The valve body and body connector shall be carbon steel as per ASTM A216-WCB, the ball and stem shall be stainless steel SS 304/316. The seats and stem packing shall be PTFE. All Valves shall have socket weldable ends, in 2/3 piece construction and the central portion could be bolted out for maintenance. All valves should be supplied in full bore construction. The valves should have a pressure rating of ANSI 150.

Floor traps shall be of PVC / prefabricated of the size required, of approved design

This is to separate grease and oil from kitchen wastes, thus prevent it from entering the Tender.

high pressure type shall be of sizes as specified. The normal size of a ball valve shall be that corresponding to the size of the pipe to which it is fixed. The ball valve shall be of brass or gun metal as specified, and the float of copper sheet. The minimum thickness of copper sheet used for making the float shall be of 0.45 mm for float exceeding 115 mm dia. Plastic floats may also be used if specified. The body of the high pressure ball

to not more than half of it’s volume shall remain closed against a test pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm. The ball valve shall generally conform to I.S. specification No.1703 :1862. The weight of ball cock and the size

Full way valve is a valve with suitable means of connection for insertion in a pipe line for controlling or stopping the flow. The valve shall be of brass fitted with a cast iron wheel and

pe opening full way of the size as specified. The valve

These shall be of the gun metal fitting with wheel and shall be of gate valve type opening full e size as per specification. These shall generally conform to I.S 7780 - 1957.

off purposes for sizes of 50 mm and below shall be ball valves. The valve the ball and stem

shall be stainless steel SS 304/316. The seats and stem packing shall be PTFE. All Valves shall have socket weldable ends, in 2/3 piece construction and the central portion could be

d in full bore construction. The


Signature of Bidder

Pressure reducing valves shall be pilot operated spring loaded valves for reducing pressure from 2.5 kg/cm2 to 0.5 kg/cm2 suitable for specified d Sluice Valve The sluice valves are used in a pipe line for controlling or stopping flow of water. They shall be of specified size and class and shall be of inside double flange or double sockets ends acomply with the Indian Standard Specification I.S 780 300 mm, size and No. BDC (429) p2 for valves above 300 mm. size. Class are used for maximum working pressure of 10 kg/cm2. (100 meter head) and Class valves for 15 kg/cm2 (150 meter head).The body, domes, covers, wedge gate and stuffing box shall be of good quality cast iron, the spindle of bronze the nut and valves seats of leaded tin other parts shall be truly machined with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water way of the fitting shall be not less than the area equal to the nominal bore of the pipe. The valve wheel shall be marked with an arvalves. The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed. Valve Schedules Service Type Size Rating Ends Materials Cold Water Butterfly 50 mm NB & above 150 Wafer typeCold Water Ball with through bore 3 piece construction 40 mm NB & below150 Screwed Cast steel body and SS Ball.Cold Water Dual Plate Check Valve 100 mm NB 150 Wafer type slipSS flap Appurtenances a) Purge Valves These are placed at every summit in the pipe line to permit the escape of air when the main is filled and afterwards, if any air carried out into the mains. These are also placed on long stretches of nearly level main. Purging assembly shall comprise of nipple and 25 mm NB CS Ball Valve, fitted with hose nipples at the outlet. b) Scour Valves These are placed at the bottom of all depressions for emptying the main or letting out the sediment. c) Reflux Valves


Pressure reducing valves shall be pilot operated spring loaded valves for reducing pressure from 2.5 kg/cm2 to 0.5 kg/cm2 suitable for specified dia of pipe.

The sluice valves are used in a pipe line for controlling or stopping flow of water. They shall be of specified size and class and shall be of inside nonraising screw type spindle with either double flange or double sockets ends and cap or hand-wheel. These shall in all respects comply with the Indian Standard Specification I.S 780 - f 1963 for valves upto and including 300 mm, size and No. BDC (429) p2 for valves above 300 mm. size. Class

king pressure of 10 kg/cm2. (100 meter head) and Class valves for 15 kg/cm2 (150 meter head). The body, domes, covers, wedge gate and stuffing box shall be of good quality cast iron, the spindle of bronze the nut and valves seats of leaded tin bronze. The bodies, spindles and other parts shall be truly machined with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water way of the fitting shall be not less than the area equal to the nominal bore of the pipe. The valve wheel shall be marked with an arrow to show the direction to turn for closing the valves. The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being

Valve Schedules Service Type Size Rating Ends Materials Cold Water Butterfly 50 mm NB & above 150 Wafer type slip on Cast iron bodyCold Water Ball with through bore 3 piece construction 40 mm NB & below150 Screwed Cast steel body and SS Ball. Cold Water Dual Plate Check Valve 100 mm NB 150 Wafer type slip-on Cast Steel &

These are placed at every summit in the pipe line to permit the escape of air when the main is filled and afterwards, if any air carried out into the mains. These are also placed on long stretches of nearly level main. Purging assembly shall comprise of 25 mm x 150 mm G.I Pipe nipple and 25 mm NB CS Ball Valve, fitted with hose nipples at the outlet.

These are placed at the bottom of all depressions for emptying the main or letting out the

Pressure reducing valves shall be pilot operated spring loaded valves for reducing pressure

The sluice valves are used in a pipe line for controlling or stopping flow of water. They shall type spindle with either

wheel. These shall in all respects f 1963 for valves upto and including

300 mm, size and No. BDC (429) p2 for valves above 300 mm. size. Class - I sluice valves king pressure of 10 kg/cm2. (100 meter head) and Class – II sluice

The body, domes, covers, wedge gate and stuffing box shall be of good quality cast iron, the bronze. The bodies, spindles and

other parts shall be truly machined with surfaces smoothly finished. The area of the water way of the fitting shall be not less than the area equal to the nominal bore of the pipe. The

row to show the direction to turn for closing the valves. The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being

slip on Cast iron body Cold Water Ball with through bore 3 piece construction 40 mm NB & below

on Cast Steel &

These are placed at every summit in the pipe line to permit the escape of air when the main is filled and afterwards, if any air carried out into the mains. These are also placed on long

25 mm x 150 mm G.I Pipe

These are placed at the bottom of all depressions for emptying the main or letting out the


Signature of Bidder

These are fixed so as to open in the direction of flow but automatically close if the water flows back. They are used to diminish the damage done by the escape of water due to a burst or prevent damage to impellers of pumps. d) Safety or Relief Valves These are fixed at the down stream ends of long lengths of main or where water hammer may take place so as to reduce from any excessive pressure to the normal if it occurs, like in water pipes of high rise buildings. They are also called pressure reducing valves. Fixing Water meter and stop cock in G.I. pipe line : Materials - Pipe fittings as described in material section. Cutting G.I Pipe Line The G.I line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the meter and stop cock are required to be fixed. The ends ofprovided in the pipe assembly for fixing water meter. Fixing Meter and Stop Cock The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting pipes, G.I. jam nut and socket etc., The stop cocinserted in the ripples of the meter shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter. Care shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the meter shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shallhave to be completely washed before fitting the meter. For this purpose a piece of pipe equal to the length of the meter shall be fitted in the proposed position of the meter in the new pipe line. The water shall be allowed to flow completely to wash the pipe line and then the meter installed as described above by replacing the connecting piece. 4.0 MASONRY CHAMBERS General All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be built as per supplied drawings. Excavation The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and levels as indicated on plans or as directed by the Engineer Bed Concrete


s to open in the direction of flow but automatically close if the water flows back. They are used to diminish the damage done by the escape of water due to a burst or prevent damage to impellers of pumps.

down stream ends of long lengths of main or where water hammer may take place so as to reduce from any excessive pressure to the normal if it occurs, like in water pipes of high rise buildings. They are also called pressure reducing valves. Fixing Water

eter and stop cock in G.I. pipe line : Pipe fittings as described in material section.

The G.I line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the meter and stop cock are required to be fixed. The ends of the pipe shall then be threaded. Unions shall be provided in the pipe assembly for fixing water meter. Fixing Meter and Stop Cock The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting pipes, G.I. jam nut and socket etc., The stop cock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water. The paper disc inserted in the ripples of the meter shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of

re shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the meter shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shall have to be completely washed before fitting the meter. For this purpose a piece of pipe equal

ength of the meter shall be fitted in the proposed position of the meter in the new pipe line. The water shall be allowed to flow completely to wash the pipe line and then the meter installed as described above by replacing the connecting piece.

RY CHAMBERS

All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be built as per supplied

The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and levels as indicated on plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

s to open in the direction of flow but automatically close if the water flows back. They are used to diminish the damage done by the escape of water due to a burst

down stream ends of long lengths of main or where water hammer may take place so as to reduce from any excessive pressure to the normal if it occurs, like in water pipes of high rise buildings. They are also called pressure reducing valves. Fixing Water

The G.I line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the meter and stop cock the pipe shall then be threaded. Unions shall be

The meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting pipes, G.I. jam nut k shall be fixed near the inlet of the water. The paper disc

inserted in the ripples of the meter shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of

re shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the have to be completely washed before fitting the meter. For this purpose a piece of pipe equal

ength of the meter shall be fitted in the proposed position of the meter in the new pipe line. The water shall be allowed to flow completely to wash the pipe line and then the meter

All masonry chambers for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be built as per supplied

The excavation for chambers shall be done true to dimension and levels as indicated on plans


Signature of Bidder

This shall be cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 nominal size). Brick Work This shall be in Class B bricks (Table sq.cm. in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 fine sand). Plastering Plastering not less than 12 mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement. Surface Box This shall be of cast iron, well made and free from shall be removed and finished smooth. The shape and dimensions for surface boxes for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be as per approved samples. Measurements Masonry chambers shall be include, excavation and back EXTERNAL DRAINAGE WORKS 1.0 Brick Masonry Chamber for gully trap After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick masonry chamber 300 x 300 (insidin Class B bricks in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 fine sand) shall be built with a 230 mm thick brick work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The space between the chamber walls and the trap shall be filled in wit(1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stones aggregate 40 mm nominal size). The upper portion of the chamber i.e above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside with water proof cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) The corners and bottom of the chamber shall be rounded off as to slope towards the grating and form a hopper. C.I. cover with framed 300 x 300 mm, (inside) shall then be fixed on the top of the brick masonry stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and rendered smooth. The finished top to cover shall be left about the adjoining ground level so as to exclude the surface water from entering the gully trap. 2.0 Manholes, Inspection Chambers, Gullies. Inspection Chambers Where depth of sewer is less than 1500 mm., below outside rectangular made up / finished level of paving, chambers shall be used having size as specified. Usual sizes are 600 x 600 or


This shall be cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 fine sand: 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm

This shall be in Class B bricks (Table Molded) with crushing strength not less than 35 kg / tar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 fine sand).

Plastering not less than 12 mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement.

This shall be of cast iron, well made and free from casting and other defects. All sharp edges shall be removed and finished smooth. The shape and dimensions for surface boxes for stop cocks, sluice valves, etc., shall be as per approved samples.

Masonry chambers shall be measured as No. of units and the item shall mayinclude, excavation and back-filling as detailed in the BOQ. EXTERNAL DRAINAGE WORKS

Brick Masonry Chamber for gully trap After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick masonry chamber 300 x 300 (insidin Class B bricks in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 fine sand) shall be built with a 230 mm thick brick work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The space between the chamber walls and the trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stones aggregate 40 mm nominal size). The upper portion of the chamber i.e above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside with water proof cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The corners and bottom of the chamber shall be rounded off as to slope towards the grating and form a hopper. C.I. cover with framed 300 x 300 mm, (inside) shall then be fixed on the top of the brick masonry with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and rendered smooth. The finished top to cover shall be left about the adjoining ground level so as to exclude the surface water from entering the

Manholes, Inspection Chambers, Gullies.

Where depth of sewer is less than 1500 mm., below outside rectangular made up / finished level of paving, chambers shall be used having size as specified. Usual sizes are 600 x 600 or

6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm

) with crushing strength not less than 35 kg /

Plastering not less than 12 mm thick shall be done in cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse

casting and other defects. All sharp edges shall be removed and finished smooth. The shape and dimensions for surface boxes for stop

shall may or may not

After fixing and testing gully and branch drain, a brick masonry chamber 300 x 300 (inside) in Class B bricks in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 fine sand) shall be built with a 230 mm thick brick work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The

h cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stones aggregate 40 mm nominal size). The upper portion of the chamber i.e above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside with water proof

finished with a floating coat of neat cement. The corners and bottom of the chamber shall be rounded off as to slope towards the grating and form a hopper. C.I. cover with framed 300 x 300 mm, (inside) shall then be fixed on

with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and rendered smooth. The finished top to cover shall be left about the adjoining ground level so as to exclude the surface water from entering the

Where depth of sewer is less than 1500 mm., below outside rectangular made up / finished level of paving, chambers shall be used having size as specified. Usual sizes are 600 x 600 or


Signature of Bidder

600 x 900. These shall be constructed in the sewer lines at such places and levels and dimensions as indicated on the drawing. Sizes specified shall be clear internal dimensions of the chamber. Manholes The type of manhole has been given in drawing as per IS Construction of Manholes, Inspection Chambers and Gullies (i). Excavation This shall be done to dimensions and levels on the drawing.(ii) Sand Filling First the excavated area shall be filled with river sand the height of(iii) PCC 100 mm thick PCC 1:3:6 to be laid over river sand.(iv) Bed Concrete Base of the manhole shall be constructed in R.C.C. 1:2:4, using 20 mm graded stones. Thickness shall be 200 mm upto 4250 mm depth and 300 mm for depths more than 4250 mmdepth or as specified by the Engineer (v) Brickwork Brickwork shall be in C.M. 1:4 constructed with Class B wire cut bricks. Brick masonry in arches and arching over the pipe shall be in C.M. 1:3. Walls shall be generally built in 230 mm thickness for inspection chambers and manholes upto a depth of 2100 mm and 350 mm for depth over 2:2. (vi) Plastering Walls of manholes shall be plastered inside with 15 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 using W.P. Compound and finished smooth. Where ground manholes shall also be plastered in C.M. 1:3. (vii) Filleting 75 mm fillet shall be made with C.M 1:3 all round the external joint between the bed concrete and brick masonry wall of manhole. (viii) Benching Channels and benching inside the manhole or inspection chambers shall be done in C.C 1:2:4 and rendered smooth with cement. (ix) Footrest Footrests shall be PVC encapsulated C.I. rungs. These shall be embedded 200 mm deep. The blocks with C.I foot rest placed on its center shall be cast in


x 900. These shall be constructed in the sewer lines at such places and levels and dimensions as indicated on the drawing. Sizes specified shall be clear internal dimensions of

The type of manhole has been given in drawing as per IS: 4111 (Part I) to be followed.Construction of Manholes, Inspection Chambers and Gullies

This shall be done to dimensions and levels on the drawing. First the excavated area shall be filled with river sand the height of 100 mm 100 mm thick PCC 1:3:6 to be laid over river sand. Base of the manhole shall be constructed in R.C.C. 1:2:4, using 20 mm graded stones. Thickness shall be 200 mm upto 4250 mm depth and 300 mm for depths more than 4250 mmdepth or as specified by the Engineer-in-charge at Site.

Brickwork shall be in C.M. 1:4 constructed with Class B wire cut bricks. Brick masonry in arches and arching over the pipe shall be in C.M. 1:3. Walls shall be generally built in 230 mm thickness for inspection chambers and manholes upto a depth of 2100 mm and 350 mm

Walls of manholes shall be plastered inside with 15 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 using W.P. Compound and finished smooth. Where ground water table is high, external surfaces of manholes shall also be plastered in C.M. 1:3.

75 mm fillet shall be made with C.M 1:3 all round the external joint between the bed concrete and brick masonry wall of manhole.

Channels and benching inside the manhole or inspection chambers shall be done in C.C 1:2:4 and rendered smooth with cement.

Footrests shall be PVC encapsulated C.I. rungs. These shall be embedded 200 mm deep. The laced on its center shall be cast in - situ along with masonry.

x 900. These shall be constructed in the sewer lines at such places and levels and dimensions as indicated on the drawing. Sizes specified shall be clear internal dimensions of

: 4111 (Part I) to be followed.

Base of the manhole shall be constructed in R.C.C. 1:2:4, using 20 mm graded stones. Thickness shall be 200 mm upto 4250 mm depth and 300 mm for depths more than 4250 mm

Brickwork shall be in C.M. 1:4 constructed with Class B wire cut bricks. Brick masonry in arches and arching over the pipe shall be in C.M. 1:3. Walls shall be generally built in 230 mm thickness for inspection chambers and manholes upto a depth of 2100 mm and 350 mm

Walls of manholes shall be plastered inside with 15 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 using W.P. water table is high, external surfaces of

75 mm fillet shall be made with C.M 1:3 all round the external joint between the bed

Channels and benching inside the manhole or inspection chambers shall be done in C.C 1:2:4

Footrests shall be PVC encapsulated C.I. rungs. These shall be embedded 200 mm deep. The situ along with masonry.


Signature of Bidder

Footrests shall be placed 300 mm apart vertically and 375 mm horizontally in staggered fashion. First footrest shall be 450 mm below top. x) Manhole Frames and Covers All Man hole covers shall be of NECO.All manholes covers should conform to IS The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with ground surface / as directed by the EIC / Consultant. Testing Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub soil water level in motested for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitable plugged with brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall then be filled with water upto general subsoil water level aIf the level does not drop to more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing the pit around shall be kept free of water contractor shall observe the places where leakage takes place and tashall be done after testing. SANITARY FIXTURES AND FITTINGS1.0 Installation of Fixtures and FittingsAll Plumbing and Sanitary Fixtures and fittings should be 1st (Standard) quality and shall be stored in covered stores and handled carefully to prevent damage. The sanitary fittings shall be installed at the correct assigned positions as shown on the drawiEngineer-in-charge / Consultant at site and shall fully meet with the aesthetic and symmetrical requirements as demanded by the Consultants. Fixtures shall be installed by skilled workmen with appropriate tools according to the SManufacturer’s instructions shall be followed for the installation of the fixtures. 2.0 Protection of Fixture Unit Care shall be taken at all times, particularly after fixing to protect fixtures from damage. All offsets shall be temporarily plugged during progress of work to prevent obstruction. Fixtures shall be finally cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer MISCELLANEOUS WORKS 1.0 Supports Provide proper solid angle iron section, supports for alattachment in concrete, use ‘Dash’ fasteners or Anchor plug type inserts or equivalent. Support angles to be fixed at 1500 mm C/C maximum.


Footrests shall be placed 300 mm apart vertically and 375 mm horizontally in staggered fashion. First footrest shall be 450 mm below top.

Manhole Frames and Covers ll be of NECO.

All manholes covers should conform to IS - 12592. The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with ground surface / as directed by the EIC /

Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub soil water level in motested for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitable plugged with brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall then be filled with water upto general subsoil water level and the level observed for one hour. If the level does not drop to more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing the pit around shall be kept free of water contractor shall observe the places where leakage takes place and takes steps to correct the same. Filling earth around Manholes

SANITARY FIXTURES AND FITTINGS Installation of Fixtures and Fittings All Plumbing and Sanitary Fixtures and fittings should be 1st (Standard) quality and shall be stored in covered stores and handled carefully to prevent damage. The sanitary fittings shall be installed at the correct assigned positions as shown on the drawings and as directed by the

charge / Consultant at site and shall fully meet with the aesthetic and symmetrical requirements as demanded by the Consultants. Fixtures shall be installed by skilled workmen with appropriate tools according to the Standard practice in the trade. Manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed for the installation of the fixtures.

Protection of Fixture Unit Care shall be taken at all times, particularly after fixing to protect fixtures from damage. All

all be temporarily plugged during progress of work to prevent obstruction. Fixtures shall be finally cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at Site. MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

Provide proper solid angle iron section, supports for all pipe runs in the vertical ducts. For attachment in concrete, use ‘Dash’ fasteners or Anchor plug type inserts or equivalent. Support angles to be fixed at 1500 mm C/C maximum.

Footrests shall be placed 300 mm apart vertically and 375 mm horizontally in staggered

The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with ground surface / as directed by the EIC /

Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub soil water level in monsoon, shall be tested for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitable plugged with brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall

nd the level observed for one hour. If the level does not drop to more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing the pit around shall be kept free of water contractor shall observe the places

kes steps to correct the same. Filling earth around Manholes

All Plumbing and Sanitary Fixtures and fittings should be 1st (Standard) quality and shall be stored in covered stores and handled carefully to prevent damage. The sanitary fittings shall

ngs and as directed by the charge / Consultant at site and shall fully meet with the aesthetic and

symmetrical requirements as demanded by the Consultants. Fixtures shall be installed by tandard practice in the trade.

Manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed for the installation of the fixtures.

Care shall be taken at all times, particularly after fixing to protect fixtures from damage. All all be temporarily plugged during progress of work to prevent obstruction. Fixtures

l pipe runs in the vertical ducts. For attachment in concrete, use ‘Dash’ fasteners or Anchor plug type inserts or equivalent.


Signature of Bidder

2.0 Cutting, Patching, Repairing & Making Good Cutting, Patching and repairwork specified in each division, including chasing, plastering, masonry work, concrete work, etc., and making good shall be carried out by the Contractor wherever required. damages to waterproofed location should not be patched up, without rectification by the water proofing agency (specialist contractor) to ensure his guarantee. Repair cost of water proofing shall be borne by the Sanitary Contractor. 3.0 Equipment Protection Keep all pipe and conduit openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign matter. Protect all piping, conduit, fixtures, equipment or apparatus. Any such items damaged prior to final completion or work shall be restored to its original condreplaced at no expense to the Owner. Accessibility The installation of valves, thermometers, clean out fittings and other indicating equipment or specialties requiring frequent reading, adjustment, inspections, repairs, removal or replacement, shall be conveniently and accessibly located with reference to the finished buildings. Thermometers and gauges shall be installed so as to be easily read from the floor. For floor clean outs minimum distance of 600 mm shall be available from any wall. 4.0 Cleaning, Operation & Tests Plumbing equipment fixtures, piping, etc., shall be free of stamping, marking (except those required by codes) iron cutting and other foreign materials. Hot and Cold water systems shall be cleaned thoroughly, filled and flushed the Engineer Incharge / Owners Representative at Site / Consultant and the Consultant as herein specified. Provide all equipment, materials and labour necessary for inspection and tests and repair all work, not passing the tests. After repairs are made, repeat test until units / systems is found satisfactory, to the above authorities. Carry out tests prior to concealing, insulating or back filling over any piping. No exceptions will be made. 5.0 Water Test Test entire system or sections of system by closing all openings except the highest opening and filling system with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, plug each opening except the highest opening of the section filled wsystem or in portion under test for at least 45 minutes before inspection starts with test pressure / head lasting for two hours. The system must be tight at all joints. Test all down spouts or rain headers and their branches wabove soil, waste and vent system.


Cutting, Patching, Repairing & Making Good Cutting, Patching and repairing required for the proper installation and completion of the work specified in each division, including chasing, plastering, masonry work, concrete work, etc., and making good shall be carried out by the Contractor wherever required.

proofed location should not be patched up, without rectification by the water proofing agency (specialist contractor) to ensure his guarantee. Repair cost of water proofing shall be borne by the Sanitary Contractor.

and conduit openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign matter. Protect all piping, conduit, fixtures, equipment or apparatus. Any such items damaged prior to final completion or work shall be restored to its original condreplaced at no expense to the Owner.

The installation of valves, thermometers, clean out fittings and other indicating equipment or requiring frequent reading, adjustment, inspections, repairs, removal or

all be conveniently and accessibly located with reference to the finished buildings. Thermometers and gauges shall be installed so as to be easily read from the floor. For floor clean outs minimum distance of 600 mm shall be available from any wall.

leaning, Operation & Tests Plumbing equipment fixtures, piping, etc., shall be free of stamping, marking (except those required by codes) iron cutting and other foreign materials. Hot and Cold water systems shall be cleaned thoroughly, filled and flushed water. Test all plumbing systems in the presence of the Engineer Incharge / Owners Representative at Site / Consultant and the Consultant as herein specified. Provide all equipment, materials and labour necessary for inspection and

k, not passing the tests. After repairs are made, repeat test until units / systems is found satisfactory, to the above authorities. Carry out tests prior to concealing, insulating or back filling over any piping. No exceptions will be made.

Test entire system or sections of system by closing all openings except the highest opening and filling system with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, plug each opening except the highest opening of the section filled with water. Keep the water in system or in portion under test for at least 45 minutes before inspection starts with test pressure / head lasting for two hours. The system must be tight at all joints. Test all down spouts or rain headers and their branches within the building by water as described for the above soil, waste and vent system.

ing required for the proper installation and completion of the work specified in each division, including chasing, plastering, masonry work, concrete work, etc., and making good shall be carried out by the Contractor wherever required. Any

proofed location should not be patched up, without rectification by the water proofing agency (specialist contractor) to ensure his guarantee. Repair cost of

and conduit openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign matter. Protect all piping, conduit, fixtures, equipment or apparatus. Any such items damaged prior to final completion or work shall be restored to its original condition or

The installation of valves, thermometers, clean out fittings and other indicating equipment or requiring frequent reading, adjustment, inspections, repairs, removal or

all be conveniently and accessibly located with reference to the finished buildings. Thermometers and gauges shall be installed so as to be easily read from the floor. For floor clean outs minimum distance of 600 mm shall be available from any wall.

Plumbing equipment fixtures, piping, etc., shall be free of stamping, marking (except those required by codes) iron cutting and other foreign materials. Hot and Cold water systems shall

water. Test all plumbing systems in the presence of the Engineer Incharge / Owners Representative at Site / Consultant and the Consultant as herein specified. Provide all equipment, materials and labour necessary for inspection and

k, not passing the tests. After repairs are made, repeat test until units / systems is found satisfactory, to the above authorities. Carry out tests prior to concealing,

Test entire system or sections of system by closing all openings except the highest opening and filling system with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, plug

ith water. Keep the water in system or in portion under test for at least 45 minutes before inspection starts with test pressure / head lasting for two hours. The system must be tight at all joints. Test all down

ithin the building by water as described for the


Signature of Bidder

6.0 Final Test After fixtures are set, test the system with smoke test as follows : Smoke Test Fill traps with water, then introduce into system a pungent thick smoke more smoke machines. When smoke appears at stacks on the roof, plug stacks and allow pressure of 1-inch water column to build up in systems. The system shall be tight at all joints. Test all down spouts or rain headers and their branchesdescribed for the above soil, waste and vent system. 7.0 All Water Piping Hydro-static test 7.5 kg / cm2 or twice the working pressure whichever is higher. Without drop in pressure as required. All tests on below ground lon such lines is completed to disclose any damages caused by backbe tested in sections as required to expedite the work of other trades and meet construction schedules and final test on cobe performed to the satisfaction of the Consultant / clients representative before issue of virtual completion certificate, if so required. a. Smoke Test b. Hydraulic Test c. Performance Test for fixtures.d. Tests for anti-syphonage systeme. Pump rating and output f. Inspection of all units and fixtures. The Contractor shall arrange for similar tests during the progress of works to ensure that there are no defects in material / workmanship embedded under the floor or walls or in ceiling and get this approved by the Consultant/Engineer Incharge. The under floor pipe works shall not be closed without the approval of Consultant/Engineer Incharge. 8.0 Disinfection of Piping System and Storage Tanks Before commissioning the water supply system, the Contractor shall arrange to disinfect the entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph. The filtered water storage tanks and pipe shall first be filled with water and thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall be then filled with water again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually, while tanks are being filled to ensure thorough mixing. Sufficient chemicals shall be used togive the water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water. If ordinary


After fixtures are set, test the system with smoke test as follows :

Fill traps with water, then introduce into system a pungent thick smoke produced by one or more smoke machines. When smoke appears at stacks on the roof, plug stacks and allow

inch water column to build up in systems. The system shall be tight at all joints. Test all down spouts or rain headers and their branches within the building by water as described for the above soil, waste and vent system.

static test 7.5 kg / cm2 or twice the working pressure whichever is higher. Without drop in pressure as required. All tests on below ground lines shall be continued until back fill on such lines is completed to disclose any damages caused by back-filling. All systems shall be tested in sections as required to expedite the work of other trades and meet construction schedules and final test on completion. On completion of the works, the following tests shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Consultant / clients representative before issue of virtual completion certificate, if so required.

for fixtures. syphonage system

f. Inspection of all units and fixtures. The Contractor shall arrange for similar tests during the progress of works to ensure that there are no defects in material / workmanship in portions of work to be concealed or embedded under the floor or walls or in ceiling and get this approved by the Consultant/Engineer Incharge. The under floor pipe works shall not be closed without the approval of Consultant/Engineer Incharge.

Disinfection of Piping System and Storage Tanks Before commissioning the water supply system, the Contractor shall arrange to disinfect the entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph. The filtered water storage tanks and

lled with water and thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall be then filled with water again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually, while tanks are being filled to ensure thorough mixing. Sufficient chemicals shall be used togive the water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water. If ordinary

produced by one or more smoke machines. When smoke appears at stacks on the roof, plug stacks and allow

inch water column to build up in systems. The system shall be tight at all joints. within the building by water as

static test 7.5 kg / cm2 or twice the working pressure whichever is higher. Without ines shall be continued until back fill

filling. All systems shall be tested in sections as required to expedite the work of other trades and meet construction

mpletion. On completion of the works, the following tests shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Consultant / clients representative before issue of

The Contractor shall arrange for similar tests during the progress of works to ensure that in portions of work to be concealed or

embedded under the floor or walls or in ceiling and get this approved by the Consultant/Engineer Incharge. The under floor pipe works shall not be closed without the

Before commissioning the water supply system, the Contractor shall arrange to disinfect the entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph. The filtered water storage tanks and

lled with water and thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall be then filled with water again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually, while tanks are being filled to ensure thorough mixing. Sufficient chemicals shall be used to give the water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water. If ordinary


Signature of Bidder

bleaching powder is mixed with water to a creamy consistency before being added to the water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of chemical is used, the propas specified by the manufacturer. When the storage tank is full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes opened successively, working progressively from storage tank. Each tap shall be closed when the water tank shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in the recommended proportion. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain charged at least for three hourbefore any water is used for domestic purpose. 9.0 Clean Outs Provide clean outs at the base of all soil, waste and leader stacks and all changes in direction of horizontal piping, wherever nohorizontal runs shall be minimum 15 M on centers.Clean out fittings in vertical stacks shall consist of tapped tees capable for receiving a rough brass raised head clean out plug. When clean outs occur in floors, furnish and install fittings with clamping collar device where required. Clean out shall be of following type internal plugs shall be, floor deck plate and rim shall be polished bronze and vandalAll clean out plugs shall be brass and lubricated with graphite before installation. Clean out fittings to exterior grade shall consist of clean out plug cast iron double flanged housing and cast iron vandal-proof cover. Clean outs occurring in cin direction of pipe run and at end of horizontal runs shall have cast iron ferrule for caulk connection and fitted with a straight threaded, tapered bronze plug with raised head. 10.0 Installation All materials shall be new and installed in a first class manner. All drainage piping, unless otherwise indicated, shall be pitched at a minimum rate of 10 MM / 1 M in direction flow. Branch connections to stacks or main drains shall not be made in a manner which will peback-flow. Any main vent line, regard less of size offgalvanised steel pipe and black steel pattern fittings unless otherwise noted from point of offset and up through roof. Nipples: Any piece of pipe 200 MM in nipples shall be used unless otherwise directed. Plugged outlets shall be left in drainage piping for future fixtures, where indicated on the drawings.LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDSIS : 2556 : Vitreous sanitary appliance (vitreous china)Part XII – 1973: Specific requirement for floor traps.Part XV – 1974: Specific requirements of universal water IS : 3311 – 1979 : Waste plug and its accessories for sinks and wash basins (first revision).IS : 5961 – 1970 : Cast iron gratings for drainage purposes.IS : 1742 – 1983 : Code of practice for Building drainage.


bleaching powder is mixed with water to a creamy consistency before being added to the water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of chemical is used, the propas specified by the manufacturer. When the storage tank is full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes opened successively, working progressively from Each tap shall be closed when the water discharge begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in the recommended proportion. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain charged at least for three hours. Finally, the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out before any water is used for domestic purpose.

Provide clean outs at the base of all soil, waste and leader stacks and all changes in direction of horizontal piping, wherever no manholes are present. Distance between clean outs on horizontal runs shall be minimum 15 M on centers.Clean out fittings in vertical stacks shall consist of tapped tees capable for receiving a rough brass raised head clean out plug. When

in floors, furnish and install fittings with clamping collar device where required. Clean out shall be of following type - cast iron, with aerated cut-off sections. Brass internal plugs shall be, floor deck plate and rim shall be polished bronze and vandalAll clean out plugs shall be brass and lubricated with graphite before installation. Clean out fittings to exterior grade shall consist of clean out plug cast iron double flanged housing and

proof cover. Clean outs occurring in cast iron soil pipe above floor at change in direction of pipe run and at end of horizontal runs shall have cast iron ferrule for caulk with a straight threaded, tapered bronze plug with raised head.

hall be new and installed in a first class manner. All drainage piping, unless otherwise indicated, shall be pitched at a minimum rate of 10 MM / 1 M in direction flow. Branch connections to stacks or main drains shall not be made in a manner which will pe

flow. Any main vent line, regard less of size off-setting horizontally shall be made of galvanised steel pipe and black steel pattern fittings unless otherwise noted from point of

Any piece of pipe 200 MM in length and less shall be considered a nipple. All nipples shall be used unless otherwise directed. Plugged outlets shall be left in drainage piping for future fixtures, where indicated on the drawings. LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS appliance (vitreous china)

Specific requirement for floor traps. Specific requirements of universal water – closets.

1979 : Waste plug and its accessories for sinks and wash basins (first revision).1970 : Cast iron gratings for drainage purposes. 1983 : Code of practice for Building drainage.

bleaching powder is mixed with water to a creamy consistency before being added to the water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of chemical is used, the proportions shall be as specified by the manufacturer. When the storage tank is full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes opened successively, working progressively from

discharge begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in the recommended proportion. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain

s. Finally, the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out

Provide clean outs at the base of all soil, waste and leader stacks and all changes in direction manholes are present. Distance between clean outs on

horizontal runs shall be minimum 15 M on centers.Clean out fittings in vertical stacks shall consist of tapped tees capable for receiving a rough brass raised head clean out plug. When

in floors, furnish and install fittings with clamping collar device where off sections. Brass

internal plugs shall be, floor deck plate and rim shall be polished bronze and vandal proofed. All clean out plugs shall be brass and lubricated with graphite before installation. Clean out fittings to exterior grade shall consist of clean out plug cast iron double flanged housing and

ast iron soil pipe above floor at change in direction of pipe run and at end of horizontal runs shall have cast iron ferrule for caulk

hall be new and installed in a first class manner. All drainage piping, unless otherwise indicated, shall be pitched at a minimum rate of 10 MM / 1 M in direction flow. Branch connections to stacks or main drains shall not be made in a manner which will permit

setting horizontally shall be made of galvanised steel pipe and black steel pattern fittings unless otherwise noted from point of

length and less shall be considered a nipple. All nipples shall be used unless otherwise directed. Plugged outlets shall be left in drainage

1979 : Waste plug and its accessories for sinks and wash basins (first revision).


Signature of Bidder

IS : 4111 (Part 1) – 1986 : Code of practice for Manholes.IS : 9739 – 1981 : Specification for reducing valves for domestic water supply systems.IS : 4985 – 1987 : Specification for PVC Pipe lines.IS : 7834 – 1987 Part 3,4,6 : Specification for PVC Fittings.IS : 2379 – 1990 : Pipe lines SP 27 – 1987: Mode of measurement for water supply, plumbing, drains water and selines.

LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES Sl No Description of Standard

A BIS Code 1 IS 9537 Part I & II 2 IS 13947 3 IS 8828 4 IS 9224 Part II 5 IS 2705 6 IS 1248 7 IS 5578, 11353 8 IS 6005 9 IS 694

10 IS 5424 11 IS 1554 Part I 12 IS 8130 13 IS 10810 14 IS 2147

15 IS 8623 Part I and II16 IS 1897 17 IS 10810 18 IS 2147

19 IS 5 B UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY1 UL 1479 C IEC Standards 1 IEC


1986 : Code of practice for Manholes. 1981 : Specification for reducing valves for domestic water supply systems.1987 : Specification for PVC Pipe lines. 1987 Part 3,4,6 : Specification for PVC Fittings. 1990 : Pipe lines – identification colour code.

1987: Mode of measurement for water supply, plumbing, drains water and seLIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS & CODES

Description of Standard Brief Description of the StandardYear

1981 Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and PVC Conduits for Electrical use

1993 General requirements of Switchgear1993 Miniature Circuit Breakers

HRC Cartridge fuse 1992 Current Transformers 1983 Indicating Instruments


and Steel 1990 PVC insulated wires 1969 Insulated Rubber Mats 1988 PVC insulated cables 1984 General requirements of copper

conductor for cables 1984 Test methods of PVC insulated cables1962 Degree of protection provided by the


8623 Part I and II 1993 assemblies of Switchgear and Control Gear and Bus Trunking

electrolytic copper flats1984 Test methods of PVC insulated cables1962 Degree of protection provided by the


Painting UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY

Fire barriers

1981 : Specification for reducing valves for domestic water supply systems.

1987: Mode of measurement for water supply, plumbing, drains water and sewer

Brief Description of the Standard Hot Dip GI, Stove Enamelled MS and PVC Conduits for Electrical use

requirements of Switchgear Miniature Circuit Breakers


Insulated Rubber Mats General requirements of copper Test methods of PVC insulated cables Degree of protection provided by the enclosure for low voltage switchgear assemblies of Switchgear and Control Gear and Bus Trunking electrolytic copper flats Test methods of PVC insulated cables Degree of protection provided by the enclosure for low voltage switchgear


Signature of Bidder

2 IEC 898 D ITD Specifications1

S/WS/113-

2

S/WS/114-3

G/WIR-06/02 May 94

E 1 CPWD General Specifications

for Electrical works Part-Substation-1982 as amended uptodate

2 CPWD General Specifications

for Electrical works Part Internal - 1994 as amended upto date,

3 CPWD General Specifications

for Electrical works Part external - 1994 as amended upto date

F STATUTORY RULES

REGULATIONS1 The Electricity Act 2003 2 National Electrical Code

Note: 1 The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards

shall be as amended


Miniature Circuit Breaker

ITD Specifications -C Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes -C Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes 06/02 May 94 Telephone wires, cables and junction

boxes

CPWD SPECIFICATIONS CPWD General Specifications

-IV-1982 as amended

CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part - I

1994 as amended upto

CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works Part - II

1994 as amended

STATUTORY RULES & REGULATIONS

The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards shall be as amended upto date

Miniature Circuit Breaker

Telephone wires, cables and junction Telephone wires, cables and junction Telephone wires, cables and junction

The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive and the standards


Signature of Bidder

17. DETAILED LAYOUT & [


17. DETAILED LAYOUT & DRAWINGS


Signature of Bidder



Signature of Bidder

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION, NEW DELHI(A Govt. of India EnterpriseFINANACIAL BIDTo Group General Manager- North ZoneIndian Railway Catering & Tourism Corporation Ltd.Rail Yatri Niwas Building New Delhi Railway Station ComplexAjmeri Gate Side Delhi - 110002 TENDER NO.: 2018/IRCTC/North Zone/Base Kitchen/NDLS/02Subject: Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New a) I/We accept the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document which have been

clearly understood by us. b) I/We have duly signed on each page of the Tender Document.c) I/We further certify that we are ready to start the supply of captioned item(s) within the timeframe

given by IRCTC Ltd., from time to time. and as per the standard and special conditions prescribed by the IRCTC in the Tender Document and in the agreement

d) I/We understand that IRCTC reserve the right to reject, accept or consider any offer without assigning any reason whatsoever.

I further declare that the information furnished by us in this document is tru Our financial bid is as under: (Attach separate sheet on firm/company’s letter head in case items are more)

Sr.No. Description of Item

1.1

Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas (exceeding 30cm in depth, 1.5m in width as well as 10


INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION, NEW DELHI(A Govt. of India Enterprise-Mini Ratna Company) FINANACIAL BID (PACKET B)

North Zone Indian Railway Catering & Tourism Corporation Ltd.

New Delhi Railway Station Complex

2018/IRCTC/North Zone/Base Kitchen/NDLS/02 Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & construction of toilet block at Base Kitchen, New Delhi

I/We accept the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document which have been

I/We have duly signed on each page of the Tender Document. I/We further certify that we are ready to start the supply of captioned item(s) within the timeframe given by IRCTC Ltd., from time to time. and as per the standard and special conditions prescribed by the IRCTC in the Tender Document and in the agreement to be executed between the parties. I/We understand that IRCTC reserve the right to reject, accept or consider any offer without assigning

I further declare that the information furnished by us in this document is true and correct.

Our financial bid is as under: - (Attach separate sheet on firm/company’s letter head in case items are more)

Quantity

Assessed Rate

Inclusive of

taxes(Rs)

Unit Quoted Rate by Bidder

(Inclusive of taxes)

INDIAN RAILWAY CATERING AND TOURISM CORPORATION, NEW DELHI

Renovation of existing kitchen, repair of approach road & I/We accept the terms and conditions mentioned in the Tender Document which have been

I/We further certify that we are ready to start the supply of captioned item(s) within the timeframe given by IRCTC Ltd., from time to time. and as per the standard and special conditions prescribed by

to be executed between the parties. I/We understand that IRCTC reserve the right to reject, accept or consider any offer without assigning

e and correct.

(Attach separate sheet on firm/company’s letter head in case items are more) Quoted Rate by Bidder

(Inclusive of taxes)

Quoted Amount by

Bidder (Inclusive of taxes)

DSR-16

Code


Signature of Bidder

sqm on plan) including getting out and disposal of excavated earth, lead up to 50m and lift up to 1.5m,as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

a) All kinds of soil

1.2

Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m.

1.3 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under floors, including watering, ramming, consolidating and dressing complete.

1.4 Supplying chemical emulsion in sealed containers including delivery as specified.

a) Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane emulsifiable concentrate of 20%

1.5

Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST-CONSTRUCTIONAL anti- termite treatment (excluding the cost of chemical emulsion) :

a)

Treatment of soil under existing floors using chemical emulsion @ one litre per hole, 300 mm apart including drilling 12 mm diameter holes and plugging with cement mortar 1 :2 (1


83.61 Cum 125.95 One Cubic Metre



52.81 ltr 185.95 One Litre

2.6.1

2.25

2.27

2.34.1


Signature of Bidder

cement : 2 Coarse sand) to match the existing floor :

(i) With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% concentration.

Sub-Head : Concrete Work

2.1

Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :

a) 1:4:8 (1 Cement : 4 coarse sand(zone-III) : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size).

2.2

Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, columns, piers, abutments, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills, fillets, sunken floor, etc., up to floor five level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and finishing :

a) 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

2.3

Providing and laying damp-proof course 50mm thick with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand(Zone III) : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size).

2.4 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing


52.81 Sqm 131.90 One Square Metre

Total of the Sub-Head - Earth Work : Head : Concrete Work




11.42 units 47.95 per 50 kg

2.35.3.1

4.1.8

4.2.3

4.11

4.12


Signature of Bidder

material in cement concrete work in doses by weight of cement as per manufacturer’s specification.

2.5

Applying a coat of residual petroleum bitumen of grade of VG-10 of approved quality using 1.7kg per square metre on damp proof course after cleaning the surface with brushes and finally with apiece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil.

2.6

Providing and laying 75 mm thick compacted bed of dry brick aggregate of 40 mm thick nominal size including spreading, well ramming, consolidating and grouting with jamuna sand, including finishing smooth etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

2.7

Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 75mm thick bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal size, well rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand, including necessary excavation leveling and dressing and finishing the top smooth.

Sub-Head : Reinforced Cement Concrete

3.1 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping etc. and removal of form for all heights:

a) Foundations, footings, bases


cement




Total of the Sub-Head - Concrete Work : Head : Reinforced Cement Concrete

127.80 Sqm 193.95 One

4.13

16.64

4.17

5.9.1


Signature of Bidder

of columns, etc. for mass concrete.

b) Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access platform.

c) Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers.

d) Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and Struts.

e) Edges of slabs and breaks in floors and walls.

(i) Under 20 cm wide

3.2 Providing and filling in position, blown bitumen in expansion joints.

3.3

Providing and filling in position bitumen mix filler of Proportion 80 kg. of hot bitumen , 1 kg. of cement and 0.25 cubic metre of coarse sand for depth per expansion joints.

3.4

Providing and fixing in position 12mm thick bitumen impregnated fiber board conforming to IS: 1838, including cost of primer, Sealing Compound Grade-A in expansion joints.

3.5 Providing and fixing in position Stainless steel Grade 304 plate-1.0 mm thick as per design for expansion joints.

200 mm wide.

3.6 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete up


Square Metre



28.80 Sqm 467.85 One

Square Metre

3.76 m 122.20 One

Metre 0.34 Cum 50192.70 One

Cubic Metre


3.00 per cm depth per 100 m

449.10 per cm depth per

100 m

30.00 m 584.10 One Metre

5.9.3

5.9.5

5.9.6

5.9.1

6.1 5.26

5.27

5.9.16.1

5.43.2


Signature of Bidder

to plinth level. a)

Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500 D or more.

3.7

Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all complete above plinth level.

a) Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-500 D or more.

3.8

Providing and laying in position machine batched and machine mixed design mix M-25 grade cement concrete for reinforced cement concrete work, using cement content as per approved design mix, including pumping of concrete to site of laying but , excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement, including admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate, retard setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(Note :- Cement content considered in this item is @ 330 kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per design mix is payable/recoverable separately)

a) All works up to plinth level.

b) All works above plinth level


3920.00

Kg 56.60 One Kilogra

m

3267.02

Kg 56.60 One Kilogram


24.71 Cum 7250.05 One

5.22.6

5.22A.6

5.33.1

5.33.


Signature of Bidder

up to floor V level. Total of the Sub

Sub-Head : Brick Work

4.1 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in:

a) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)

4.2

Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :


4.3

Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level.

a) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)

4.4 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos. 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half brick masonry.

Sub-Head : Wood and PVC Work

5.1

Extra for providing heavy sheet float glass panes instead of ordinary float glass in glazed doors, windows and clerestory window shutters. (Area of


Cubic Metre

Total of the Sub-Head - Reinforced Cement Concrete : Head : Brick Work





Total of the Sub-Head - Brick Work : Head : Wood and PVC Work

2

6.1.1

6.4.1

6.13.2

6.15


Signature of Bidder

opening for glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be measured)

a) 5.5 mm thick instead of 4 mm thick.

5.2

Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required pattern in frames of windows etc. with M.S. flats, square or round bars etc. including priming coat with approved steel primer all complete.

a) Fixed to steel windows by welding.

Sub-Head : Flooring

6.1

Providing and laying rectified Glazed Ceramic floor tiles of size 300x300 mm or more (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours, shades, except White, Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick Cement Mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Coarse sand), jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg/sqm including pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete.

6.2

Kota stone slab flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing



44.10 Kg 104.65 One Kilogra

m Total of the Sub-Head - Wood And Pvc Work :

Cement : 4 Coarse sand), slurry @ 3.3kg/sqm


9.11.1

9.48.1

11.40


Signature of Bidder

complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) :

a) 25 mm thick.

6.3

Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete

6.4

Providing and fixing M.S. angle 50x50x5 mm to act as nosing with lugs of M.S. flat 10x5 mm 10cm long forked at end 60cm apart (minimum three lugs to be provided) including necessary welding and applying a priming coat of approved primer on exposed surface etc. complete.

Sub-Head : Roofing

7.1

Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382,





m

Total of the Sub-Head - Flooring :

11.26.1

11.36

11.35


Signature of Bidder

leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i)Single socketed pipes.

a) 110 mm diameter

7.2

Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised - PVC moulded fittings/ accessories for unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS :5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion.

a) Coupler (i) 110mm b) Bend 87.5° (i) 110 mm bend

7.3

Providing and fixing unplasticised -PVC pipe clips of approved design to unplasticised - PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50mm hardwood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required length including cutting brick work and fixing in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and making good the wall etc. complete.

a) 110 mm

7.4

Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe PTMT (an Engineering Thermoplastic) grating square (Slit) 150 mm square with a height of 8 mm and


28.80 m 236.35 One Runnin

g Metre

4.00 No. 102.65 Each

8.00 No. 113.10 Each

28.80 No. 181.40 Each 8.00 No. 66.45 Each

12.41.2

12.42

.1.2 12.42

.5.2

12.43.2

12.46


Signature of Bidder

weighing not less than 100 gms.

7.5

Providing gola 75x75mm in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 10 mm and down gauge) including finishing with cement mortar 1:3(1 cement : 3 fine sand) as per standard design

a) In 75x75mm deep chase

7.6

Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum thickness of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1mx1mx400 micron, finished with 12mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement, rounding the edges and making and finishing the outlet complete.

7.7

Providing and laying six courses water proofing treatment with bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth course of blown bitumen 85/25 or 90/15 conforming to IS : 702 applied hot @ 1.45, 1.20 and 1.45 Kg per square metre of area respectively, second and fourth courses of roofing felt type 3 grade I conforming to IS : 1322 (Hessian based self


6.90 m 153.00 One Runnin

g Metre

8.00 No. 187.60 Each


12.21.1

12.22

22.9


Signature of Bidder

finished bitumen felt) ,sixth and final course of stone grit 6 mm and down size or pea sized gravel spread at 6 cubic decimeter per sqm including preparation of surface but excluding grading, complete.

Sub-Head : Finishing

8.1

6 mm plaster on cement concrete or reinforced cement concrete work with white cement based polymer modified self curing mortar of approved make as per the direction of Engineer-In-Charge.

8.2 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or half brick wall of mix :

a) 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)

8.3

18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) and a top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished rough with sponge.

8.4 6 mm cement plaster of mix : a)

1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand)

8.5

Distempering with 1st quality acrylic distemper (ready mixed) of approved manufacturer, of required shade and colour complete, as per manufacturer's specification.


Total of the Sub-Head - Roofing :




38.52 Sqm 143.80 One

Square Metre

13.86

13.5.1

13.12

13.16

.1


Signature of Bidder

a) Two or more coats on new work.

8.6 Applying one coat of water thinnable cement primer of approved brand and manufacture on wall surface :

a) Water thinnable cement primer.

8.7 Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint with Silicone additives of required shade

a)

New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/ 10 sqm. over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm).

8.8 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade :

a) Two or more coats on new work.

8.9

Providing and applying white cement based putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete.

Sub-Head : Dismantling and Demolishing

9.1

Demolishing brick work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 metres



1787.60

Sqm 36.95 One Square Metre



1787.60


Total of the Sub-Head - Finishing : Head : Dismantling and Demolishing

13.42.1

13.43.1

13.47.1

13.61.1

13.80


Signature of Bidder

lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge..

a) In cement mortar

9.2

Removing mortar from bricks and cleaning bricks including stacking within a lead of 50 m (stacks of cleaned bricks shall be measured):

a) From brick work in cement mortar

9.3

Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc. complete and stacking within 50 metres lead :

a) Of area 3 sq. metres and below

b) Of area beyond 3 sq. metres

9.4

Dismantling steel work in built up sections in angles, tees, flats and channels including all gusset plates, bolts, nuts, cutting rivets, welding etc. including dismembering and stacking within 50 metres lead.

9.5 Extra for marking of structural steel work required to be re-erected.

9.6

Dismantling G.I. pipes (external work) including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes, manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of pipes within 50 metres lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge :

a) 15 mm to 40 mm nominal



5.00 Nos. 2798.60 Each

12.00 No. 157.85 Each 3.00 No. 216.40 Each


m


m

100.00 Metr 63.65 One

15.7.4

15.8.3

15.12.1 15.12.2 15.18

15.22

15.44.1


Signature of Bidder

bore

b) Above 40 mm nominal bore

9.7

Dismantling old plaster or skirting raking out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster including disposal of rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 metres lead.

9.8

Demolishing R.C.C. work by mechanical means and stockpiling at designated locations and disposal of dismantled materials up to a lead of 1 kilometre, stacking serviceable and unserviceable material separately including cutting reinforcement bars.

9.9 Carriage of Materials

By Manual Labour including loading, unloading and stacking for lead less than 0.50 KM

Lime, moorum, building rubbish

9.10

Dismantling of Roller Shutter including stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 metres lead.

9.11

"Disposal of moorum/ building rubbish/ malba/ similar unserviceable, dismantled or waste material bymechanical transport including loading,


e Running Metre

50.00 Metre

70.85 One Running

Metre 894.25 Sqm 22.40 One

Square Metre




3.00 Each 1500.00 Each


15.44.2

15.56

15.58

1.2.1

1.2.1

M.R.

1.1.18


Signature of Bidder

transporting, unloading to approved municipal dumping ground for lead upto 10 km for all lifts, complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Note - Item to be applicable in urban areas having directions for restricted hours for movement/plying of load carriying motor vehicle of 3.5 cum or more."

Total of the Sub Sub-Head : Aluminium Work

10.1

Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for separately) :


Total of the Sub-Head - Dismantling and Demolishing: Head : Aluminium Work

21.1


Signature of Bidder

For fixed portion

Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron)

10.2

For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid for separately)

Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron)

10.3

Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated particle board flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board conforming to IS:12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling fixed in aluminium doors, windows shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc. complete as per architectural drawings and directions of Engineer-in-charge.

Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both sides

10.4

Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge . (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in


606.86 Kg 384.50 One

Kilogram


m

3.24 Sqm 866.60 One

Square Metre

21.1.1 21.1.1.2

21.1.2.2

21.2.2


Signature of Bidder

basic item):

With float glass panes of 5.50 mm thickness

10.5

Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved brand and manufacture conforming to IS : 6315, having brand logo embossed on the body / plate with double spring mechanism and door weight upto 125 kg, for doors, including cost of cutting floors, embedding in floors as required and making good the same matching to the existing floor finishing and cover plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm thickness

10.6

Filling the gap in between aluminium frame & adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge complete.

Upto 5mm depth and 5 mm width

Sub-Head : Steel Work


72.60 m 1003.95 One Running

Metre

4.00 No. 2054.40 Each

6.60 m 1003.95 One

Running Metre

Total of the Sub-Head - Aluminium Work : Head : Steel Work

21.3.2

21.3.2


Signature of Bidder

11.1

Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required.

a) In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates and similar works.

11.2

Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths, interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks, mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire of adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 -part 1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters.

a) 80x1.25mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover.

11.3

Providing and fixing factory made ISI marked steel glazed doors, windows and ventilators side /top /centre hung, with beading and all members such as F7D, F4B, K11 B and K12 B etc.



m


10.25.2

10.6.1


Signature of Bidder

complete of standard rolled steel sections, joints mitred and flash butt welded and sash bars tenoned and riveted, including providing and fixing of hinges, pivots, including priming coat of approved steel primer , but excluding the cost of other fittings, complete all as per approved design (sectional weight of only steel members shall be measured for payment).

a)

Fixing with 15x3 mm lugs 10 cm. long embedded in cement concrete block 15x10x10 cm of C.C. 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size).

11.4

Extra for providing and fixing steel beading of size 10 x 10 x 1.6 mm (box type) approved shape and section with screws instead of glazing clips and metal sash putty in steel doors, windows, ventilators and composite units.

11.5 Providing & fixing glass panes with putty and glazing clips in steel doors, windows, clerestory windows all complete with :

a) 5.5 mm thick glass panes.

Sub-Head : Site Development

12.1 Cutting road and making good the same including supply of extra quantities of materials i.e. aggregate,



m

51.90 m 38.35 One Metre


Total of the Sub-Head - Steel Work : Head : Site Development

10.11.1

10.12

10.30.2


Signature of Bidder

moorum screening, red bajri and labour required.

a) bituminous portion

12.2

Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90 m) having 50 no rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3m height of wall with existing angle iron 'Y' shaped placed 2.4m or 3.00m apart and with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced barbed wire, stud tied with G.I. staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal including necessary bolts or G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) /Spring core (2.5mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq.mm with tape (0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle, C.C. blocks shall be paid separately)

12.3

Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made cement concrete interlocking paver block of M -30 grade made by block makingmachine with strong vibratory compaction, of approved size, design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints



25.00 Metre

255.00 One Running

Metre

1000.00


16.13.1

16.53

16.68


Signature of Bidder

with fine sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

12.4

Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty) R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of joints etc. complete :

a) 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe

12.5

Constructing brick masonry circular type manhole 0.91 m internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand), in side cement plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, all complete as per standard design :

12.6

Constructing brick masonry circular manhole 1.22 m internal dia at bottom and 0.56 m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) inside cement



Metre

19.6.3


Signature of Bidder

plaster 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement foundation concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and making necessary channel in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement, all complete as per standard design :

a)

1.68 m deep with SFRC Cover and frame (heavy duty HD- 20 grade designation) 560 mm internal diameter conforming to I.S. 12592, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 182 kg. fixed in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) including centering, shuttering all complete.(Excavation, foot rests and 12 mm thick cement plaster at the external surface shall be paid for separately) :

(ii) With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885

12.7 Extra depth for circular type manhole 1.22 m internal dia (at bottom) beyond 1.68 m to 2.29 m :

a) With Sewer bricks conforming IS : 4885


5.00 No. 16720.90 Each


Metre

19.11.1.2

19.12.2


Signature of Bidder

12.8

Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber 50x45x60 cm with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including 500x450 mm pre-cast R.C.C. horizontal grating with frame complete as per standard design :

a) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5

Sub-Head : Sanitary Installations

13.1

Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C. pan ) with 100 mm sand cast Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and fixtures complete, including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required

a) White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm with integral type foot rests

13.2

Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type) with seat and lid, 10 litre low level white vitreous china flushing cistern & C.P. flush bend with fittings & C.I. brackets, 40 mm flush bend, overflow arrangement with specials of standard make and mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal


25.00 No. 4043.10 Each.

Total of the Sub-Head - Steel Work : Head : Sanitary Installations

2.00 No. 3494.20 Each

19.27.1

17.1.1


Signature of Bidder

design complete, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required :

a) W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic seat and lid

13.4

Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back half stall urinal of size 80x380x350 mm with white PVC automatic flushing cistern, with fittings, standard size C.P. brass flush pipe, spreaders with unions and clamps (all in C.P. brass) with waste fitting as per IS : 2556, C.I. trap with outlet grating and other couplings in C.P. brass, including painting of fittings and cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required :

a) Range of four half stall urinals with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern.

13.5

Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I. brackets, 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps, 32 mm C.P. brass waste of standard pattern, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever require:

a) White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a pair of 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps.

13.6 Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe for sink or wash basin including P.V.C. waste


2.00 No. 4593.75 Each

1.00 No. 13941.75 Each

4.00 No. 2298.55 Each

17.3.1

17.5.3

17.7.1


Signature of Bidder

fittings complete. a) Semi rigid pipe (i) 32 mm dia

13.7

Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass (of approved quality) and of required shape and size with plastic moulded frame of approved make and shade with 6 mm thick hard board backing :

a) Rectangular shape 1500x450 mm

13.8 Providing and fixing toilet paper holder :

a) C.P. brass

13.9 Providing and fixing PTMT Bottle Trap for Wash basin and sink.

a)

Bottle trap 38 mm single piece moulded with height of 270 mm, effective length of tail pipe 260 mm from the centre of the waste coupling, 77 mm breadth with 25 mm minimum water seal, weighing not less than 263 gms

13.10

Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A Isis 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS: 13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever required :

a) 510x1040 mm bowl depth 178 mm. Sanitary Fittings/Fixtures

14.1 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes :

a) 100 mm dia.


9.00 No. 75.60 Each

4.00 No. 1323.10 Each

4.00 No. 385.35 Each

8.00 No. 305.55 Each

9.00 No. 3714.25 Each

17.28.1.1

17.32.4 17.34.1

17.70.2

17.10.1.4


Signature of Bidder

(i) Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socket & spigot (S&S) pipe as per IS: 3989.

14.2

Providing and fixing M.S. holder-bat clamps of approved design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron (spun) pipe embedded in and including cement concrete blocks 10x10x10 cm of 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), including cost of cutting holes and making good the walls etc. :

a) For 100 mm dia. Pipe

14.3 Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete.

a) 100 mm dia (i) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS

- 3989 14.4 Providing and fixing plain

bend of required degree. a) 100 mm dia (i) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS

: 3989 14.5

Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree :

a) 100x100x100 mm (i) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS

- 3989 14.6 Providing and fixing collar: a) 100 mm (i) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS

- 3989

14.7 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and fittings of



Metre

14.50 No. 167.35 Each

1.00 No. 384.90 Each

8.00 No. 334.95 Each

2.00 No. 575.40 Each

2.00 No. 351.20 Each

17.35.1.2

17.37.1

17.38.1.2 17.39.1.2

17.44.1.2 17.57.1.2


Signature of Bidder

diameter: a) 100 mm

14.8

Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design with screwed down or hinged grating with or without vent arm complete, including cost of cutting and making good the walls and floors :

a) 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet

(i) Sand cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989.

14.9

Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of any colour such as chocolate grey, or buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new work :

a) 100 mm diameter pipe

Sub-Head : Water Supply

15.1

Providing and fixing Polyethylene- Aluminium- Polyethylene (PE-AL- PE) Composite Pressure Pipes conforming to IS - 15450, U.V. stabilized with carbon black having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, capable to withstand temperature up to 80°C, including all special fittings of composite material (engineering plastic blend and brass inserts wherever required) e.g. elbows, tees, reducers, couplers & connectors etc. with clamps


28.00 No. 309.95 Each

4.00 No. 1034.45 Each


Metre Total of the Sub-Head - Sanitary Installations :

Head : Water Supply

17.58.1

17.60.1.1

17.65.1


Signature of Bidder

at 1.00 metre spacing. This includes testing of joints complete as per direction of the Engineer- in -charge. Internal work - Exposed on wall.

a) 2532 (32 mm OD) pipe

15.2

Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes complete with G.I. fittings and clamps, i/c making good the walls etc. concealed pipe including painting with anticorrosive bitumastic paint, cutting chases and making good the wall:

a) 20 mm dia. nominal bore

15.3 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end) :

a) 25 mm nominal bore

15.4 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quality, High or low pressure, with plastic floats complete :

a) 25 mm nominal bore

15.5 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality :

a) 25 mm diameter pipe

15.6 Providing and fixing G.I. Union in existing G.I. pipe line, cutting and threading the pipe and making long screws including excavation,


10.00 metre 349.45 One Running

Metre


Metre

2.00 No. 428.20 Each

2.00 No. 331.95 Each


Metre

18.1.4

18.11.2

18.17.1

18.18.3

18.40.3


Signature of Bidder

refilling the earth or cutting of wall and making good the same complete wherever required :

a) 25 mm nominal bore.

15.7

Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor levels) polyethylene water storage tank ISI : 12701 marked, with cover and suitable locking arrangement and making necessary holes for inlet, outlet and overflow pipes but without fittings and the base support for tank. Water Supply Fittings/Fixture

15.8 Providing and fixing C.P. brass bib cock of approved quality conforming to IS:8931:


15.9 Providing and fixing C.P. brass stop cock (concealed) of standard design and of approved make conforming to IS:8931.


15.10

Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer and geyser points of approved quality conforming to IS:8931 a) 15 mm nominal bore

a) 15mm nominal bore

15.11 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed end) :

a) 32 mm nominal bore. PTMT Fittings

15.12 Providing and fixing PTMT grating of approved quality and colour.

a) Circular type.


5.00 No. 424.30 Each 1000.0

0 Litre 7.25 One

Litre

Water Supply Fittings/Fixture

8.00 No. 371.70 Each

2.00 No. 545.95 Each

8.00 No. 475.70 Each

2.00 No. 500.75 Each

18.47.3 18.48

18.49.1

18.52.1

18.53.1

18.17.2


Signature of Bidder

(i) 100 mm nominal dia.

Sub-Head : Drainage

16.1

Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware pipes class SP-1 with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) including testing of joints etc. complete :

a) 200 mm diameter

16.2

Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design:

a) 200 mm diameter S.W. pipe

16.3

Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover with frame of 300x300 mm size (inside) the weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design :

a) 180x150 mm size P type (i)

With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5

16.4 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with R.C.C. top slab


8.00 No. 32.75 Each Total of the Sub-Head - Water Supply :


Metre


Metre

1.00 No. 1706.55 Each

18.58.1.1

19.1.3

19.2.3

19.4.3.1


Signature of Bidder

with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size),foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as per standard design :

a)

Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal dimensions, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) :

(i) With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5

16.5 Extra for depth for manholes a) Size 90x80 cm (i)

With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5

16.6 Supplying and fixing C.I. cover without frame for manholes :

a) 455x610 mm rectangular C.I. cover (light duty) the weight of the cover to be not less than 23 kg.


1.00 No. 8634.10 Each


Metre

1.00 No. 1227.15 Each

19.7.1.1

19.8.1.1

19.18.1


Signature of Bidder

Septic Tank

17.1

Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan) including dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift up to 1.5 m, including getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50 m.

a) All kinds of soil.

17.2

Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :

a) 1:4:8 (1 Cement : 4 coarse sand(zone-III) : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size).

17.3

Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls, walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, columns, piers, abutments, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses, parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills, fillets, sunken floor, etc., up to floor five level, excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and finishing :

a) 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone




3.53 Cum 6547.70 One Cubic

2.8.1

4.1.8

4.2.3


Signature of Bidder

aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

17.4

Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all shapes and sizes in :


17.5 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or half brick wall of mix :

a) 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)

In case of discrepancy in the amount quoted, the amount quoted in figures will be taken into consideration. Rates Quoted are inclusive of all applicable taxes.

*****************END OF TENDER DOCUMENT******************


Metre



Total of the Sub-Head - Drainage :

Grand Total (in Figures) ( In Rs.) : Grand Total (in Words) ( In Rs.) :

In case of discrepancy in the amount quoted, the amount quoted in figures will be taken into consideration. Rates Quoted are inclusive of all applicable taxes.

Signature of the authorized signatory and company / Organization (Name of the authorized signatory)

SEAL OF THECOMPANY/ORGANIZATION*****************END OF TENDER DOCUMENT******************

6.4.1

13.5.1

Rs.0.00 Rs.0.00

In case of discrepancy in the amount quoted, the amount quoted in figures will be

Signature of the authorized signatory and company / Organization (Name of the authorized signatory)

Address COMPANY/ORGANIZATION

*****************END OF TENDER DOCUMENT******************

open tender document (two packet) - IRCTC.com

Documents

Transcript of open tender document (two packet) - IRCTC.com